Civil II II Part

{
05 TRTBHUVAI.TUNiVERSITY Exam. Nett' Bueli (21\66 r.t I-:tfcl' Iittch)

INS.UrUrp oF ENGINEERING Level BE FullMarks
Examination Control DiYision Programme BCE PassMarks fi
ll %hrs.
'1,*,
2072Wagh Year / Part II/tr Time
Sabject: Geology ll (C8553)
{ Ca4didates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
{ AttlmPt lllquestions.
,/ dni4"^ in the'margin indicate Full fuIarks.
/ Aisume suitable data if necessary-
-t+*
-d\,
f I ,Write of engineering geological system. t3l
2. Mention the major engineering geological problems in the lesser Himalaya with
mirigation. t3l
3. Describe the different bpes of aquifer system of Nepal. t21
4. a) 'What is site investigation? Mention the different types of site investigation. t3l
i
f;; What are tle engineering geological factors to be considered for dam site selection? t3l
' ,.'
.'c) Describc the various geological problems occur during tunnel construction. t3l
5. a) Whatis the magnitude of earthquake hazard
'v+-
in tr{epal? Differentiate between intensit-v-
t:
andmagnitude. 'I lsI
b) Describe the geological hazard in Nepaf due to GLOF.. . - tsI
i 6. a) The altitude of different planes are given below. HS : ll0"/40:"; B : 130"/20o;
' Jr = 100"/40o; Jz = 200"150", 0 = 32e, Design cut slope inclination to be stable of
- i given discontinuities from different URpp of failure. -. ' .,, t41
.t
b) Define stereographic projection and mention the use of stereographic projection in the
different field of engineering geology. 13I
c) Describe the role of RMR system in underground excavation and support design. .{31
7. Mention the different requirements for selecting borrow areas for construction material. t3l
*,f *
pll
I
93
05 TRIBHUVAN LNIVERSITY Exam.

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERIN G LeveI BE Full Marks 40
Examination Control Division Programme BCE PassMarks 16
2072 Ashwin Year / Part II/u Time I )'z hrs.
. ,'.,,i,,
.l*ri+-..--.-
Subject: - Engineering Geology II (CESS|)
r' -----+
Candidates are required to give their answers in theii own words as far as practicable.
{ Attempt All questions.
'/ I+refigures in'the margin indicate Full Marksi.
/:: Assume suitable data if necessary.
,,,
:: .. ':l,t .. . .i: r.
:r r; '
I. Write rnain tasks for EGS in'detailed design phase of civil engineering projects. t3I
2. Describe mitigation measures of geological problems in Himalaya. t3l
t21
4. a) Describe geological criteria for selection of road alignment. t3I
b) [now do you explain factor ofoverbreak?
)verbreak? t3I
c) Describe geophysical exploration t3l
5. a) What is factor of safety? Describe strerlgth of earthquake. 12+21
,-t
t
r bls How vame classified landslide? Explaig, i3l
I cr* Differentiale harzard and risk. ll.s+1.sI
f
iji
6. a)1 What are the meaning of Rock mass
-rr
from RMR-system? l2l
b}' How do you measured RQD in rock dpifled core samples? [1+l]
1
ci* Mention conditions for wedge failure rock.mass. t21

d) Three bore holes were drilled to formdation of
hydroelectric .project. The apparent as 210 m. The
Attitude of Quartzite bed was 220"13 bedrock. t41
7 . How do you estimate:re:Sen e for constructfon materials from soil and rock strata? t3I
l\
***,
23
. 05 TRJBHWAI{TJNIVERSITY Exam. l{cgular' / I}lcli
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FuIl Marlrs 40
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marks I6
207I Bhadra Year / Part u/II Time l%tvs.
Subject: - Engineering Geology II (cE553)

r' Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
'/ Attempt l!!questions.
{ Thefigures in the margin indicate FuA Morlcs.
{ Assume suitable data if necessary.
). Describe about the preparatlon of engineerlng geobgical map in the ffeld? , : t3]
2. S/hd is the engineering significance of mqior discontinuities system of the Nepal Himalaya? [3J
How Darq/s Law describes ground water movement? Describe characteristlcs of conffning
-3.
beds? ( 1+r)
y Describe maln purposes of site investigation? How do you make the site investigation belowthe
ground surface? {2+3}
5. Define overbreak. Describe geologicalparameters forevaluation of bridge site selectbn ?(1+3!
6, Deffne intensity and magnitude of the earthquake. Explain the differerrt types of waves
generated during earthquake. [2+3J
L What is mass rnovememf? Explain whyNepal Himalaya is very proreto LandsUde. [+4]
8/ What are dlfferences between intact Rock and Rock Mass? Explain about the importance of
Rock quallty designation (RqDl in Rock Mass classification system based on Rock Mass Rating
{RMR) in underground excavation. 12+31
9. planes.
Discuss fte stability analysis of the given t5l
NS= 3200/700; p: tss0/680; Jl= 2400/80o3t2=3l0ot35o; J3=100/850; {1300
,a
\ii
1O. How geomorphology, topographical map & engineering geological maps help to searching of
construction material? (3)
***
05 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. l{cgu l:u'
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 40
Examination Control Division Programme BCE PassMarks t6

2070 Bhadra Year / Part II/II Time 1%hrs.
Subject: - Engineering Geology II (C8553)

{ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
{ Attempt All questtons.
/ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Mqrks.
y' Assume surtable data if necessary.
l. Describe the engineering significance ofthe rock forming minerals. t3l

2. Describe types of aquifer with suitable diagram. What are the different engineering geological
problems in the Terai zone of the Nepal Himalaya? [2+3]
3. Define Rock Mass Rating (RMR). Discuss the different type and methods of site investigation for
the road in the Nepal Himalaya [2+4]
4. How mass movements occur? Classify the lendslide according to varnes (1978). 12+41
I
5. Explain the different effece of earthquake and GLOF in the Nepalese contelil. [3+2J
6. What is rock mass? Describe the rock mass classification based on Q-system and discuss its
implication forthe tunnel support design. 12+41
7. Discuss the differ€nt conditions for plane failure in the rock slope. 121
8. Three boreholes A, B and C were drilled for limestone rcserue calculation. Bort hole A lies at
60Om distance dw N280E from borchole B. Borehole C lies at 40Om distance due SI00W fiom
borehole B. The top and bottom of limestone bed was encountered at the following depth of give
boreholes.
Borehole Top (m) Bottom (m)

A 204 260
B 220 280
c 240 3000
Calculate the true thickness of the limestone bed. t4l

9. Discuss the use of tomgraphic map and geological map for the survey of aggregates. t3I
{.**
05 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Nerv llack (2066 ct Later Batclt)
2070 Magh Year / Part il/II Time l%hrs.
Subiect: - Engineering Geology II (CE553)

,/ Attempt 4llquestions.
'/y' fhefigures in the margin indicate Fult Marks.
Assume suitable data if necessary.
l. Define engineering geological map. What are the main parameters for evaluation of engineering
geological s)6tem? [1+2]
2. Describe the importance of Darcy's law in groundwater movement Elplain the engineering
significance ofmajor discontinuities system oftheNepal Himalaya. [2+3]
3. Describe the different tJ/pes and mettrods of site investigation and write down the different
selection.
engineering geological parameters for the bridge site [3+3]
4. Define Mass movement l)ifferentiate between landslide and debris flow. t2+21
5. Describe the mechanism rrf an earthquake. What are the differences between magniurde and
intensity of an earthquake? 12+41
6. Mention the differenttlpcs of rock mass classification system. How do you measune RQD fum
given drillcore samples?.:] l2Y
7. Define reserve. Describe the use of engineering geological map for the construction material
survey. ll+21
8. The apparent dip amount of an inclined bed is l:12 and l:16 alongN30"W andNlOoW
respectively. Calcularc the true dip amount and dircction. t4I
9. Discuss the stability analysis based on the following data: tsl
HS= 2o2o rc50, p= 35oon:0, J r= I 800/8 I
0,
I z= 7 80 1690, Jr: 2f n30, ! r 2930 I s20
^dt
I
05 TRIBHUVA}I UNIVERSITY Exam. Ilegular'(2066 et L:ttet' Butclr)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full IVIarks 40
Examination Control Programme BCE PassMarks l6

2069 Bhadra Year / Part u/tl Time lYrhrs.
Subiect: Geology (CE553)

r' Afiempt All questions.
r' Thefigures in the margin tndicate Fatl Martcs.
t. Describe the engineering significance of the rock forming minerals. t3l

2. Highlight the major discontinuities system of Nepal Himalaya and their engineering
significance. t3l
3. What are different aquifer system in terai, hills and mountains ofNepal? tzt
4. a) What are the engineering geological factors to be assessed for the tunnel site
selection? tsl
b) Write down the documentation process for this task. t4l
5. a) How do you differentiate P-wave and S-wave? Describe strength of earthquake. [2+31
b) Define mass movement. Describe causes of landslide. [1+4I
6. a) Bore B in an oil field is 5000 feet due north of bore hole A and bore hole C is 10,000
feet due east of bore hole A. The tops and bottoms of a key sandstone bed are reached
at the following altitudes relative to sea leveling the three holes: A, -2500 and -2700
feet; B, -2800 and J000 feet; and C, -3000 and -3200 feet. What is the auitude of
the sandstone and how thick is it? tsI
b) Suggest the possible mode of failure from following figure. tsl
ae*,,lo'
)
Hill slope: N45oE/70o Bending: N 55"E/45o Joint l:N47"W31" Joint 2:N77"8/36"

' Joint 3: N20oE/10"
7. What are the major steps involved in estimation of the construction materials? t3I
*+*
l,
05 TRIBHWAN UMVERSITY Exam. Resular
INSTITUTE OF ENGIMERING Level BE FUII Marks 40.
Examination C ontrol.Division
.'
Programme BCE Pass Marks 16
2068 Bhadra Year / Part II /iI Time 1 % hrs.
'/ Candidates are rEquired to give theii answers in their own words as far as practicable.
E / Attempt Alt question:s.
..i
'// fhefi.grr6 i, the margin inclicate Fttll fuIarks.
{
_rE 1. Define over break. Describe direct methods of surface investigation with reference to
' J:: 2. Describe river channel morphology. Describe geological factors for formation of aquifer
(:
,1
:
' system in mountain t1.5+2.5)
! 3. Write down the mechanisms of mass movem'ent. Discuss the conkol measures against
landslide ll+41
I
'4..
Describe condition of toppling failure. t3l
r-d 5.
& What are main parameters of Engineering Geological System? Describe major geological
+ hazards in the Higher Himalayan Zone. t1.5+2.51
i,
-;i
6. Bore hole A is 700rn due north of bore hole B and bore hole C is 600m due west of bore
-ii ,-
hole B. The tops and bottoms .of a rock layer are reached at the following altitudes
$
k relative to the sea level in three holes. t6]
Bore hole A : -410m and -430m
:#
tt Bore hole C : -430m and -450ni .
Find the attitude and thickness of the rock layer.
-# I
mass..,.-.
7. Define rock mas3. Discuss geo'-mechanics classification of rock...-.,....1,.: [l+4]
!
'il .- _
I
C 8. What is engineering geological maps? Describe the importance of engineering geological :
-.il maps in selection of burrow area.

;f,
9. Write short notes on: ()>12.s+2.s1
l2x2)
? 'a) Ground water movement
'-rt b) Mechanism of Earthquake
ir.
:i) ***
ij
i
E'
b;1.
*'
'fi
{
'.*
4
,E
at
.ia
vi
] ,*
:i.:
' .iE'
'. ;'ii
i
I
!
07 TRIBHWA}.TUNWERSITY Exam. llcgular I llack
. INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FnIlMarks 30
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass }Iarks t2

2071 Bhadra Year / Part Tt fil Time 3 hrs.
(cEs56)
r' Candidates are required to glve their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
{ Attempt All questioru,.
{ The tigures in the margin indicate Futl Marks.
r' Necasary figt ru are attached herewith.
/ Assume suitable data if ne,cessw'y.
l. a) List down different building elemeirts in sub-stnrcture and zuper-stnrcture. tzl

b) Draw hatching patt€m for the following material representation. Use 5 cm x 5 cm area
for each symbol. tzl
ii) Wood in section

e) ExplainFloor Area Ratio @AR) l2l
2. Redraw the grven gtormd floor plan of load bearing sfiucture by showing complete
dimensions (3 layers) grid, lettering hatching etc. (Use l:50 scale) u21
3. . Make a detailed drawing of staircase as given in the attached drawing. Mention the
necessary levels, floor details (ground and upper) and other information. (Use 1:20, l:10,
l:15 scale) uzl
Descriotiori Door/Windows Schedule
WaIl thicknes s'. 230 (extemaVinternal) Svmbol Widfh
Plinth Heieht : 450 . DWI 2600, o
Floor Height :2450 DI _- -- 1000

Slab Thickness : 100 D2 eoq
Plinth Beam : 230 x23A D3 754
Floor Beam : 230 x 350 wl 2000
Tread Width : 230 w2 1800
Riser Height : 175 w3 900
stair width : 1000
Ianding Width : 1000
Note: All dimensions ale in mm.
rF++
..!
i
i
l-
i
I
i
i'-.
i
I
I
.t.
i-
!
!
.;,
' ,'l
Flan Section at A-A
I
i r:f,:i,;6.i,ii,!:t ii.: ,l
.t'
04, TRIBHUVANIJNIVI]RSITY Exam. Nerv Back 066 & L:rter

INSTII'UTE OF ENGTNEERINC Level BE Full Marks 30
Examination Control Division Programrne BCE Pass Marla t2

2071 lllagh Year / Part ililt Time 3 hrs.
/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable-
./ The Jigttres in the margin indicate F4ll Uarks.
{ Necessar! fi*ures are gttach,ed herewith.
/ Assume suitable data dnecessary.
1. Calctlafe the permissible built-up area and number of storey's that can be built with
plinth area of'820 sq. ft, The area of plot is 1369 sq. ft. and ground coverage is 607o'
where FAR is given 1.5 as per building bye-laws. I2l
Z. Make the figure of light plane and ROW (right of way) as per building bye-laws to
building.
constrain the height of t2l
3. Write shon answers on: (any two) 12)
a) Minimum Parapet height of residence building is ...............
b) One ropani is equal to ............... sq. ft.
c) Draw the symbol of MDB and 4 gang of one way switch.
d) What is soil line connected to before it is connected to the soak pit?
1. Draw Ground Floor Plans of ttre building as shown in the Figure 1, using appropriate
drafting techniques. Refer to the description provided below. tl2j
Drawing unit Metric syst€m (All dimensions in mm)
Scale 1:50
Column size 230 x 230
clc spacing - as shorvn in figure
Wall thickness Exterior: 230; Interior: I l0
Door Dl 1000 x 2100
Door D2 900 x 2100
Window WI 1800x 1200
Window W2 1000x 1200
Window W3 x
750 1200
Ventilation Vl 400 x 400
Plinth Level 450 above ground level
Dimensioning - 3 layer dimension l?rr floor plan
- Floor Levels
Hatching as required
Assurne anl,otler dimensions are required.

5. Draw staircase detail (Plan and section at A-A) with detail dimensions, Iabelling and
using appropriate drafting techniques, in scale 1:20, as given in Figure 2. Use the
description given below: ll2I
All dimensions are in millimeter. Assume any other dimensions as required.
l
Floor Height: 2800, Beam size: 230..1 350. Column size: 23A x 230 (c/c spacing - as
shown in figure), lVall Thickness: 230, Plinth Level: 750 above Ground Level.
Stair Steps:
16 risers @ 175 Slab I'hickness : 100
Tread :300 Window size : 1500 x 1 i00
Stairwidth: 1000 Lintel Beam size :230 x 100

Waist slab: 125 Sill height : 900
++*
.i r:,r:*9,,*.1;11...,.
4000 4000
:l
@ @
C) BEDROOM
o
(3 @ 3890x2I/0
rr}
@
LIVING ROOM
@
TOILET @ 3770 x 6770
@
2500x 13S
o
()
a
.f
ruICHEN/DINING
@ 3890 x 2480
@ @
I_
ENTRY
Figure 1.: Ground Floor Plan

*
!
t
E
,l
i
:t
t
1
!
]
.:
$,
1
:l
f
:r
ri
UP
I
t
:{
i
P
!.
PLAN (GROUND FLOOR)
:l
'ii
il
:!:
SECTION AT A-A
ffitaircase detail (Plan & section)

06 TRIBHUVA}IUNIVERSITY Exam. l{cgu lrr r'
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full llfiarks 30
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marls t2

2070 Bhadra Year/Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Building Drawing (CE556)

,/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
{ Attempt AI! questions.
{ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Morhs.
t. Draw the hatching symbols in the box of 4Ox40 mm I2l

?)
Brick in section
b) Concrete in section
c)
Wood in section
al) Stone in section
'.
2. Draw the figure of light plane as per building bye-laws. Mentlon the right of riay (ROWI to gonstrain the
height of building. t2l
3 Redraw the following ground floor plan as shown in figure. Make complete dimension {3 layers) tby showinB
all information as requirid in scale-1:50 IL21
4. Redraw the given wall section through ground level to parapet level. Mention the
necessary levelt floor detalls (ground and upper)and other misslng informatlon. Use scale 1:20. [14]
--
Descrioti,ons:
u,tolumn (RCC) : 230 x 300 Riser z 175
Wall prick) :23O I 110 (Extema/lnternal) Tread :250
,"Sltbthillknesr '-.* -: 100tR€€l {*a{r'ffi *tt+''.' :rii€O&
Slab projeaion :750 Landing tiVlttth: 1s00
Floor Beam : 230 x 350 DoerlwtrkhrsclFdute
Ptinth Beam : 230 x 23O DW1: 2300 x 2l0O
-Floor Hoight : 28(D W2 ffiffi
x fflso
SillHeiBht
' Sill Band :750 wg :igoo x.t35o
: 230 x 50 W4 :900 x L350
lintelHeiBht :2100 ws :i000x1350
Lifltel Band :230 x 150 D2 :!QQx 2100
Parapet Fleight :9@ D3 :750x2100
***
a o
FETiI ailin 2343 i 2035
-@
!\
-@
@
I I
+
i
tx +
tor80
,I
I
o o
I
@ o
IA
1
1
:. nvlfi,
-.1
'!
'.1
!
i
I
I
i
i
!
t.
t.
I
1
I
I
i.
I
I
I
I
i
-:-::----h2S- -t
lru )lHr' I
:
{rrvr r,,rr
-:zE--
--+-'
t"
06 TRTBHUVAIIUNWERSmY Exsm. Ite gu ll l'

INSTITU]E OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full ll{arks
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass lVlarks t2
2070 Year / Part filIJ Time 3 hrs.
Candidates are to give their answers in own words as far as practicable.

Attempt All questions.
{ Thefigures inthe indicate
/ Assutne suitable data
1. Draw the hatching symbols in box mm 12I

a)
Brick in section
b) Concrete in section
c) Wood insection
dl Stone in section
2. Draw the figure of light plane bye-laws. Mention the ri;ht ofi/i,ay {8Ow} to poristrain the
height of b.uilding. taI
3 Redraw the following floor plan as in figure. Make complete dimension (3 layprs) 6y showlni
allinformation as in scale-1:50 t12l
4. Redraw the given wall through to parapet tevel. Mention the
necessary levels, (ground and and other misslng:infrfiiratlon. Use scale 1:20. [14]
Descriotions:
-.4;r*mccl : 230 x 300 Riser :175
Wall(8rick) :23O I lto TreaC :250
r00tR€€l ffi+,{,{ie$ '-:":t80@,
Slab :750 Width:1O00
Floor Beam : 230 x 350
Plinth : 2ii0 x 23O DWl.: 2300 x 2l0O
''-:28@ w2
SillHeight :750
@x 1tr5o
W3 :18fi) x 1350
SillBand :230x50 W4 :900 x 1950
tintel Height :2100 WS :10@x1350
Lintel Band : 230 x 15O D2 :t$x 2100
Parapet l.leight :900 D3 :75O_x2100
**!f
. 06 TRIBHUVANUNTVERSITY
Exam.
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERTNG Level BE Full Marks 30
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass l\tlarks 12
2069 poush Year /Part il/n Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Buiiding Dr.rvuing (cEss6)

,/ Candidates are required to give their answers
in their own words as far as practicable.
r' Atentpt&It quesfions.
TheTigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
/ Assume suitable data ifnecessary.
.e}#iits'ffiiU:qie;i-i6me'ofitie.ditrer€,ntii8i{st"fittrildaE asiihorriiirlfru:Egl@:":Q_t;l.epi..';j,,
trl
Figure -l
-%I&E-H:oSd&cfBq".synrbol cfnrbble.$to-flp.iriasonry..arrd:biick,rnasBrgy.ia.tho box'qizq.scurxsenr:-t05x2JI;
3' what is the angle of light plane? rf road rriatn t 12' foiany prot calculate the perarissibte mardmun
heicht ofthe buitding
tll
i gY fl"&&rdngground tlqorpfan wtEr complbte dimensions {!'layers) by,showing all
information as reguired in scafp
Dc,Egti-glign :1- I72l
t$liif*ffiGeh* :230x300. i:-
!ryallpqtkl : 2-aO GxtFrna/,lntEina l)
:100(hccl :''
:
SlAb thi*rless
D1 . .,: zriffi
Slab prolection ;690 :. -.
nen'fret' Heisht ':7S9. '
r;; .D2
'' Zioo.
Beam :230x350
wr.
w2
. izso
'Ilif,Et..*. 900 12fi)
-,, ...-{.59," # . *-:-,-- IZOo-:;"
ttEi':=*'-. ""'-,-1I0q
Floor Heisht ', i Z8O-O '
Riser . ,:
fz5
D3 . . 29g,.,..,i, .2rc6d"
ritiir,,,,,: . ):-,tzlo,*
siii nei,em'' .' : jt&oiqr'*
UritEl Heicfrt
- 't.Zlrrf, .
0 iv).h.and rail :65 x 1O0:I:
It, v) hCigtrt: 906, ;
p.
Iiiitli'be5-m,' :'ff-ff230 liiftending vi) Ba,ustei:4ifdii:
P.6 5
fF'FI-ilIT'IITE E-:{ri?]
T5'Tl
J_
5l iTrTrL;'l
-l ffiir.,I]
tu Ground Floor Plan
5. Draw elevation and vertical and hodZqntal rietail section of a _tyBigf w_ood.-&ame.glazedlglass window.
The size of window 'ts 7'x4'6". Three panel window'having ;etrd panel fix anf,two sidJfanets are
openable. There is no ventilator on window.
i) Elevation: (scale 1" = 2'0')

ii) Vertical and horizontal detail sections (scale l" = l'0") tsI
6. Draw the staircase detail of given above ground floor plan [3+3]
(i) PIan (scale: L:25) (ii) section (scale 125)
rt**
P.66
I
i\
i.
!
06 TRTBHUVAN I.'NIVERSITY Eram. Ri:gular Q066 & Later Batch)

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING BE Full Marks 30
Examination Control Division. Pass Marks t2
2069 Bhadra ?ime 3 hrs.
Subject: - Drawing (CEs56)

./ Candidates are required to give their aoswers in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Attempt All questtons.
./ Thefigures in ihe margin indtcate FullMarlcs,
{ Necessam fisures are afiached heruwith
{ Assurne suttable data if necessary.
, _,
1. Explain the types of drawings, what are the,iirinimum drawings for a municipality pass
drawing sheet? t21
2. Draw hatching for the following maferial representation Use 5cmx5cm area for each
hatehing a) Brick elevation (b) Concrete elevation (c) Liquid elevation (d) Crravel
elevation 121
"3. If grormd cov€rage is 80%, calculafe the permissible ground coverage area of given plan
figure t. tU
4. Fill intire gap with appropriate words (use drawing sheet as answerpaper) [0Jx4]
a) Scale for Katbmandu valley's map is ................(t:20,000, 1:10 or 1:{00)
b) Draw the symbol of dome liett (ceiling lig$$ and single fube lieht.
c) Exit (outlet) pipe from WClPan in a toilet is known as ................pipe.
d) The name of drawing send to consEuction purpose at site is ................ drawing.
5. Redraw the grven ground floor plan(figure 1) including walls, columls, grid lines,
dimensions, hatching and all conaplete information. (Scale 1:100) U21
6. Draw the
!en9h plan of the
given plan (figure l). Draw typical footing delail plan and
section of foo+irg 82. (Scale 1:50) [4+3+4)
o The size of footing 82 and C2 arc3rnx3mx2.5m
o AII other footing sizes are ?m><2a><2m
o ![all thickness is 230mm and 110 refer plan
. d) 6 nr:mber 16mm main vqtical bars on pillars and 8rnm dianeter stimrps @5* clc
.'o e) Lowermost jali l0mm diameterbars @6"clc both ways, grade of concrete is M20
f) Assu49 necessary dara if necessary
-- ***
I I
? >P
99@
(C)
I @
I
N
I
e660 |
r645 1000 n5 am 705
-0
3ATH ROOM
(3150X26e0)
BED ROOM
ri, (3620X4r20)
o
,1,
o
e UP
N WASHINGAREA
o
at,
o o
6
e ts
o
e
o
N LMNG
(5720X3620)
BED ROOM
(3s50x5120)
o
N
a
L
<)
a
L.LL
---l@
P
1560 1560 n5 2000 705
5880 3780
9960
6 6
GRCUND TLOOR PLAN
fG I (wall ttuckness e 23Om,m exceVt
All dmen3toni are fi mm
P.6;t
A{ TRItsfiii','.tu'i L,l.JIvE?.SiTi' .lirir,tl.
INSTiTUTE CF EJ.{G i}iEERiI'JG i Level BE , Fuii Ui;rrks 3Q
iExiiiriination Controi Divisioii Progriimrne ' BCE

2068 h{agh Year / Part ; ii ,'II
r' - Buiidi v.rliig
"/ Candiclates are required to give their ansr.r,ers in their o*'ii'words as far as'praciicable.
./ Atiempt All questions.
,/ Thefigures tn the margin indicate Full Madcs.
}l
'/ Neces.qary fieures gre'attached herewith.
'/ Assunte suitabie data if necessarv.
l. a) Mention building types, baseci on structural system. t2j

b) Drau, hatching pattern for the foliolving material representation. USe 5cmx5crn area
ft-rr dachpattern. .. .-; i2j
i) Wood in section ii) Iiiass in eievation
iii) Stone in section ir) 'iile
c) Draw the figure of light plane as explained in bye-la.*'s. . t2l
2 li-eiir,rrv Ground floor pian as qiven ii1 fir11-rre?. tlesr:rj nn rlpo4Jiptin" -i""- lt,.
r: n1
i,r-.. 6,_g;;- L't.l
1. Colrlmn size - 9" x 12" Doors.and V/iniiow Scheclule
SN Syn:.bol Widih Height
2. AII wali thickness - 9" (Externai/ Internal ]
I DI 4
,7,
3. Plinth height- 2' 2 D2 J

.71
4- Floor helght - 4" 3l D3 2',6" '1,
4 wl 6', 4',
5. Slab -4" 5 w2 4', 4',
at
6. Parapet height - 3' 6 w3 J 4',
7 x
8. Floor bearn -9" x14"
9.S -l
10. -J
i l. Lintel height - ?'
12. thickness - 5" RCC
13. Riserheight-7"
14. Treadwidth-Il"
3, Drarv the staircase with detaii ciinrensicli compiete labeling anri iising appropriate
Y drafting tecluriques, in scaie 1:20, as giveii in figure 3, based orr i.he iiesc;ipiior: -eiven
below. I i,:J
Steps:
* 74 risei's @ 180
" Tread:300
* Stair width: i 000
+
ri Waisi slab: 125
-1
I
Floor height: 2520, Beam size: 230x30tr, wall thickness: 230, Plinth level: 600 froin
ground level. :
Ground floor details:
"n Marble floor finish

20mm screed I
. .75 thk PCC .,

o Flat bi'ick soling -l
-o 100mm sand filiing i
. Earth compaction
First floor Details: - I
. Marble floor finish

. 20mm screed -1
. Floor slab: i25
I
n Cement filaster: 12mm

miliimeter. Assume any other dimensions as required.
"rii dimensions are in i
OR
r!
Draw the cornplete section through the wir:clow from footing to parapet. Write fl1s ;;,'nr: I
I
cif ail parts and give the dimension aJso. l'd'.e the necessai'y data fi-om questron no. 2 ..rr...
as::unle the other necessary data if required. lScale 1"= 2'-0") i 'i'i
ii_::i
':;.
- I
- a
-rt
I
I
'1
H
-1
|____ 4?ao L
liti
I
t
I
,A I
Pla n
Section at A-A
Figure 3: Staircase detaii
A
..irT.!.S&@u+ref
l0'-6' lt,'-9" -rdnifim*

ir;C.;;.i;?i
W3 W3
t-
ROoM
w2
O?
ur
RooM
t/1
€ ffi\"'lil
Y
tr.'-9'
A
GROUND PI.,AN
. Floor Area =(r-15.9(> sq. 11.
,4.
T,3-',
r
a,ri'ldiq D:ror*rtq ^Jo6g
^tp.
I
J
:
06 TRIBHWAN TJNIVERSITY Exam. Regular
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE tr'ull Marks 30
Examination Control Division Programme BCE ) Pass Marks 12
2068 Bhadra Year / Part tr/II Time 3 hrs.
Subjec't: - Building Drawing

r' Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far"as practicable.
/ Axempt All questions.
I fheisures in the margin indicate Full Marks. :
/ Neceisarv drawing sheet are attached'herewith.

y' A$sume suttable data if necessary. :
1. Wiite down the name of the different parts of a builaing T, shown in the figure below. [0.5x6]
o
2. Drlw the hatbhing symbql of Brick section and Earth. Box.size for hatching is 4cm x4cm.[0.5x2]
3. Redraw the.given ground floor plan of figure 2 in detail including wall line, dimension,
grid liue, hatching and intemal information. .(Scale l:100) . [7+2+1+l+l]
4. Redraw ihe footing detail of a column in detail inslu.ling pillar reinforcemeut detail,
footing reinforcement in plan and section as shown in the figure 3. (qcalq l:10, l:20,
'[2+5+5]
l:20) .r'
.OR ;
Draw the plan (with appropriate drafting techniques and labeling) as shown in.the 'i
fig*re 4,rnl:20mekic scale. Assume anydimensions asrequired.,,
a) Cgmplete the sanitary drawing showing the following pipeline network.with flow
direction: t9,51
i) Hot water'sripply ii) Cold water supply line
iii) Waste water line iv) Soil pipeline
b) Identify the symbols in the electrical layout of figure 4 that are numtered-' 12.51
[5x4]
a) Angle of light plane is .........*....,.....
b) Set back &om ioad sii,e is.................... . tl
c) Draw the symbol of one gang-two way switch.................... ,..
d) If and area is 1500 sqm and, ground coverage is 60%, calculate maximum ground
floor area................. :1
, -*** .
t
I
.r,j
t:
rlrr--r-r-rr-r-l-rr-r-
.. ,..Flquie,:3 (i:JO 1:20 l:2ol
' t2r B{ C/C
Floure:2. (l:I00) I
r' 'S,- i!.''.-:i
f,G616 r*l I
' :; ..-.i l
{[
':-. ia rro g
tto
--t----1- 1 . _ E I
__.
coLUMN .DErAlL(Cl)
(SCAL€ l:lol
BtDifroUM
, ar,i&a (3260 X.8874
Ground
@ -a \
I
(2715 121s)
ilat ltrct t(lilG

DW^ft
rocirrruc sEcloN ( Ft)
?
(Scale 1:20) l
33?0 4300
GROUND FLOOR PI-AN

MD1:12OOX21OO
:' .. , . KITCHEN
2500 x 2800
D1:000x2100
02:750X2100
Wl: 1800X1350 (Sill hl. 750)
W2:16O0X1350 (Sill td: 75O)
\,Y3:9O0Xiodp lsill ht. 11oo) A, SINK
...,.W4i1200Xtt800 (Sitt hElgh!.JFPj rrqm landing level) . E. COMMOuE HTH ClsEil
',rirF : ''"c.wasl'8aslN-_
riWill.'lhicknessi 230ANP.1r0, , -
lI.: , O. FLOOS TRAP
;pr.rii-aRstzezsox3oo .r
.i.....
j
FOOTII..IG. PLAN (FI) Frgure 4: Sanitaly and Electrical tayo.gt plitf_ .,

,, i ,I
5
03 BTSHWAWUNIVERSITY Eram. l{egular
INSTTTUTE OF ENGINEERING LeVel BE FUU lt{erlc 80
Examination Control Division Prograrume BCE Pass lflarh 32

2072 Ashwin Year /Part II/ tI Time 3 hrs.
of Stmcture
Asswne siittable data if rucessuy,
t4l
a span of 40 m and rise of l0 m. Draw
*r
[12]
atthe sarne section.
'14) .,. . j.;(+.:sjl

141
6) A uniform shaft ABC is simply supported in and B and overlpgging b
: a W.hen a ffansverse'forcilgarinliA
C,.'.
l AB = I and BC p acts at C, show that Oe ma:<imrm
p"l'''
deflection in the portion AB is
rffi It21
3. a) Explain what is dpamic multiplier and derive the formula for it when a mass falls on
mid span of a simply supported beam. t4l
rli' ill b), as shov*rn due to
;'l'i .,:l [12] i
f.n
\ *Lr, :24 m
-.
4. a) Show thaf there is nq....bSpding moment ut secJion of a parabolic arch (three *y

hing€d) subjected 16 1dl[ rinifsrmly disributed ovgr,horizo$al span. t4I i
' b1 Do.*rine the deflectioh and slope at C in the oVffiging Cnorlm in figure
.l
'1
below by using virtual work (unit load) method. Tat<e Ei'= 100000 Ki.Im2. u21
I
IO KN
I
A
I m
-..-) -- .--.. --.- --:. ..... ... -
5
. .---_..i.:, i_"L--_,;
I u:1j.1
-6
5. a) Explain how a shuctural quantity (bendirrg moment, shear force etc) can be calculated
fiom influence tine diagram due to loads-concentrated force distributed load and
couple.
b)
the q1-ders. u0I
: , , .::li
,6
,.
'l
i.
1T
03 TRIBHWA}II.'NTVERSITY Exam. Ncry llucli (206(r ct l-atcr Birtch]

INsfi TUTE or rtNcnrgER['rc LeVeI BE FuIlMarks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marks 32
',i 2072Magh Year / Part II/[ Time 3 hrs.
of Structure
/ Candidates are requiied to give tleir answers in their own words as far as practicable.
r' Attempt All questions.
'/ Thefigwes in the margin indicate Full Marks.
1. a) Enrmciate the principle of superposition and explain with suitable example. I4l
b) A simply supported beam carries a point load W at mid span L. The middle one third
portion of length has flexural rigidity 2 EI aod rest two third portion has flexural
rigidity EI. Determine the maximum deflection and slope at supports. Use conjugate
beam method. tl2l
2: a) A rectangular beam 25cmx50cm (bxd) is simply supported on a span of 6 m and
carries a central load of 100 KN. Calculate the strain eNrergy {ue to shear. Neglect self
weight of the beam. Take E = 2x106 kg/cm2,and G = 0.85x106 t<gcrr,z. t4l
b) Draw influence line diagram for forces in members BC'and BG and determine
maximum force in meinber BC when unifonnly disnibuted load 6 KN/m of length I
m moves. Ll2l
B
2m
4m
E
A
=24m 4
3. a) Define real work and virtual work for deformable structur€s. t4l
b) A three hinged circular arch has span 40 m and rise 5 m. Make a sketch of the arch
and given the equation to it. It carries a concentrated load 60 KN at 8 rrr irom the right
support and uniformly distributed load 4 KN/m over left haii portion. Detennine
bending moment, radial shear force and nGrifral thr.ist at a section l0 m from the left
support. Il2l
4. a) What is neutral point in an influence line diagram of an arch? Determine it for a three
hinged arch for an ILD for bending moment diagram at a section. t6l
'c) Determine the vertical defection ofjoint E due to the increase in temperature of 20oC
of member CD and member CE being 5 mm too long. [10]
KN
Take E:200 KN/mnf
q'= 12x109"C
C Arear- 1000 mm2
for all members
4 4
+
"'---l-,
I ra
5. a) Define influence line diagram and explain how it is different from other stmctural
quantity diagrams like bending moment diagram, shear force diagrarn etc. t4l
b) A suspension cable having central dip 15 m supports a three hinged stiffening girder
150 m long which supports point loads 180 KN at 50 m from left support and 120 KN
at 30 m from the right support. The dead load of the girder is 5 KN/m. Determine
Bending mome,nt and shear force at a section 30 m from the left support. Also
determine the maximum tension in the cable and iength of ca6le. tt21
+*+
;..
Ii;
,:.
4t
i;i:
i1l
,B:
|:t
.ti
B .".&. .1..
a
1o lu rY1
01 TRIBHUVAN LTNIVERSITY Exam. OLD Back (2065 & Earlier Batch)


2071Magh Year / Part [/II Timti 3 hrs.
;/ ;;;; ;-,# **l';:*::

Attempt any Five questions.
?;'HIH f{{!;";;;;;;;; ---
'/ Thefigures in the margin indicate Futl Marks.
y' Assume suitable data if necessary.
l. a) What is strain energy? F.xplain with an example real work method to calculate the
. deflectionofabeam. U+3I
b) Determine the vertical deflection at point D of the frame loaded as shown in figure
below: Ll21
4 kNm-r
C
25
I5 KN
6m 45 cm
E: l50KN/mm2
A
3 m
2. a) State and derive formulae for conjugate beam method. t6l

b) Determine vertical deflection at D of the beam shown in figure below by using moment
area method. Take EI to be [10]
"onr,*,.r, **
10 KN
A C
2.;5 m 2.5 m 2m
3. Determine the deflection at E of the pin-jointed Truss shown in figure below by using Virtual
work method. U6l
Take area for all member 8m

to be constant
A:400 mm2
E = 200x103N/mm2
KN KN 50
0m I l0m
4. a) Draw influence Iine diagram for shear force at C of the overhanging beam shown in
figure below. t6I
A D
C
6m
20m 5m
b) Determine maximum negative and positive bending moment at section C of the

overhanging beam shown in Q.N.4a when uniform distributed load of intensity l5 KN/m
of length 4 m rolls over the beam from left to right. [10]
5. a) Derive the formula for determination of neutral point in influence line fliagram of
bending moment for a given section in a three hinged parabolic arch. t61
b) A three hinged parabolic arch having span 80 m and central rise 8 m is loaded as shown
in figure below. Determine bending moment, normal trust and radial shear force at
section D. [0]
KN l0m IOO KN
l+-------rl C
30"
8m
A .(,
B
80m
6. A suspension cable bridge has a three hinged girder supported by two cables. The roadway is
6 m wide. The girder has its self weight 5 KN/mz. The live load consists of two concentrated
loads 200 KN at 20 m from Ieft support and 150 KN at 1.0 m right from the 200 KN load. The
span is 120 m and central dip is 12 m. The live loads are acting at the central of the girder.
Determine shear force and bending moment at section 25 m from left support of the girder.
Also determine required cross sectional area of the cable if the allowable tensile stress of
cable material is 120 N/mm2. tl6l
***
03 TRIBHLTVAN I.JNII'ERSITY Exam. Rcgular / Ii:rch
Examination' Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marla 32

2071 Bhadra Year / Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
Subjecf - Theory of Structure (CEsst) |

-_-----_,_*-._--_----.---]T- _
r' Candidates are required to glve their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
{ AttemptAllquestions.
/ Assume silrtabte data if necessary.
l. a) Use influence tine diagram to determine most critical position of a stretch of uniform
I
distributed load and a set of concentrated forces to give maximum bending moment at
a given section of a simply supported beam. Assume the leng& qf the uniform
distributed load and the set of concentrated forces to be Iess than the span of the
t6l
b) Calculate horizontal displacement of the rollei support and angular displacement of
the fixed hinge of the given portal frame by using unit load (vinual work) method;
Express the result in terms of sectional stiffness E[. Il21
W
I
2EI
a 3
r a_w<
2- a) Define stain energy and explain withexamptes the difference between gradually and
suddenly applied direct loads. Derive the expression for strain energy due to shear
foroe in a beam in bending. t6l
b) A sirnply supported beam of span 4 m with an overhang of length 2 m on right sideof
the beam is'loaded in the span with uniform distributed load of intenlity 2 kN/m. The
overhang is loaded with a concentrated force of magnirude 3 kN at the free end.
Calculate thbdeflection of the free end of the overhang and slope at the support. Use
conjugate beam method. u21
3- a) Explain the characteristics of structural mechanics and describe with suitable
examples what are the two basic approaches of structural analysis. t6I
b) Draw a simple rectangular plane truss having" span of four equal bays and with
horizontal, vertical and inclined members. Shoiv raquired dimensions of the [uss.
Draw influence line diagrams for forces in one of the each horizontal vertical and
inclined members. Consider the given truss is dec'k type. tl2l
4. A three hinged synmetrical parabolic arch of span 20 m and rise 4 m is with a point load
of magnitude kN
4 at 4 m distance from the left hinge. First, draw influence line diagram
(ILD) for bending moment (BM), radial shear (RS), and normal thrust CNT) for the
section where the point load is and then calculate the values of BM, RS and NT at the
section using the ILDs. Also check these values of internal forces at the section by first
principle using equilibrium equations. ll3l
5. Determine rhe cross sectional area required'for the cable loaded as shown in figure below
if the permissible tensile stress of the cable material is t 500 N/mm2. The self weight of
the girder is l0 k},l/m. Draw bending moment diagram of three hinged stiffening girder
and also calculate the length ofcable. [13]
A ..-=.-"--
8m
***
a
- I : il I ..,,,',. :; ,,
06 TRIBI-IUVAN- tJNIVF.RSI'IY Ex.1m, New Baek &

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERIN G Level Full l\{arks 80
2071 Magh Year / Parl II I II 'f irne hrs.
,/ Candidates arc required to give their answers in their own rvords as far as practicable.
/ Attempt All queslions.
'/ The figures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
/ Assume suitable data if necessary.
i. a) Explain with suitable force-displacement diagram, the elastic, inelastic, linear and
non-linear behaviour of structure. l4l
b) A bar of Z cm diameter and of length 125 cm is supported rigidly in the vertical
position at the top and is provided r.vith a holow falling mass and a collar at the
bottom rvhich supports a spring l0 cm long. Find the stress developed if the falling
mass is 4 kg and it fals from the height of one mcter measured from the collar top.
Take g:9.81 m/s2, stiffness of the spring (k):40 KN/m and E:210 GN/rnr. t6l
2. a) Use virtual work method to determine thc mid-span deflection fbr a simply supported
steel beam of depth 300 mnr carrying a superimposed udl of 20 KNAn ovcr a span of
5 m, if the temperature of the top surface is 40"C and at bottom surface is 30'C.
Assume the temperature to vary linearly over the depth of the beam. Take coefficient
of thermal expansion : 11.7 x l0-6/oc E:210 GNim2 and moment of incrtia:
15000 cma. [1 0]
b) Using infl'uence line diagram prove that for a uniformly distributed load shorter than
span, the bending moment at a section is maximunr when the position of the load is
such that the section divides the span and the load in the same ratio. tsl
3- a) Draw influence Iine diagram for bending moment and shear fbrce at rnid span of the
beam of span 20 m and determine bending moment and shear force at tl-rat section due
to lhe loads shown in figure using the influence line diagram. It0l
50 KN
30 KN
3m
l0 KN/m
5rn r0 m
b) Draw- influence line diagram for forces in member FG and BC of the truss shown in
figure belorv and determine maximum fbrces in these members when a single
concentrated load 100 KN rolls over the span ofthe truss. t5l
F
5m
A
B C D
"1
?{r+t ';
".,i,6i
,ilr:t!q+;tfi 1.i!. . .
,.el
4. In the three hingcd parabolic arch loaded as shown below, deteminc rcactions at supports
and also find bending monrent. normal thrust and radial shear force at sectisn D 15 m far
from A. Dlaw influence linc cliagram for bending mor.nel]t and normal tltrust at that point
alcl again cleternrine the bcnding rnoment ancl normal thrust at D b1' using the ild. II 5l
20 KN,/m 50 KN
I
I f)
I
l0m
A +_ B
5. a) Determine the deflection at mid span of a sirnply supported beam subjected to

uniforrnly distributed load w KNAn on the rvholg span by moment area.: ,
t71
w KN/m
L, EI
b) Determine the verlical deflection and rotation at free end C of the overhanging beam
ABC loaded as shown in f-igure bclorl, b.v using conjugate beam method. t8l
1O KN
5 KN/m B
A C
6. A cabie is suspended and loaded as shown in tigure. Calculate: I l0]

a) Length of cable
b) I-lorizontal component of tension in cable
c) Magnitude and position cf maximum tension occuring in cable
20 KN/m
8m
2m
* *:t
I)3 TRIBHUVAN UNWERSITY Exam. Nerv Back (2i
INSTI-IUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination Contrsl Division Frogramme BCE Pass Marks 32

2070 Magli Year / Part II/ir Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Theory of Structwe (CE551)
/ Attemfi AA questions.
{ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
1. a) Explain with an example, how would you use method of superposition in deforming
deflections. Also, explain why it is necessary to determine deflections in the design of
a structure. 14+21
b) Find slopes at supports and deflection at E of the beam given in figure below. Use
co4jugate beam method for deflection and slope calculations. [0]
KN/m KN
A
E EI
20m ,
3m
2. a) Define virtual work method and real work method with neat sketches. What are
limiLations of real work method? t6l
b) Two plastics bars as shown in figure helow are to absorb the same amount of energy
delivered by the axial forces. Neglecting stress concentrations compare the sfiesses in
two bars. tl0I
0.5 L
T
L "rL
0.5
O1
J {_-
3. a) Use influence line diagram to determine most critical position of a stretch of unifonn
distribution load to give maximum bending moment at a given section of a simply
supported beam- Assume the length of the uniform distributed Ioad less than the span
of the beam.' t6I
b) Determine R6, Rs, S.F. at C and B.M at 'C' of the given structure as shown in figure
below using inlluence line diagram concept. ll0l
15 KN/m 1,5 KN
A C
4 t I q
..F
4. a) Determine B.M norrnal thrust, Radial shear at point D of circular arch as sho'*n in
figure below. Also draw bending moment diagram. u2)
20 KN/m 10
3m
D
m
4m 4m 8m-
b) Explain different types of arches used in various Civil Engineering structures. t4l
5. a) Explain with a simple example the steps involved in determining displacement of a
point in a structural system dpplyrng unit load method. t6l
b) A cable is hanging from two points A and B, 80 m aparThofimntally, left end A being
lower than the right end by 10 m. It supports a uniform load of 1.5 KN/m along the
horizontal span. Determine: [0]
D The position of the lowest point if it sag is 7.5 m
ii) Lenglh of the cable
iii) Horizontal tension and tension at the two ends.
t I * l
,i+
!
03 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. lu r'
of Structure (CE55I)
./ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
,/ Attempt All questions.
,/ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
,/ Assume suitable data if necessary.
l. a) Explain two basic approaches of struclpral analysis. AIso explain briefly thp"non-linearitf ln
structural analysis. [3+3]
b), A three-hinged symmetrical circular arch is of 12 m span and 4 m rise. Draw influence line
v diagram for bending moment,'radial shear and normal thrust in the
fom the left.support. Use the diagrams to {eternline thesg internal
the left half of the span is loaded with a uniformly distributed load
a vertical concentrated load of magnitude 40 kN at a distance of 3 m from the tr0l
2. a) Wrjie down the formula for determination of total strain energy due tg'ixial
moment, shear force and torsion in a structural system. Derii,e.the,expression for enerry due
to shear force in an element of a structural system. '
. :. t6I
b) Using conjugate beam method, calculate slopes at the suppotr and at the points beneath the
r/ )
loads for the given simply supported beani and also ealculate the:deflections of the points
beneath the loads. Take EI :3.36 x l0rtk}.lmm2. [10]
KN t6a kN
rm
3. }/State qnd prove mornent',4pa.{heorems for {etermiping deflections at any point of a beam. t6I
b) Calculate the displacemenls in two. orthogonal direitions and also the slope at the free end sf
. the given frame dqg to the temperature effect as shown. Take EI to be constant for the frame. [0]
4. a) Explain with necessary sketches the.steps involved in determining bending moment, radial
sllear and normal thrust in a three hinged arch by graphical method. t6I
b)- pta*
7 influence line diagram for the members LC, LK and LD when the load moves in the
lo*", chord of the giveritruss as shown in figure. ' t10]
NML K
'].-...,-
-T 8m
A -"t
BC F
6x6:36m --)
5. g Exnlain with neat sketches tower structures as well as wind cables and ties. t6l
p) Y." influence line diagrams to determine reactions at the supports, bending moments and
shear tbrces beneath the applied forces in the beam shown in Question No. 2(b). tl0I
03 TRIBHUVANI.'NIVERSITY Exam. Nerr B & Later Ilatch
Level BE FullMarla 80
INSTMJTE OF ENGINEERING
BCE Pass Marks 32
Examination Control Division Programme
2S69 PoEsh Year / Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
Subje*: - Thresry of structuresl (c8551)

/ Caadidates a.e requircd to give rleir ar^srners in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Attenpt ary Att q*stiryls-
/ fnefg,,ses inie ftwgitt iniicae Futt Marli:r.
/ Asstne suitable ,I*a ifwcess*y-
1. ai Differentiae bet'rea Iineer and non-linear behavior of structures and explain their
uses in theory cf gnrctures. 16l
b) A cabie is sryportea d two points 20 m apart at the same level. It is used to support
three equidisant loads, first load is 40 }}tr, second is 30kN and third is 20 kN. The
central dip of the cable is 0.96 m. find the length of the cable required and its
sectiooal area if the safe tensile stress is 250 kN/mm2. AIso give the geometry (shape
and dip) of the cable when it is hangirig only with its weight (without the given loads). [0]
2. a) Define and explain stain energy. Use strain energy method to show the deflection due
to shear in m ordinary beam can be neglected in comparison to the deflection due to
bending. Assume ratio of Young's modules to modules of rigidity tobe2.l and shape
factorforshear 1.2. t8l
b) Deterrnine, using virtual rvork rnethod, ihe vertical deflection of joint Lz. The UA
values for diagonal and vertical members are 12 mm-r and for horizontal members are
6 mm-l. Take E :200*103 N/mm2 for all members. (i) Find vertical deflection due to
Ioads as shown in figure (ii) Find the additional deflection if the top boom is subjected
to a temperature rise of 20'C. Take the value of coeffic. of linear expansion
(a):10.8+lu4rc. 18]
\
l2m
\ / /
[.: Lr
IfiKH tokN
]L - 4@)l0m
r'l
3. A horizontal girder of steel having uniform section I m long is simply supported at its
end. it carries concentrated loads of 120 khl and KN two points 3 m and 4.5 m from
of ttre girder;tE;-lr.
mma and E = 2lA '.:; )
find magnitude and
iocation [16]
4- A three hinged symmetrical parabolic arch has a span of 18 m and rise of 3 m. It caries a
concentrated load of 80 kN at 4.5 m from the right spppcrt and a distributed load of 5
kN/ra over half portion. Determine the moment, tiuust and rudryYshear at each 3 m -
interval and draw their diagrams on horizontal 'X' axis tar tttyd6. ,_) il6l
\
5. a) For *re overhang beam determine the maximum positive and negatire bending
mat ad shear force at D due to the three concentated loads as shown in figure
*tis& Enor.€s in eitirer directions.
t8l
2ekN i 31hN
i?r i3+kN
',3m L 3m
-L
I
CA D B
2m 3m 5 r.n 2m
bi A s-spe,rsion cable is strs-nended from two pien 200 m apart,left support being 5 m
abcve tiie etk. The cable carries a uniformly distributed load of 15 kNlm in plan and
has its lowest poiff l0 m belo*'the lower support. The ends of the cables are afiached
tc' sadriles ca Rlll€rs on top of piex and the backstays which may be assumed straight
arc inciined at 60" to the verticai. Determine: (i) The length of cable (ii) Maximum
tensicn in cable and (iii) Maximum thrust and moment on pier. t8l
t**
I
l
03 TRIBHWAI{UNTVERSITY. Exam. I{csular'(2066 & Litter Bltch)
INSTTTUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FuIl Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass llfiarks 32
2069 Bhadra Year / Part [/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Theory of Structures I (cEssl)

/ Attempt All questions.
/ The Jigures in the margin indicate Fall Marles.
' r''"" -1y' Assume suitable data if necessary.
1. a) Define shain energy and complementary strain energy. Also derive relationship of
stain energy due to bending. t6I
b) ofjoint H. All the top chord members are zubjected
Determine the vertical deflection
totemperature rise of 20"C dnd all vertical members are l0mm too long.
Take a=l2xl}4l"C, E=200KN/mm'. Cross sectional area of each member is
1500mm2 t10l
H
,t. .
t_r{: :
'- i:- . 3m
iJ :
2, a) Describe the stnrctures based on material used and methods oftheir analysis. 141
b) A suspension bddge of l20m span has two tlree hinged stiffening girder supported by
two cables having a central djn of 12m. The road way has a width of 6m. The dead
Ioad on the bridge is SKN/rr- while the live load is 10KN/m' which act on the left
halfof span. Determine the shear force and bending moment in the girder at 30m from
left end. Also find ma:<imum tension in tlre cable for this position of live load. 1121
3. a) Explain difference between moment area method and co4iugate behm method with
suitable examples. l4l
b) Using coqiugate beam method, find slope and deflection at point (C) of following
loaded beam: uzl
c I
A B
i
I
t
'''t
4. A tlue€ hinged parabolic arch has a span of l60m and a rise of 25m. A uniformly
disributed load of intensity 30KN/m .of lengttr 60m rolls.over the arc.h from left to the
right Using the influence line diagrarn, find the maximum bending moment at a section I
50m from the right support. Also find normal thrust and radial shear at the section
corresponding to the maximun bending moment. t16I -1
5. a) What is inflrrence line diagram? E:rplain its uses and advantages in Civil Enqinee,ring
1
field. 12+21
''1
b) Using influence line diagrarn, obtain member force in AB, CD, EJ and FH for the !
I
following loaded pin-jointed tnrss as shown in figure below. tl2l

G -"1
''1
H I
6@3nr:l8m
I
***
-'1
I
I
-1
.!
I
-t t
l
I
I
-_-*-- I
03 TRIBHWAI\II.'NTVERSITY Eram. llcgullr'(2066 & Latcr llttch)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FullMarks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass l[arlrs 32

2069 Bhadra Year/Part il/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Theory of Structuresl (C8551)

/ Attempt Allquestions.
r' Thefrggres in the margin indicate FullWarks.
y' Assume suitable data if necessory.
1. $ Define stain energy and complementary stain energy. Also derive relationship of
stain energy due to bending. t6l
b) ofjoint H. All the top chord members are zubjected
Determine the vertical deflection
to rise of 20"C dnd all vertical members are 10mm too long.
temperature
Take a=12x109oc, E=200KN/mm1. Cross sectional area of each member is
1500mm2. t10l
.I
H
lL r::r...
:r",:f{:
':- 3m
2, Descrtbe the stuctues based on material used and methods of their analysis.
3) 141
b) A suspension bridge of l20m span has tivo three hinged stiffening girder zupported by
two cables having a central dfn of l2m. The road way has a width of 6m. The dead
load on the bridge is 5KN/m2 while the live load is 10KN/m2 which act on the Ieft
half of span. Detennine the shear force and bending moment in the girder at 30m from
left end. Also find maximum tension in the cable for this position of live load. uzl
difference between moment area method and conjugate behm method with
suitable example$. t4I
b) Using conjugate beam method, furd slope and deflection at point (C) of following
loaded beam: F2I
I
I
C
A B
I
I
4. A thee hinged parabolic arch has a span of l60rn and a rise of 25m- A uniformly
distibuted load of intensity 30KN/m of length 60m'rolls over the arch from left to the
right. Using the iafluence line dialpm, find the ma:<imum bending moment at a section
50m from the rigbt support. Also'find normal thnrst and radial shear at the section
correryondingto themaximurn bendingmomenl ' t16l
5. a) Wllrrtis influence line diagram? Explain its uses and advantages in Civil Enqineering
i,-/ field. l2+2)
b) Using influence line diagram, obtain member forcd in AB, CD, EJ and FH for the
following loaded pin-jointed tuss as shoum in figure below. uzl
FG
K Ha
6@3m=18m
t(-
***
"(
I
. 03 TRIBHWANTJNIVERSITY Exam. Resular
-
Examination Control Division Pr<igramme BCE Pass Marks 32
[., ' 2068 Bhadra Year./ Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
-l
.
of Skucture
/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as. fer as praoticable.
/ Attemptt any Fivequestions. " '
'/ Thefigtres in the margin indtcate Futl'Marks.

/ Assume suitabtlb data if necessary. .
I 1. a) 'Determine the vertical deflection of joint E of the truss due to (i) loading shown
(ii) members CE and DE being 8mm too long and (iii) temperature of member CD
- alone is decreased by 15'C. Given: Cross-sectional area of all members = 1000mm2,
I young' modulus : 2 x10sN/mm2, and coefficient of thermal expansion : 12 x 10-6/qC. [12]
C D
I lOOKN
2m
I b) Explain the use of computer based methods in stuctural analysis. t4l

2. a) For a beam having a rectangular cross-section and subjected to lateral loads, derive an
expression for the strain energy due to shear defoimatioa only. t8l
b) The bottom of the beam shown below is subjected to a temperafi:re of 200'C, while
I
the tempemture of its top' is 50oC. If the copfficienl of linear expinsion
s, = 12 x 101oC, determine the vertical displacerrent, of its free end B due to
I
I
!
i
tempsratre gradient. The bearn has'a rectatgular uoss-seCtion witb a depth of 30cm. l8I
:
30cm
J.
3. a) Explain moment area theorem.with suitable_example. : t4l
b) Using conjugate beam rnethod, calculate slope and deflection at point C, free end of
the beam, loaded as shown below, EI is constant. lt2l
1
A, C
-l
LI
-l
I
L I
I
i,l
,"1
I, I
!
j
I
!
i
q-
i 4. a) Drarv the influence iines for bending mome4t and shear force at a seetion 10m from
the left support of a simply supported beam of 25m span. . ' '- t8]
C
B
b) Draw influence line diagrams for the forcesjn-members AB, BC and BG of the truss.
The load moves in the lower chord of th66ss, .
t8l
C
I
ts 5m
I
10m
! E
F G H
I
I
4
@l5m:.60m
5. A three hinged circular arch has a span of 120m and a rise of 15m. Two point loads of
I
8 KIiI and 12KN, spaced 10m apart, ro11 over the arch fror.left to right with 8KN load
leading. Using the influence line diagra:n, find the ma<imum bending mome,nts at a
section 30m from the left support.'Also find normal thnrst and.radial shear at"the same
section corresponding to the maximum bending morhent. [16]
I
6. A suspension bridge, 400m span, has two three-hinged stiffening girders supported by
twb cables with a central dip of 30m. The dead load of the bridge is 30 KN/m. run and in
I
I
addition, it supports three point loads of 30OKN each placed along the centre line of the
roadway and dividing the span in four equal parts. Calbulate the maximum tension and
minimum tension with their locations ih the cable and the length of the cable [16]
I
I
I
t
I
i
I I
I
I
U t
I
I
I
I
' . 'd-a
I
. 03 TRIBHWANTJMVERSITY Exam. Regular
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FuIl Marks 80

l. ' 2}6SBhadra : Year./ Part IIiII Time 3 hrs.
of Strxcture
I
/ Candidates are required to give their answers in theirown words 4s. far as practicable.
r' Attempt any Five questions.
I
/ Assqme suitablb data if necessary. .
I i. a)'Determine the.vertical deflection of joint E of the truss due to (i) loading shown
(ii) members CE and EE being 8mm too long and (iii) temperature of member CD
- alone is decreased by 15eC. Given: Cross-sectional area of all members : 1000mrn2, :
I young' modulus:2 xl0sN/mm2, and coeflicient of thermal expansion = 12 x 1O6/cC. UZ)

C
B
:
I IOOKN
2m
I b) Explain the use of computer based methods in structural analysis.

2. a) For a beam having a rectangular cross-section and subjected to lateral loads, derive an ,
expressio4 for the strain energy due to shear defoimatign onff. t8l
I
b) The bottom of the beam shown below is subjected to a temperature of 200"C, while
'l
the ternperature of its top' is 50oC. If the copfficient of linear expingion
d. = 12 x 101oC, determine the vertical displacement, of its free end B due to
I
I I
I
I
ternperature gradient. The beam has'a rectairgular cross-s'e'Ction with a depth of 30cm.
I r9l
I 3Ocm
J.
I a
3 a) E}plainmomentareatheorem.withsuitable-example.....,
b) Using conjugate beam method, calculate ,iop, *O deflection at poiht C, free end of
the beam, loaded as shown below, EI is constant.
1 OKN
+ 5KI{
A,
i
I I
"l
r- ::
I
--1
f. I
t,".
t. ' . ,
I
:
t.
-j
I
a_.:
4. a) Drau, the influence iines for bending mor4e4t and sfrear force at a section 10m-ftom
the Ieft support of a simply srrpported beamof 25m span. .. ' ' ;'
C
B
b) Draw influence line diagrams for the fo*gin*nembers AB, BC and BG of the truss.
The load moves in the lbwer chord.of the truss. ._ . l8l
5J I
1
'{ I
F G H
-
. 4 @ 15m:.60m I
5. A ttree hinged circular arch has a span of 1.20m and a rise of 15m. Two point loads of
8 KN and 12KN, spaced 10m apart, roll over the arch from left to right with 8KN load I
!
leading. Using the influence line diag4m, find the,ma:rimum bending moments at a
section 30m from the left support Also find normal thrust and radial shear at'the same
section corresponding to the maximum bending moment. r16l
6;. A suspension bridSe, 400rir span, has two three-hinged stiffening grders supported by
twb cables with a central dip of 30m. Th; dead load of tn" triage is 30 KN/m. run and ih
addition, it supports three point loads of 3OOKN each placed hlong the centre line.of the
roadway and dividing the span in four equal parts. Calbulate'the maximum tension and
minimum tension with their locations ih the cable and the length of the cable. [16]
,I !f {.
I
l.
i
1
I
-]
,l
.I
: sf"
A1 TFJ'HLi\.\N LT.IIVERSITY Exam.

ISSTiT UTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FuiI illarks SO
Ex andn ation C ontrol Division Programme BCE Pass Ularks 32

' 2A55 Kartik Year / Pai:t iiiii Time i 3 trs
of Slracfure I
,/ Candidates are required to give their anstvers in their ori,n
"/ '-:-:iempt any Five questions.
'/ Thefigtres in the margin indicate FuIl Marks.
y' .lssum€ sr.dtable data if necessary.
1. a) Enrurciate the two theorems from the moment area of

displacements ofbeam and explain it with'a sirnple t6l
b) A three-hinged symmekical ciicular arch is'of 12m span and 4m rise. Drarv influence
line diagram for bending moment, radial shear and normal thnrst in the section at
distance of 3m from thJ left support. Use the d.iagrams to determine these intemai.
foices in the section when the left haif of the span is loaded with a uniform distributed
load of inteirsity 20 lNm-l ard a vertical concentrated load'of magnitude 40 kr\ at a
distance of3m frOm ttre right support. [10]'
2. a) Write down the formula'for determination of toial stain energy due to a:<ial force,
bending nioment, shear force and torsion in a structural systeri. Derive the expression
for energy due to shear force in an element of a skuctural systerl t6l
'o) Using conjugate beam method, calculate slopes at the supports and at the points
beneath the loads for the given simply supported beam and also calculate the
deflections of the points beneath the loads. Take EI:3.36x1011 ltlmm2. [10]
2.40 xN 160KN
6.5 M
3. a) Explain r*'ith neeessary sketches the steps involved in determining bending moment,
. radial shear and normal thrust in a tluee hinged arch by graphical method. t6l
'o) Calculate the displacements-in hvo orthogonal'directions and also the siope at the free
end of the given frame due to the temperature effect as shown. Take EI to be constant
for the frame. , . [10]
.-30 {
I 2
,V
t0,c
J
:ll
0
I0y
il
-]
Ii
I
I
4. a) Use influence line diagram .to determine most critical position of a stretch of
unif6nnly distributed load to give maximum bending moment at a.given section of a
simply supported beap. Assume the length.of the u:riformly distribiited ibad less than
the span of the bea.m. l5l
b) Use stain energy method for the given frame to calculate the vertical displacement of
,t
the point with load 500 kl.I: The &anie is made of ,steel rod O100mm. Take I
' E:2x10\i/mmz.' ''. [10]

0 3m
bar ot00 lm
-'l
3 I
2m
500 hY
-
5. a) Determite the gpometry of the shape and calculate the length required for a high i
tension line between any two tgwers. Take thp sparl between'the two towers and the
weiSht pel unit length of the cable to be { and l respectively. t6l
.b) Use.influincb tine diagrams to detertaine reactions at the supports, bending moments
and shear forces beneath the applied forcis in the beam shown in Question No. 2(b). [10]
.i!
6.4 Explain with a simple exarnple the stepi involved in determining rhe displagement of t
-
I
a pofot in a structural system appl).rng unit load method. 16]
b) A symmetical suspension bridge with a three hinged stiffe,ring gfuder of span 120m'
and having a cenhal dip of 12m is loaded with two point loads of mapitude 24C ls\
and 300lrN at a distance 25m and 80m respectively from the left end. Draw bending
nioment diagram for the girder and also caicutate bending moments at the distances
25rn, 40m and 80m from the left support [10] i
' ,1.**
,t
I
I
I
I
r!
I
I
i
I
I :
01 TRJBHWANTJNTVERSITY Exam. IIEIIIIIEI?IJ}ITII
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING , Level BE FullMerks 80

2065 Chaitra Year / Part u/tr Iffi]t! 3 hrs.
Subject: - Theory of Stnrcnres I

:
/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Attempt any Five questions.
./ Assume suitable data if necessary.
1. a) Determine the vertical deflection of point fig-l t8l

E:200 KN/mmz I:30 x 106 mnna
B
i c
& 2T
Fig-1
3m
b,; Calculate the vertical deflection of free endD of the beam loaded as shown in fig.2 by
using virtual work method. Take EI as constant through out. t8l
iCKN
C
A
B
Fig-2
,2m'2m,2mr
t
2. a) Determine the slope at A and B and deflection at D of the beam loaded as shown in
fig-3 using moment area method. Take EI as constant. t8l
l*_--9* , lOKN
A B
DC Fig-3
b) Determine the rotation at A and detlection at C in the overhanging beam shown in

irg--l by using conjugate beam method. t8l
60KN/m B
A C
2T I Fig-4
6m 2m
3. a) Find the ma:<imum bending moment at C for the beam and loading as shown in fig-5. t8l
50kn 70kn 80kn 60kn
Fig.5
-.+
2m 3m
C
1'..a'']l',:.ll:!ur:1'.nq4-:
b) Draw influence line diagram for bending moment at F (5m right of A) and for the l'
stress in the support BD of the structure shown in fig-6. t8l
20m
Fig-6 I
4. a) Draw influence line diagram and calculate the bending moment at mid span C for the
beam shown in fig-7. t8l
i
W / Krv'm
A B I
LC Fig-7 I
l-
b) Draw influence line diagram for members U3L3 and L3L4 of the tnrss shown in fig-8. 18] .4
U:U Uo
Fig-8
Lr T- ,i-
L2 L: L,i Lo
' 6 A,, 1m-- 24m
I
5. A ttree hinged parabolic arch as shor*n in fig-9 i:r loaoed with udi I KNrm on the ieft 8m i
. length. Calculate
t1-41
L I o.l.
a) Direction and magnitude of reaction ar supporrs.

b) The bending moment. normalthrust and radial shear at 4m from ieft end.
c) Draw bending moment ciiagqam shorving ma>cimum positive and negative vaiues
I
2 KI{/m
Fig-9
4m -
I
A B
20m
1
6. a) A suspension cable of span L has its ends at the height hr and h: above the lou'esr
poinr of cable. It carries a uniformll. distribured load of w per r:nit nur of the span.
WL:
Shou'that the horizontal reaction at each end is given bl' H - t8l
2(jhr = rih2 )-
b) A cable is suetched over a gap of 300m and carries uniforrril' dimibured ioaci of
300 kgim horizontally. If the central dip is 1.5m. Calculate the maximr:m tension in
the cable. Also find the length of cable. t8l
***
-
I
-
:+:
)7
04 TRIBHWAT.I I.JNTVERSITY Exam. Ilcgulrr l'
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Lcvel BE Futtlflarfr EO
Examination Control Division Programme BCE BME, BIE Pass lfiarkr 32

2072 Ashwin Yeor/ Part II/tr Time 3 hrs.
and
r' Caudidares are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Attempt&.questions.
{ T'lufrgltres in the mogin indicatg FuIl Mar*s.
{ Asnatte suitable data if necessary.

,
l. Mention and discuss the significance of statistics in engineering. In a moderately

aslmmetical distibution the value of mean andmedian ate20 and,24 respectively. Find
th; value of mode! [3+3]
2. Definc coriditional probability. A manufacturing firm produces steel pipes in three plaats
. with daily production volumes of 500, 1000 and 2000 units respectively. Aqcording to
experiencg it is-lcnown that the fractions of defective outprut produced by the ttuee plants
are respestively 0.005, 0,008, 0.010. If a prpe is selected from a day's total production and
found to be defective, find out the probability that the plpe might have come tom plant tr
and trI. t6l
jl
3. What arc the charac"teristics of Hypergeometric probability Dishibution? How does it
.l',
differ ftom Binomial probabillty distibutiog? 13+21
'
i
4. It is found that a Cricketcr hit a century in a game is2So/o. He declared that he will retire
from cricket after 6fr century from now. By usurg Negative Binomial disuibution find the
probability that t5l
r) IIe will lose none ofthe game
ii) Hewilt lose onlygame
iii) He will iose exactly two gamer
iv) He will lose at least trro games
5. Define standard normal distibution and \ /rite the condition for norrnal approximation to
tlre Binomial and Poisson probabiiity dishibution. t5l
I
OR
I
ffthe prolability densiry ftnction of a random variable is given by
:
i
f(x;=5s3o(xsl
=0, otherwise
Find:
i) The value of k
ii) P(x>23)
iii) P(l/4<X<3/4) and mem of distribution'
6. Inmmes of a group of 10,000 persons *r"
fo*a b be nonnally disributed with mean
Rs. 1,520 and s.d Rs 160. Find the number of persons whose incomes will be tsI
i) Between Rs.t400 and Rs.l520
ii) Mpre than Rs. 1600
iii) Iowest income of richest 1000 persons
ii,
t7
r- ,f,
.t
I! ' rJ- I
i.
t
I
'E t
7. What do you mean by Sarnpling Disnibution of a Statistical and Standard Error? t5I
8. From a population of 5 members 3, 6, g,12, 15 draw all possible random sample of size
3:witlrout replacemelrt. Obtain ttre sanrpling distribution of sanrple tnean and calcularc
i.
I
I
expectation of sarrple meau i t5I I
I
9. Mne partial and multiple correlations with examples. Write down the proffies of I
partial aud multiple correlation. t5I I
I
IO. The following data gives the experie,nce of machine operators in years and their I
perforrnance as given by the number of good parts tumd out per 100 pieces.
t5I I
Exporietrc(X) 16, t2 18' 4 l'3 10 5r t2

For-formancc(Y) E7 88 89 68 178 80 75 83
I
i) on $(peflerlce estinrate the probaliie I
gprforrnarpe if an.opoator tns I yeas experietpe. I
ii) Calculatq 957o confidence intetval.for the regre,ssion coeffieiqs (i.e., slope) t
OR I
I
if*uouiritiou suvey on rnonthly expenditure on food yield followiryi &ta: I
'ffirlfiftIy
orpenditurdl 00 Rs.) t0 l5 20 25 30 35 40 I
t\donthtvincome( i Oob nS. I 2 4 5 7 6 6 5 I
g.,rf;i.l 'll
t
4 5 7, m 4 I
'rellfi I
l:li Differentiate between (a) confidence level and significance level (b) Type I and tpe II i
'ri errors of hypo&esis testing.
tsl
OR
Describe the procedue of testing of hypothesis for single men for large sample.
t t2; ttc foUowing table represents the sales ofthree salesmen in foru different districts:
t5I
Dishicts
A t4 20 t6
B t2 23 ts
c l0 20 l0
:. D 8 t8 t2
Perform an Analysis.of Variance to tcst whether there is any signiflcant difference in the
sales ofdifferent disfrict at th6 0.05 level of significance.
13. A shtdy shows that 16 of 200 fractors produced on one assembly line required extensive
adjustnent before they could be shipped, while the'same was tnre for 14 of 400 tractors
produced on another assembly line. At the 0.05.level of significance, dqes this support the
tsl
t i
LP
)4
i'
14. To determine whether there is really relationship between aa employee's perforrrance in
&e taining prograrn and his ultimate success in tre job, it takes a sample of 400 cases
from its very exteirsive files and obtains the result shown in the following table: tsl
Performance
Belou, average Averase Above averase
Poor 23 60 29
Success injob Average 28 79 60
Verv eood 9 49 63
Use the 0.05 level of significaoce to test whether pcrfomrance in taining pmgram and.
sucoess inthe job re independent.
15. A study was doue on adiesel powered light duty piclup truck to see if humidity influence
mission of nitous oxide. Eurission measure,ments wer,e taken at different times, with
varying etcperimental conditious, The data arpas follows: t8l
Nitmtu oxide HupidiW
frg0 72.4
0.91 41.6
0.96 u.3
0.89 35.1
t-00 10.7
r.l0
l.t5 8.3
r.03 20.1
0.n 72.2
I.07 24.0
'.i1, 1.07 23.2
0.94 47.4
l.t0 31.5
I.10 10.5
ii!:
,,\:
fi.2
0.91, 73.3
'75.4
-0.87
0.78 96.6
0.82 107.4
0.95 54.9
f) Find ttre mean and vaiiance of given data.

b) Calculate degee ofrelationship bctweenthem
b) Calculate coeffieient of determination and interlret the given data.
r*!i:l
I
I
...\ .,1
Ig
u>
Appendix A 737
Tnelr A-4
Area to the Right of the criticalValue
Degrees
of
$eedom 0.995 r 0.99 0.y/5 0.95 0.90 0.10 0.o5 0.025 0.01 0.005
0.an
0.4t2 0554 9236 11.W1 LL833 15.085 16.
s.g1 n.1gt
6.W m+4 385&
,l 11 73.W
i., i
l'.t
.,..1
::":'i-
'
-'
; I
,{
{". ir
L. ,l I
l,
,i
!
!
il
: !. 265W 51.80s ss.75&

; :-,
Bom Dorutd B. gwrr..Hadb@k of SuditfrrrlTablq @1962 Addison-Wesl€y Publis.hing Co., R€adiry, tl{4r with permis-
sioa ofthepublishcr.
Ilegna of hoailoc
n:1 for oqddEoc intcr€ls or hypothcris tcsts witli r stardard devistiotr or v?dadcc
k-l formrdtiamialexperimentsor@
A" eaai.--Wotey product C.opyrignt-b 2OO+, Pearson ijducation, Inc.
0-o
I
a,
'.' _1r ---
-,- -.-------.- o) : -.._-
04 TRIBHWANTJNIVERSITY Exem. Neu' (r & Later llatch

Examination Control Division Programme BCE, BME, BIE Pass Marks 32
2072Magh Year/Part II /II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Probability and Statistics (SHs52)

r' Candidates are required to give their answers in thgir own words as far as practicable.
r' Attitmfi AA questions..
./ Thefigures in tlte margin indicate Full Marks.
{ Nicessam tobles are attacheUerewith.
{ Assume suitable data ifitecessary.
1. What are the chief measures of cental tendency and measures of dispersion? The mean
weight of 100 shrdents in a cert'ain class is 59 kg. The mean weight of boys in the class is
65 kg and that of girls is 50 kg. Find the nunrber of boys and grls in the class. [2++1
2. A box containing 5000IC chips, of which 1000 are manufactured by company A and the
rest by compary B. Ten percentage of chips made by company A and five percentage of
the chips by company B are defective. If we select a chip at a random t6l
i) What is the probability that the chips chosen is defective?
ii) if a randomly chosen chip are found to be defective, what is the probability that it
comes from company A
t3, D"fin" hlpergeometic probability distribution with an example. Descrik;ftersonditions" I ,
iI !., for the binomial approximation to hypergeometric distribution? [Z+3]

:1
I'
a
!4. ln a certain factory turning out optical lenses, there is a small chance, l/500 for any lens
i "it!
i
a
.li to be defective. The lenses are supplied in packets of l0 each. What is the probability that
; apacket will contain tsl
l. d.
fq.
D No defective lens
fr*
,:l
ii) At least one defbctive lenses
iii) Atmosttwo defuive lenses
OR
Define mathematical expectation of a discrete random variable. A probability
distibution is
X=x 0 I 2 3 4 5
PCX=r) 0.26 0.2s o.Ir 0.02 0.25 0.l l
Find (a) P(X > 4); (b) P(0 < X < 4); (c) P(X = 4nX= 5); (d) r(3)
5. Define Gamrna Distibrition and write the chief characteristics of it. t5I
9t
q7
t.
6. In aphoto graphic process, the developing time of prints may be Iooked upon as arandom
variable having the normal distribution with a mean of 16.28 second and a standard
deviation of 0.12 second. Find the probability that it will take tsI
i) Anywhere from 16.00 to 16.50 seconds to develop one of the prints
ii) At least 16.20 seconds to develop one of the prints
iii) At most 16.35 seconds to develop one of the prints
OR
The disuibution of amount of the gravel (in ton) sold by a particular construction supply
company in a give,n week is continuous random variable X with the probability density
function.
for0<x<l
-r={[i)(x2+r)
otherwise
a) Find the cumulative distribution function of sales

b) What is the expected value and variance of sales
7. Define sanrpling distibution ofproportion with suitable example. tsl
8. A popnlation consists of the fournumbers2,3,4,5 15]
i) Write down all possible sarnple size of two without replacement

ii) verify that the population mean is equal to the mean of the sarnple mean
iii) Calculate the star-rdard error of the sampling distribution of the sample mean
9. As part of an indusrial training progrun, some trainees are instructed by Method A,
which is shaight teaching-machine instuction, and some are instructed by Method B,
which also involves the personal attention of an,instructor. If random sample of size 10
are taken from large group of trainees instructed by each of these two methods and the
soores which obtained in an test axe t5I
MethodA 7t 75 65 69 73 66 68 7l 74 68
Method B 72 77 84 78 69 70 77 73 6s 75
Use the 0.05 level of significance to test the claim that method B is more effective.
10. Hotel's manager in Kathmandu wants to know the hotels average daily registration. The
following table presents the numbers of guest registered each of 27 randomly selected
days. Calculate the sample mean standard errors of mean and 95Yo confidence limits of
population [-rcEil t5I
61 57 53 60 64 57 54 58 63
61 50 59 50. 60 5T 58 62 63
60 54 54 6l 5t 53 62 57 60
'oR
Shyam and Co. produces three varieties of products: deluxe, fine and ordinary. A recent
market survey is conducted for p,reference of products. The preference was found as
follow:
Product Production
Deluxe l5 t4 19 18
Fine t7 t2 20 l6
Ordinarv 16 l8 l6 t7
Is there-a significant differertce in the preference of products using ANOVA test. Use
u.= 5o/o
22-
r i, r:.:t1.lA{E!li:il9
.
'rr*l'
i':
.
04 TRIBHUVA},I UNIVERSITY Exam. OI-D Back & lier

Examination Control Division Programme BCE, BME Pass Marks 32

207lMagh Year / Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Probability and Statisti cs (EG57 t SH)

/ Attempt any Seven questions selecting Fourfrom Group A and Threefrom Grouo B.
/ Necessorv tables are atlached herewith.
/ -Thefi.gyres in the margin indicate Full Marks.
suitable data rf necessary.
GrouP A
,
l. a) Write the differences between diagram and graph. Write the importances of t6l
diagrammatic presentation of data .
b) Following is the distribution of monthly wages of employees of two factories. Which ts]
factory pays more money to the employees and in which factory the monthly wages is
more consistent?
Wages 200- 400- 600- 800- 1000- 1200- 1400-
Gs.) 400 600 800 1000 1200 I400 1600
FactoryA 4 8 lt 6 5 3 3
FactoryB 7 t2 9 4 4 3 I
2. a) Define the terms:( i) Exhaustive event (ii) Favorable event (iii) Mutudly.exclusive t6I
everits (rv) Equally likcly events and (v) Independertt events
b) Two third'ofthe students in a class are boys and rest are girls. It is known thatthc I5l
probability of a girl getting fintdivision markl is 0.25 and that of boy getting first
division mark is 0.28. Find the probability that a student chosen at random will get
first division mark ?
3 a) Differentiate between discrete random variable and continuous random variable tsl
. with exampleS.
b) In a ganiUting a man is paid Rs.5 if he gets all heads or all tails when three coins are t6]
tossed and he pays out Rs.3 if either one or two of head shows, what is his e4pected
gain?
4. a) What arc the diffegences and similarities between blnomial. dishibution and t6I
rregative binomial dstribution?
b) Assuming the probability of a male birth is /2, findin how mdr;r of 160 famities tsl
with4 children each wouldyou expect to have
I. 4t least one boy ' "
il. at least one boy and one girl
a) Define normal distribution? AIso state its important properties. t6l
b) The breakdown voltage X of a randomly chosen diode of a particular type is known tsl
to be normally distributed with ,.t = 40 volts and o = 1.5 volts
O What is the probability that the break down voltage will be between 39 afi 42
volts
(ii) What is the probability that the break down voltage will be between 40 and 43
volts
6. a) Define joint probability mass function and marginal probability mass function. t6l
b) The Joint probability distribution of the number X of car and the number Y of buses
.:pq signal cycte of a proposed left turn lane in displayed in the accompanying joint ;"",, .{5]
probability table:
v
p(xv) 0 I 2
0 0.025 0.015 0.01
I 0.05 0.03 0.02
2 0.125 0.075 0.05
x
3 0.15 0.09 0.06
4 0.1 0.06 0.04
5 0.05 0.03 0.02
(') is the probaliility that there is exactly one car and exactly one bus during a
cycle?
(ii) What is the probability that there is at most one car and at most one bus during a
cycle?
(i!i) What ig the prob_ability that there is exactly one car during a rycle?
Group B
7. a) What are the estimator and estimates? Describe the criteria for a good estimator. t61
b) A quality control manager needs to estimate the average hours of lifc of light bulbs.
The population standard deviation is known to be 100 hours. A random sample of 64 t6l
light bulbs indicated a sample average life of 350 hours. Set up 95.% and9f/o
confidence intpnal oftnre ayerage life of.bulbs.
8. a) Describe the tSpes of error that ariscs in testing of hlpothesis. Describe the test t6l
procedure of test of sigrrificance of mean for large sample.
b) The sample average unreshained compressive stength for 45 specimens of t6I

particular type of bricks was computed to be 3107 psi and sample standard deviation
was 188 psi. The distribution of unrestrained compiessive stnength may be somewhat
sewed. Does the data strongly indicate that the tme avbrage unrestrained compressive
shengft is less than design value of3200? Test using 1% Ievel ofsignificance.
04 TRIBHUVA}.IUNIVERSITY Exsm- llcgu llr r i llar. li
INSTITUTE OF ENGTNEERING LcVel BE 'Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division BCE,BME,

Plogramme BIE Pass ltrlar*s 32
2WlBhadra Yeer/Part II/tr Time 3 hrs, .
Subjeet: and Statistics (5H552)

r' Candidates are required to give their ansrrers in their own words as far as practicable.
{ Attempt All questtorrs.
{ Tlu frgpres in tlu rnogin indicate FuII Mark.
/ Necesiam tabls are'dacheil heretsith.
l. What are the differences between measures of central tendency and measures'of
dispersion? The mean and standard deviation of 20 items is formd to be I0 and 2
respe*ively. At the time of checking it was formd that one item 8 was incorrect Calculate
the mean and standard deviation if : (a) the wrong item is omitted (b) it is replaced by 12. [2+a] i
2. Differentiate betrryeen equally likely events and mutually exclusive events with suitnble.
oranrple. A consulting fimr rents cars from tbree agencies, 20Yo from agency D,ZV/o
. from agency E and 60% from agency F. If l07o of the cars frrom D; lZYo of ttre cars from
E, and 4Yo of fu cars from F have bad tires, what is the probability that the firm will get a
carwith bad tires? t61
3. Define Negative Binomial Distribution. Write the conditions for Negative Binomial
'[2+31
Distribution
4. A shipment of 20 digital voice recorders contains 5 that are defective. If t0 of then.are
randomly chosen for inspection, what is the pro-bability that 2 of the l0 will be defective?
Also, find the mean and variance of the disEibution tsl
5. Define Staidard Normal DisEibution. Write the normal approximation to- the
(a) Binomial Distribrtion and (b) Poission Distribution. t4l
.oOR
A college professor never finishes his lectne before the bell rings to end the perio4 and
always finishes his lectures within one minute after the bell rings. Let X = the time which
elapses between the bell and the end of the lecture. Suppose that the p.d.f. of X is t4l
(x)=hf,0<xs l
= 0, o.theruristi
a) Find the value ofk
b) What is the prrobability that the lecturc ends within % minute of the bell ringing?
c) What is the probability that the lecture continues beyond the bell for between 15 and
30 seconds?
d) What is the p,robability that the lecture continuous for at least 40 seconds beyond the
bell?
6. Suppose that the pH of soil samples taken from a certain geographic re,gion is normally
distribtted with mean pH 6.00 and standard deviation 0.10. If the pH of a randomly
selected soil sample frcm this region is determined. t6I
a) Srhat is the probability that the resulting pH is between 5.90 and 6.15?
b) V/hat is the probability that the resulting pH exceeds 6.10?
c) What is the probability that the resulting pH is at most 5.95?
7. What is sampling distribution? Construct frequency distribution table of sanrple mean in
population 2,4,6,8, 10 with sarnple size two. Also prove that sanple mean is unbiased
estimate of population mean. t4l irg
iri
8. Define Central Lirnit Theorem. An auditor for a large credit eard company, knows that,
on average, the monthly balance of any given customer is $112, and the standard'
devidion is $56, If ttre auditor audits 50 randomly selected accormts, wha is the
probabitity that the sample ayerage monthly balance ii 1a; Uetow $100 (b) between $100
and$I36? 12+41
9. An article in the Tappi (March, 1986) presented data on green liquor Na2S
concentration (in grarns and paper machine production (in tons per day). The
data (read &om a graph) as follows: t6I
v 40, 42 49 46 -44 48 46
x 825 830 890 895 890 910 915
Y 43 53 52 s4 57 t8
x 960 990 l0l0 \030 1030 1050
a) Fit a sirrple linear regression model with v green liquor NazS concemhation and ;
'':!,
x =production
b) Find the fitted vdtre of y ****T;" x = 910 trins.
The following shoiv the improvernent (gain in reading speed) of eight studelrts in a qptrd-
readlng proglarL ana tte ntrmber of weeks they have been in program
No. ofweeks 3-, 5 2 I 6 I 3 4
Specd gain
(uro,rd/minute)
86 ll8 49 193 164 232 73 109
Estimate the parureters of a simple linear regression model with No of weeks as

independent variable.
10. Defiue the correlation cocfficient and mention its important properties. What does the
coef;Ecient of detexmination measure? 14I
I l. Descdbe the procedure of the test of sigrrificance of two meailB for small smrple. [4]'
12. As part of the investigation of the collapse of the roof of a buildfiA; a testing laboratory is
;
I
given all the available bolts that connected the steel strucfire at thee ditrer€nt positions
I
I
on the roof. The forces required to strear each ofthese bolts (ry"d values) are as follows: t6l
a
Position I 90 82 79 98 83 9l
Position2 105 89 93 104 89 95 86
Position 3 83 89 80 94
Perform an Analysis of Vriance to test at the 0.05 lwel of significance whether the
differences among the sample means at the thrce positions are significant
13. Deftre point estimatd. Write down the properties of good estimator with examples. ts]
14. In 40 tosses of a coin, 24.heads were obtained. Find 95% and 99/o confidence limit for
prcportion ofheads. tsl
15. The foltowing table shows the number of horns 45 hospital patiens slept following the
adminisfation of a certain anesthetic. t8I
v l0 t2 4 B 7 3 I 5
l2 1l 3 8 1 I 13 l0 4
4 5 5 E 7 7 3 2 3
E l3 1 7 t7 3 4 5 5
3 I t7 l0 4 7 7 l1 I
a) Find sanrple mean, slmple variance and sample standard deviation.
b) Compute a value the amormt of variability relative to ttre value of mean.
**+
04 TRIBI{UVAN UNIVERSITY Exam.
INSTITUTE OF ENGTNEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
BCE, BI\4E,
Examination Control Division Programme BIE
Pass Marks 32
2071 Bhailra Year / Part fitil Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Prohability and Statistics (5H552)

/ Candidates arc required to give their answers in their own-words as far as practicable.
/ The rtgtres in the margin indicate FuIl lllark.
/ Nec"-siary tables ore atlached herewith.
1. Y'trat are the differences between measures of central tendency and measures of
dispersion? The mean and standard deviation of 20 items is found to be I0 and 2
respectively. At the time of checking it was found that one itern I vras incorrect. Calculate
the mean and standard deviation if : (a) the wrong item is omitted (b) it is replaced by 12. [2+41
2. Differentiate between equally likely events and muiually exclush,e events with suitable
example. A consulting firrn rents cars from three agencies, 20?6 &om agency D,20yo
from agency E, and 60% from agency F. lf l0% ofthe cars from D 12% ofthe cars from
E, aad4Yoof the cars from F have bad tires, what is the probabilitythat the firm will get a
car with bad tires? t6I
3. Define Negative Binomial Distribution. Write the conditions for Negative Binomial
Distribution. [2+3]
4. A shipment of 20 digital voice recorders contains 5 that are defective . If l0 of them are
randomly chosen for inspeetion, what is the probability that 2 of the l0 will be defective?
Also, find the mean and variance of the distribution. tsl
5. Define Standard Normal Disfibution. lfurite the normal approximation to the
(a) Binomial Distribution and (b) Poission Distribution- t4l
OR
A college professor never finishes his lecture before the bell rings to end the period, and
always finishes his lectures within one minute after the bell rings LetX= the time which
elapses between the bell and the end ofthe lecture. Supposeihat fu p.d.f. ofX is t4l
f(x)=1r2,0<x< I
= 0, otherwise
a) Find the value of k
b) What is the probability that the lecture ends within % minute of the bell ringing?
c) What is the probability that the lecture continues beyond the bell for between 15 and
30 seconds?
d) \I/hat is the probability that the lecture continuous for at led 40.seconds beyond the
bell?
6. Suppose that the pH of soil samples taken from a certain geographic region is normally
distributed with mean pH 6.00 and standard deviation 0.10. If the pH of a randomly
selected soil sample from tbis region is determined t6l
a) What is the probability that the resulting pH is bet*,een 5.90 and 6.15?
b) What is the probability that the resulting pH exceeds 6.10?
c) What is the probability that the resulting ptl is at most 5.95?
7. What is sampling diskibution? Construct frequency distribution table of sarnplc mean in
population 2,4,6,8, l0 with sample size two. Also prove that sample mcan is unbiased
estimate of population uean. t4l ,t,
8. Define Central Limit Theorem. An auditor for a large credit card comlmrl, knorvs that,
on average, the monthly balance of a.ny given customer is $112, and the standard
deviation is $56. If the auditor audits 50 randornly selected accolirnqs, what is the
probability that the sample average monthly balance is (a) below $100 (b) between $100
and $130? 12+41
9. An article in the Tappi Journal (March, 1986) presenterJ data on green liquor Na2S
concentration (in grams per liter) and paper machine production (in tons per da"v). The
data (read from a graph) are shown as follows: t6l
v 40r 42 49 46 44 48 q
x 825 830 890 89s 890 910 9r5
Y 43 53 52 54 5:l 58
x 960 990 1010 1030 1 030 1 0s0
a) Fit a simple linear regression model with y = green liquor Na2S corrcentration and
x= Production' :
A r:- ^
b) Find the fitted value of y corresponding to x-- - ^r
910 tons.
OR
The following show the improvement (gain in reading speed) of eight students in a speed-
reading program, and the number of weeks they have been in progam.
No. of weeks 3 ) 2 8 6 9 3 4
Speed gain
(wordlminute) 86 118 49 193 164 232 73 109
Estimate the parameters of a simple linear regression model with No. of weeks as
independent variable.
10. Define the correlation cocflicient and mention its important properties. lfihat does the
coeffi cient of determination measure? t4I
I I . Describe the procedure of the test of significance of two means for small sanaple. L4)
I 2. As part of the investigation of the collapse of the roof of a building, a testing laboratory is
given all the available bolts that connected the steel structure at three difr€rent positions
on the roof The forces required to shear each ofthese bolts (coded values) are as follows: l6I
Position I 90 82 79 98 83 9t
Position 2 105 89 93 104 89 95 86
Position 3 83 89 80 94
Perform an Analysis of Variance to test at the 0.05 level of significane whether the
differences among the sample means at the three positions are significant.
13. Define point estimate. Write down the properties of good estimator with exmrples. t5]
14. In 40 tosses of a coin, 24 heads were obtained. Find 95% nd 99% confrdmce limit for
proportion ofheads. , [5]
15. The following table shows thc number of hours 45 hospital patients slept following the
administration of a certain anesthetic. t8]
7 l0 t2 4 8 7 3 8 5
t2 lt J 8 I I 13 IO 4
4 5 5 8 7 7 3 2 J
I t3 1 7 t7 3 4 5 5
3 I t7 l0 4 7 7 11 8
a) Find sample mean, sample variance and sample standard deviation.

b) Compute a value that measures the amount of variabllity relative to the value of mean.
I
ll2 'IRIBI'ltl\';\N tJNI\rEIiSI't'i' & tater

l,er'91 ['ull l\'Iarks , 80
, Il(-8.
Bxamination Control l)ivision Programme
Bi\411,
l'ass l\larks , i2
iIlllr
2071 i\{agh *ear / Part II i II Tirne i lrls.
and Statistics (5H552)

/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own wrlrds as far as praclicable.
/ Attempt All que.stions.
'/ T'he figures in lhe margin indicate Full Maiks.
{ Necessary tqbles are ottaclted heyeb,ith.
/ A$sume suitable data if necessar.y.
L 'What are the chief measures of central tendency? Also de scribe the lechniqucs to melsure
the consistency. t6l
2. F'ive coins are tossed 32Hirnes. If coins are unbiased construct the probability
ilistribution table cf the result. Also find rncan and variance o1' the given probability
distribution. i6l
3. Define binomial probability distribution with its important characteristics. tsl
4. It has been claimed that in 600,'o of all solar-heat installations the uiility bill will be
rcduced by at least one-third. Accordingly what are the probabilities that the utility bill
u,ill be reduced by at least one third in (a) four of five installations (b) at least four of five
instaliations? l5l
5. Define continuous random variable and probability density function. The probability
3
of a random variable is f(x) = 0<x<2.
density function *" Find mean and
0 otherwise
variance of the variable x. t4l
6. I'he tinre for a super glue to set can be treated as a ranciom variable having a normal
distribution rvith mean 30 scconds. Find its standard deviation if the probability is 0.20
that it will take on a value greater tharn 39.2 seconds. 16l
OR
'l'ire daiiy consumplion of rvatcr in a certain
place folloui a garnrna-distribution rvith
parameters a:2 andp = 3. ll'the daiiy capacity of this city,'is 9 million gailon of water-
*,hat is the probability that or1 any given day the water supply' is inadequate?
7. Define sampling distribution. Write thc difference betrrieen population and sample. A
population consists of 3,7 , I I . I 5. Consider all possiblc samples of size two rvhich can be
drau,n without replacement from this population. Irind population nrean and population
standard devialion t4l
8. State central iinrit thcorem. If a l-gallon can ol'paint covers r;n the a\/erage 51.1.3 sq.i1.
rvith a standard deviation of 31.5 sq.fi., what is tlic probability that the sample mean area
coverecl by a salnple of 40 of these )-gallon cans he ani'u,ht:re frtrm 5i0 to 520 sq.ft.? t6l
9. Dcfine Pearsonian's con'c-ialion coefficient. Write dorvn two dill'erences 'oelrveen
correlation and regressiort coefficierrt. l4l
i
10.'fhe tbllor.ving arg thc ntcasulcrncnts of the air velocitl,' ancl cvaptlration coetlicient ctf
burriirrg fut'! ciroplers in an !nrptrlsc crtgittc.
Air ve 20 (r0 140 tE0 2?0 260 i00 340 380
ct-re1'licicnt
f,).18 i 0 37 0.i 5 0.78 0.56 0.7i i8 1..1(; 1 .tl t.6s
/scc
Fit thc straighl line by method of least square and flnd tlre valuc of evaporation
coelficient when air velocity is 200 cm/sec.
11. Write dorvn the steps fbr testing hypothesis on dilTerence bctu,een trvo population means
{br thc large sanrple size. ill
12. An exrlmination nas given to 50 stuclents at college A and 60 sttrdents at college Il. At A
metrn grade u,as 75 rvith standard deviation of 9. At B nrean grade rvas 79 with a standard
<ieviation of 7. Is there significant diflerence betwcen the pcrlcrmance of studcnts at A
and those at [], given that tr: 0.05'/ [6]
"r'
l' '' i" :"1, .",t.-,
-:iY, i :
OR
ftrree randomly selected groups ol chickens are fed on three diff'erent diels. Each group
consists ol five chickens. 'l-heir u,eiglrt gains during a specified pcriod of tinre arc as
follows:
Diet I ,l
a 4 7 1 E
Diet II 4 _5 6 1
-1
Diet lli 6 a
7 '1
I
'l'cst the hypothesis that mean gains of'rveigirt due to the three diets are cqual.
13. Writc thc pronerties of good estimetors nith examples. t5]

14. In ranclorn sample of 400 in,Justrial accidents.it rvas lound rhat 231 vi,ere due to at least
. partially [o unsafb working c<;nditions. Construct 99Y'c and 959'i' confidence inlcrvals for
the core.sponding true prr;portion. t5l
15.An arlicle in computer and industrial engineering describcs the tirne-failure data (in
hours) for-iet engines. Some of tire data oL'served are prescnted belorv, t8]
Engine Irailure'l'ime llngine Failure Tinre
I 150 l3 213
1 291 14 271
93 l5 197
+1 53 16 200
) a
17 262
6 6s l8 255
7 183 19 286
I 144 ?a 206
I :/. ) 2l \79
10 191 22 232
1l 187 | Zi 165
12 197 24 I -{5
2:1 203
a) Find samplc rnean. sample variance ancl sample standard deviatiorr

b) Exciudc the lou'est six data and erompute (a) again.
c) Analyze the result (a) and (b). Drarv you conclusion.
04 TRIBHUVANUMVERSITY , Exam. OLD Back [2065 & Earlier Batch)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level r BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE, BME Pass Marks 32
2071Magh Year / Part il/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Probability and Statistics (EG57lSH)

/ Attempt ony Seven questions selecting Fourfrom Group A and Threefrom Group B-
{ Necessarv lables are atlached herewith.
'/ The /igures in the margin indicate Fult Marks.
t
A
, "roup
1. a) Write the differences between diagram and graph. V/rite the importances of t6] J
diagrammatic presentation of data

!
b) Following is the distribution of monthly wages of employees of two factories- Which t5l l
factory pays more money to the employees and in which factory the monthly wages is
more consistent?
Wages 20u 400- 600-. 800- 1000- t200- 1400-
fRs.) 400 600 800 1000 1200 I400 1600
FactoryA 4 8 1l 6 5 3 3
FactoryB 7 12 9 4 4 3 I
2. a) Definc the tenns:( i) Exhaustive cvent (ii) Favorable event (iii) Mutually exclusive t6l
ev.ents (iv) Equally likely events and (v) Independent events
b) Two third'of the students in a class are boys and rest are girls. It is known ihat the tsl
probability of a girl getting firstdivision markl is 0.25 and that of boy getting first
division mark is 028. Find the probability that a student chosen at random will get
first division mark. ?
3 a) Differentiato between discrete random variable and continuous random variable t5]
. with exampleS.
b) In a ganibling a man is paid Rs.5 if he gets allheads or all taits when three coins are t6l
tossed and he pays out Rs.3 if either one or two of head shows, what is his expected
gain?
4. a) What are the diffepences and similarities between blnomial. disfibution and t6l
rregative binomial dstribution?
b) Assuming the probability of a male birth is Yz, find in how mrir;r of I 60 families tsl
wiflr4 children each would you expect to have
I. dtleastoneboy
tr. at least one boy and one girl
lr' E ifiliit.'i: '
5. a) Define normal distribution? Also state its importantpropertits. t6l

i
1
b) The breakdown voltage X of a randomly chosen diode of a particular type is known t5]
to be normally distributed with p = 40 volts and o : 1.5 volts
(D What is the probability that the break down voltage will be between 39 and 42
volts
(ii) What is the probability that the break down voltage will be between 40 and 43
volts
6. a) Define joint probability mass function and marginal probability mass function. t6]
b) The Joint probability distribution of the number X of car a[d the number Y of buses
per signal cycle of a proposed ieft turn lane in displayed in thc accompanying joint t5l
probability table:
p(xv) 0 I 2
0 0.025 0.015 0.01
I 0.05 0.03 0.02
2 0.125 0.075 0.05
x
3 0.t 5 0.09 0.06
4 0.1 0.06 0.04
5 q.0s 0.03 0.02
(') the probability that one car andexactly one bus during a
cycle?
(ir) What is the probability that there is at most one car and at most one bus during a
cycle?
(iii) Wha.t is the probabiliff that there is exactly one car during a cycle?
Groun B
7 a) What are the estimator and estimates? Describe the criteria fora good estimator. t6I
b) A quality control manager needs to estimate the average hours of life of light bulbs.
The population standard deviafion is known to be 100 hours. A random sample of 64 t6]
light bulbs indicated a sample avcrago life of 350 hours. Set up 95!/o and.99%
confidence intewal of true average life of bulbs.
8. a) Describe the types of irror that arises in testing of hypothesis- Describe the test t6I
procgdurr of test of sigrificance of mean for large sample.
b) The sample average unrestrained compressive strength for 45 specimens of t6l

particular tlpe of bricks was computed to be 3107 psi and sample stiindard deviation
was 188 psi. The diskibution of unrestrained compressive strength may be somewhat
sewed. Does the data strongly indicate that the tmtf average unrestained compressive
shength is less than design value of 3200? Test using 1% level of significance.
;
IT4 .TRTBHUYAN UNryERSITY Exem. l{cgrrlit r'
r" INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERINC Lcrrel BE FUII Marts' lTil

BCE BME
Examination Control Division Programme BIE
ParsMarlrr 32
Subject: - Frobability and Statisti cs (SII5 5 2)

Candidates are required to give their answirs in their own words as far as practkable.
Attempt All guestions.
I'hefi.gto.es in the mogin indicae FaItMarks.
Nccssart tqils arc altached here*illt
Asswte suinble data f necessary.
I. What are the merits and demerits of positionat average median? Calculate mean, median and
mode from the following data of rainfall. t6l
I
R.ainfall (in mm) 20-30 30-40 40-50 s(L60 60-70
No. ofdays l5 l5 20 24 l5
2. Define addilion theqern of probability. In a group of cqual number of men and womerq 20o/o of
men and 3(Vo of women are unemployed. If a person selected is random.
a) Whc is thc probability that the selected person is an ernployed?

b) Whd is the probebility that the selected person is men employed?
3. lVrite donn the differences behveen a binomiirl and a negative binonriat distribution with an
example.
4. In a certain effory turning out optical lenseq there is a small chsnce, l/500 for any lens to be
dcfcctivc. The lenses are supplied in packes of l0 each. Whst is the probability drat a pcket will
contain
a) no defcctive lens b) at least one defctive lenses c) at most two defective lcnses
5. Define tte normal distribution. Give the condition for normal appoximation of binomial
distibutiom. 12+31
6. ;; t rclght of products is68.22grams with variance of 10.8 grams. How many products in
a bdch of 1000 would you exp€ct (a) to be over 72 grans (b) between 70 and 72 grams (c) below
65 grams? t5I
OR
neverfinishes his lecture before the bell ringsto end ofthe period, and atways
within one minute after the bell rinp. IJt X bc thc time ttat elapse benreen
the bell and the end of the lecture, and suppose the probability denuty fimction of X is
{:'
[0
r:.=l otherwise
a) Find the value of k.

U) Wtrat is ttre probability drat the tecture ends within 20 seconds of bell rings?
c) What is the probability Brat the lecture continue beyond the bell for betw€€n 20 to 40
seconds?
7. Define sampling dis&ibution of proportion with example. . tal

8. Stale th€ central li/rit theorem. Write two apptications of ir t6l
9. Wrirc dovm the phopcrties of regression coefficient and conetation coefficient t5]
10. The following data gives the experience of machine operators in years and their performance as
given by the number ofgood parts turned out per 100 pieces.. tsl
E>oeriEmce (X) r5 t2 l8 4 3 l0 5 t2
Perfoimance (Yl 87 tB 89 68 78 80 75 sl
a) Fit the rcgression equation of performance ratings on experience and estiroate the pmbable
performance ifan operatorhas 8 years experience.
b) Calculatc coeffrsi€nt of debmination and intcrpret it.
w ESrsJy Prwe,'!
-AffAOofs0n-
{r'.
n
t
si,
OR
A samplc of l0 values of ttnec variables X1, X2 and X3 wereobtained as
XXr = l0 EXz = 20 EX" = 30

ZXrz =20 E)Gz = 68 XX.z - I70
XX' Xr= l0 EXr X.= 15 EXr Xr =64
Find:
b) Multiple corrclation between Xl, X2 and )t(r assuming X1 as dependent
I l. A company produces automobile tyres, the managerof the company want to estimate the limits in
which cxpcctcd trend life of his tyres will probabty lie. A test sample of 64 tyr€s was taken and a
t€st run showed the average tend life of 50000 miles. Find the 95Yo and 99/o confidence limits
for population mean. Given that populatiur standard dsviation is 3000 miles. t4I
12. Thefollowing data represents the units of production per day tumed out by three different brands
of.rnachincs used by three mechanists: 16l
Machines Pro
I t5 t4 l9 l8
2 l7 t2 20 l6
3 t6 I8 t6 17
Using ANOVA test whaher the differences in performances of the three brands of machines are
significaotUsca=5o2.
,oR
The average hourly wage of sample of IJO workers in a plant'A'was Rs. 2.56 with a standard
dorristion of ns. t.OS. The average wage of a sample of 200 wqlrers in plant 'B' was Rs" 2.E7
with a standard deviuion of Rs- 1.28. Can an applieant safely assrme drat the hourly wagcs paid
by plant'B'are higherthan thosc paid by plant'A'? Use a = 0.05.
13. Define criticat value and critical region..A manufacturer claimed that at l€ast 957o of ttre pumps
supplied to th€ ABC cmrparry confirmed to specificcions. Horrever, the production mantger at
ABC oompany wasn't satisfied with the claim of tlre manufacturer. Hence, to test the claim, the
,iii manager examined a sample to 250 pumps supplied last month and found thatzzE pumps as per
':' the specificatiorrs. Can you conclude thatthe production manager is rigfrt to doubt on the cleim of
fre manufachre? (a = 0.01) t5I
A sample of 500 workers of a factory according to g€nd€r and
t5I
Gender
NEture ofwork
Male Female
Technical 200 t00
Non+echnical 50 150
Tgst al 5o/o levcl of sigrificancr whether there exist arry relationship betrreen gender and natrc of
work.
15. The heights of male and female students are given below. t8l
Sex ofthe oerson
Height
Male Female
145-t50 0 3
150-155 2 E
155-150 6 l5
160-165 l7 t2
165-170 2t 4
170-t75 l0 0
175-180 2 0
180-l8s 2 0
a) Calculate mean height for male and female students.
b) Calculate sample standard deviation and sample variance for given data.
c) Which dda for lrcigbt is consistent?
:u
:tl
"l
--"r-;--ii;:rilj.
{
'. i- :
, 04 TRIBHUVAN I'NIVERSIry Exam. l{egrrllr' (2t)6(r .t l-ltcr l}atch ) ,l
Y INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marlc 80

Examination Control Division. Programme
BCE, BME,
Pass Marks 32
BIE
\- 2069 Bhadra Year / Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Probabilitv and Statistics (sHs52)

r' Affernpt All questions.
-,{ Thefigures in the morgtn indicate Fatt Marhs,
I y' Necessam tables are attached herewith.
y' Assume suitable data if neces.sary.
l. A civil engineer tested six samples of each of three types of brick for use in a particular
construction project.The following data are the compressive strength of bricks in psi.
Type I 2900 3r0s 29s0 2859 3t55 3132

Tvoe [l 2805 2985 3067 3204 3250 3rl9
Type III 3207 2825 2836 3222 3t2l 32t8
i) Calculate the average compressive strength and the standard deviation for each type.
ii) Which type of brick is best and why? [213=61
2. Stde 'Bayes' theonem for conditional probability; A company produces certain rype of sophisticarcd
items by three machines. The respective daily production fipnes are: Machine ..{ 300 units, Machine
B 450 ruits and Machine C 250 unib. Past experience shows that the p€rcentages of defective in tho
three machines are 0.t, 0.2 md 0.? respe*ively for.tlro machines A;B.ttr't*,C. An iterl is dratrrf bt
iandom fipm da/s production and is found to be defective. What is the probability ttrat it is nor
"
produced loy machine C ? [l+5]
3. Define hypergeometric disribution. Write down the differences between hypergeometic and
binomial distribution.
pnl
4. Write any two conditions that a function is a probability mass function. If 6 of l8 new buildingp
in a city violate the buildinycode, what is the probability that a building inspector, who
randomly selects 4 of the new buildings for inspection, will catch
a) none of the buildinp that violate the building code. 12+2+21
b) at least 3 of the new buildings that violate the building code.
OR
Define Poisson probability distribution with the condition for poisson distribution"
A local booth ofNepal Telecom receiyes on an average 2 calls per minute. Find the probability
of (i) no phone call (ii) exactly 4 calls (iii) at least three calls.
5. Define standard normal distribution with area property.

E. 6. The tength of life of 600 dry banery cetls are normally distributed with mean l2 hours and standard
t4l
deviation 2.5 hours . Find the number of battery cells that are expected to have life i) more than l5
hours; ii) between l0 and 14 hours iii) less than 6 hours. t6l
r OR
If X has a probability density function:
(xFk(l-s2) for -l<i<l
,--+,.(i) a(ii) ,
--
Ofrnrise
r
Finri k P(O.S<xcl ) (iii) The distribution flrrrction of random variable
. 7 Definc population, sarnple, Parameter utd statiltic with bxanrples 12 + 4l
S. fnc iiniiri" of of an ehctic bulb rnay be considered a random variablc witt mean 1200
" ".rtoi"traia
hoprs.and staodard deviation 150 hous. Using the Central Limt Theorem,
find the pobability that the
r*rpfr *".r, of the lifetime with a samplc ofiizc a6, is betwecn 1 100 hours and 13fl) t4l hours.
OR
From a population of 3 membcrs l;3, 5 draw all possible simple random samgles of size 3
withoul
rekdpia Obtain the sampting distibutions otsample mean and from it calorlste cxpectation of
t nptt m""o- t4I
9. The simple correlation coefficient between fertilizer(Xl), prodrrctivity ()A) are
seeds CX2) and
rp=0.69, rrr{).64 and rzr=0.85. Calculate the partial conelation coeflicient f rz.t and multiple
correlation R1.23. t4l
10. Ten Stecl wires of diametcr 0.5 mm and lengh 2.5m were extended in a laboratory by applying
vertical forces of Resulu are as fotlows:
Forcdks) l5 l9 25 35 42 48 53 56 62 65
.Increase in leneth (mrn) t.7 2-t 2.5 3.4 3.9 4.9 5.4 5.7 6.6 7.2
correlation tn
lengh and interpret the result using coefficient of determination.
t6l
OR
Sryposc a satistics professor is irueresred in pq.{icrirg t-mt exam scorre {Y1 fror* SAT
marheo*ir=peqe
SATscorcX .440 45s 282 521 535 552 572 590 607
Final Score Y 40 47 43 54 64 52 59 68 44
(i) Determine the regression equation for predicting scores on the final (Y) from SAT score (X).
(ii) From a SAT score of 500, predict the score on the final.
I l. The following are thc lifetimes of three Upes oftires in miles. t6t
Tire Life
I 28 27.4 26 27
il 26.9 25.6 24.9 27.7
Iu 27 28.4 26.6 25
t. *1
times. ':
Construct ANOVA table and test for equality of the meanlife , ;
;.
. fn&*One critical value end test statistic valu". e ,ffi
manufacturer hypothesized ,t o rr," ion .::: r,t| :.i
:a'
pergallon for its moped is I 15.2. it takes thc samples of 49 moped and find the sample mean to te .
I 17 .4 per gallon. lf the population standard deviatigrn is known to 8.4, test the hypothesis that the tnrc 'l'* \L .;.
meanmilespergallonissignificantlygrcaterthanll5.2rsing0.05significancelevel.
11. Describe thc prdure oftest of significqoo betw€Eo two population proportions. I4l ",
;.1 -,-r rr'
;+
13. Thc of number ofcrror fn:f{ as, 1sl.
No. oferror 0 it 2 3 4 5
'No. of pages 275 t38 75 7 4 I
Using Chi-square test of goodness of fit, veriS whether the distribution of error follow a poisson
distribution.
14. In a factory, 2Yo steelrods were fount defective in a lot of 2000 and in another factory,2.5% stecl
rods were found defective in a tot of 3m$rods. Do you find that the rods in the second factory are
significantly inferior compared to the rods in the first factory? (Use a=l%) . tsl
. ,;l
::,:t j, .
'irli.."
.t
l5' An article in eomputer and industrial engineeririfitiiiscribcs the time-to.failure data (in hours) for I
jet engines. Some ofthe data observed are presented below: [3+3+2]
lure Time ngtne Failurc time

t. 213
:r , ri i
t4 27t
l5 t97
,hj 200
,.1! a- l7 262:
I 255i
286
I i:- 20 206'
!: f: 2l t79
22 232
I rE] r.-
.?9,,,:' :1d56.,
.203
sample variange and sample standard deviation.

iix data:and compute (a) again.
c) the rcsults (a) and (b). Draw your conclusion.
El
**+
EI
04 rRlsHuveN t;ttttrnsrrY Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Le'veI, BE Frrll Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE, BNIE PassMarks 32
"2068'Jestha
Year / Part il/il Time 3 hrs
and Statistics
./ Candiclligq are.rgquirgd to give their answers il thei.r. ow'n r,vords as far as practicable.
./ Attempi any Sevgn qu?sttgf_s..s.electing Fourfroyn Group A and Thieefrom-Grotw:F.
./ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full fuIarks
'/' .Necesiary:tables dre qttached herewith. ' . . . .' '.
./ Assunte s.uttable data if necessary.
Group A
I
I(6+flxal
1. a) What do you mean by measures of central tendency? DescriLe briefly the r-equisites of
. a good measure of,central tendency.
b) Two automatic fiUing machines A and B are used to fill tea in 500gms cartons. A
, random sample of 100 cartons on eaih machine showed the following:
Tea C6ntents:
485-490 490-495 495-s00 500-s05 505-5 1 0 510-515
(In .prns)
Machine
No. of t2 18 20 22 24 4
A
Cartons
Machine"
filled by 10 15 24 20 18 13
B
i Find:
L] D Which machine is better?

I
,: 2. a) Define the following terms with a suitable example: . . :
i) Mutually exclusive events

I
ii) Indeperident everits
i
iii). Exhaustive cases
b) Suppose that in a particular city:aiaport A handles 50%. of all airline traffic; and
airports B and C handle .30% and, 2Oo/o respec.tively. The detection rates for a
paSseng'er for carrying weapons at the three airports are 0.9, 0.5 and 0.4 respectively.
I .If a passenger at any one of the airports is selected at randorn, what is the probability
that he or she carrying a weapon? If he or she is found carrying a weapon through the
boarding gate, what is the probability that passeng-er is using airport A?
3. a) Differentiate discrete ahd continuous random variables with suitable examples-
b) A box contains 8 good bulbs and 5 defectiye bulbs. Three bulbs are drawn at randorn.
Find the probability distribution of the number of defective bulbs drawn. Also
calcula.te m"ar, *i
""4,:
*i.
i th" alstriUutlon.
"
4- a) Define negative binomial distribution. Through a suitable example, indicate the
e that it has with binomial .distribution.
-differenc
'b) bn un average t house in i 000 in a certain district has a fire during u y;. If there are
2000 houses in that district, indicate the probability that: . .
i) Exac,ly 5 houses wiil have a fire during the year.

ii)NohouseswiiIhaveafiredurIigtlre-vear.
.iii) At least one house will have a fire during ti-re ]ear.
iv) At the most 2 houses r,vill have a fire during the year.
\
culne' i ' 'r.: ' ';:'-

,t
5. ,a;\ L)efine nomlal ciistri.birtiqn,.state the,ared properties of a nom.al
.
lr\. 10C0 can,lidates appeared in a test. The ave;:age scole it.r the te-ht is 14 and standaid
cievia.tiol is 2.5. Aiiuming the normality of the distribution, find;
i) The probability that aEandidate selected at randorn *vill-score above 1 5. :
iil Ho1r, many candidates scoi-e between 12 and 15?

iii) Horv many score beioyv 8? :. .
6-, a) Definejointprobabilitymassfunctionandmarginalprobabilit]rdensityfunction.Give
two examples in rvhich the case ofjoint distribution arise.
b) Ii tr.vo random variables X and Y have ttre joint density
---/-
for 0<X(1,0<y<1
f(x, y) = !t**r'l
0 elsewhere,
Find:
i) Marginal densily function for X I
ii) ]r4argrnal cumulative distribution function for Y
Group B
[(6+6)x3]
7. a) Elplain the concept of point estimation and interval estimation.
b) A random sample of 900 members has meah 3.4cm and standard deviation 2.61cm. If
.
the population is normal, find 95% and,98% confidence limits for population mean.
8. a) Explain with illustrations, the types of error that arise in testing h1p.othesis.,
b) In a random sample of 400 men, it is found that 200 men consume brand 'X' of a
cohmodity. On the other hand, in a random sample of 600 women, it is found that
325 consume the same commodity. Test the hlrpothesis that'the data shows a
significant difference between men and women so far as the proportioh of the
commodity consumer is concemed. [Use 5% level of significance]. I
I
+ 9. a) Differentiate between z.test and t te'st of hypothesis. Also state the conditiqns I
I
I
b) The nieans of'two random samples of size 9 arfil are 796.42and 198.82 respectiVely. i
i
The sum of squares of the deviations from the mean are26.94 and 18.73 respectively. I
I
Car,r the samples be considered to have drawn from the same norrnal population? Test
. the.hypothesis at 57o level of significance. . :-. l I
10. a) Define. correlation between two variables. Also e;rplain the significanQe of the study i
ofcorrelation in statistical analysis? : .

-t
I
b) The following table'gives the aptitude test scores and produotivity indices of 10
workers selected at random: .._j:1:.ctr$.. I
I
53 73 65 &2
A
69 62 65 7.0 77 4B' .
68 50 62 80 45 40 52 62 60 81
Find the regression equation of Y on X and estimate the productivity index"of. a ri I
worker whose test score is 92.

*rF* 'l i
r
I
J
04 TRIBHWAN UNIVERSIry Exam. Nor liack (2(f 6(r & l.rtttl' llatch)
INSTITUTE OF ENCINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division BCE, BME,

Programme Pass Marks 32
BIE
2068 Magh Year / Part n/il Time 3 his.
Subject: - Probability and Statistics

'/ Candidates are required to give their afuswers in their own words as far as practicable.
r' Atempt All questions.
{ Thefigures tn the margtn indicate Full Mark.
r' Necessarv tables are oltached herewith.
y' Assume suitable data tf necessary.
l. Describe the methods of uotion of pie diagram. Compute the coefficient of variation
from the data given "onrt
below. [3+3]
x l0 11 t2 t3 l4
Frequency 3 12 l8 t2 3
OR
F
Write the importance and application of statistics in the field of engineering. Following
are duration in minutes that a person had to wait for a bus go to work on 15 working days:
10, 1, 13,9,5,9,2,1A,3,9,6, 17,2,10 and 15.

Find the mean and variance.
2. Define mutually exclusive and independent bvents. A manufacturing firm produces steel
pipes in three plants with daily production volumes of 500, 1000 and 2000 units
respectively. According to past experience, it is known that the fraction of defective
output produced by the three plants are respectively 0.005, 0.008, 0.010. If a pipe is
selected from a day's total production and found to be defective. Find out the probability
that the pipe mighihave come from plant iI. [3+3]
3. Define Binomial distribution. Write the condition for Binomial distribution. [2-'=3]
4. Suppose that we are.'investigating the safety of a dangerous intersection of a road. Pas
police records indicate'a mean of 5 accidents per month at this intersection. Suppose the
number of accidents is distributed according to a Poisson'distribution. Calculate the
probability in any month of exactly 0 and between 2to 4 accidents. t5l
5. Define Continuous Probability distribution function. Write down the properties of
continuous probability distribulion function.
The proportion of people who respond to a certain mail-order solicitation is a continuous
random variable X has the probability density function. 12+31
f 2(x+2) 0<x<I
f(x) = is )
elsewhere
Io
a) Show that P(0 < x < 1): I
b) Find the probability that moie that 1/4 but fewer than lD of the people contacted will
respond to this type of solicitation.
t6
OR 13. The table given betow shows the data obtairied during outbreak of small'pox iu a locality. t5I
The avet:ge diameter of a certain tlpe of pipc is 2.5 inches and Standard deviation i; ..-,,.." Not Attackcd
0.75. Ar;iming that the diameter of prpes is normally distributed, find the probability of - Taccinatsd 3l 469
pipes wi:ir diameters 185 l3t5
a) grelf:rthan2 inches Test itle effestiveness of vaccination in preventing ttie attack from small ircx at
b) less tl:an2.75 inches
c) bervr :n 2.4 and 2.7 inohes
6. Define n*rmal distribution and standard normal disribution. Write down arua propertics
ofnonpai distribution. Ttvo bonding agents, A and B are available for making a laminated beam. Ort of 50
. 12+31
beams made with Agent A, I I failed a stress test, whercas 19 of the 50 beams made with
7. Define :.i ; following terms with suitable examples.. t4l Agent B failed. At thl 0.05 level, can we conclude that Agent A is better than Agent B?
a) Sta,i .ics Vlfufil down the steps for testing hypothesis of population proportion for a large sample
b) Par;,r',,cter -/
J size. tsl
8. A popul::tion consists of 3, 7, 11, 15. Consider all possible samples of size trvo whict can describes the time-to-failure
be drawr without replacement from this population. Find \/
[2x3] presented below: [3+3+2]
a) Population mean Ensine Failure Time Ene ine Failure Time
b) Mea'r of sampling distribution of mean I 150, 2t3
c) Starrriard error of sampling distribution of mean , 19l 4 27t
9. Past experience shows the following result ofproductivity per hectare with tl.: respective 3 931 l5 197
uses of c,..:mical fertilizers and seeds. Fit the multiple linear regression equr.iion of Y on 4 53t r6 200
Xl and. 2 from the given data: t61
5 Z, l7 262
6 r8 255
zer fX I )- kss 45 30 70 75 65 80
7 83 286
f5 2 1.8 3 2.5 2 3
8 l44t 20 206
vitrrkss (Y) 2000 2loo r 800 t900
9 ' 223 2t t79
10. Define il,glession coefftcient. Mention the properties ofregression coeflicien.. t4I l0 t97 232
ll 87 165
JI,llExplain i,r brief the properties of good estimator. t4l
l2 197 24 155
l2luppo;: ihat thrce drying formula for curing glue are studied and the following times are 25 203 i.l
\-r' observir.. t6I
a) Find Sample mean, sample variance and qample standard deviation. n
Formula me b) Exclude the lowest six data aqd compute (a) again.
A l3 l0 8 ll 8 c) Analysis the results (a) and (b). Draw your conclusion.
l4 **'t
c 4 I 4 2 4
Constn..-t ANOVA table and test for the equality of the mean curing times.
.. oR
A consq,ner group selected independent random samples of supcrmarkets located
through.rut a country for the purposi of comparing the retait prices per pouid of coffee of ,
brands ,,' and B. The results of the investigation are summarized in table below. Does th'..ro /
evidencc indicate that the mean retail price per pound ofbrand A coflbe is significantly
higher thrn the mean retail price per pound of brand B coffee? Use sigrific' 'e level 0.1 .
"
B
64
v
I r | -,., ."1 I | ..1 ) I _t _) I I -r -J'_-t
I-
., , ;1. 04 TRIBHUVANUMVERSITY Exam. Reeular / Back

-.'. .BE' 'Futl
INSTITUTE'OF Ei$GliSiEERrNg' "' L:;eveI Mirks 80
BeEiEIvfE,. -
Ex amin ationl Cddtf oI''DiVi5ion" mme b"rr'tvi"ix, 2
*l' ':
-' i"'' ;'l '- BIE
2068 Bhadra ' Year I Part II/II' Time 3 hrs.
and
,/. Candidates are requiied give thdir answers 1n their own wo-rds as far as practicable.
/ Attempt All questioru.
- / Necesiary tabl€s are attached herewith.

/.Assumisuitabledata.tfneceisary. ' -
'' . : ,..
""L'
,1 l. Aa engineer tested nine samples of each of three designs of a certain forbeariirg a new
electrical winch. The following data are the number of hours it took for each bearing to
fail when the winch moter was mn continuously at maximum output, with a load on the
T
i
winch equivalent 1,9 times the iniended capacity. . l2x3l
A 16 16 53 2l 77 25 30 2l 45
B 18_ 27 34 34 32 19 34 t7 43
C 21, 17 23 32 27 18 2l 28 19
i) Calculate the mean and the median for each group .
ii) Calculate the standard deviation for each group

T 2. Define mutually exclusive and.independent eients with exampl'es. A manufactundf firm -
produces steel pi!.esin ttree plants with daily production volumes of 500, 1000 and 2000
units respectively. According to past experience, it is knorv that the fraction of defective'
output.produced"by the three plants are respectively 0.005, 0.008; 0.010. If a pipe is
sblected from a iiay's total pioduction and found to be defective, find out the proUuUitity
that the pipe might have come from plant II and tII. t6I
3. Define Poisson probability distibution with the condilion for Poisson distribution. A
shipment of 20 digital voice recorders contains 5 that are defeclive. if 10 of them are
randomly chospn for inspeclign, what is the probability that 2 of thp 10 will be iiefective? [4':F6]
OR
Which prbbability distribudon is most likely the afpropriate one to use for following
'variables: Binomial, Poisson?
a) The.dumber of auto passing throw a tollbooth.

61 fne number of ilefei-tive r"dios in a lot of 100.
c) A box cohtains'8 good bulbs and 4 defective bulbs, 3 brribs are drawn at random. Let
' Xprobability
be. the random'variable devotiirg the number of deflective bulbs drawn Find the
distibution of X. WhatLe the mean and variance of it? ' :
4. Write down the for:r important properties of norrnal distibution. t4l

i
OR
Define gamma-disUibution. Write its two applications.
5. If X has a probabitiry dinsity tunCfro;l
----
t6l
f(x) -ke 31 for X > 0 '
'0. ,r.Otherwise .... .
fina: (rL f9-$ilp(0.5 <x S 1)' (i$'The diskibution"flrnction of random variable,x.

oR'"
T" .Pu*i"g time of an experimental'rocket is a random variable having a norm.al
distibution with probability
nrean 4J6 tei='6id standard deviatioii 0.04 sec. What istthe
that this kfuid.of rbcket witi bum.'(i) less than 466 sec, (ii) More than 4.8 sec
(iii) Betwe en 4.7 to 4.8 sec
:
li
1.1
i
..:
!
Ji t1
i:
!.q. trVhat do.you r4ean by the sampling distribirtion'of sample nlg3n?- . t

,?. A populationconsists;bf 3, 7, t l; 15 , Considir all possible saniples of iize hvo whic.h'can
i1.
,i I
be drawri',vithout replacement from thrs populatiorr. Find: lzx3

. a) Fopulation mean and population standard deviation.
l'
.i U) fvfeanof sampling disiribution of mean.
c) Standard error of sampling distribution of mean.
!. 8. Ten steel rv-ires of diameter 0.5mm and length 2.5m were extended in a la6oratory by
!
' applying.vertieal'forces of,va;yin$ magnitudes. Results are as follows: 'is
Force (ke) .15 19 25 35 42 48 53 s6 62 6s
Incre ase in lengtlr{mrn) 1.7 7.*' 2.5 a-A:..
J.a "3'9,,, ".LT-:>
'5.4 - 5;t 6.6+
,,".1.2
rr
tl
!i
a) Estimate the paraineters of a Simple linear regression model with force as the
explanatory variable.
b) Find 95% confidence limits for the slope of line. n
The following concentration bf pollutants were recorded at eight stations of the

r'
monitoring system'for pollution control lobated in the dorvntown zlrea of Milan, Italy:
NOz(rrslrn3) 130 130 115 120 135 t42 90 116

CO (me/m') 2.9 4.4 3:6 4.1
Detprmine correlation coefficient and. coefficient of determination between the pollutants

3.3 5.7 4.8 7.3
t
.,,' ...-....
' and interpret the result using coefficieut of determination. -- . ' "
-...- --:
f-,
9. Distinguish between correlation and regression. Write down the irnportant pioperties of
correlation coeffrcient and regression coeffi cients. trj
on tlpe I errcir and type II error of test of hypothesis. The mean of two large F
I
10. Discuss
l1
simples of size 1000 and 2000 are 67.5 and 68 respectively. Test thb equality of means of
two population mean with standard deviation 2.5 at 0.01 level of significance. [6]
I
11. The output of three varieties of wheat each grown on 4 plots of land is given below. f-
li
i
Anilyze. the data and setup an ANOVA table. State if the var-rety differences are
:
t
signifibant at cr = 0.05 level. '-t .:: :r; t6l
!
!
Varieties of wheat Yeild toneV hactre n
i
i A 6 7 8
B 5 5 3 7
,4 j".f:.f.,,i
. c.;,. .,.:
.r .',5 , ', 3 4
12. Write down the steps for testing hypothgsis of population for the'large sample size. .l4t
13. A randorir sample of 700 units from a large consignment showed that 200 were damaged.
Find 95%. and 99% confidence limits for the proportion of darnaged unit in the rl
t
consignment. . - [4]
i4. The following measurements were takdn of the horizontai legs x and vertical legi y of
numerous welding joints for steel buildings. The main objective \r/as to. make the lggs
r
egual to 6mm. A part of the results is listed below in millimeiers. lzx4l
x= 5.5 5.0 s.0 6.0 7.0 5.2 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.0
'5.5
4.5 6.0 5.5 7.7 7..5 6;0' 5.6 5.0 5.5
6.0 6.5 5.5 5.0 5.5 5.5 ' 6.s 6.5 7.0 5.5
y=. 6.5. 6:5 5.5' 7.5 6.0 7.0 5.0 8.0 6.7 '7.8
5.7 | 'b.5 5.5 8.0 8.0 6.3 . 6:0 .6.0 , 6.0 5.5
6.s 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.5 6.5 5.0 6.0 6.5
Find: (i) tX, f,X2, mean of leg X '(ii) IY, ,Y2, mean of leg Y (iii) on, on - r for leg X :1--.': -
' : - /:"i .:', t-" '. -:' ': -

., ,-.,',: *,k* .
-
.04 TRIBHWAN LINIVERSITY Exam. Reqular / Back
. Exarnination Control Division Programme BCE, BME Pass Marks 32 I
2067 Mangsir Year / Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
-l
and Statistics
/ Anempt any Seven questions selecting Four from Group A and Three from Growp B.
,/ The figures tn the margin indicate Full Marks.
{ Necessarv qharts are attaclied herewtth.
Group A
1 a) Discuss the importance and limitation of statistical chart. Write the procedure of
/ construction ofpie chart. tsl
b)--'The following are the annual ma:rimum flows in m3/s in the Colorado river at black
t' canyon for the 1 I year period from 1990 to 2000: t6l
i980 1130 3120 2L2o 1700 2550 8s00 3260 3960 2270 1700
D Compute meanmaximum flow of the 11 years
ii) Compute the variation of flow
theorem aqrlwrite the suitable exalnple. Lsl
b)-.Orders for a computer are summarized by the optional features that are requested as
t' follows: t6l
Proportion of orders
no optional features 0.3
one optional feature 0.5
more than one optional feature 0.2
i) What is the probability that An order requests at least one optional feature?
ii) What is the probability.that an order does not request more than one optional
feature?
3 q}.'Distinguish between probabiliiy mass function and probahility density fuffction with
r' one examPle each. l:' '
isl
b) ,-trn computing work, I must get on a bus near my house and then transfer to second
bus. If the waiting time (in minute) at each bus stop has uniform distribution A : 0
and B : 5. Then it can be shown that my total waiting time Y has probability density
function. t6l
f(x):(1/25)y for0<y<5
= (215)-(i-25) y for 5 < y < 10
i) What is the probability that waiting time is at most three minuteS?
ii) What is the probability that total waiting time is at most 8 minutes? c
4. -4)-'Define the Poisson distribution with suitable example. Discuss the limiting case of
Poissor, distribution as Binomial distribution, tsl
that we are investigating the safety of a dangerous intersection. Past police
,/b),-suppose
records indicate a mean of 5 accidents per month at this intersection. Suppose the
number of aCcidents is distributed according to a Poisson distribution, Calculate the
probability in any month of exactly (i) Zero (ii) More than 1 (iii) P(2 < x < 3), t6l
5. a) Exptain the area property of normal distribution and give the conditions for Binomial
distribution tends to normal distribution. tsl
I
b) An industrial eng:neer has found that the standard household light bulbs ploduced by
a certain manufaiturer have a useful a mean of
life that is normally distributed with
250 hours and a variance of400' tsl
i) What is the probability that a rand.omiy selected bulb from this production process
,D #l'j?Jffi;',""TLlli:;l;lJ::::i3?i:"1'"';ed burb rrom this production process

rviil have a useful life between 190 and 270 hours?
iii) What is the probability that a randomly selected bulb from this production process
will have a useful life of not exceeding 260 hours?
6. a) Defrne joint marginal probability mass function and joint marginal probability density
fi-rnction for random variables X and Y. t6l
b) If two random variables X and Y have the joint density t5l
f(x. v) = lt -r-i'; 0SX<1. 0<Y<i
Io othswise
Find the
i) marginal probabiiity density function for X
..$y'mean E(X,Y) for X and Y
Group B
i. a)' What are the criteria for the best estimator? Find the marimum likelihood estimator
for the function i(x) : 1;i'. t6l
b) The breaking strength of yarn useci in manuiacturing drapery material is required to
be at least 100 psi. Past experience has indicated that breaking strength is normaliy
distributed and thar o = 2 psi. A randorn sampie of mne specimens is testeci, and the
average breaking strength is found to be 98 psi. Find a 95o,/o nvo-sided confidence
interval for the true mean breaking strength and infer the result. t6l
s. a) Explain the foilorving Ierms in cennection with testing of hypothesis: t6l
i) nuli h-rpothesis ii) altemate hypothesis iii) cridcal region
b) A sample of heights of 6,400 Englishrnen has a mean of 67.85 inches and standard
deviation of 2.56 inches, while sample heights of 1600 Austrians has a mean,of 68.55
inches and standard deviation of 2.52 incheS. Do the data indicate that Austrians are
on an average taller than Englishmen'7 Test the hypo.thesis at 50% level of signiiicance. t6l
9 a) Describe briefly rhe procedure of t-test for the ciifference of means, r5l
b) A stud-v shows that 1l r,vorkers using Design A have a mean assembi.v drre of 300
seconds r.vith standard deviation of 12 seconds and that 15 u,crkers using Design B
have mean and standard deviation of 335 and 15 seconds respectiveili. Test q,hether
asst;r:bl-v time tbr Design A is less than that for Design B at 5Yo ievei oisignificance. l5j
l rJ a) -;lVhat is the linear regression anail'sis? Wrire the applicaticn of regression anailrsis in
'" engineenng field, sllpporting your Iogic with one suitable example .
t6l
b) An article in the Journal of Environmentai Engineeing (\;-ol. 11-i, No. 3, i989,
pp. 508-519) reported the results of a snrd;r on the occurrence of sodium and chloride
in *.urface strearils in centai Rhode island. Tiie ibiiowing data are chloriiie
concentration y (in miiligrams per liter) anci roadr.ray area in the rvatershed x (in
percentage). t6l -t
1-l
-{ -.4 6.6 9.7 10.5 i 0.8 10.9 i r.8 'r2.\
Y n tq 0.57 0.70 A.5 t- 0.53 LT.4I 0.70
Find the correiation coelficient and coefficienr of cietermination of given data and
drar,v vour conclusion.
*+*
:
T-uil Mry:t- 80
04 TzuBHUVAN UNIVERSITY LeveI BE
' xsrrtuir oF ENGINEERING Marks )L
Pass
BCE. BME
hrs.
g*^#"rtion C ontrol Division Yesr / Part Il/Ii Time -r
2055 Magh
and Statrstrcs
GrouP 'd
media^Ti mode' in a set oi I0
mean' t6l
Discuss the significant
differences lt]Y*
*t"''"" is suitabie and
why?
a) rvhich t"ni'"J
data, one of them #:;';*h'
1
3
b)rhep.?,::*:,'f"rl"ilJ;1ff,H"#:,H::H"I"'""tI'ff
arv: .Te^' "?d"iilJ"'#rso [st
standard devrauons -lj-to"
wo samp:s'
:ffffi ilv io*ui"i"g the L6l
theorem'
2. a) State and Prove BaYels the two vacancres in the
same Post'
in an intervierv for selectlon is
What
1/5.
b) A husband and wife aPPear is I/7 and that of wife's
J Th"ProbabilitY i'ii*[I"a" selection 'L5l
that
is the ProbabilitY
none ofthem will
i\ be selected
rvil1 be seiected
ii) onl,v one oithem
uI) bom of them will
be selecred variabie X has
for a random vanabre
x. A random t6l
mass function
3. a) Def,rne ProbabilitY
funcnon:
following Prob abilitY
the 4 5 6 7
1
1
0
2K /-t! JK
K
P(x)
P(X > 1)
P(i < ){ < 6)
iii) t5l
Finci: t) K ir)
a'random vaiable
X is given bY
,lensitY of
b) tf the ProbabilitY
Ix for0<x<1
I
f(x)={z-x for "1'?

Ii o othenvrse:
obiainthecorrespondingcumulativeciistnbutionfunctionandcompure
x < t'2) ii) P(;{ > 0'5)
i) P(0'6 <
i5l
4a)Wntesimilarities.arrrldissimilaritiesbetlveenBinomiaidisuibutionandNegrtive
.?:l ll i o " * * "" ;J

b ) S up o o,
:,:i:,,,x3 1T.t
:,H ;:ill
l=".T.;::1
a'[er ;oeurs'^^*'--
ll t5I
',r,it[in 4 d'lys ""'i"'il of thP
;;;iio caiiforoia i5- .:^^^. of
pieces ^r mnii arrive .vithin + days
mail z
that at ieast
i) fino tt'" p''-o-UuUifit-v pnli 36ive later than 4 da-vs
ailer
maiiing date. -
10 or tt..rer pieces of
iii Find the Probabiliry- that
distriburion. write the propenies
and standarri Normar t5j
, ", .";::H'l-jTdistribution
oiNormai disrnbuuon'
I
a randomly selected
", a)
6. Arestaurant serves three fixed price dinners costing 57, $9 and $10. For
.orpt" dining at this resta'rrant, ler X: the cost of the man's dinner, Y'- the cost of woman's
dinner. The joint p.m.f. of X and Y is given in the following table: t5l
P(x,v)
9 10
7 0.05 0.05 0.10
x 9 0.05 0.0 i 0.3 5
i0 0.00 0.20 0.r0
i) Compute the marginal probability mass funotions of.X and Y'
ii) What is the expected total cost of rhe dinner for the trvo people?
iii) Are X and Y indePendent?
b) Each front tire on a particular woe of automobile is supposed to be t'illed to a pressure of 26Y.
Suppose the actual air pressure in each tire is a random variable X for the right tire and Y for
the left tire wrth joint p.d.f. t6l
. [r(x'+yt),
f(s, Y) = i
20<x<30, 2osy<30
L 0 othen^'ise
i) \Vtrat is the value of K?

ii) What is the probabiliqv that both tires are under-t-rlled?
iii).What is the probability that the difference in air pressure berween the nvo tires is at most
2 p.s.i.?
. Group B
7 a) Expiain the terms : (i) the standard error of estimate and the sarnple size (ii) point estimation
and interval estimation (iii) confidence level and significance Ievei. t6l
b) Find the maximum likelihood estimator for p and o2 fro-m a norma!* distribution
'-
f(x;tr, o'1 =-l:elt'-u)"ao!; -co<*.'-..r - ': t6l
a^l ln
8 a) What is a statistical hypothesis? Discuss the steps involved in testing u iypotf,.rir. t6l
b) .A television manufacturer claims that at most 250 microamperes ol .utgnf are needed to
attain a certain brightness level with a particular type of set. A sample of ?0 sets yeilds a
sample average ! = 2Sl .5.. Let p denote the true average current necessary to achieve the
, d:r-".{ U1$tneis with sets of this tvpe and assume that p is the mean of normal population
rvith o' : I'5. I6l
i) Test at lbvel q, = 0.05 the null hypothesis that p is at most 250 against the appropriate
alternative.
ii) If p : 260, rvhat is the probabilrt-v
9f type II error?
9. a) Distinguish between large sample and small iample tests of significance. Also list the
assumptions made for large sample tests. t6l
-
b) A study was conducted investigate the effect of two diets on the weieht gain of a
to
l4-year old children suffering tiom malnutrition. Ten chiidren *ere subject to diet X and nine
to diet Y. The gain in rveight over a nine month period are sho'"vn in the table belorv: t6l
Diet X 14.0 r 1.2 12.5 I5.0 I0.2 22.0 9.8 13.0 10.5 9.6
Diet Y t4.4 l 1.6 I8.2 12.8 r 9,5 Ii.l 21.2 l i.3 15.3
Use the data to determine if there is evidence to indicate a difference betrveen the mean gain
in weight for children fed on:two diets. (use o, = 0.05)
10. a) Write dorvn the properties of correlation coefficient r and discuss the application of it in
engineering fieid. i6l
b) The follou,ingtable shorvs the ages x and s-vstolic B.P. y of i2 women. Determine the least
squares regession line of v on x. Estimatethe BP-ef n wornAi: wh6<a6oa rt.l:.year. t61
Aee (x) 56 42 72 36 6i 47 55 49 38 42 68. 60 -

BP (rJ 'I da
125 160 1r8 149 izr) r:0 ' I .t_s r 1-\ r40 r )1, is5
04 TRtsHWANI,JNIVERSITY Exam. Back
.
. Examination Control Division Programme BCE,BME Pass Marks 32
2066 Kartik Year / Part tIltr Time 3 hrs.
- Probabili and Statistics

:
/ Attempt any W.questions selecting Fpurfrom Grouo A dnd Threefrom Grouo B.
'/ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
/ Necessarv tatiles are attached herewith:;
:..!.
l. a) What are the sources of statistical of diagrammatical and

graphical representation of these ,) ..< tsl i
b) The following are some of the weights of boys and girls in a

,t\;
class: t6l
i
Boys Girls
No. of Students 100 50
Mean weisht 50 ke 45 ke
Variance 9 4 I
D Find_ the mean and standarddeviation of combined data. I
-ii) Which of the two distibutions is more variable? I
2. a) ,St{e the axioms of probability. Define with examples the conditional probabilities and
t5l
b)- State Baye's theorem. A test shoris thifi99%'of time if'one has plague virus and shows
positive l0% of time it has no virus. Assume that only l% of the population has virus. t6l I
I
i) What is the probability that the test will show positive? j
ii) If a randomly selected person is tested and the result is pesitive, wliat is the probability
that the person has the virus?
3. a) Define the discrete and continuous random- variables and their corresponding probabilities
distributions with examples. tsl
b) A computer store has purchased 3 computers ofa certain type at $500 apiece to sell at $1000
apiece. The manufacturer has agreed to repurchase any unsold computers at the end oftwo-
month period at $200 apiece. Let X = the number of computers sold and has the p.m.f. as
follows: t6l
x 0 I 2 t
p(x) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
Compute: (i) mean sell (ii) variance of the sell (iii) *re expected profit.
4. a) Define the binomial experiment and the binomial probabiliry distribution of a discrete random
variable X. State the basic differences of this distribution with the hyper geometric and
negative binomial distribution. t5l
b) LetacontinuousrandomvariableXbedefinedby f(x)={ztt-xl' :-,=*:1 t6l
L 0 , otherwise
Show that (x) is the probability distribution function of x.
Also compute: (i) the density function f(x) (ii) P(0.25 < x < 0.5) (iii) the mean F
5. a) Define the normal distribution. Describe in brief its characteristics and applications. t5]
b) Suppose that the: pH of soil sa4ples taken from a certain geographic region is normally
distributed with mean pH 6.0 and stalrdard deviation 0.10. If the pH of a randomly selected
soil sample from this region is determined t6l
i) What is the probability that the resulting pH is between 5.90 and 6. I 5?
ii) What is the probability thatthe resulting pH exceeds 6.10?
iii) What is the probability that the resulting pH is at most 5.95?
I
-
I
I
I
6. a) A restaurant serves three fixed pricetinners costing $7, $9 and $10. For a randomly selected
-l
I
."rpl" Ji"irrg at this restaurant, let X = the cost of the man's dinner, Y = the cost of woman's
;i;".. The joint p'm.f. of X and Y is given in the following table: tsl
P(x,y)
7
7
0.05
9
0.0s
l0
0.10
-! !
x 9 0.05 0.01 0.3s

'0.10
10 0.00 0.20
i) Compute the marginal probability mass functions of X and Y.

ii) Whai is the expected total cost of the dinner for the two people?
iii) Are X and Y indePendent?
b) Each front tire on a particular type of automobile is supposed to be frlled to a pressure of 26Y.
Suppose the actual air pressure in each tire is a random variable X for the right tire and Y for
the left tire with joint p.d.f. t6l
f(x,y) =
r') 20Sx<30,20Sy<30
{rt*'o* otlrerwise
D What is the value of K?

ii) What is the probability that both tires are under-filled?
iii). What is the probability that the difference in air pressure between the two tires is at most
2 p.s.i.?
Grotp B
7. a) Explain the terms : (i) the standard-error of estimate and the sample size (ii) point estimation I
!
i
and interval estimation (iii) confrdence level and significance level. t6l
b) Find the maximum likelihood estimator for p and o2 f.o. a normal-
:- .1.
distribution -
. ._
..:
=#^ a-(x-F)24o2; :@<xa.*..-.-'.,^
I
f(x;p,o2) - t6l I
8j a) What is a statistical hypothesis? Discuss the steps involved in testing ahypotlresis t6l
I
b) A television manufacturer claims that at most 250 microamperes bf cuftdnJ are needed to I
attain a certain brightness level with a particular type of set. A sample of ZO sets yeilds a
samlile average *.=257.3, Let p denote thq true average current necessary to achieve the
desired brightness with sets of this type and assume that p is the mean of normal population
with o': 15. t6l
i) Test at level c = 0.0i the null hypothesis that p is at most 250 against the appropriate
alternative.
ii) If p = 260, what is the probability of type II error?
9. a) Distinguish between large sample and small sa*pte tests of significance. Also list the
i. assumptions made for large sample tests. t6l
i:
l.
b) A study was conducted to
investigate the effect of" two diets on the weight gain of a i
ll-year old children suffering from malnutrition. Ten children were subject to diet X and nine
to diet Y. The gain in weight over a nine month period are shown in the table below: t6l
i
DietX 14.0 tr.2 12.5 l5.0 t0.2 22.0 9.8 13.0 10.5 9.6 -
DietY 14.4 I 1.6 18.2 12.8 19.5 l3.l 2t.2 11.3 15.3
Use the data to determin"e if there is evidence to indicate a difference between the. mean gain I
in weight for children fed on two diets. (use o = 0.05)

{
10. a) Write down the properties of correlation coeffrcient r and discuss the application of it in
engineering field. t6l I
A
b) The following table shows the ages x and systolic B.P. y of 12 women. Determine the least
squares regression line of y on x. Estimate the BP cf a woman wh6s6 5gc is a5 year. t5l
L-
Age (x)
BP (v)
56
147
42
125
72
160
36
118
63
149
47
l ao
LLO
55
150
49
145
38
ir5
42
140
68.
152
50
155
I
Tt
p ,f **
.T+: II
1
I
[.
04 TRIBHUYAN UNTVERSITY Exrrn. Back
Examination Control Division Programme BCE, BME Pass lHsrks 32

2065 Ka'rtik Year / Part tr/n Time 3 hrs.
Subjecl: - Probabiiiry and Statistics

{ Anempt any Seven questions selecting Four from Group A.ond Tlree from @oup B-
L { Thefigures in the margin indtcate FulI Marks.
.e -l: '-
:, / Assume suitable data if necessary'
Group A :
r, 1. a) Point out limitations of statistics. Explain how statistics is liable to be misused and
how can the wrong uses of statistics be avoided? isl
t-
b) from two manufactures, A and.,B'are tested'by a
prg-stnrcture 3qd thc t6l
Bursting Pressure (lb 5-9 10-14 15-19 20:24' 25-29 30-14
Number of A 2 9 29 54 11 5
bags B 9 11 i8 32 27 13
Which set of bags has uniform pressr.:re? If prices are same which manufacture's bags
would.be preferred by the buyers? t.
2. a) State and prove Baye:s theorem of probabiiity. tsl

b) A university has to select 4s slrrniner from a list of 50 persons: 20 of them are
women and 30 men; 10 of thern know Nepali and 40 not; 15 of thsrn are teachers and
35 not. What is the probability that a Nepali knowing woman teacher is selectetl by
the university? t6l
3. a) Ditferentiate discrete and continuous r'andom variables with relevant exa:nples.. isl
b) l&rtrat do you mean by probability distribution of a discrete random variable? Three
defective items are mixed with seven good ones. Three items are drawn at random-
Find the probabiiity distribution of number of defective items. Aiso, find the mean
and variance of the distribution t6l
4. a) Define negative binomial diskibution and state condition of applicability for it. How
does negative binomial diskibution difier from binomial distribution? tsl
b) The probabitity that an individual suffers from a bad reaction from L particular
injection is 0.001. Find the probabiliry that out of 1500 individual.s (i) exactly two
(ii) none (iii) at least one (iv) at most two will suffer from a bad.reaction. i6j
5. a) Define normal distribution for a continuous random variable. Discuss the area
propelty and importance of the normal curye. . tsl
b) A corporation installs i0000 electric lamps in the street of a city. If these lamps have
an average iife,>i 1850 i;.rrning ilours u'ith a standerd deyiation of 200 hours, what
number of lamps may be expected to burn for (i) more than 2000 hours (ii) less than
1600 hours (ii) between 1540 and 1800 hours? t6I
5 a) The number of a group of 10,000 persons was found to be normally distributed with
mean Rs. 1501- pet month and standarc deviation Rs. 50i-. Find (i) the n'rmber of
persons with income less than Rs. 700/- per month (ii) the number of persons with
iricome betwean Ri. 700/- and Rs. 800/i per month.
b) At a certain examination, 1004 of the sdidents who apptared for the plper in statistics ,
get less than 30 marks and 97Yo of the i;tudents got less than 62 marks. Assuming the
disuibution to be normal, find the meanand stan&ad aeviatfn ofthe distribution.
'---.' ------ =
b) If trvo random variable X and.Y have, for X : x and Y : y, then joint probabilify
1"i
densr'ty f,rnction. f(x, y) = ----; fgr 1"S x <.cr and l/x < y < x
Zx"y ':
r i '-i$ii..
DeriveilffitAistribution of X and Y. Further obtain the conditional distribution of
Y for X : x and also that of X given Y : y.
Group B
7. a) Define point estimate and interval estimate with suilable.exhinples.
b) It has been estirnated by cable companies that 60Yo oiall Nepalese households are
wired to:receive cable T.V. You would like to test this claim within 5% error and 99olo
levei of confidence. How large a sample would you requiie?
8. a) An education claims that the'avelage LQ. of a city college students is at most i 10 and
that in a studymade to test this claim 150 coilege students; selected at randour, had an
average I.Q. of lJ1.2 with a standard d=viation of 7.2- Use a level of sisrificance of
.f .s
0.0i-to-test the claim of education. .
b) In random'sa:rrple of 1000 persons from town A,40o/o were found to be consumer of

t
rice. In another random sample of l00Qpersons from town B, 50olo rvere found to be
-4 consumers of rice. Do these data revlajla significant difference in the proportion.of
"lr1 rice comumers in these two towns?
9: a) Two types of batteries are tested for their length of life and the following data are
o-otained.
Ntl,'of samples I lvlean life in hrs: , Variance
TypeA ,t27
Tvbe B 8 'l 144
b)
dala below, can you conclude that the productivity has indeed changed due to music.
Employee 1 2 3 4 5 6 I
I
Week without music 2r9 205 226 198 209 216 I
Week with music 235 186 240 203 22t 205

10. a) Define regression lines. Write about the properties of regression coefficients.
b) The production supervisor of a Brigham Container Company is convinced of the need
to assign sEenuous jobs - according to age. He randomly selected 10 rvorkers and
measure the amount of time they were able to maintain a strenuous loading capacify.
Strenuous runutes 2 7 5 10 A A
8 6 )
Age in yrs 42 27 36 25 22 39 19 19 J) 30
_ D Develop the equation which describes the best relationship betrveen age and
physical stamina.
ii) Horv long might a 30 years old man be expected to maintain strenuous physical
activity.
04 TRIBHWAN LINIVERSIT"T Exam. ular/Bick
hTS TITUTE OF ENGIIIEERING Level BE FuIl iVlarks 80
- Examination Control Division Programme BCE, BME Pass ilfarks- 32
2065 Chaitra Year / Part II/tr Tine 3 hrs.
Subject: - and Statistics
---...-.:{,Candidatesarerequiredtogive.their.anslversintheirorynwordsasfaraspracticab1e.
{ Attempt any Seven questions selecting Four yom Group B.
/ eU questions carry equal marks.
/ Necessarv^ figures are attached herewith-
Group A
- ----'1.--a) -An analysis of the monthly'wages paid to 15 Delonglng to
=l
the same indtistry gives the following rdsult.
Firm A FirmB
No. ofworkers 160' 150
Average wage 260 275
Varianc e of wage'disributor tzt
Calculate the mean
.'
b) The lives of two models of refrigerators in a recart,survey are
Life [No. of ws) a-2' - 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10 7'A-p

Model X 5 16
n
i3 7 -
A
Model Y 2 12 19 9 I ' \i
2. a) State and proof Bayes' theorem'

d i^rd t51-1.: <-rs-*1e-i{ 6-'L-i n>{
b) A factory produces a certain type of output by three machines respecting. Daily
production figures are Machine X : 1500 units; Machine Y : 3000 units; Machine Z :
4500 units. Past experiences show that 1.59lo of the output produced by lvlachine X,
TYo of the output produced by Machine Y and 2.2o/o produced by Machine Z a:.e
defective. An item is drawn at landom, what is the probability that it comes from the
3a) A die is thrown 6 times. If getting an odd number is a success. \Yhat is the probabitty
of getting (i) 5 successes (ii) at least'5 successes (iii) at mgst 5 successes?
A manufacture f,rncis that the average dernand per day for the mechanics to repair his
P nerv product is 1.5 .over a period of one year and demand per day is distribirted as
Poisson variate. He employs two mechanics. In horv many da.,-s in one year (i) both
the mechanics would be free (ii) some demand is refused.
4- a) A continuous random variabie X has tlie probability density function f(x) : A + Bx;
0 < x < i. If the mean of the distribution is %; frnd A and B.
b) A continuous dish-ibution bf a variable X is defined by

.1
f(x) =-(3+x)'; -3<x<-1
lo
= I1o -zx,); -1< x < 1
16'
.-_--__l ._ -- __- -. -
=;(, - x)';- 1 <x-<3
i) \reij-iy ihai 'ire ;:*.'.nder ile curve is urity.

ii) Find the mean and variance of the above diskibution.
a) ijri'inr tlie jc,ii-rt pLoLui:iiii; rl;.rss ittirction anti i:iar:iir:;,i pr:oi;abiilti' f'urtctio:r icr ri bii,li iuie
, cl istr ibutio n. irl
b) Let X tlenote tlie reaction time in secottds, to a certain stirnulant ancl Y denote the temperature
("F) at lvhiclr e cerlain reaction starts to talte place. Sup.pose that two ranclom variable X and
'\' hi.'..e the joint ciensity. t6l
4x,..........0 < x < l:0 < y < I
f (;t. y) =
t
0.:............E lsewhere
)2.rlrl Fincl i) P(0sX<+andfsYsf) -;

'242't
ii) P(x<Y)
/l1 ,
Grouo B
,
'yr' il<.Explain, witlr illLrstrations. the concept of (i) Point estirnation and (ii) Intervalestiination. t6l
b) In 3 9 so il
sarnp les. tested for trace e lements, the average amount of copper was found to be 22
. rnilligrams, with a starrdard deviation of 4 milligrams. Find a 90Yo,95%o and 99?'o corrt'idence
6 inten'ai for the true rnean copper content in the soils from rvhich these samples were taken. t5l
8. a) Explain the follorving ternrs: (Z
\.- l,oS \t, ij,t. .q,';, i t i21,2 f 5,2t.-t
*"i
i6l
i) Sntistic and parameter
1
', i29.15t9, 2a.)i,;;1,"

ii) Level of significance
iii) Critical region
i
b) A rnachirre shop is irlterested in determining a measure of ttrre current year's sales revenue in
I
!
I
order to compare it with known results frorn last year. Frorn the 9682 sales invoices for the.
current year to date, the management randomly selected invoices arrd from each recorded x,
the sales revenue per invoice. Using the following dala summary, test the lrypotlresis tl{at the
nreuu revenue per invoice is $6.35, the same as last 1'ear, versus tlre alternative hypothesis that,
the n',ean revenue per invoice is different from $6.35, rvjtli n = 400, cr 0.05. t6l
=
Duta Surnmary:
400 400
n='100 I*, =$2464.40 I*i =16,156.728
i=l i=l
Explain the assurnption of t test, distinguish clearly between large sample and small sample
7 test ofsignificance. t6l
b) To irrvestigate a ,possibie "built-int' sex bias in a graduate school entrance examination, 50
nrale and 50 fernale graduate str.rdents'wlro were rated as above average graduatestudents by
15 their professors were selecteci to participate in the study by actually taking this test. Their test.
results on this exarnination are summarized in the follorving table. t6l
lVlales Females
A
,irlr1'r-'ilh) 720 693
,,,, '
S- t01 85
Z !. ?."fJ
n 50 50 ?tu -- "f i;,/i
Dur Il-rese'Uata'indicate that males rvill, on the average, score higher tharr females of ih"'sarne
,L, abililron.this exani? t,se tr = 0.05. ,
\ i,{J. El - I <ys t.
Prove tliat ilre K a.rl Pearso n's coeff'ic ient of correlatior, canuot exceecl tlre tiin its t6l
b) The Report "refuse derived fuel evaluation in an Indr.rstrial Spreader - Stuker Boiler" reported
the accotnpanying data on x = 0Z refuse derived fuel (RDF) heat input and Y = ?ir efficiency
ior certain boilei. t6l
6
i,fiF --- x 31 30 48 29 LI t6 0 20
,/y 7S0 7i.? '14,.4 17 .7 i 6.9 79.0 82.t 7 6.5
tL Obtain the equation of'the estimated regression line. Estirnate the true o/o
efficier,cy rvhen ?ir
RDF lreat inpLrt is 25. 71 ];
_-tu
i
tr
I
l -L
I I
I
.i 01 TRIBHWA}.IUMVERSMY Exam. Regutrar
i
INSTITUIE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FullMrrks 80
:
.: Examination Control Division Programme BCB B. Agri. Pass'Marks 5Z
:,
. 2072 Ashwin Year/ Part II/II Time 3 his.
:,
l:
,i
I
:
i
li { Candidates are requiredto grve their aoswers in their own words as hr as practicable:
il
I
t Attempt Alt questions.
t
,t
{ TheJigures tn the magin tndicate Fult Martq.
t it
ll
{ Assune suitable data ifnecessry.
, 1.. A horizontal pipe 60mm in diameter carries oil of specific gravity 0.8. The pressine ,'
:I
I i ,:1.. difference betweeq two sections Skmrapart is found to be 200 kPa. The ,bil florvru
''' tlrioogh the'prpe is co[ested io ", r*t. it ir fo*a frat !962 N of'oil is collected in'i
1,
l
I
.' minuies. Comiute the dynamic viscosity of the oit. Assume the flow to bd laminar'ad
I
I
veriry it. Also, firrd the velocity at a distdsc.e of 20 mrn fiom the prpe uratl. ,' 14*2+21
I 2. Two reservoirs are connected by a pipe 1000 m long of diameter 300 mm. The pipe
"pauses
over a hill whose height is 5.m abore the level of water in the upperrcservoir. Ttre
differeme in water levels in the two reservoirs is 13 m. If the absolute pressrue of water
anywhere in the plpe is not allowed to fall below 1.2 m of water in order to prevent
cavitations, calculite the length of pipe in the portion between the upper reservoir and the
I hill summit; and also the discharge through the pipe. fustrme thepeservoirs are open to
the afnosphere having atmospheric pressure of 760 mm of md'cury. Take ftiction f""tor,
I f = 0.032 and neglect bend losses tSI
3. For the duee reservoir system of figrrre below Z, :29 nU Lr : 80 r.q Zz = 129 a,
I
L2 : 150 tr, Z3:69 rn anC Lg: 110 m. AIt pipes are 250 mm diameter concrete with
roughness height 0.5 mm. Compute the flow rates. Take u : 1.02x16{m3/s. You are not
allowed to use:the.Moody's chart UOl
22
Z3
Z1
L7
L1
Lt
4. Explain the water hammer phenomenon and mention its causes. Derive the momentum
equation for unsteady flow through pipe. [3+s]
5. lDefine the following; non-perismatic channel, spatially varied flow, hydraulic slope,
graduatly varied flow.
) 1,1
{.'
@ a) Deterrnine the most economical section of a tapemidal channel with side of
2:1, carrying a discharge of 9m3/s v,,ith a velocity of 0.75 rn/s. Take Manning's
s-lopg
It:0.025, For conveying the same discharge, if a rectangular channel 1.2 mdeep and
\ 3 m wide is provided, what rvould be the savlng !n po*er per l;rn length of channel? L4+2)
-- P.1
L
sing Marying's equationn show that the depth of flow is equal to 94Yo of the
diarneter for the partially filled most economical circular channel considering
maximum discharge. l4l
7. A trapezoidal channel of base width 6 m and side slope of 2 .horizontal tb I vertical
carries a flow of 60 cumecs at a depth of 2.5 m. There is a smooth transition to a
rectangular section 6 m u'ide accompanied by a gradual lowering of the channel bed by
0.6 m (i) Find the depth of water in the rectangular sestion and the sfiange in water
surface level. (ii) In case the drop in water surface level is to be resticted to 0.3 m. What
is the ar,nount by which the bed rnust be lovi,ered? Aszume no losses. [6+EI
NDt
gate
col -'-.-]:*:-:-
r -,. :_-- -. _.
Mild slope NDI.

----j---,-ar-.
Ye aaAa+ Steep
;ffi*
i'
'lb) Justify anatytically the nature of surface profiles in critical sloped channels. t5l
t
9 . ,'i$'ater in a horizontal channel accelerates snroothly over a bump aqd then undergoes a
I
r'
..6ya.autic jump as in figure below, if y, : I m, yt = 30 ccr, , y5, y4*dU,r-p
height h. Neglect Aisdon. "rtiJotu'r,
I I6l
"i,
I '-p
':. *.
ir..
(I )
t
fl, -l
I .(4
:1
(3) Junrp
(3,
';rr'
t3I
b) Design a regime'channel.for a discharge of Z5 m3/s and soil particle size of 0.65 mm
using Lacey's method. Assurne suitaUt;$e slope of cbannel. t3I
P.2
o
)
O6 TRIBi-IUV.{N UNIVERSTTY. Exan:.
INSTITUTE OF E}.IGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE, B. Agri. Pass Marks 5Z

2i72 Year / Part il,il Tirre 3 irrs.
{ Candidates are required to give theii answers in their oum words as far as practicable.
{ Attempt 4!!questions.
'/ Thefigures in the mrgin indicate FuIl Marks.
{ Necessart fteures dre ottaEhed herewith.
y' Assume suitable data if neeessary.
1. 'Water flows by gavity in nr,'o open stand pipes shoum in figure. Estimate the rate of
t8I
A=0'75m
s<
fq;;:,' '-o,,.
2.5 m
,.
d: 75 mm
t;-
.:
i, e - 0.3 rnm
2. Water from a main canal is siphoned to a branch canal over an embankment by means of
a -*rought iron pipo of 100 rnm diameter. The length of the pipeline up to the summitis
30 m and the total length is 90 m. Water surface clevation in the branch canai is 10 m
below ttlat of main canal. Take f = 0.025 and consider all losses.
[4+4]
a) If the total quantity of water required to be couveyed is 0.05 m3/s, how'many
pipelines are needed?
b) What is ma:rimun permissible height of the s'ummit above the water level in &s maia
canal sq that the water pressure at the summit may.aot fall below 20 kPa absolute, the
barometer'reading bei4g 10 m ofwater?
-3. Veriff whether the following sugg'-sted dishibutionof discharge in the pipelines of tb
network shown in figure below is satisfactory @ using Hardy-cross method. If nol
determine the proper distribution. If the elevation at point B is 50 m and pressr:re head is
, 40 m and the elevation at D is 40.m, find the pressure at D. [8+2]
Line AB BC CD DA AC
Sugsested discharge (units) 58 42 32 18 20
B
unit
r=2
20 unit unit
A
r=5
50 unit
nl
l.J
(
\
4. a) In tire figure !slsr.,,;, 'r,'ater flc'Iving thlough a pipe from the resen'oir is suddenly
stoppe<i b.v closing a valve at point B. Draw pressure-time diagram at the 213 L form
valve of the pipe for one cycle of wave motion. t2j
L
Reservoir valve
--.>
b) Water flows tlrough a 25. cm diameter 1500m long pipe at rate of 75 lps. The static
presnrre of water in the pipe is 200m at the downstream end of the pipe and the
ihickness of the pipe materiat is 6 mm. If a valve at the dorrpsEeam end closed in
3 sec estimate the sress in the pipe wall. Take Bulkmod{us oiwater 2.2"10eN/#
=
5. Define the following; Hydrautic depth, Energy slope, gradually varied flow and spatially
varied flow. t4I
6. a) trn a partially full channel having a triangular section as shown in figue, tbe rate of
discharge Q = KAR", in which K = a constanq A = flow area and R : hydrardic
radiis. Detemrine the depth at which ttre diseharge is marcimum t5]
. }lt
.J
.*- b) lhe velocity distribution iri a chnnel section may bc apprcximzited by the equation
i* u=uo(d/do)" in which u is tbe flow velocity d depth d; uo is the flow velocity a
ir^ "'.
depth & and n = a constaot Derive expressim for the energy aud mornedum
:
coe,figient. ts]
7. a) Defirc specifiq e,nergy. Showthatthe flow is siticat whelr the discharge is marimum
for tbe given specific energT. Water flows at a'depth of I .8 m'and velocity of 1.5 n/s
in a 3 m wide rectangular chanoel. Fird the wi&h at contaction which just causes
critical flow witbout a change in the upstream deptb- [+4+3]
b) An o1m rectangular channel carrying a discharge of 4.?5 mr/s is flowing at a de,pth of
l.l5n with energr of 1.2 m and a width of 3 m- The flow encourters a simultaneous
grafrtal contaction to a width of 1.5 m and a mooth dowuwards step of 0.6 a. With
tbesc flow conditions, determine the dqpth of the dowixneam flow. t4l
8. a) Sks{ch the flowprofile: t4l
SluiccA;zte
NDL ,c
NDL
MiId.slope
slope
b) o"alltically ttrat A3 curve meets the y" line and channel bottom normaliy.
JusE& t4]
,,:,::i
9.-',$Ihat is.hydraulic jurnp? Why is enerry principle not applied for the analysis of the
' 1'rxnp? Water flows in a 5 m wide rectangular chamel at'Froude nurnber 3:5; the dep,& of
flow is 1.2 m- If vl'ater undergoes a hydraulic jump, what is the Froude mrmbbr
downsteam ofjump? [1+1+4]
distibution on the Alluvial channel bouudry with values: [3+3]

.++t
P.4
i
i
OI TRIBHWAN I..TNIVERSITY Exam.

INS'TI']UTE OF ENCINEERING BE l'ull Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE, B-"{gri. Pass lVlarhs 32

Year / Part !1 / lt Time i hrs.
/ Candidates are required to give their ansu,ers in their orvn rvords as far as practicable.
t Atiempt 4!! guestions.
./ The J'igures in the margin indicate fdlUa*.
/ Moody diarram provided
l. A total 12 liters per sec of oil is pumped through 2 pipes in parallel,. one 12 cm in
diameter and the other 10 cm in diameter, both pipes I000 m long. The specific gravity of
oil is^0.85, average roughness height is 0.26 mm for both pipes and kinematic viscosity is
9 cm'/sec. Calculate the flow rate lhrough each pipe, and power generated by purnp. t8]
2. a) Small swimming pool is drained with velocity of 1.2 m/sec using a pipe with hose
diameter 20 mm, lengh 30 m, and absolute roughness e:
0.2 mm. Find the rvater
depth "d" at instant sho'+n in figure below considering minor head loss coefficient at
entranceK=0.5. I5l
I T.
J'-
I
b) Draw HGL and EGL diagram for the florv system shown in rhe figure considering all
major and minor losses. I1.5+1.5J
dr<dr<dz
d1
d2
d3
3. a) What do you understand by branching pipe system? Exptain- Describe the solution
procedures for three possible different cases ofthree reservoir problem. t6l
b) A pipe netvrork is shown in figwe in which Q and h represenls the discharge aird head
losses respectively. Dete.rmine head losses and discharge indicated by a question
. mark, for this pipe netu'ork. t4l
Qa=20 Qr :30; hs = 60 Qr: ?
A B
Qo ? 'l
n-:9
.<t
:40
r
hs 2 Itp
I-)
Q: = 40:
Qo = 100 he = 120 Qc:30
i'.i i-
, r. i:,
"
4, Water is flowing from a rescrvoir in a pipe of 600 mrn tliamerer, i000 m long and 6 mm
thick at a velocity of 3.5 m/s. Assuming the value of bulk modulus oielasticity for u'ater
as 2.A6 GPa, modulus o1' elasticitv for'pipe material 2C6 GPa and velocity of pressure
rvave 1400 m,/s. Draw pressrue-time diagram at location 1200 rn ftom reservoir if the
va!'r,e locared at the end of the pipe is closed in I second. t8l
5. Define bed slope, h1'draulic slope and energ), slope. Why for non-uniform flow, these
slopes are not paraliel to each other, explain with neat sketch. i4l
6. a) Prove that for compound open charulel, velocity disuibution coefficienl (nromerttum
correction factor; P =
I q (ro,)
Ai
where K; = Conveyance factor of im section,
(IK')'
A; : of irh section.
Cross section area t4l
b) For given channel section shown in the figrue below wirh bed slope : 0-00017,
Manning's roughness coefficient:0.018, discharge 8.97 m'ls, and side slope as l':1,
rietermine the norrnal depth of {low for uniforrn flow. l6l
r 2m r 1mr
r,tlll
3rn r 1mr 2m I
I
7. A rectangular channel 'r,ith a bottom width of 5 m, bottom slope of 0.00076 and energy
of l.l has a discharge bf l.SS m3ls. In a Gradually varied flow
correction facior in rhis
'Manning's
section &e depth at certain location is found to be 0.25 m, considering
roughness coefficient as 0.0i65 determine the type of GVF profile. How far upstrearn or
dorvnstream will the depth be 0.40 m from depth 0.25 m. Use direct step method using
increment equals to 0.05 m. I8l
8. a) A 3.5 m rectangular channel carries discharge of 4 m3/s of vrater at a depth of l-2 m.
if the width is reduced to 2.0 m and bed raised by 0.15 m, determine the depth of flow
at reduced section and upstream ofthe reduced section. t6l
b) Find the expression for the specific force. Show that the flow is critical when rhe
specific force is minimum. Explain the use of this concept in open channel flou,. [4+21
9. A rectangrlar channel with width l.l m carrying a flow discharge of 7-2 m3ischanges its
bed dope from 0.065 to 0.0085, Show that the hydraulic jump occurs and if so find the
location ofjunlp. Take Maruring's roughness as 0.025. t6]
10. Define an alluvial channel and incipient motion. Find the expression for the shear
reduction factor "K" and explain the physical meaning of this factor. t1+3+2]
!
07 I RIBIi{iVrli'l LiI'aIVERSI IY Iiranr

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERNG Levcl Ful.l I{arks 80
Examination Control Division CF]

* Pass X{arks .)t
i ii' -I-inre
2071 Magh 3 hrs.
,.,...,,',-',.,..,,.,,,.' -.,,. $ y bj 99t:. H {cE5s5)

/ Candidates are required to give their ansrvers in their own rvords as far as practicable.
r' Auempt All. queslions.
'/ The figures in the margin indicate Full \l{arks. '
/ Necessarv Moodv's diasram is sttached herewillr.
l. Explain Prandtl IMixing length theory. Show that the velocigr distribution in pipe for
turbulent florv is Logarithmic. Derive an expression of head Iomlo sudden expansion of
pipe. [2+3+3)
a wrought iron pipc of I00 mm diameter. The length of the pipeline up to the summit is
30 m and the total length is 90 m. Water surface elevation in the branch canal is 10 m
below that of main canal. t8]
a) If the total quantity of water required to be conveyed is 0.05 m3ls, how many
flipelines are needed?
b) What is the maximum permissible height of'the summit abote the water level in the
main canal so that the u,ater pressure at the summit may not fall below 20 Kpa
absolute, the barometer reading being l0 m of rrvater?
Take f:0.025 and consider all losses.
3. a) Derive the expression of correction facror Ae=-ffi for soiution of pipe
network using Hardy Cross method. Whether r is resistance ooefficient of pipe and Qe
is initial assumed discharge. t21
b) Determine the piezometric head at D for the following three mssrvoir problem. t8l
ItttS EI100 m
{_- WS E|70.0 m
o
L
D {=0 $18
IIrS il34.0 m
t 4 Elof D:50-0rn
Where, f is the friction factor of the Darc,v-Weisbach equation used in Moody diagram.
4. A steel pipelinc (e = 0.046 mm) 61 cm in diameter and3.2 krn long dischargcs lieely at
its lower end under a head of 6i m. What rvater-hammer pressure u'ould develop if a
valve at the outlet were closcd in 4 sec? 60 sec? Wall thickness :0.5 cm for both case of
closure. Compute the stress that would develop in the walls of rhe pipe near the valve. If
the working stress of steel is taken as 16,000 psi, what rvould be the minimrim time of
safe closure? Consider E*are, = 2.17 x 10e N,1m2 and lio : 1.9 x lOlt N/m2. t8l
5. Givc the trvo praclicill examples of t,:llorving flo',r' r'cginles t4]
a) unil'onn and trorr-unifomr flolv
b) sparially varied florv, gradualll' r'aricd flow
6. lixplain specific cnergy diagram anil show that at utininrurn spcrcific +ncrgy, llrc ilou' is
critical. A rectangular channel 2 m w-ide has a iltrw of 2.4 m'is at a depth r:1' 1.0 rn.
Detennine if critical depth occurs (a) at the -cectirrn rvhere a hump cf,l\Z = 20 unr liigh is
installed across the bed. (b) a side wall constriction (no hump) redr"rcing thc channtl rvidth
to 1.7 m, and (c) both the hump and sidc wall consiriction combinoi.. Will ths u],'streanl
depth be affected for case (c) ? If so, to rvhat exte nt ? Neglect head icssars of the hump and
constriction caused by friction, expansion and conl-raction. [6+2+2+2J
7. What are the conditions of uniform flow in open channel? A trapezrrirlal chan.nel having
side slope of I : I has to carry a flow of l5 rn'/s. The bed slope is I in 1000. Chezy's C is
45 if tha channel is unlined and 70 if the channel is lined wilh concrete- The ccrst p", *3
of excavation is 3 times cost per m2 of lining. Find which arrangemcnl is econornical. [2r 8]
8. in figure belcu'- First locate and
Sketch possible water surface profiles for the channel
mark thc control points, then sketch the profiles, marking eacla profiie with the
appropriate designation. Show any hydraulicjumps that occur. t8l
N
{q
E
--B-------
1arqrre.'*
9. The depth of uniforrn flow in a rectangular channel is 5 m wide (n : 0.02, Ss : 0.04) is

0.5 m. A low dam raises the water depth of 2 m. Find w'hethcr a hydraulic jump takes
place and if so at utrat distance upstream of the dam. t6l
10. A stream has a sediment bed of median size 0.35 mm. The slcpe of thc channel is
1.5 x l0{. Strcam is considered as trapezcidal rvith base rvidth 3 m and sidc slope
1:5H: I V. i6l
a) lf the depth of flou' in the channel is 0.25 ln, examine whether rhe bed particies rvil!
be in motion or not.
b) Calculate minimum siz-e of gravel that will not move in the tred of channel. Use
empirical equation of crirical shear stress as: t" (N/rnz ) = 0. 155 +' --gPd A'..,= '
{I+0.177d1,)r2
/
OT TRIBHWAN {JNIVERSITY Erer. Rcgulrrr

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Lef'el BE FtrII lHrr*s 80
Examination Control Division ProgranEe BCE, B.Agri. Pess Mrrk 32

2070 Bhadra Yeer/hrt tr/II Time 3 hrs.
S*bject: - Hydraulics (cEsss)

r' Cadidates are required to give their answers in their own words as fr as praaicable.
/ Anempt AII questions.
J Tlufigwes in the mmgin indicate Full Ma*s.
/ Assune suitable data if necessary.
/./A *v* = 5.75loJ}l

'1.K/ * o.r,
Show that for turbulenr flow in rough pipes I8I
Where,
. V: Mesn velocity
V+ : Shear velocity
R = Radius of pipe
K: Average'height of surface protrusions
2- Liquid (s.g. = 0.6, y : 5.0 x l0-i m2/s) is &avm from a tank through a hose of inside +
diameter 25 mm (see figure). The relative roughness for the hose is 0.0004. Calculate the
volumetic flow and the minimum pressure in the hose. The total lengttr of hose is 9 m
and the length of hose to point A is 3.25 m. Neglect minor losses at head enfiance. t8I
r.5 \:
I
5m
z
3. Three reservoirs A, B and C are interconrcctd by ttree pip€s sihicfu dl rreet a
jwtiors
J. The water surface of reservoir B is 20 m above the surface of C whilst the surface of A
is 40 m above the surface of B. A flow coutrolvatve is fitt€d just be,fore juncti,on J in pipe
AI. [lo]
The head loss hl through pipes and components can be vnitten as hL: rq'? ,rAere r is the
resistance coefficient. The value of r for the valve and' the Pipes are rs = 150, fnr = 2ffi, .
rg; = 300, rwr'c: (400/#-

Where n is the percentage valve opening, Find the value of n nftich will make the
discharge into reservoir C twice irto reservoir B.
4. a) Explaintheimportanceofsurgetmk Dessibethetpesofsurgetmk t1.5+l-5J
b) A 300 mm diameter pipe of mild steel havipg 6 mm rti*ffi caries water at ttre mk
of 200 Vs. What will be the rise in pressure if the valve at the downshean erd is
closed instantaneously? Compare results ssuning th" pipe to be rigid as well as
elastic. What should be tlre maximum closing time for the computed results to be
valid? Take pipe length as 5.0 km, Modulus of elasticity of prpe material as 2.?5 x
lOllN/m2,Bulkmodulusofelasticityofwater as2.ox l0eN/m2. t5I
q.5. Explain GVF, RVF and spatially varied flow with appropriate sketches. t4l
6. What condition rnake open channel flow unifomr? The area of cross-section of flow in a
channel is 6 m2. Calculate the dimensions of the most efficient section if the channel is
(a) triangular, (b) rectangular and (c) tapezoidal (2:1). Which has the least perimeter? [2+8J
7. a) A flow of 2 m3/s is carried in a rectangular channel of 1.0 m. Will
1.8 wide at a depth
critical depth occur at a section where (a) a frictionless hump 15 cm high is installd
across the bed? (b) a frictionless sidewall reduces the channel width to i.: mt (c) the
hump and the sidewall construction are installed together? I9l
b) Define conjugate depths. Sketch the specific force curve showing conjugate depths
and the zones of subcritical, critical and supercritical flow. [+2]
a rectangular channel with a bottom width of 4 m, bottom slope of 0.00075 and energy
/f* conection factor of l.t has a discharge of 2.0 m3/s. In a Gradually varied flow in this
section the depth at certain location is found to be 0.2 m, considering Manning's
roughness coefficient as 0.016 determine the tlpe of GVF profile. How far upsteam or
downstream will the depth be 0.40 m from depth 0.20 m. Use Graphical Integration
Method using increment equals to 0.1 m. t8I
t;
For a hydraulic jump in a horizontal tiangular channel show that 3Fr,2 = 1r3 - ,
r2
-;r{
2
where Frf =Jr- and r=Iz. t6l
8Il Yr
10. Write down the design pmcedures of mobile boundary channel using maximum
perrrissible velocity methodrtractive force method and regime theory approaches with
appropriate expressions t6I
OI 1RIBHWAN {,INIVERSITY Exam.
. INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERTNG Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE, B.Agri. Pass Marks 32

2070 Magh Yeer / Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
Sabject: . Hydrauli cs (CEs 5 5)
'/ Thefigures in the margin indicate FuA Marks.'
l: Show that in both smooth and rough pipes for turbulent flow
u
I v =-"""'"t\Rl'-
S.lSr:s{ !-) + f .ZS
;.
Where v :
mean velocity; u = point velocity at distance y from boundary. v+ = shear
velocity; R = Radius of pipe. t8l
2. Calculate the magnitude and direction of the manometer reading when water is flowing
with velocity of 4.5 m/s for figure below. Consider minor losses also. i8l
Flow
F_: _
B.
dia= 75 mm 0.9 m
f = 0.02
Hg
3.
Z2
23
21
Lr
Lr
^t
For the three reservoir system of above figure, zt : 29 fil, Lr : 80 m, 4 : 129 m,
Lz = 150 lrn, 23:69 m and Lr = ll0 m. All pipes are 250 mm diameter concrete with
roughness height 0.5 mm. Compute the flow rates for water. tr0l
{ E 6
:.iFl:
4. a) Define water hammer and write down oontinuity equation aird momentum equation
for unsteady flow in pipe. t3]
b) A value is closed in 4.5 s at the down stream end of a 3200 m pipeline carrying water
at 2.'l mJs, What is the peak pressure developed by the closure, if the wave travels
with velocity of 1000 m/s? Determine the length of pipe subject to the peak discharge. t5I
5. Given a practical example for each of the following open channel flow: (a) GVF (b) RVF-
(c) Spatially varied flow (d) Non uniform flow. t4l
6. a) Prgve that for compound open chaonel, velocity distribution coefficient (Energy
rrglh^,,)
lt!-l--,
'
corection factor) c =
- (Ir,)t
where k; = Conveyance factor of i'h section,
Ai: Cross section area of ith section. t4I

b) Set up a general expression for wetted perimeter pw of a trapezoidal channel in terms
of the cross-sectional area A. depth y and angle of side slope $. Then differentiate p'n
with respect to y with A and $ held constant. From this, prove that R = y/2 for the
section of greatest hydraulic efliciency (i.e, smallest p* for a given A). t6]
7. What are the different conditions to be fulfilled when flow is critical open channel? A -h
wide rectangular channel carries 3 m3/s of water at a depth of I m. If the width is to be
reduced to 2 m and bed raised by 10 cm, what would be the depth of flow in the
contracted section? What maximum rise in the bed level of the contracted section is
possible without affecting the depth of flow upstream of transition? Neglect loss of
energy in transition. What would be the change in water surface elevations if the rise in
bed is 30 cm? [3+3+3+3j
8. :
The clean earth (n 0.020) channel in figure below is 6m wide and laid on a slope of
0.005236. Water flows at 30m'/s in the channel and enters a reservoir so that the charurel
depth is 3 m just before the entry. Assuming gradually varied flow, calculate the
distance L. t8l
2m
Reservoir
9. Water in a horizontal channel accelerates smoothly over a bump and then undergoes a
hydraulic jump, as in figure below. :
If y, I m and yz = 30 em, estimate v1, v2 yo.
-d
Neglect friction. t6l
10. Describe the application of shield diagram for designing mobile boundary channel. t6l
**:f
t t r t
*.
O7 TRIBHUVAT'UNIVERSITY Nerv Back &

IN ST ITUTE OF EN GJN EE RTN. G BE Marks 80
Examination Control Division BCE Pass Ma rks 32

207L Magh Ycar / Part lil 'finre
Subject: - Hydraulics rcE55s)

/ Necessarv Moodv's diagram is attached herereith,
/ As.rume suitable data if necessary.
l. Explain Prandtl Mixing length theory. Show that the velocity distribution in pipe lbr
turbulent flow is Logarithmic. Derive an expression of head loss to sudden expansion of
pipe. [2+3+3]
a wrought iron pipe of 100 mm diameter. The length of the pipeline up to the summit is
30 m and the total length is 90 m. Water surface elevation in the branch canal is l0 m
below that of main canal. t8l
a) If the total quantity of .water required to be conveyed is 0.05 m3/s, how many
fipelines are needed?
b) What is the maximum permissible height of the summit above the water level in the
main canal so tlrat the water pressure at the summit may not fall below 20 Kpa
absolute, the barometer reading being 10 m of water?
Take f: 0.025 and consider all losses.
3. a) Derive the expression of correction faclor oa=-ffi for solution of pipe
network using Hardy Cross method. Whether r is resistance coefficient of pipe and Qs
. is initial assumed discharge. t21
b) Determine the piezometric head at D for the following three reservoir problem. t8l
WS EI 100 m
t= I El70.0m
Dy- 0.0\8
E|30.0 m
1, \'- El otD = 50.0 m
Where, f is the friction factor of the Darcy-Weisbach equation used in Mootly diagram.
4. A steel pipeline (e : 0.046 mm) 6l cm in diameter and 3.2 km long discharges freely at
its lower end under a head of 6l m. What water-hammer pressure r.r'ould develop if a
valve at the oqtlet were closed in 4 sec? 60 sec? Wall thickness : 0.5 crn for both case of
closure. Compute the stress that would develop in the walls of the pipe near the valve. If
the working stress of steel is taken as 16,000 psi, what would be the minimum time of
safe closwe? Consider E*are, = 2.17 x l}e N/m2 and Eo : I .9 x 10lr N/m2. t8l
' ,: lijr'nq+{:.':- -....
: it'l
;
t
i
I
l 5. Give the two practical examples of tollo',ving florv regimes. t4l j
a) unifonn and non-uniform flow ,
t
l b) spatially varied flow, gradually varied flow !
:
.
6. lixplain specific cnergy diagram aud show that at nrininrum spccific cncrgy, the flow is
critical. A rectangular channel 2 m wide has a flow- ol 2.4 mris at a depth ol 1.0 m.
Determine if critical depth occurs (a) at the -section ra,here a hurnp of AZ : 20 cm high is
installed across the bed, (b) a side wall constriction (no hump) reducing the channel '*,idth
to 1.7 m, and (c) both the hump and side wall constriction combined. Will the upstream
depth be affected for case (c)? If so, to rvhat extent? Neglect head losses of the hump and
l constriction caused by friction, expansion and contraction. [6+2+2+21
7. What are the conditions of uniform flow in open channel? A trapezoidal channel having
side slope of I :l has to cary a flow of l5 r#/s. The bed slope is I in 1000. Chezy's C is
45 if the channel is unlined and 70 if the channel is lined with concrete. The cost per m3
of excavation is 3 times cost per m2 of lining- Find which arrangement is economicil. [2r-8]
8. Sketch possible water surface profiles for the channel in figure below. First locate and
mark the control points, then sketch the profiles, marking each profile with the
l
appropriate designation. Show any hydraulicjumps that occur. t8l
H
.ta
E
H
(").,
9. The depth of uniform flow in a rectangular channel is 5 m wide (n = 0.02, Ss = 0.04) is

0.5 m. A low dam raises the water depth of 2 m. Find whelhcr a hydraulic jump takes
place and if so at what distance upstream of the dam.
t6l
10. A stream has a sediment bcd of median size 0.35 mm. The slope of the channel is
1.5 x l0{. Stream is considered as trapezoidal with base width m and side slope i
1.5H: I V. t6l
a) lf the tlepth of flow in the channel is 0.25 m, examine u,hether the bed particles will
be in motion or not.
b) Calculate minimunr size of gravel that will not move in the bed of channel. Use
0.
empirical equation of critical shear stress as: t" (N/mz ) = 0. 155 +
(1 + 0.177d mm )!o'
'***
€.-.'--
OI I TNBHWA].ITJNTVERSITY Ilcgul:rr (206(r & Latcr llatch)

- INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full lllarks 80
Examination Control Division. BCE PassMarks 32
' 2069 Bhadra Ybar / Part IIiu Time 3 hrs.
- r' Candidates are required to gtve their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
r' AttemptAllquestiow.
r' Theligpres in the margin indicate Fult Morfu.
{ Asswne suitable data ifnecessary.
!/Describe with appropdate expressions ([Prandfl's mixing length theory @) Hagen

poisseuille equation (c) Nikuradse's experiments and (d) Colebrook-white equation. t8l
-
p Two pipes have a length L each. One of them has diameter Drand the other has diameter
Dz. If the pipes are arranged in parallel, the loss of head when a fotal quantity of water Q
flows through them is Hl. If the pipes are arranged in series and the same quantity Q
flows through them, the loss of head is H2. If D2 = D1D, find the ratio of H1 to H2,
neglecting minor losses and assuming same f. t8l
)lFtt
3. A reservoir A discharges through a pipe 450mm in diar.neter and 900m long which is
connected to two pipes, one 1200m lorfg leading fo reservoir B 36m below A and the
other 1500m long leading to reservoir C 45m belbw A. Calculate the diameters'of tliese
two pipes if they have equal discharges which together etlual that of a 450mm diameter
pipe of lengh 2100m connected drrectly from reservoir A'to reservoir d Neglect all
losses except those due to ftiction and assume that tlie friction factor f is the same for ail
l-
pipes. F0l
_4VDenve an expression for the pressure rise due to instantaneous closure of valve
considering the pipe to be elastic. From the derived expression for elastic pipe, obain the
! pressure rise for rigid pipe. t7t.ll
5, Explain Gradually varied and spatially varied flow wtth one practical example for eich.
v 141.
6. Develop the relationship between Chtzy'l coefEcient, Manning's coefficient and
' 91 Darcy's coefficient. r4J
b) A reckngular channel 8m wide and l.5m deep has a slope of 0.001 and in lined with
smooth plaster. It is desired to enhance the discharge to a ma:dmum by changing the
dimension of the channel, but keeping the same amount of lining. Work out the new
dimension and the percentage iircrease in discharge. Take'roughness coefficient
n:0.015. :t61,
7. What is specific force? Prove that for a given specific force the discharge in a given
channel section is maximum when the flow is in the critical'state. A venturiflume in a
rectangular channel of width of "B" has the tluoat width of 'b'. The depth of liquid at'
entry is H and at the throat is h. Prove that following relation bxists for the discharge
widthratio: frfO*r*r1
t- t3t2
Q=3.13bH"'[ I'l
\H/
*=f(*)-6(*)
5
-l
I
-'1
I
8.7Derive the dynarnic equation of Gradually virried flow (GVF) and convert the derived
v equation for the case of wide rectangulu channel, using Manning's equatior5 into
following fon4: I8I I
{v - s,[--ty, ly)1"'l where

r"'v'Y so = bed srop, yn = normal depth,
vu y.: critical depth.
dx . l-(y"i y)3
I
9. Draw a hydraulic jump profile and indicate depths and energy loss using specific enerry .
and specific foroe diagram. Also derive momentrn'equation foi the hydraulic jurnp in
rectarigular charinel. t6l I
10. A tapezoidal channel 1.5m deep, lOm bed width, with 2:1 side slopes is, excavated in
gravel of median size of 60mm. 'What is the maximum permissible channel slope and
what discharge can the channef carry without disturbing its stability? Take angle of
repose($) = 37" and Kz:0.9. t6l
*!f tt
I
I
'''!
.1
I
-
I
.r-
b'rrLZfiTOS
e
06 TR.IBHUV.qN LINIVERSITY -ttxaln. Back
I}{STITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FuIl Marfii- 80
Ex amin ation-C ontrol Division Programme BCE, B.Agri pass ilIarks a)
206d Jestha Year / Part II / II- Time 3 lus.
f, :
.:
Candidares are required to give their ansrvers in their ouTl lvords'as far as practicable.
Atternpt any Five question-s.
;
The fgures in the margin ii)dtcate vull fuIarks. , ].i
Assume suitable data if necessary. .t-
l. a) Obtain an expression for pressure rise'due to closure of valve at'thb end of the.pipe line
-/when the'valve is instantaneoirsly closed t8.] j'
-rb) A fldw of 30m3/s is carried in a 5m wide rectangular channel at: a depth of 1.0m. Find the
/ slope. necessary to sustain uniform flo'rv at this clep.th if n 0.012. What change in
roughness would produce uniform critical flow at.this discharge on this given slope? tq]
2. a) Derive an expression for the momentum equation in the case of hydraulic jump in the
rectangular channel. Hence derive the relation between initial and sequent depths. t8]
b) A re-ctangular concrete channel 4m,wide hau a slope of 9 x l0-4. It carriEs a flow of
18m3/s and has a depth of 2.3m at one section. By using the direct step method and
taking one step, compute the depth.300m downstream. Take n = 0.012. What is the type
ofsurface curve obtained? t8]
3. a) Differentiate between pobile boundary and rigid boundary charu:dl. Hence define critic'al
tractive stress and incipient motion condition.
- t6]
b) A reservoir A with surface level 6bm above datum supplies to ajunction box through a
/ - :lgry+f;ripe 600m long. From the junction box,"30&nqgrd 2Q0rulq-diameter pipes
6h-ctro-ff. Th.f,OO mm diameter pipe is 6Q0m long and E-onne"t.rl to a reservoir B of
level48.19rn wTitETOO-mm diameter pipe ii il00m long and is connected to a reservoir C
oflevel45.3Srn.Find.thedischargeintoorfromthereservoirBandC.Takef:0.03.. [10]
4. a) Derive the discharge equation for the trapezoidal weir. Discuss also the impact of
approach velocity and end contraction while deriving such equation. t8]
b) A smooth pipe carries 0.30m3/s of water discharge with a head loss of 3m per 100m
/ length of thapipe. Determine the diameter of the pipe. Use friction factor equation for
. smoothpipe as f :0.0032 - and assume E = 10{m2ls. 6

#+ Y
5. a) Prove that the condition for most economical partially filled circular channel section for
maximum velocity is h : 0.81D, Where h: depth for maximum velocity and D is
diameter of the channel. tSl
b) Pipes of 50mm diameter are to be used to siphon water from a main canal to a branch' I
canal, the differences of water level between the two canals being 12m. The length from
the maiii canal to the summif of the pipe line is \-84g-The total length of the pipe being
45m. Determine the number of pipes required to discharge at least 60 liters/sec to the
branch canal. Find also the maximum heigh of -the summit above the water level of the
. main canal so that the pressure at the summit may not fall below 20KPa (absolute). Take
f : 0.03. Ignore minor losses. t8]
6. a) Denve Darcy-Weisbach equation for the friction head loss in the pipe. What are
Hydraulic grade and Tota]-Energy lines? t8l
b) For the purpose of discharge measurement, the width of a rectangular channel is reduced
from Z.1S m b 2 m and the floor is raised by 0.3m at a given section. What rate of florv
is indicatecl by a drop of 0.15 m in the water snrface elevation at the contracted section
when the depth of the approach floiv is 2 rn? t8l
OI TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Resular / Back
Examination Control Division

i
Programrne BCE;B.Agri. PasS Marks 32
2068 Bhadra Year / Part Ulil Time 3 hrs.
" Subjeet: - Hydraulics

/ Candidates are required to give their answersin their own words as far ei$practicable.
/ Attempt All euestlo4s, .-:-â-. -- -- .:.-,. - ,.. .
,
/ Thefi.gires in the margin indicate Full Marks.

{ Necessam fisure i.s attached herewith.
1. Explain Prandtl mixing length theory. Starting from the expression for turbulent shear
stress derive the velocity distribution in the regon of hrbulent flow near
hydrodlmamically smooth boundaries in the form = S.ZStog,r(#)- 5.5. 12+61
*
2. What size of new cast iron pipe is needed to transport 400 lps of water for t km long pipe
with 2m head loss? Take rougbness height of the pipe is 0.26mrn and the viscosity
,fu
water 0.0014 Pa.S. t8l
3. Reservoir A, water surface elevation 120m is connected to reservoir B and C having
surface elevation 70m and 50m respectively. A.pipe line 150rnm diameter and 400nn long
connects reservoir A to Junction D: Resenroir B and C are connected to Junction D by
75mm diameter 100m long and 100mm diameter 250m long pipeline respectively.
:
Assuming &iction factor f 0.04 foi all pipes, estimate the rate of flow for each pipe,
:- neglecting minor head losses. tl0]
4. A z}m long, 75mm dia:neter, steel pipeline, wall thickness 6mm, carries water from a
large reserrroir tank, held at a constant head of 6m. Discharge is 0.022m3/s through a
variable speed valve positioned 10m from the supply tank. Discharge is4o a second
constant head tank held at 2m head as shown in figure below. If the valve closure is
instantaneous, determine the theoretical magnitudes of the pressure wave propagated
E)
away from the valve under frictionless conditions. Draw pressrire (both steady and
popt 5q, 2.5m and 0,5m from the upstream.tank. Takg K :
unsteady) time.cuwe at
2x10e,N/mzandE= ZO+xtOe N/m'z. j t8l
6m
2m
t0m - 10m
5. Differentiate. gradually, rapidly and spatially vilea flow with neat sketches and
sxamples. What is energy slope? r [3+
6. Find a expression for the theoretical depth for maximum velocity in a closed circular
channel in terms of the diameter "d". Compare the discharge at ma:rimum velocity with
that when the channel is running full, assuming that the Chezy's coefficient is unaltered,
and the pressure remains atuospheric ls+2)
OR
Write algorithm and programme coding in any high level languagg (C or Fortran) for
calculating uniform depth for rectangular channel. 12+sl
7. Draw and explain the velocity profile in a cross-section of rectangular, triangular and
trapezoidal strnnnsl shapes. t3l
-
E
.:;r
. t..{
8. Why the critical depth varies for the constriction flow analysis and does lot vary for the
hq+p flow analysis? A rectangular channel 2m wide has a flow of 2.4 m'ls at a depth of
1,0m. Determine if.critical depth occurs (a) a section where a hump of AZ : 20cm high is
installed across the channel bed, (b) a side wall constriction (with no hump$ reducing the
channel width to 1.7m, and (c) both the hump and side wall constrictions combined. Will I .lr.
the upsfteam depth be affected for case (c)? If so, to what extent? Neglect head losses of
the hump and constriction caused by friction, expansion and conhaction. f2+2t3+3+2)
9. A rectangular channel conveying a.dischargeof 30,m3/sec is 12m wide with a bed slope I
in 6000 and having Manning's n : 0.025. The depth of flow at a section is 1.5m. Find
how far upstream or downstream of this section the depth of flow will be 2m. Find also
.... ,,,.th-e",t:rl0c-s---of profile,.Use diuect step --- fbr",calculation"and-.take."ooly-two sFps-for
- -r method
calculation. @i [7+1]
10. A wide channel with uniform rectangular section has a change of slope from I in 95 to 1
in L420 and the flow is 3.75m31s per m width. Determine the normal depth of flow
coresponding to each slope and show that a hydraulic jump will occur in the region of
the jrurction. Calculate the height of the jr:mp and sketch ttre surface profiles between the
upskeam and downsteam regions of uniform flow. Manning's coefficient n:0.013 and
it may be assumed that the channel is wide in comparison with the depth of flow, so that
the hydraulic mean depth is approximately equal to the depth of flow.
-
OR
Find the pre jr:rnp and post jump heights of the hydraulie jump formed at the toe of the
- spillway, Neglect energy loss due.to flow over spllway. i -: _...: t6l
Height of the crest above D/S bed level : 3m
Discharge: 80 m3/i
Widttr olthe canal: l0.0rn
Hqad over the crest level = 2.47m
Explain the formation condition of repelled and submerged jump for the above flow
condition.
11. A channel which is to carry 10 m3/s througb moderately rolling topggraphy on a slope of
0.0016 is to be excavated in coarse alluvium with 50% of particles being 3cm or,;more in
diarneter. Assume that channel is to be unlined and of fiapezoidal section. Find suitable
value of base width and side slope. Take ,A:=34" and K2 (ratio between bid sheiar st:ess,/--
and critical shear stess) :0.75. Use hactive force method- Vl61
**rf
6' I tp"rAh,
P-.
{;
IC'
06 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY E:ram. Back

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING [.t:vel BE. FullMarks 80
Examination Control Division Pt'ogrammg BCE, B.Agri. PassMarks 32

' 2067 Shrawan ear / Part II/il Time 3 hrs-
/ Candidates are.requir6d'to give their answers in their own words as far as practicabl
/ Attempt any Five questions.. J.l
./ Thefigures in the Ttrurgt,i indicate
,/ Assume suitable yalues of necessary.
1. a) Describe the variation of the valve, with neat sketches, when -

flowing fluid -ln the long pipe is to by the valve at the downstream end of
pipe- '
[8
b) Distinguish between most economical most efficient channel section. Show that
the mos't of economical trapezoidal section has its side slope equal to 60o. t8
I 2. a) Siarting from dynamic equation of

.rectangular channel, using Manning's
, prove that the flow profile slope for wide
will be:
tu3
1 I t- Yn
dy v
l- 1dx I
v
l
Where So = bed slope, yn : nornal depth, yi : critical depth 141
1 b) Deive the equation for jump height calculation through the specific energy analysis. t6l
J c) There is a pressure loss of 300KN/m2 w-hen water is pumped through a pipeline A at a
rate of 2 m"lg and there 'is+a.pressure loss of 250 KN/mz when water is pumped'at"a'-'
I
rate of I .4 mr/s through pipeline B. Calculate pressure loss which wiil occur when . 1 ,5
m'/s oi..rv.ter are pumpia *rough pipes A ;e n;oirrtty if they are connected (i) in
senes, (ii) in parallel, assuming that junction losses may be.neglected. In the latter
1 case calculate the discharge through each pipe. t6l
3. a) Why the critical depth varies for the constriction flow analysis and does not vary for.
I the hump flow analysis? Describe the specific discharge curve for the study of
constriction flow analysis. t8l
'l b) A pipe line 30m long connects two tanks which have a di.fference'of water level of .
lzni'. The first 10m of pipeline from the upper tank is of 40 mm diameter'and the next
.I 20m is of 60mm diameter. At the change in section a valve is fitted. Calculate thet3lle
- ofjlov when the valve is fully open assuming that its resistance is negligible apd-tlmt
o.eq f fotbotfi-pipes is 0.0216. fn ora"r to restrict the flow, the valve Ir t-t"" F'urtiutty
closed. If K for the valve is now 5.6, find the percentage reduction in flow: t8l
I 4. . a) Why
.it is necessary to include kinetic energy correction factor (a) in Bernoulli's
equation and tfiomentum correction factor (9) in momentum equation for the fluid
-
I flow analysis? Derive the eXpressions foi kinetic energy correction factor and
momentum correction factor.
roa
Iu,
1
i
b) IJsi:rg Har1ry-Crcss method fin<i the discharge, for each pipe as shown m figure beloq'. fq
-V r:50 unit
t:4 n
J.
e : 100 rrnrrt I
--_+. L- Q-:25 ui.

El
r':3 r:2
E
\
I
Q:75.rmit 'i
t:
s. a) Define mobile bormdary chanuel. Explain the use of shield diagram for designing
mobile boundary channel. t
'b) A widc re.ct*nEnJa ,-hannel haviryi bottom slope of 5x10'3 has a con$ant vah:e. of
Chezy's co:CEcier:rf eqnal b 76. -If dischzrg" p"r unit width is 4im1s md chrrm.el
ends as aa ehrr,,Trr @l finr; trc-j+ft s'i-qrr-face curye. LIse direct sFFr:r'Hhod t*kirg
iltâsilEijm of 5_<r,.rrn_. .11-'i
6- a)
necessary
b) Distinguish between major and minor head losses. Find the expressim for noinor head ,.
losses. i6l
c) The behavior of ariver witr rwr,-fse of 20O0 m3/s is reguired'to be sardied by I
I
-^ki"g rri<tnr=e"I model hevi-re-imizomt scale rdio 1/10OO md vericat sale ratio -rzt
1 / 1O0- Finrl tiap-r{i'srir-e of fte::rrnln*el_
I
L'l I
I
**+ -.{
I
..1 I
i
'I
I
I
I
{
I
I
I
i
J
i
I
!J
.-i -- --;-.-,;- -
J-
l. .1
:
i 02 TRIBHWAN I,JNIVERSITY Exem. Ittgu lar'
ri -INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING I-evel BE FuIlMarb 80
i
Examination Contlgl Division Prugraume BCE Prss lt{erkb 32
2A72 AsIiYvjP
:
YearlPart II/II Time 3 hrs.
'. : ..i : ,
'#-+ _ Sq$ject: -Svnteytagfi (CE55t)

r' C,andidates are required to.givettreir answen! in their own words as far as practicable.
r' Attempt&llqueEtions.
{ Ttefigures in the margin indiede Fult Ma*s.
/ Asni* suitable dotaftfnecessay. i1 .
I. a) Explain the procedure of computation of omitted measurement, when two affected

sides oftraverse are rlot adjacent. 16I
The are made in a taversb ABCDA. ll0I
Traverse Leg Horizontal Distance (m) Trfiverse Station Horizontal Anele
o I fi
AB 7t;5 A 78 4l 25
BC 42.0 B. l0l 18 38
CD 70.0 c 89 59 4t
DA 56.0 D 90 00 2t
Bearing of CDr: 314"58'04" Coordinate of'C (500 m N, 500 mE)
Complete the Gale's Table with final adjusted length and bearing of each line.
2. a) Describe about the working principle of subtense bar tacheometry and dcrive subtense
bar formula for computing horizontal and vertical distances v&en line of sight'is
inclined upward. [2+41
b) It is required to determine the height (clear) of a Flood light tower in an arena by
ustng a trartsit theodolite and for this zenith angles observationtake,n at 5 m and 2 m
' :i' .height on a target vane held on the plinth level of tower were 87"45' and 88o30'
rcspectively. From the same instrume,nt, renith angle observed at top of the tower was
,i
l
. fonnd'as 67"45'.If the RL of the insfiument a:ris was 1200.00 nr" Calculate the clear
I heigbt tower. ll0l
:l J. the
t8l
are
P t8l
If observed horizontal APB =45'andBPC=52"

Determine (i) I-eneth and Beariings of AP, BP and CP (ii) C-o-ordinates of P.
4. a) Derive the expression that in a parabolic shaped vertical curye, RL of any curve point
?'isequalto yo =$'+S+nr,
200L 100 of BVC
\f,/here, Br and g2 arc iercer-rtage of grade of two targelf& L is the toht length of
curve and x is tlie chord distance taken tom BVC. Also find the formula to dete,rnoine
lowest and highest point ofthe curve. t6I
I
Jo
b) A road 8 m wide is to deflect through an angle of 60" with the center line radius of
300 m, the of intersection point betng (3{-605) Km: A transition curve is to
a lengttr that the rate ofchange of
of design veliicle is 70Jhp1r, find
out: ll0l
Length
ii) elevation
iii) Chainage of tangeff points points
iv) Deflection angles for first two points flIrves and circular curve.
Take Peg interval for transition curve l0 m and circular cunre:20 m.
Attempt any [ax4J
a) Feature of total station and its importance
-'
b) Working prinbiple an-d co_mpgBentsof,GPS
9) ti"ld pnocedurdof aerial photogralniuetry
d) Application of remote sensing in engineering and mapping
e) Components ofCtS and its application
:
t
L t
'a-l"
1l
.ii'
fr,
I
[; | ..; l'
a:11
i'
i
t
.{
ii,;
-lf--
;j 02 TSIBHWANI'NIVERSITY Exam. Ncu llecli (2066 .t L:rtcl'llatch)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Lerrel BE Full llfierks 80

2072Mraigh Year / Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Surveying ll (CEs

/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their owh words as far as practicable.
r' Attempt Allquestions.
{ The figures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
l. a) Describe consecutive and independent coordinates. Explain the plotting method of

traverse by grrd coordinates. [3+3]
b) In a four sided closed traverse ABCDA the informations are t10l
Side Lensth (m) Deflection anele Bearine Coordinates
AB 280.00 ? s50'w ?
BC 360.00 85"00'Left ? ?
CD 320.00 135'00'Left ? C=2500mE,2500mN
,l
DA "l ? ?
i) Compute all missing figures.

ii) Compute the coordinates of other points with respect to C.
2. a) Develop expressi,on for H, V, and R.L for the tangential system of tachometry when
the both sightings are angles ofdepression 14l
b) Deterrrine gradient and bearing of PQ. The staffwas held vertical. K.:.I$;C:0. [-6fu.,
Inst. St. Staff Bearing Zenithal Staff Readinss (m)

St. Anele T M B
P s600E 79"28', 2.36 t.8l t.25
R
o s30'w 95"06', 2.94 2.t2 1.30
c) The top (Q) of a tower was sighted from two stations at very different level and in
same vertical plane with Q. Find R.L of the top of tower from the following observed
data: t6I
Inst. St. H.I R.L Target Zenithal
P 1.87 m o { 1 o?ct
R 1.64 m 112.78 m a {tt"42'
The distance between instrument stations P "-id i( is 120 m.
The angle of eleyation from R to 2 nii. above the root of the staff held at P ras I 5" I I'
3. a) Explain the faclars that affect the contour interval. t4I
b) In e irigonometical levellings a hill station "P" was sighted from two irrstument
station A and B which were at very different level but with same line of sight to that
of target'and following intbrmation were noted. t6l
Inst. st' HI (m) Target ZEfith Anele Distance
FL ER
A 1.42 P 65018', 304"36', 120.00m
B 1.47 P 6952', 290"00' (stn A to Stn B)
A 1.42 B 102"52', 257016',
Determine the RL of P, if RL of ground point B was I280.00 m and vane height while
sighting from A to B was 2.50 m above the foot of the vane.
IL
. L.--...--.---,... -
tQ-
c) ht two point resection problem, if tno known points A and B having coordinates
,|: (6928.474 mN,7464.418 mE) aurd,(5363.775 rnN,96A2.054 mE) are given. Fromtwo
points C and Dlocaled south and west of
AB, angles observations are:
I ACB =70"35'48", DCAZ :
52"25'35", Z
ADB :
65"27'35" and
IBDC = 32"16'42u. Determine the coordinates of resection point nC^ t6I
r.,t ,: 4. a) Derive the formula for deflection angle (a) in transition curve, s.= 573 P/RI minute. 141
b) Calculate the R.L.s of pegs on a vertical curve connecting two grades of -0.5% and
+0-,7yo at the intersection point which has chainage =.1000 m and R.L = 500 m. The
i': . ..
rate of change of grade is 0.1% per 30 m. Take peg ittirval = 20. t6I
c) Compute the data for setting out a simple circular curve by Rankines deflection angle
method from the following informations: 16I
Angle of intersection = 145o0'
Chainage of point of intersection = 1580 m
Degee of curve = 5o
Least count of the theodolite = 10"
Peg interval = 30 m
5. Write short note on: (any four) [4x4]

a) 'Field procedure of aerial photogrammetric
b) Application ofremote sensing in engineering and mapping
c) Working principle and components of GPS
d) Components of GIS and its application
:i
' e) Features of totd stration and its
ii'
!t*+
li' .',*'
,i
iii
l/::i ir
-. ,,.
t: I'i..:-
.:f.
-i{ lr
l" rii;. .
'iil
,':
i. r 11.l:,.
:
.{
IL
'i'" ..:i'-
..:i:*r ,
:':, ?
U2 TRIBHWA}.IIJMVERSITY Exam. Itl.'tr,slrr l

ENGINEERING Level BE ', , ,'l'*fiffi[ffii8ffi,,1,i E0',:,,.r,:,
Prggramme
2071 Year/Part II/il lffiti]$',n 3'hi$,
ll (cE5s4)
{ Candidates are required to give their aoswers in their own words as
I Thefigrres in the mwgin indicate ffii Marks.

: :
{r et iie suitable data lJ ne c e s s ary.-.-.'...:.]:-

l , . ,, : . .
I a) Define closed loop and close{ Iink traverse. AIso explain

balancing process in liuked traveise.
b) A traverse ABCDA was conducted and the following data
required to connect thd midpoint E of CD to the midpoint F
and bearing of EF.
Line Leneth Bearins

AB 610.00 N 80"10'E
BC 5r0.00 N 13"00',E
CD 1130,00 s 80010'w
DA 450.00 s 15030'E
2. a) State the principle of stadia tacheomeffy and describe the
tacheometry survey for preparing topographic map.
b) A tachometric suvey was done.to find the gradient between X and Y. Tacheometer
consist of an anallatic lens was used and following observalions wer€ made from
sectionRonvertical staff. ;
Inst. Stn. Staffpoint Stadia hair readines Vertical anele Bearine

R
x 0.915; 1.750, 2.585 +15" 3450
Y 0.760.2.24A.3.t15 +10" 75"
3. a)' How can you measure the horizontal distance and elevation of an inaiccessible object
when the instnrment positions are at very different levels; instrument stations and the
b) Ihe co-ordinates of three known stations Swayambhu, Dharara and Chovar temple is
,,1
given below.
Known station Horizontal angle Eastins Northins
Swayambhu (S) ZSxD=41020'21" 627464.718 3A66928.474 !
Dharara (D) Iti"x C:9?a56'41" 62960L0s4 306s363.275
ChovarTemple (C) ZC x S:22A"42'58" 627611.753 34il479.468
A theodolite is set up over an unknown point X. Calculate the co-ordinates of station
X using the Tiensta mettficd.
4. a)
b)
deflection angles for circular curve. Take peg interval = 10rh for
2}mfor circular curve.
5. Write short notes on: (any four)
a) Working principle and components of GPS
b) Relief displacement and its expression
c) Application of remote sensing in civil engineering
d) F"eatures of total station and its importance
e) Comporient of GIS and its application
**:F
a.
I
I
I
i
.l
I
tol ft
OI TRIBHUVAN Exam. Neu ll:rcli (2066 ct l.atu'llatch)
, INSTITUTE OF ENG Level BE Full Marks 80
I Examination Control Programme BCE PassMarks 32

2071 Magh Year / Part il/II Time 3 hrs.
II
/ Candidates are required to their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
{ Attempt All questtons.
r' Thefigures in the margin Full Marks.
{ Assume suitable data if
1. a) When would you a theodolite traversing by the method of deflection angles?
Explain with neat t6l
b) The following data to a traverse ABCDE. Determine the bearings of the sides
DE and EA. ll0I
Line AI t BC CD DE EA
Lensth (m) 230. 50 250.20 210.80 240.30 265.40
,l
Bearing N 360, .s',E s 92049'E s 10"15'E ?
2. a) The co-ordinates of S and A are (1309.12 rr E, 1170.50 m N) and

(1525.43 m E and 87 m N) respectively. Calculate the co-ordinates of point B
which has been by intersection from stations S and A observing the following
angles. ZBSA:85"3 and ZSAB = 55o50'33". t8I
b) Calculate the difference and gradient between stations A and B from the
grven data which are by a tacheometer from station R. Staff was vertically
held at A and subtense at B. The subtended angle between the instrument and 2m
long subtense bar was 15" t8I
Instrument Sighted Zenith Sta.ffreadings Subtense
Bearing (m)
Station to angle bar heieht
R A 345000' 96"30', 0.650, 1.250,1.850 x
R B 225"00', 85000' x 1.180 (m)
3. a) Explain the direct method of contouring and write the uses of contour map. t6l
b) In a road alignment a falling grade of l% is followed by rising grade of 0.5%. The
chainage and RL of the intersection point are 500 and 350 m respectively. The rate of
change of grade is 0.1% per 20 m. Calculate the necessary data required for setting
out the vertical curve, take peg interval of 30 m. t10I
4. a) Explain degree of curve with neat sketch. Derive the formula of Tangential angle,
90'c
cr,=t and deflectionangle An = 6r +62 * 63 .|....... * 6n. t8l
nR
b) The top of temple was sighted from two stations A and B at very different level. The
observed vertical angle from A and B to top of temple 'P' were 30o36' and 20o12'
respectively. The vertical angle B to A to a vane at 1.5 m above the foot of the vane
was 4o15'. The height of instrument at A and B were I .47 m and 1.42 m. The distance
between two instument station was 1 12 m. RL of B was 1280.00 m. Find the RL of
the top of the temple. Also apply the correction for refraction and curveturate. t8I
5. Write short notes on: (any four) fax4l
a) Working principle and components of GPS
b) Importance and uses of photogrammetry
c) Application of remote sensing in Civil Engineering
d) Features, importance and uses of Total Station
e) Component and subsystem of GIS and its application
d. {€ i.
a'
W TRJBHWANI.INIVERSITY Exam. I{cgul:r r
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING LeveI BE FulI llflarks 80
Examination Control Division Piugramme BCE Pass Marl6 32

2070 Bhadra Year / Part u/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Surveying II (CEs54)

r' Candidates are required to give their answers in their ovrn words as far as practicable.
{ Attempt Allquestions.
{ Thefigures inthe margin tndicate Full Matk.
/ Assume suitable data if necessory,
1. a) Write the field measurements required in theodolite traversing and explain closed and
opentraverses. [4+41
b) Balance the following coordinates and compute the total coordinates for a link
traverse XABCY using Bowditch's rule. The given coordinates of X and Y are
(1877.51 rnN, 1290.20 mE) and (1626.50 mN, 1578.87 mE) respectively. If
permissible closing error is 1:500, justify your assessment. Other observed data are as
follows: t8l
Lines XA AB BC CY
Lenelh (m) 120.00 I 11.s0 132.40 97.60
Bearing 135000' I 19"30', 175"00', 77"30',
2. a) The following obsenration were made with a tacheometer.. The staffwas held vertical
(constants are 100 and 0). t8l
Inst. St StaffSt Bearine Vertical angle Staff Readines
P 1000 +8020, 2.60 1.85 1.10
R
o 2000 -2030' 2.50 1.91 1.32
Find the gradient between P and Q.

b) Explain the method of trigonometical levelling to determine the elevation of
inaccessible object when the instrument stations and the object are in different vertical
plane. t8l
3. a) Explain about the characteristics of contour lines with clear supporting sketches. t8l
b) Explain any one method of analytical resection. t8l
4. a) Prepare atable gving all necessary data for setting out a verticalcurve. t10I
In a road alignment a grade of 4.5o/o followed by +3.5Yo, R.L. of I.P. : 1000 m
chainage of IP = 1500 m connect the two grade by a parabolic curve 200 m long. Take
peg interval :20 m.
b) Determine the expression for the scale of venical photograph. t6I
5. Write short notes on: (any two)
a) Write the working principle of GPS, its components and.uses. t8I
b) Working principle of total station, its importance and uses in surveying and mapping. t8l
c) Write the components of GIS. t8I
***
t
t
02 TRJBHUVAN I.JNIVERSITY Exam. \ctt llucli (206(r .,t L:rtcr ll:rtclr )
INSTITUTE OF EN,GINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
I
Examinetion Control Division Programme BCE PasgMarks 32
' 2070 Magh Year / Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Surveying 1l (CEs57)

{ Candidates are required to give'their answers irttheir own words as far as practicable.
/ Attempt All questtons.
r' The Jigures in the margin indicate Full Marles.
l. alExplain in brief field procedure of traprse survey between two known stations. t6I
b) Below givgn table lists measwed angles to the right for the traverse. The bearings
v A-X and E-Y have known value of 139o05'45" and 8620'47" respectively. Adjust
this traverse for departure and latitude misclosure. tl0I
Status Leneth Measured angle
A 283050'10"
t 1045.50
B 25617',18"
1007.38
C 98"12',41"
897.81
D 103030'34"
2. aY lnwhat situation reciprocal trigonometrically levelling is conducted? Derive a relation
for determing the reduced level of a hill top when two instrurnent stations and target
point are at different vertical plane. t6I
f'
I A 2 m{ong subtense bm was placed-above station--B-an4t}re angle subtended-+t
station A was read as 02"40'20". Intermediate level information was later recorded
:
using a theodolite with tachemetric constants 100 and 0 at station C and the staffwas
held vertical. The flollowing data were recorded on to stations A and B. tl0I
Inst stn Sishted to Horizontal circle vertical angle Staff readines (m)
C A 00"00'00' ) -05010'00" t .459. 1 .649.. I .839
hi = 1.55 m B 80"24',20" +10023'30" -.1.235. -
Find the difference in elevation and distance between A and B, the horizontal angle ACB
was 60o0,00', )i'th,t,
3 al mean by contour interpolation? Which method do you suggest for contour
")Ntatis
interpolation in large volume of work and how would you applied it? t6l
b) A, B and Qare stations in a location survey. The computed sides of the
riangle Affi :
m, BC = 1442 m and CA 1960 m. A station '0' is
established outside its position is to be determined by resection on A,
*L 't 45o30' and 52"1 5' respectively. Determine
'l
'.\ ll0l
L
4.
oD CI
t6l
")'
b) A road curve of 180 m be set out to tangents. The maximum
of this part of the 13.2mlsec. are to be introduced
each end of the curve. Find a of and circular curve
the value of first two ofeach ll0l
11 Wittr the help of neat sketch describe on a vertical photograph. t6l
fa'
ffexphin in brief GPS field procedure. tsI
a> and advantages of satellite imagery. tsI
!F**
02 TRIBHUVAN I.'NIVERSITY Exam. Regul:tr (Z(l(t(t & Luter Batclt)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING LeVel BE f,'ull Marks 80
2069 Bhadra Year / Part il/il Time 3 hrs.
II
'/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
r' Attempt 4ll questions.
./ The/igures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
l. a) For a closed traverse ABCDA, compute the missing data. t8t

Line Lensth(m) Bearing
AB 100.00 N 450 30', W
BC 60s.00 N 50 30',E
CD 95.00 N 880 20',E
DA ? ?
E
b) What are closed and open traverse? Explain consecutive and independent co-ordinates
with examples. t8I
2. a) The following readings were taken by a tacheometer with the itaffheld vertical. The
tacheometer is fitted with an anallactic lens and the multiplying constant is 100. find
out the horizontal distance from A to B and gradient of AB. tl0l
Instrument station StaffStation Vertical ansle Staffreadines Remarks
BM 4"30', 1.100, 1.153,2.060 RL ofBM

t l: =970.00m
A B +1000' 0.992,1.105, 1.188
b) Derive an expression to find the RL of an inaccessible object when the instrument and
r) the object are not in the same vertical plane. t6I
3. a) What are the methods of contouring? Explain briefly. Write the uses of contour maps. t8l
b) What is analytical resection? Derive an expression to find the co-ordinates of
unknown points by observations to three known points. t8l
4- a) Calculate the RLs of pegs on a vertical curve connecting two grades of +0.5yo and -
0.7% at the point of intersection. The chainage and RL of intersection point are 500m
and 350.750m respectively. The rate of change of grade is 0.1% per 30m. t8I
b) Find the elements of simple circular curve. t4l
c) Define: (i) Tilted photograph (ii) Side overlap (iii) Principal point (iv) Flying height L4l
5. a) What is GPS? Write the components and working principle of GPS. t8I
b) Explain the working principle of total station. Write its importance and uses in
surveying and mapping. t8l
rl.rt *
It tfrd+,i
-
t;
02 TRIBHW-ANI4\IVE\S]TY Exam. Regular
iNSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full IVIarks . 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Plarks 32
II
./ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as piacticable.
/ Attemot All auestions. . .
/' Thefigures tn th,e margin indicate Full Marks.

1, a) What are closed and open kaverses? Explain transit rule for balancing the traverse. U]
f- b) Balance the coordinates of a link tiaverse XABCY using Bowditch's rule. The
l
coordinates of stations X and Y are (1162.5-10N,775.250F) and (10-43.610N,
:. ' 1043.610E) respectively and permissible closing error is 1:500. bther observed data
are given below: tel
':
Lines XA AB. BC CY
' l' Leneth (m) 120.00 111.50 t32.40 97.6A
i::t
Bearings 135000' 1 19030' 175000' 77"30',
,+
2: a) What is contour gradient? Write characteristics of contours wiA suitaUte sketches. U1
b) The following observations were taken from the traverse station A and B. The staff
n' was held vertical. The tachometer is frtted with anallactic lens. Multiplicative
,.: constant: 100. tel
1t
rl Traverse
. :ii H.I. (m) Staff Station Bearing Vertical angle Staffreading
,:.* station
A 1.50 C 15" i 4', +809', 2.60 r.85 Lio
ii! B 1.53 D 34001 8', +2"3', 2.50 1.91 1.32
'1J
irl'
Independent coordinates ofA is (800, 1800)
',;i
*;
,e,
.,s Compute the length and bearing of CD.
's
,.# 3. ' a). -What is degree of curve? Dedcribe the elements of simple circularcurve. UI
i
.'$
b) Design a composite curve with the following data: Deflection angle: 60", Ma,rimum
speed of vehicle : 40hnr/tr, centrifugal ratio = 1/8, rate of change of radial
.E
,:.
*.
ii; acceleration = 0.30m/sec3, chainage of IP: 1150m. Also calculate the settingout data
'{:
of circular curve by Rankine's method. Take peg interval : 20m. lel
: 4 a) What is GPS? Write about the principles of GPS and its\'components and applications. tel
i b) Explain any one method of analytical resection to calculate'the position of instntment
station. t7l
[8x2,]
i
a) Componants of GIS and applications oiGIS in Civil,engineering
b) 'Features of total station,and it's operations
;i
^r:. c) Remote sensing and it's,apprt.uttorr
***
':1
.:r,
i_.
05 TRIBHWAN L,'NIVERSiTY E-xam. ReEularIBack
b{STITUTE OF ENGINEERbIG Level BE Full Nlarks 80
Examination Control Division Prograrnrae BCE Passivlarks )L

2065 Magh Year i Part u/Ii Time 3 hrs
Sub II
./ Candidates are required to grve their answers in their os.n words as far as practicable.
t' Attempt any -Five questions.
'/ The jieures in the margin indicate FutI Marks.
-/ ,qssutne sutraoLe daru tf ruecessarl/.
a) V,'hat are the fieiri rneasurements necessary in theodolite traversing? Explain Bowciitch's;ule
tbr baiancing the traverse. r6l
b) Lq a iour si,led cioseci tra./erse ABCDA, the follov,.ing informations are siven: [10]
Length Det-lection Coordinates
Side Bearing Remarks
(m) angle Nor*thins Easting
,) ,)
AB 160 s 40"00'w
,)
BC 340 116"00',(L) 26s00 ?2400
CD .210 ' 60"00'(L) ,)
?
,)
DA ? ? ? ? ?
Finri the missing data. ,
2. a) Describe the.working,principle of subtense bar. DErive':an:dxpression to find the horizontal .:
distance and height difference betrveen the inskument station and staff point in the case of
fixed hair method, line of sight is iqclined and staff held vertica{. i7l
b) A tachometer is placed at a station A and readings on a stafi held dpon a B.M. of
R.L.: i000.00 and statio;r B are 0.640, 2.200,3.760 and 0.010, 2.120.4.230 respecdvely.
The angl6 of depression of the telescope in the firsr case is -6"19' and in the second case
-1o42'. Find the horizontai distance from A to B and R.L. of the station B. (Constants'are
100 and 0.3) tel
v -'' 3. a) Describe the principle characteristics of contour lines with supporting sketches and uses oi
contotn rnap. l8l
.b) Thetopofaitiill station'P was sighted from two stations A and B a! a different levei and at the
same vertical plane with the target. The zenith angle from A to P and B to P were'59o15' and
69o45'respectively. The zenith angle from A to B to a vane 1.5m above the foot of tLe vane
rvas 105'30'. If the height of instrument of A and B were 1.45m and 1.35m respectively and
distance between A and B was 150m, and RL of B was I20.00m. Find the RL of hill station
(if target is 3.5m above the ground). i&l
4. a) Derive the expression of the three point analyical resection- t8]
b) Two tangents which deflect at an angle of 37"46' are to be connected by a circular curve of
2000m radius rvith''a transition curv'e at either end. The chainage of the point of intersection is
(3,136+26) chains. Find the chainages of the beginning and end of the thret curves and drari'a
table of the deflection angles for chords of 15m for each transition curve. Assume velocity =
- 160 km/hr, rate of change of radiai acceleration : 0.3m/secr, chain used was 30m length. t8l
4
5 a) Define vertical au'd horizontal control. Describe the process of measurement of velocity and
flow oi stream. t8l
.-b)' A down grade of 3.5% is followed by an upgrade of 4.5o/o. The reduced level and chainage of
=, IP are 900.00m and 2450,00m respectively. A vertical parabolic curve 180m long is to be
introduced to connectthe tws grades. The pegs are to-be-fixed-ats20m:intervais. Calculate the
RLS of curve points including lowest point t8l
6 V"rite short notes on: (any two) l8x2l
a) Giobal Positioning System
b) Photogrammetry its limitation and uses
c) Location of sounding pcint in hydro.graphic sunre;; ,
d) Setting out verlical curye
I
INS'l'Ii U Ib, Uf E,NUTN.E,.tr}(-l..I\\J Level IJT. .illlll iY!.Srris 6U

2065 Kartik Year I Part il/tr Time 3 hrs.
II
'/ Candidates are required to give their ansrvers in their own words as far as practicable.
'/ Anempt any Five c|uestions.
/ Thefigures tilte margin indicate Full Marks.
1. a) What is traverse? Explain in brief about traverse computation process. t6l
b) Given the following latin-rdes and departures of traverse ABCDEA, the bearings of
AB and EA having been omitted. [10]
Line Latitude (m) Departure (m) Lensth (m)
AB 1970
BC +841-11 +336.7t
CD +877.18 -311.74
DE -700.60 127.88
EA 1181
Determine the bearings of AB.and EA.
2. a) What is the use of subtense bar? Write the working principles of subtense bar. l6l
b) Discuss importance of trigonometrical levelling. Derive an expression to find the R.L.
of an inaccessible object when the instrument stations are in the different vertical
.ry.lane. li0l
3. a) ':Discuss about the principal characteristics of contour iines with supporting neat
,Bketches. t6l
b) follow-ing observations were made on a verticatly held staff with a tacheometer
ffed anallactic lens having mu\tiplyrng constant of 100. [10]
fnstrument I Ileight of Staff Bearing Zenith Hair Remartr<s
' Station' I Instrument Station 1l\nsle . 'Readine
o A 30e30' 8503o', 1,155, 1-755,2.355 RL of
,B '1.250, 2.000,2.750 0:450.80m
75030', 1010 15',
ealculate the distance AB and RLs of A'and B.'Find the:gradient of the line AB. i
t8l
b) A down grade of 4.5o/o is followed by an upgrade of 3.5Yo. The reduced level and
chainage of the poirit of intersection level and chainage of the point of intersection are
900.00rn and 450.0Om respectiveiy. A vertical parabolic curve 18Om long is to be
introduced to connect the two ,erades. The pegs are to be fixed at 20m intervals.
Calculate inclu<iing lowest point also. I8l
5. 4 Describe about the setting out techniques of right hand side composite curve. l6l
b) Two straights AB anri BC intersect at the chainage (1+400) kilometer, the defl.ection
angle being 40"00'. It is proposed to layout a circular curve of 40Om radius with a
cubic parabola of 90m leag1h at each end. Peg intervals for circuiar and ransition
curve re 20m and 30m respectively. Calculate tangential angles for first two points on
trarisition cun'e, deflection angles for turo points on the circuiar curv-e anC ch?inage ai
the begrnning and at the end of this composite curye. Ii0]
6. \Vrite short notes on any two: i8x2l
a) Global positioning system (GPS) b) Location of sounding points -1
c) Remote sensing and its application
.-ii-:+,i.;i-*::":l:.{,;;{";..:i:::j.j;a*iiai1,:;cl!e}a.a}*:$a- 'ir ":-r . :'-'- -" . -.' --.-:.;:..-.-. '
*-&.,
E]
05 TRtsHWA}.I I.JNIVERSITY Exam. ResularlBack
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE E'uIlMarla 80

2065 Chaitra Year / Part tr/tr Time 3 hrs.
/ Candidates are required to give their answers in as practicable.

'/ Attempt any ru.questions.
{ Thefigures in the margin indtcate Full Marks.
i. a) What are closed and open traverses? Explain rule for balancing the
traverse. U)
b) The following data refers to a traverse ABCDE. Determine the bearings of the sides
BC and CD. tel
Line Length in (m) Bearing
,1
AB 306.00 164000'
BC 432.00 ?
!
{"} F'r' CD 324.00 ?
DE 302.40 328"00',
EA 629.43 269"06',
2.-a) Write working principle of a subtense bar. IIow precisidn can be increased by using
substence bar for computed distance. 17)
_b) The followiirg observations were taken in a tacheometric survey from a station A of
R.L. 1086.550, the height of instnrment being 1.385m. tel
lnstrument Height of Staff
Bearing Zenithol Stadia Reading
Station lnstr,ument Station
B 1 8000' 71o30' 1 1.820,2.345
A 1.385
C 1270', 96000' 1.010, 1.790,2.570
The instrument is fitted with an anallactic lens and the multiplying constant is 100.
Determine the R.L. of B and C and the gradient of the line BC.
3. a) Write characteristics of contoursand illustrate with suitable sketches, iel
b) Explain the method of determining the R.L. of an in accessible object when the
instrument stations and object are in different vertical plane. 17l
4. a) What is degree of curve? Find the elements of a composite curve including sketch. 17)
b) Two tangents intersect at chainages 1190m, the deflection angle being 36o. Calculate
all the necessary data for setting out a currye with a radius of 300m, by deflection
angle method. Take peg interval of 30m. Also provide check to support the
calculation during setting out. tel
5. a) Derive the expression that the tangential angle for points on the circular curye is equal
to 1718.87xClR and also express about the deflection angles for laying out of circular
curye. t6l
b) A 2% down gradient meets a 3Y, tp gradient at a chainage of 2600m, the RL of the
point of intersection being 1200.00m. A vertical parabolic curve is to be setout to
connect two grades with pegs at 20m interval. The rate of change of grade is 0.5% per
20m chain. Tabulate the chainages and RLS of the station pep inctuding lowest point
onthe curye. [10]
I 6. Write short notes on (any two): [8x2]
I
a) Analytical resection' b) Under water mapping c) Global Positioning System (GPSI '"'''
***
' .._- .,,;,, r: ;:;k.-.;1.,51.5;,1;ii,,[,,i,i'i r",,:r
t L3
06 IruBHWAI.ITJNTVERSITY Erem. Ile gulltt'

INSTITUTE OF ENGIMERING L€Yet BE FulI lllerks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE P. ess llfirrl(s 32

2072 Ashwin Year /Part ilt lt Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Soil Mechanics (C8552)

r' Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words.as far as practicable.
t #T;# ?f,ff'#,r"
{
indicate Fuu Marks.
Necasary log<cale and'sbryk graph paperc are pmvided
{ Assune suitable data drccessary-
l. E:rplain briefly the different Civil engineering and infrastructure developane,ut problem
related to soils. 121
2. Sandy soil in a borrow pit has unit weight of solids as 25.8 lll/m3, water content equal to
1l% and bulk.unit weight equal to 16.4 H{/#. How many cubic meter of compacted fill
could be constucted of 3500 m'of sand excavated frop borrow pig if required value of
porosity in the compacted fiU is 30%. Also calculate the change in degree of saturation. t8I
3. What is ihe purpose of classiSing soils? What are the basic requirements of a soil
t., r
classification? Draw the plasticity chart incorporate in Indian standard soil classification
system and grve group symbols of various regions in the chart. [1+2+5]
4. Describe the types of possible soil structures. t4I
5. What are the factors affecting compaction? How will you confiol the compaction in the
field? L2+41
.;i
6. Obtaio the expression for the critical hydraulic gradient necessary for a quick condition to
.1
I develop by using effective stress approach. Why is there more likelihood of quick
condition in sands than in clay? For a field pumping tesq a well was sunk tbrough a
horizontal shatum of sand 14.5 m thick and underline by a clay stratum. Two observation
wells were sunk at horizontal distances of 16 m and 34 rn respectively from the pumping
well. The initial position of the water table was 2.2 m below grotmd level. At a steady
state pumpiug rate of 925 literVminute, the drawdowns in the observation wells were
found to & 2.45 m and 1.20 m respectively. Calculate the coefficient of pemreability of
the sand. [3+1+6]
7. What is unconfined flow in seepage flow? Show the process of calculation of uplift force
at base of concrete dam due to seepage flow between dam and impervious layer using
flow net. t2+61
8. A water ank is supported by a ring foundation having outer diameter of l0 m and inner
diameter of 7.5 m. The ring foundation transmits *ifonn load intensity of 160 klrl/#.
Compute the vertical shess induced at depthof 4 m, below the center of ring foundation. tSl
I3
l(\
9. What is the governing differential equation in one dimensional consolidationtheory? [3+3+4]
The results of a labpratory consolidation test on a clay mmple arc given below:
47.88 1.10s
95.76 1.080
r9t.-52 0.98s
383.04 0.850
.766.ffi . 0.731
i.Draw an eJog p plot.
ii.Detennine the pre-consolidation pressure (pg).
iii Find the compression index (c.).
(Provide log scale graph paper)
10. Two identical soil specimen were tested in a hiaxial apparatus. First qpecimen failed at a
deviator sffess of 770 kN/m' when the cell pressure was 2000 kt'{/m'. Second specimen
failed at a deviator stress of 1370 H\i/m2 under a cell pressure of 400 klrl/#. Determine
tlre value of c and Q analyticâlly. If the same soil is tested in a direct shear apparahs with
a normal stress of 600 kl.[/ma estimate the shear stess at failure. [10] i
i.. ,
, 11. What tlpes of slope failures are common in soils? What factors provoke slope failure? i
:lt -.t.- -
':::. :
".
What methods of analysis are used to estimate the factor of safety of a slope? [1+2+3] r
r .,{
,.,}, v*N
I
I I
I I
l ,,: 1 i I
I
,i
I
1
,i
I
i
,!
.fi
l
{
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:!., --:
l
lct
i
:!
it'
i{
i
i! OI TRIBHWANIJNIVERSIry Exam. Neu' Back (2066 & Latcr Batch)
ii INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING LeVel BE' Full Marks 80
i1
;. Examination Control Division Programme BCE P4ss Marks 32

i: 2072Magh Year / Part il,/II Time 3 hrs.
:i
/ Candidates are required to give their an3urrs in their oyvn words as far as practicable.
ii '/ Attempt,4ll.questions.
',i { Thefigwes in the margin indicate Full Marks.
ii { Necessary log-scale and shwle graph papers dre pro'vided-
I
:i
!
1. In what way does the knowledge of soil.mechanics help in civil engineering practice? 121
il
2- A project engineer receives a laboratory report with tests performed on cental material
. testing laboratory, IOE, Pulchowk. The engineer su$pects that one of the measurementsis
i in error. Are lhe engineers suspicions correct? If'so, rvhich one of these values is wrong
i and what sh.guld be iB correct value? 18]
.. :, ,
T = unit weight of sarnple = 18.4 kN/m3

Ys
:,!$i[#Qlght of solids :26.1 kN /m3
w: water content = 40oh
e = voids ratio = 1.12
ti S = degiee ofsaturation:95o/o
I:rt-
:,
3. Cornpare the Plasticity chart provided to classify fine grained soil in USCS, ISSCS and
BSCS. t8l
4. What is the effect of increased surface area on the properties of soils? Illustrate by
i schematic diagrams how the clay minerals Kaolinite, Illite and Montmorillonite are
I
formed. [1+3]
5. An embankment for a highway 30 m wide and 1.5 m compacted thickness is to be
constructed from a sandy soil trucked from a bqrr.oru pit. The water content of the sandy
. soil in the borrow pit is 15% and its void ratib is 0.69. The specification requires the
' embankment be compacted to a dry unit weight ofl8 KN/m3. Detetmine for I km length
of embankmenrthe following: 12+2+21
i) fie weight of sandy soil from the bonow pit required to construct the embankment
ii) The number of 10 mr truck loads of sandy soil required for the construction
iii) The degree of saturation of the sandy soil in -situ
6. Determine: tlte:effective stress at 2m, 4m, 6m 8m and lOm in a soil mass having
Tsar 2t k}tr/ml. Water table is 2 m below ground surface. Above water table there is
=
capillary rise up tb giound surface. Alsq draw total skess diagram up to,10.00m. tl0:l
7, What is a flow net? Describe its properties and uses. Prove that the discharge through an
r by, q: K*h*(Ndhld)'l t1+2+51
K: coefficient of permeability
h = head
Nf : number of flow channels
Nd: Number of equipotential drops
.. .,,
-.i.; r
8. An elevated stucture with a total wdight of 10,000 KN is supported on a tower with 4
legs. The legs rest on piers located at the comers bf a square 6 m on a side. What is the.
vertical skess incrernent due to this loading at point 7 m beneath the center of the
structure? t8I
9. A building is constructed in site having 4 m thick clay layer. The effective stress in mid of
clay layer is 60 KN/mi. The oedometer test analysis gives preconsolidation presswe of
clay is 100 KN/m', coefficient of compression 0.32, coefficient of recomprerssion 0.12
and intial void ratio 0.27. Calculate the settlement due to consolidation if [s+5]
D Building increase 30 KN/m'z stress at mid of clay layer
ii) Building increase 80 KN/m2 stress at mid of clqy layer
10. Draw a typical stress-strain and volume change characteristics curves for loose sands and
dense sands from consolidated drained test. An unconfined compression test was canied
out on a saturated clay sample. The maxim,'m load the clay sustained was 127 N and the
vertical displacement was 0.8 mm. The size of the sample was 38 mp diameter and
76mm long. Deteimine the undrained shear shength. Draw Mohr's circle of stress for the
test and locate undrained shear shengtlr (c). [3+7]
I I . Define factot,9f safety. How can you talculate the factor of safety in C-$ analysis? [ 1 +5]
. ***
i
:
{:
,l
.i.;
,r'
i
i
I
!
:,
l
I
I
{
l
I
i
{.
j
'l
i
,i
1
I
i
I
CL,
t
t
I
I
3
+
n
rl.
:j!
,+
?
1
06
" TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Regular / llack
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FUII Marks 80
2071 Bhadra Year/Part II/T Time 3 hrs.
- Soil Mechanics
{ Auempt All questions.
/ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marls.
l. Compare the soil classification criteria for fine soil in Indian standard soil classification
system and unified soil classification system. t8I
2. The following results refer to the liquid Iimit test. t8l
No. ofblow 33 23 18 il
Water content f/o) 41.5- 49.s 5r.s 55.6
The plastic limit form two tests wereZ3o/o and24% respectively. Determine the plasticity
index and toughness index for the soil. ,
3. List the types of soil depending on its fomration. Describe the possible soil structures in
nattnal soil mass. 12+41
4- What is the effect of compaction on the engineering properties of the soil? How would
you decide whether the soil should be compacted the dry of the optimum or the wet of
optimum? . [6]
5. For the subsoil conditions as shown in figure below, plot the total, neutral and effective
stress disfribution up to the bottom of the clay layer. tl0l
GS
Sand S' = 307o G:2.67 3m

e=0.6
-t - Sdturated lm
Capilary rise
.t- \-z
Clay 4m
Tsat:20 ft$i/m3
6. Derive an equation for topmost flow line in case of a homogeneous earth dam. t8]
7. A rectangular area4 m x 2 m is unifbrmty loaded with a load intensity of 100 KN/m2 at a
ground surface. Determine the vertical pressure at a depth 3 m below a poini within the
loaded area I m away from the short edge and 0.5 m away from the long edge. Use
equivalent point load rnethod. t8I
(
8. A 25 mm thick clay sample was used in oedometer consolidation test. During test it takes
one month for 50% consolidation. If same clay of 5 m thick is in between rock layer and
sand layer in site. Calculate the time required for 90Yo consolidation in site ader
construction of building in site. lt0l
:
9- A consolidated undrained test was conducted on a clay specimen and the following result
were obtained tl0l
Cell oressure KN/m1 200 400 600
Deviator stress (KN/m') 118 244 352
Pore water pressure at failure (KN/m') 110 220 320
Detbrmine the shear strength parameter with respect to effective stress.
10. An embankment is to be made from a soil with Cu : 20 kN/m2, 0u : 20o and
y : 20 kl.l/m'z. If a factor of safety of I .5 with respect to shear strength is required for the
embanlonent slope, determine the limiting height of the slope, if built at a slope angle of
25". l6I
i-
05 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. \eri llucli (206(r ct Lrtlct' llltclt)
2071Magh Year / Part II/rl Time 3 hrs.
Sabject: - Soil Mechanics (C8552)

/ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
r' Assume suitable data if necessary.
l. a) Define Soil Mechanics and write its importance. What type of Geo-technical
problems may oqpur in Civil Engineering and Infrastructure Development, describe in
brief. t2+3+37
b) A clay sample, containing its natural moisture content, weighs 0.333 N. The specific
gravity of solids of this soil is 2.70. After oven-drying, the soil sample weighs 0.2025
N. The volume of the^ moist sample, before oven-drying, found by displacement of
mercury is 24.30 cm'. Determine the moisture content, void ratio and degree of
saturation of the soil. t8l
2. a) What is compaction? Explain the salient features of modified AASHTO compaction
will you control the compaction in the field?
test. How u+2+51
b) A permeameter of diameter 82.5 mm contains a column of fine sand 460 mm long.
When water flows through it under constant head at arcte of 191 ml/min, the loss of
head between two points 250 mm apart is 380 mm. Calculate coefficient of
permeability. If falling head test is made on same sample using a stand pipe of
diameter 30 mm, in what time the water level in stand pipe will fall from 1560 mm to
1060 mm? L4+41
3. a) Define phreatic line and write down the procedure to construct pheratic line on any
Earthen Darn with neat sketch. t8l
b) A point load of 140 kN is applied at the ground surface. Construct a pressure bulb
when the sffess imposed becomes 20Yo of the applied load. t8]
4. a) Define shear shength of soil. Using the result of triaxial test, derive the relation for
major principle stress (o1) in terms of minor principle stress (o3) and shear strength
parameters (i.e. c and q). t8I
b) An open layer ofclay 4 m thick is subjected to loading that increases the average
:
effective vertical stress from 185 kPa to 310 kPa. Given my 0.00025 m'lI(N,
Cu:0.75 #lyea4determine t8l
r)_ t},S total
ii) the settlement at the end of 1 year,
iii) the time in days for 50oZ consolidation,
iv) the time in days for 25 mm of settlement to occur
5. a) Draw the void ratio effective stress diagram and define coefficient of compressibility
and compression Index. Define Normally Consolidated and Over Consolidated Clay. [3+2+3]
b) An infinite slope has an inclination of 26o with the horizontal. It is underlain by a firm
cohesive soil having Gs = 2.72 and e : 0.52. There is a thin weak layer 6 m below and
parallel to the slope (c' -- 251<Pa,0' : 16"). Compute the factors of safety when (i) the
slope is dry, and (ii) ground water flows parallel to the slope at the slope level. t8]
***
. 07 TRIBHUVAN LINIVERSITY Exam. ltegular _
. '. Examination Control Division Programme BCE Passtr!f,arks 32
2o7o Bhadra Year / Part II/II Time 3 hrs.

fu-g
;;;;;;*;;;;#fi::##:*iffiff:i*;,;;;.;;;;;;;---
'/ Attempt All questions.
"/ Thefigures in lhe margin indicate Full Marks.
/ Assume suitable data tf necessary.
V a) Define soil and soil mechanics. Also define flow index and toughness index of soil. [2+21
b) A sample of soil with liquid limit of 72.8% was found to have a liquidity index of
1.21 and water content of 81.3%. What are its plastic limit and plasticity index? t6l
)v A sample of inorgahic soil has thb folluwing g;rain size characteristics. t8I
Size (mm) Percent passing jl
0.075 (No.200) '55
The liquid limit is 50% and plastic limit 40%.
Classifu the soil according to the AA$HTO
'
t 'li.
classificationsystem. .J
.i
a
?y What are soil structure and fabrics? Explain electrical charges on clay minerals. ..' t4]
b Enlist the reasons for the maximum dry density obtained in field not being equal td that
obtained in the laboratory. Also prove tlat the lne*gy'5p-plied in the modifiid iroctor test
is 4.56 times greater than that of the standard proctor test. 14+27
a) Mention the effect ofthe seepage flow on the effective stress. i t4I
A -well
tdbe is driven in a confined aquifer of 24 m'thick. The aquifer is met 25 m
P below ground level. The static water table is 15 m below ground level. The discharge
of tube well is found to be 6000 mllday when the draw do"e in the well is 12.25 m.
Find the diameter of the tube well when the radius of the circle of influence @) is 300
m. Take the permeabillty 24.5 yrlday. t6l
flow line in of a homogeneous earth dam with
0 Derive an equation for topmost
horizontal filtEr at the base.
case
t8l
7. What is significant depth? Draw the stress contour for the significant depth for a single
concentrated load of 1000 kI.{ acting at the ground surface. 12+61
!/ O Explain the factors that affect the degree of consolidation. t4I

b) A stratum of clay is 2 m thick and has an initial overburden pressure of 50 KN/m2 at
its middle. Determine t}re final settlement due to an incre* in pressure of 40 KJrl/m2
at the middle of the clay layer. The clay is over consolidated, with apre-consolidation
pressure of 75 KN/mr. The values of the coeffrcients of recompression and
compression index are 0.05 and 0.25 respectively. Take the initial void ratio as 1.40. t6l
9. a) Explain Mohr Coulomb failure criterion. State major principle plane, intenrlediate
- plane and minor principle plane. ' ,
t5l
,b)
''Explain with figure the procedure of triaxial shear tlst. tsl
10. a) Explain the various types of factor of safety related in stability of slope. Write
differences between finite and infrnite slope. L2+tl
b) Explain friction circle method of stability of slope. t3l
,f,f rF
. 07 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. \tu ll:tel' (20(r(,,! l :tlr t li,rtt lt)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE full Merkr m
2070 Magh Year / Part II/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Soil Mechanics (C8552)

r' Afiempt /llquestions.
{ Assume suitable data iftrccessdry.
1. a) Explain the types of problems that geotechnical engineer faces. What are the types of
clay minerals of engineering interest? [2+41
b) The following results refer to the liquid limit test t8l
No of blows 33 23 18 1l
Water content (%) 41.5 49.5 51.5 55.6
The plastic limit from two tests were 23o/o and 24Yo respectively. Determine the
plasticity index and toughness index for the soil.
2. How do you identiff the fine grain soil in the field? Explain the process of the
chart.
classification of the fine soil with the help of plasticity 14+41
3. a) What is difference between compaction and consolidation? t3]

b) How will engineering properties of soil be improved by compaction. t3I
4. State quick sand condition. A two layers the top layer is 3 m thick
sand deposit consists of
(p=1800 kg/*) and the bottom layer is 3.5 m thick (psat = 2500 ke/*). The water table
1s at a depth of 4 m from the surface and zone of capillary saturatiron is I m above'tlro
water table. Draw the diagram showing the variation of total sfiess, neutral stress and
effective stress. [2+8]
5. State the flow net in a non-homogeneous soil mass. Prove that the stream function
satisfies the laplace equation. Explain the protective filters for prevention of erosion. 12+4+21
6. a) Mention the process of the drawing the pressure bulb. t4I

b) A stip footing of width 2 m carries a load of 400 KN/m. Calculate the maximum
sffess at a depth of 5 m below the center line of the footing. Compare the results with
2:1 distributionmethod. 12+21
7. Drive the general equation for the calculation of settlement from one-dimensional
primary consolidation. How can you differentiate log time method with square root of
time method? [6+4J
8. a) State the Mohr failure theory and derive the Mohr Coulomb equation. t4I
b) In a CD test, a specimen of saturated sand fails under an additional stress of 250
KN/# when the cell pressure was 100 KN/#. Draw the Mohr circle and determine: t6l
i) Angle of shearing resistance
ii) Inclination of failure plane with the horizontal
iii) Values of shear and normal stress on the Failure plane.
g. A granular soil has \at: 19 KN/m3, 0=35". A slope has to be made of this material. If a
factor of safety of 1.30 is needed against the failure, determine the safe angle of the slope. t6]
i) When the slope is dry
ii) If the seepage occurs at and parallel to the surface of the slope
***
- :-:---!lT
UI TRIBHWANT'MVER.SITY Exam. RcguLrr (20(16 & Later Ilatclt)

INSUTUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division. Programme BCE Pass Marks 32
Subject: - Soil Mechanics (CEss2)

{ Attempt&lquestions.
{ Thefigwes inthe margin indicate Futl Marks.
,"4
'... Assume suitable dita ifnecessary-
1. a) What is soil fabric? Why are the space bbtrveen mineral particles important for
geotechnical engineers and what is it called? l4l
b) The results of a particle size analysis are shown in the table below:
Sieve size. (mm) 63 37.5 t9 13.2 9.5 6.7 4.75 2.36 1.18 0.5 0.212 0.075
Mass retained. (e) 0 26 28 l8 20 49 50 137 46 3l 34 30
The total mass wirs 4699. Plot the particle size distribution curye and determine the
coefficient of uniformity, coefficient of curvature and soil description as per BSCS
andAASHTO. t8l
2. a) What are different tlpes of soil stucture which can occur in nature? Describe in brief. t4l
b) The moisture content of a specimen of a clay is 22Yo. The specific gravity of solid is
2.7A. (i) PIot the variation of void ratio with degree of saturation and calculate the
void ratio and wet densities at 50Yo saturation. (ii) A sample of this soil with initial
degree of saturation of 50% is isotropically compressed to achieve a void ratio of
0.55. Calculate the volume change in terms of percentage of the initial volume. How
much of this volume change is due to the outward flow of water from the sample? l8l
3. a) How would you check whether the desired compaction is achieved in the field? t6I
b) For the subsoil conditions shown in figure below draw the total, neutal and effective
shess diagram up to a depth of 8m. Neglect capilary' flow. ll0I
0
e ={.6
-3 s:40o/o
.d - sand
-5 Gr=2.65
1
clay
4. a) What are the basic assumptions in Boussinesq's theory of stress distibution in soils?
Determine vertical pressure distribrrtion on a horizontal plane at given depth below'
the ground surface due to point load applied at the ground surface. I8I
b) A flow net for seepagg under the sheet piling is shown in figure below. Estimate
approximately the quantity of seepage in cum/day/m lengttr of the piling, if the
permeability of the sand is 5xl0-3cm/s. If the saturated unit weight of sand is
l9lt[/mr, what is the factor of s*?ety agains piping in front of the piles. t8]
I
I
3 ffi
U.
I
Sheetpile DATITM
D
I
0.25
3.0m
m
4.5m Sand stratrm
5. Why do we need to carry out consolidation tests, how are they conducted, and what
parameters are deduced from the test results? What factors determine the consolidation
settlement of soils? How are timg of settl€Nne,nt and consolidation settlement calculated? [10]
6. What are the.differences betrreen drained and undrained shear strengths? Under what
conditions'should the drained shear shength or the undrained shear rtrnigtt pr**eters be I
used? What laboratory and field tests are used to determine shear strength? What are the
differences among the results of various laboratory and field tests? t81
7. Explain the factors that can cause the failure of the slope. Explain the different types of I
'slope failure. [3+31

t**
-l
i
:
...]
I
*fl" (1 I
I
A7 TRIBHWAI{UNTVERSITY Exam. Ntrv Bacli (2066 & Lntcr Batch)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full iVlarks 80
2069 Poush Year lPzrt tr lfr Time 3 hrs.
tL
Subiea: - Soil Mechanics (c8552)

/ Candidates are requiied to give their answtrs in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Axempt AII questioru.
{ Theligres in the mrgin indicate FulI Marks.
{ Assume suitable daa ifnecessaryt.
Y
I- a) Define the term 'soil' and 'soil mechanics'. Write down its importance. L21
L, b) A sample of clay was coated with paraffin wax and its mass, including the mass of
wax was found to be 697.5gm. The sample was immersed in water and the volurne of
the waterdisplaced was found to be 355 ml. The mass of the sample without wax wzrs
690.0 gra and the water content representative qpecimen was 18%. Determine the
bulk density, dry density, void ratio and thq degree of saturation. The specific gravity
of the solids wasZ.1A and that of wax was 0.89- t8l
ts 26D Differentiate the standard and modified proctor test. Explain the role of water in the
compaction. {4+27
b) A frne sand deposit is loce.ted-betrvr:.n tlle ground surface to a depth of l0in. The soil
u has an average void ratio of 0.70 and specific gravity of solids of 2.65. The water
J-
table is found at a depth of 4m belorv the ground level. Above the water table the
degree of saturation of sand is 55%. Determine the total stress, pore water.pressure I
and effective s[ess at a depth of 8 m belorv the gound surf;ace. Calculate also the
l
change in the effective stress if the soil gets saturated up to a height of Im above &e
watertable due to capillary action. [5+5J :
3. Jy How can the soil be classified by the textural soil classification system? Explain it
with neat diagrams. i8I .:
:
$)
t'
Wt ut are the various minearls in the clay soil? Describe them. 141
4- jf Describe the properties of flow nets. Explain the process of flow net construction in
an earttlen dam. [3+5]
elevated shucture with a total vveight of 10,000lli is zupported on a tower with 4
_w An
legs. The legs rest on piers located at the corners of a square 6 m on a side. What is
the vertical stress increment due to this Ioading at a point 7 m beneath the centre of
the structure. t8I
5- g)zDiscuss Terzahi's theory of consolidation, stating theYarious assumption and their
validity. i4l
the final settlement of the clay layer shown in figrue due to an increase of
i \'/b)4alcutate
pressure of 30 k},Ilm2 at rnid-height of the layer. Take y,, = I0kN/m3. t5l
.
i:':,,.
i
Sand r, = 20k3{/m3
4m
clay
A _cc;=o.lz
2.5
a
rc l8kl.[/m3 :1.3
6.
f Wtrat is Mohr's strength theory for soils? Sketch typical strength envelops for aclean
sand. t4l
b) A series of direct shear test was conducted on a soil, each test carried out till the
sample failed. The following results were obtained. 161
Sarnple no. Normal stess 0<I,l/m2) Shear skess ltl/m2

I l5 I8
I
2 30 25 ,,1
I
J 45 32
Determine the cohesion intercept and the angle of shearing resistance.
7. What are the assumption that are generally made in the analysis of slopes? Discuss briefly
their validity t5l
:I
$tsF
'##Pt"*
ffi l.
oo./itt'
;:i*r s.
,.q
04 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY . Exanr. Resular / Back
INSTITUTE OF ENdINEERING Level BE Full'Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marks 3Z
ebea Baishakh Year l Part III/I Time 3 hrs $
'/ Candidates are required to give their ansrvers in lheir orvn words. as'far as practicable.
{ Auempt any Five questions. 'j
'/ Thefigures in the margin indicate'Full Marks
/ essii" suitable dataif necestory.-
i-
1. a) Thesaturatedunitweight,ysatof asoilis l9.5KN/mr andthespecificgravityof soil

Y
solils is 2.65. lO+2)
i) Derive an expression fo176 in terms of yr.,, T,, and Gs.
. ii) Using the eipression derive in part (i) determine the dry unit weight of the soil.
b) A l000cc container was. filled with sand in its loosest possible staie and the densest
- possible state. The dry weights of san'd occupying the container space werg 1520gm'-..,
and 1830gm, respectively.'The sand in-situ has a void'ratio of 0.64. If the specific
gravity of the sand particles is'2.65, determine the limiting void ratio and relative
density in-situ. t8l
2. a) Defuie gading of ,oitZ What do you mean by uniformity coefficient and coefficient
of curvature? Explain consistency liniits. 12+2+47
b) Enumerate the different methods of applying compaction to a soil in the field and in
the laboratqry. Give an accodnt of the differences in soil characteristics such as
sbucture, permeability upon .saturation, shear strength, stress strain behavior,
compressibility and swelling when it is compacted on the dry side of OMC and wet
3. a) Differentiate betwee,n confined and unconfined aquifer. Derive an expression for

determinini e.;coefficient of permissibility.by falling head method. [3+5]
" b) A sand'deposit consists of two layers. The top layer is _2.5m thick (p = t709.6Zkglm3)
is 3.Srn thict (p,,1 :2064.52kglm3). The water table is at a dlepth
'.and the bottom layer
' of 3.5m from the surface. and the zone of capillary saturation is lm above the water
' table. Draw the diagrams. showing the variation of iotal stress, neutral"stress and
effective stress.
=l
: t8]
") ;;;;;; net? Describe its properties and application. Prove that the discharge
thrbugh an'earth'mass is .given by q = k*h*(Nr/1.{a), where notations carry their ot.,"J- !
' meanings. ..^ . -.
[+2+5]
b) An elevated structure with weight of 12000 kN is suppqrted on a tpwer with 4
a total
legs. The legs rest on.piers located at the corners of a square 6m a side. What is'the
'
vertical stress inc.rement dueJe-t?E loading at a point 6m beneath the.centre'of the.
' t8l
-+trffiiure? -.-
ji:
!-
I
5. a) Define Mohr-ooulomb.theory on the basis of effective stiesi principle? How triaxial

compression test is conducted in laboratory to determine Shear strength. of soil? Write :
it's procedure. 12+61
b) A clay soil, tested in a consolidometer, showed a decrease in void ratio from 1.20 to
1.10 when the pressure was increased from 0.25 to 0.50 kgflcru2. Calculate the
coefficient cif ctmpressibility and coefficient of 'volume .coth-pressibility. if the
coefficient of consolidation determined in the test for the given inirement was
' 1Om2/year, calculate the coefficient of permeability in cm/sec. if the sample tested at. '
the site wa"s taken from a clay layer LOm in thic-kness, determine thelconsolidation
' settlemeflt resulting frorn the given stress increment. 17+2+2+3)
l4r4)
b) Quick sand.conditions
d"t".*i"utio" of of cbnsolidation by Log time method
"j
d) "o"incient
Causes of slope instability and types of slope failure
t.
*!t:* '
j
I
It
:;
'I
.t '.
;i
t-
kt"'
ti
tl
(
x
lr
ti
[.
il
[ .r.
I
1
I
I
,
I
t
t
,t EI
!
i
j
{
its
-#'ffi
_iilt
ti
07 TRIBHUV.\N UNIVERSITY . Exn,rrr. Regular

li
IINIS TITUTE OF EN GINEERING Level BE 'IuII iVlarks -
I
Exarni uation Con trol Divisioil Programme BCE Pass IHarks 32
:' 2068 Bhir,lra '":-
'
Yehr /Pdit' ' IIlII Time '3 ll-s.
: - Soil Mechanics
, / Candidates are required to giver'their answers in their own words as fir as practicable.
/ Anempt All.questions.
r' Thefigures in the margin indicate fuil fuIarks
{ Semi-l|g graph paper wiII be orovided.
/ All.notations izre as usual.
I
I
1. a) Explain the different modes of soil formation. Differentiate between 'residual' anC
'transported' soils. What is clay mineral? Mention the tlpes of clay minerals and
t8l
b) Two soils A and B are mixed dry in proportion of 30%:70% by mass. The specific
gravity of soil A and B are 2.60 and2.70 respectively. If the bulk density of mixed
soil is 1.8 gm/cc atllYo water content, determine void ratio and dbgree of saturation. t8]
2. a) Why classification of soil is required in Civil Engineering? What are common
classification systems? How do you classiff a soil by the B.S. classification system?
Explain with neat sketch. t8l
b) A pumping test was made in a medium sand having depth of saturation 2Qp, where a
bed of clay was encountered. The normal. ground water level was at the surface.
Observation wells were located at 4m and iOm from the pumping well. At a discharge
of 2m3lmin from the pumping well, i steady state was in 24 hours. The draw
down at 4mtr weli was lmtr and at l0 mtr was 0.5mtr. Draw"ttairria
neat sketch and compute
thei permeability of soil. If dra',v down is 6m in the main well and dia of tube-well is
30cm then what is the distance between center of well and zero draw down. [4+4]
3. a) Define Flow net, write its characteristics and derive the expression for see,page
discharge through any earten strubture in terms of No (Number of potential drop) and
N;(Number of flow channel), k (coeff. of permeability) and H (head of water). ' 12+2+41
b) The following results were obtain.d fro* a standard compactiori test: t8]
Mass of compacted soil, g 1920.5 2051.s 2138.5 214'7.0 2120', 208i.5
Density, k.q/m' 1 1.0 12.1 72.8 13.6 14.6 16.3
The specific gravity of the solids is 2.68, and t}re volume of the compaction mould is
1000cm3. Plot flre cbmpaction curve and obtain the maximum dry density and
I
optimuq moisture content. Plot also the \Yo, 5oh and 10oh air voids curves. At the
maximum dry density, calculate the void ratio, degree of saturation and air content. If
the natural moisiure conteirt in the field is 11.8%, what will be the possible maximum
dry density if thb soil:isrcompacted with its natural moisture content?
4.4 What are the different stanclard.triaxial shear tests with respect to drainage conditions?
Explain with reasons the sitrffli6-ns for which eaeh test is preferred. Explain the Mohr-
Couloi:rb strengtir envelope. Sketch and explain the stress-strain relationship for.dense
and loose sand. t8l
J
I
-l
. b) rdft foundation of'8m diameter is placed on lhg groun,J surface and canries a ioad of
'.A, i
10000kN inciuding self uieight. A 2m thick sotl clay layer exists 5.n bqiow the
!
I
'. ground surface. Take m,:3*16-4 *2/kN. Compute (i) The verticai stress incrcment ht
't the centre of clay layer using Boussinq's theoi-v-, (ii) Consoiidation settlement of clay i
Y: 15kN/m3.
I
laYer. Take [4+4]

S. alSeriue tfr" opr"ssion to obiain consoiilation settllment of any cohesive sg[-dlpnsit
having initial thickness Ho, initial void ratio, eo, iuitial overburden pressr,.i'e,'oo, !
i
. compression index (Cc), if there is incrlease in efiective stress of Ao dLe to the i
cohstruction of building. iq]

b) Deterrnine the factor'of safety for a 1 vertical to ? horizontal slope 5r:: high using a !
trial toe circle foi which X" : 4,5m and Y" : 8ur as shown in the figure below. The
cross sectional area of the sliding mass is 40.22m2 and its centroid is located 2.96m to
the right of the center of the trial circle. The soil properties are: C, = 18kPa, 0u :.0 I
I
and
I
y= I8l i
18lll/m3 ,Xc I
i..-..........."..-l
'
Crr r0=t'lt+()2
.rl
tl 0^ --
,i)rl
--l>{
,l dF- t-
Y6 Rr I E B D
tl
H
,t
I'
A /X
-+- --- o L
I t \
{.**
L
I
L
i;
|l. :i
4'/
E, ,r
A4 TRIBHTIVAN I]NIVERSITY Exam. ResularlBack

OF ENGINEERING .LeveI BE FulI Marks 80
Control Division Programme BCE PassMarks 32

2057 Ashadh Year I Part. m/I Time 3 hrs.
Soil
'l Candidiies are reeiuired to give their answeri iri their own words as far as practicable.
Attempt any Fiv| questions.
'/ Ihefi.gures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
{ Assume suitable datq. if necessary-
1 a)r Using the phase relationship diagram prove that 14+41
! yu: (l -rDcT*
/ . \(1ayy\
y r*=[;][.ffi]r,
Where notations carry their usual meanings.
b/ A 1000cc core cutter weighing 946.80gm was used to find out the in-situ unit weight
- of an embanlrne,nt. The weight of core cutter filled with soil was noted to be
2770.60gm. Laboratory tests on the sample indicated a water content of 10.45 percent
and specific gravity of solids of 6.25. Determine the bulk unit weight, dry unit weight,
void ratio and degree of saturation of the sample. If the embanknent becomes
saturated due to rains, calculate the water content and the saturated unit weight
(assume there is no volume change in sample on saturation). tlse phase diagram. t8]
.
2. a\TDifferernate between soil's physical and engineering properties with examples.
r Describe the field identification test for fine grained soils. Does sandy soil experience
shrinkage? [3+4+Il
b)7For a field pumping test, a well was sunk througfr a stratum of sand 14.5m thick
x/ overling an imperrrious stratum. Two observation wells were sunk at a horizontal
distances of 16m and 34m respectively from the pumping well. The initial position of
the water table was 2.2m below ground level. At a steady-state pumping rate of
925'litres/min, the drawdowns in the observation wells were found to be 2.45m and
I.20mrespectively. Calculate the coefficient of permeability of'the sand. t8l
3. $76efne flownets. What are its application? Prove Laplace's equation for two
- dimensional flow through soils. U+2+51
v For the sub soil conditions shown in figure below, calculate the effective sfress values
at lm, 2m, and 4m de,pths? Draw the shess diskibutions diagfarn for total, effective
and neutral stresses- t8I
O rrr
tt rurt{rce
qo f lttgry *(rl rr rrlt igra
-z ra *
- -LI+!-t --
. !(}'60
-6 rrr =;".
I
I
t
I
*
.!1 l
l": ..' .'-.'' ,.;ii - -i. -. ,, :iE:. ;
I
I
I
i," ;i
"
4. a) State the as-sirriptions made by Boussinesq to determine the vertical stress in a soil
due to a point load and discuss their validity. What is the basis of the construction of
" the Nerv rnark's influence chan? How is it used? l2+2+2+2f
b) An unconfined of clay. ffr,
I
compression test was conducted on an undisturbed sample I
..'The sample had a diarneter of 37.5firfl and was 80mm long. The load at failure
t
'.i. , .
-;L ': rrieaiured by, proving rfrng was 28N-and ihe'axial defornratioq gf ih;e sample at fiihr,l .l
\
-.qrqs,r.u'as
t3mm.-rjut"rrriir" tie unconfined compressive strength'and the ,tt&nir"d shear i
l3fungtir ofthe clay. t8l

5. g/How-do you conduct direct shear test in laboratory at its top and bottom. Explain. t8l -
-Ul -clay I
A layer 12m thick lies between two free draining sand lay"rr. The final I
settlement of clay due to loading was calculated to be 0.3m. The coefficient of

' consolid.ationis l0acm2/sec. Determine , .[8]
i) The time needed to reach the settlement of 0.1m
,/,
', ' , ii) The settlement after 5 years of consolidation
tY\Atg short'notes o.n: (any four) $xal

;*t'Wistoical development of soil mechanics
b) Quicksand condition
of
I
i
'?.
,/'l
Ii
o4 TR]BHWAN{.INIVERSITY Exanr. R.egular / Back
INSTITUTE OF ENG]NEERIN G .Level BE. Full Marks 80
!-
.
Examin4tion: C qntrol Division P.rrogramme BCE. Pass Marks'
. '. i,,
', ;,.20:.gf a.uidra' ,, i Yea'r / ?art' 1II/n .
'
Soil
'Candida(es. are requiredto give thiiir answers in their,own words as far as
E /'' Attempi any Five Questions
!. l*ert*res in the margin iidicate Full Marks.
1. a) Derive a relatibnship between the void ratio, Water contbnt, specifrC gravity of sbil'
particles and degree ofsaturation t8]
l-
b) A pycnometer weighing 640 gms was used in the following measurements on samples
'A' and 'B' of the same oil. Sample 'A' was oven dried and 'B' was completely ,.
' saturated. Weight of pycnometer when filled with water only was 1495 gms. t8]
1t
Samples A B
Weieht of sample only (gms.) 1000 1344
Weieht of pycnometer full of soil sample and water 2t25 2200
Find: i) the specific gravity of the soil
ii) the water content and void ratio of sample B.
H
2. a), Describe rvhat laboratory tests should be conducted to detei'rnine the classification of
soils according to the Unified Soil Classifrcatien Systern (tiSCS). Draw a sketch of
Plasticity Chart and denote the symbols of the different t)pes of fine grained soil in
b the chart according to USCS. Explain the basis of symbolization in the.chart. . .l?+4+2)
b) From consistency'limit tests on a fine grained sbil, the following data has been
obtained. L2+i+2+21
Weight of crumbled threads of 3mm diameter =20.11gm :'
Weight of oven dried soil threads : 14.82gm
Liquid limit of soil sample = 64.2Yo
Determine the plastic limit and plasticity index of the soil. Determine also the
clasSiiication of the soil according to the USCS, state also the USCS symbol for the
soil. If the natural water content of the soil is37.2o/o, determine the liquidity index of
the soil. Is the consistency of the soil in its natural state stiff or soft? Explain your
answer. The equation of the A line is Ie = 9.73*t-20).
3. a) Prove that the seepage force per unit vohme is equal to the product of the hydraulic
gradient and the unit.veight of 'rvater. What are the factors that affect permeability of
soils? 1.5+2)
//
- \W A sand stratum is 10m thick. The vvater table is 2m below the'ground level.'The unit'
weights of sand layer above and belovr ..vater table are .17 iOll*' anri 21 l<N/mi
resp-dctively. The capillary rise above water'table is lm. braw the efiective stress,
pore water pressure and total stress diagrams :br the sand stratum. t8l
!
H
{
- I
C4 TR-ltsHLryAr\i UI'IITERSITY Exam, RegularlBack

iNSTITUTE CF ENG IEERNG Level iBE Fuli Nlarks 80
I
Examination Coatrol Division Programme BCE Pass D1arks

2055 Sh=a',Yan Year / Part trI/I -time 3 his.
Subject: - Soil Mechanics

./ CanCidates are required to give their answers in their owlt words as far as practicable.
/ Auempt any Five questions. i
{ All questions carry equal marlcs. '.

i
1. a) Define the term void ratio, specific gravity of soil particles, degree of saturation and
dry unit weight. Differentiate between:
i) Percentage air voids and air content i
ii) Specific gravity of solids and mass specific gravity

iii) Void ratio and porosiry
iv) Dry sieve analysis and wet sieve analysis I
b) A sample of clay rveighing 700 gms was coated with paraffin wax. The combined
weight of the clay and the wax was fcund to be 708 gms. The voh:me of the displaced
water when the soil was immersed in water was 345 ml. The sample was then broken i
open. The water content and specific gravity of the soil sample was found to be 15% i
t]'
end 2.7 respectively. Calculate the bulk unit weight, void ratio and.degrOe of
satriration. Take specific gravity_of paraffin as 0.89. 1e
I
2. a) Describe briefly the Unified Soil Classification Systern- List the various factors upon \l
which this classification system is based on.

b) The following index properties were determined for the trvo soils X and Y:
Proper8 x Y
Liquid limit (%) 62. 34
Plastic limit (%) 26 19
Water content (%) 38 25
Speciirc gravity 2.72 ?.6i
f)egree of'saturation 100 100
Determine which of these soils:

i) Contains more clay p'articles
ii) Has a greater wet density
" :: -.:.: iii) Has a greater dry density .:a
iv) Has a greater void ratio I
I
I
Give reasons in your anslvers.

3. a) Describe the procedure of determining the coefficient of permeability of a soil using i
Vanable Head lvlethod. Derive an expression for f,rnding the coefftcient cf I
permeability to be used in the experirnent.

b) In ordsr to $etermine the average coefficient of permeability of a bed of sand 4 meters
tirick, overlying on impermeable stratum, a well'rvas sunk tiuough the sand and a
pumping test was can-ied out. Afrer a certain interval the discharge was found to be
12.4 liters per seconci. The drarv Corvns in the obsen'ation wells at 16 meters and 33 I
meters atray frorn the pumping weli rvere found to be 1.787m and 1.495m
respectively. If the GWT rvas originally 2.14m beiorv the ground surface, find (a) the
permeability of the sand layer and Co) an approximate value for the effective grain
size.
I
I
04 TRIBHUVA}II.'NTVER,SMY Errm" Back
INSTITUTE OF h$Gtr.TEERf,\G Level BE. hllMarks 80
, Examinrition Control Division Programme BCE Pass Mrrks 32
2066 .fest-ha Year/ Part m/I Tlme 3 hrs.
Subjea: - Soil Mechanics

-CanafiEtes
/ are required to give their'arrswers in their ovm words ai far as'practicable;
{ Afiempt @ty Five questiorc.
/ T'hefigures in the margin indicate Futt Marks.
l. a) Describe the importance of soil mechanics. t8l

b) Describe the method of determination of field density of soil by sand replacement. l8l
2. a) Describe textural soil classification system. t8l
b) A sample of soil with a liquid limit of 72.8%rvas found to have a hquidity index of
1.21 and water content of 81.3%. What are its plastic limit and plasticity index?
Comment on the consistency of the soil. t8l
"3. a) How doyou controlcompaction in field? r8l
bl For a field pumping test, a well was sunk through a horizontal stratum of sand 14.5m
thick arrd underlain by a clay sfahrm. Two observation,'urells were suril< aI hsrizontal.
distances of l6m and 34m respectively from the pumping well. The initial position of
the water table was 2.2m below ground level. At a steady state pumping rate of
925 litreVmin, found to be 2.45m and 1.20m respectively. Calculate coeff. of
permeability of sand. t8l
4. a) Describe vane shear test. l6l
a b) The resuls of a series of CU tests on undisturbed samples of an over consolidated
claywere as below. u0l
Cell oressure KN/m') 100 200 400 600
Deviator stress at failure (KN/m') 300 410 610 850
Pore.water pressure (KN/m1 45 -t5 50 110
Determine the shear strength pararneters in tenns of effective stress. -.1
5. Explain any four: [4x4]

i
a) Differences between standard and modified proctor test
b) Determination of pre-consolidated pressure
c) Types of water which occur in a soil mass
d) Causes of slope movement and failure
e) Quick sandcondition
0 Design of filter
6" a) Explain rernedial measures against slope failure problems. l6l
-b) A ckiy soibtgsted'in a ctinsqtiitometer,: shou,ed a.debreq5e. invpid -ratio Sqm 1..-20 to
1.10 when the pressure was increased from 0.25 to 0.50 kgf/cm'. Cdlculate the
coeffrcient of compressibility and the coefficient of volume change. If the coefficient
of consolidation ditermingd in the test for the given stress incremenl was 10m2/year,
calculate the coeflicient of permeability in cm./sec. If the sample tested at the site was
taken from a clay layer 3.0m in thickness, determine the consolidation settlement
I
U resulting from the given stress increment. ll0l
,+
f':?-.'
,\-
o
07 TRIBHWAN UNIVERSIry Exam lhck.

INSTITUTE OF ENCINEERING LeveL BE Frll Marks 30
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pa&r Mrrk! l2

20?5 Baisakh Ycrr / Prrt II/tl Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Building Drawing (AR556)

y' Attempt Alquestions.
r' The figures in the margin indicate IgL&!b;
y' Assume suitable dota if necessdry.
l. Mcnlior tl:c clcrncnts in superstltclure and substsucture ofbuilding? (2\

Z. Rtt in tre btanta. (2,
a) $ymbol ofthec pole one way switch in clcctical hyoutplan is
b) Arca of G5-G0 plot is equal to -...-... ....... ..... - Sq.ft.
c) TbeorlldpiFcomedtdtom commode/ pan is tnoumis ,.-.*.--*.
d) Ttc hinitnum vridth ofstailcdse in a.llight in resifutial building is ............. as perNBC.
3. The proposd area ofplot in a commercial zonr is 1800 Sq. fl. and pcrmissible ground coveragc is 60/o with
pcrmhsible FAR value 1.5. C.alculatc the permisiblc built up area and maximum number ofslories lhat cao
be built with rnilizrlion ofmaximum permissible plinth area- (4)
4, Draw viridcsl section al A-A of building as shorm in figurc using appopriate drawing ic.tniques vrith
dascdpior givcn bclor. All dimersions arc in mm ad Ese scalc l:50. (12)
Colurnnsize :30fi300
Wr[ thiclness ' : 230 (Extsrnall I l0 (lotemal)
Slsbthi*re,ss : 100 Riser : !60
. P;apct wall hcight :1000 Tread i2.t5
Sizcofbeam ;230x350 Shir \{idth :1200
Siuheight :750 landin8widlh :1200
Lintel height :2250 Door DW :27l0f,230
Flouhcight :2880 DoorDt : t05'0x2250
' Sizc ofsill and lintel band , : 50x230 Door D2 : 900x2250
Sizc ofplinth beam :230x300 Door D3 :800x2100
Thichrcs ofmarble flooring : l8 WindowW :180011500
Thickness of P. C.C. (1:3:6) :'15 . Windowvl :r00x1500
Thidmess ofstone soliDg :150 Ventilalion V :600x600
5. Dffcrertiatc betwcen as built drawing and mcasurtd drawiug Also, list dovn nec€ssary drawhgs to bc
submittcd to municipality for approval before consruc6on ofbuilding. (4)
6. Draw trmch plan of given piin in Queslion No.4 itr scatc t:50 with fotlowing infomation. (6)
.r !!rd sipes qff,qoting. are_.!m x fun 12rr.
' The width ofwall foundation is 0.5m
i Assume other dal4 ifnecessary.
2\
@ @ o
:rul rr,:l
FIr.] rfil or-. i EII] 7Ft
'Irl ffi I
FrrrniTrJ
@
g ll
,I
@.
t-ailliirlr,n(aeE
--o
H
H
e.-
'I o
tt?,
H ,I iIEEJll
B
a-
g
R
!ql t
I
atr'rI
t
!
(9
FTOOR PT.AN
IIr,rEttr!16lr,rilI$rl
<,
0J 1I1&|q\iAT.IUNMRSITY Er!m. lhck
INSTITUTE OT ENGINEERING Lovel iBl Frll Mrrks tif'l
Examination Control Division Programmc BCE Pr*s Mcrks

20?5 ErkrLL Yerr /Part II/II Time 3 hrs-
Sabject: - T\eory of Structure fCEiJr)

/ Candidates arc required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
r' Afienpt All qrE/tio,Lr. '
/ The ligures-in the ,rrorgin indicak AlLLblb.
/ Assume nitable &ta i{necessary.
l. a)
'
Explain linn aod non linear behaviour of slructure with suitable force displacement
diagram. t4l
if DeErminc staitr anergies due to bending and shear in thc ovcrhanging beam shown in
figure below and also determine deflection at C by using real work method. ltzl
E = 200 KN/m2 G = 80 KN/mm2
MKN
I00 nm
I20 mm
5m 2m
2 . a) Explilin lhe primiple of super position with suitable example. t4l

Q Determinc lte vertical delection ofjoint E. All the top chord member are subjected to
tempraturc risc 30oc and lhe members AE and EC are 5mm too long while
fabrication. Take coefficient of Ue thermal expamion as l2rl0+c, modulus of
elasticity as 200kN/mml, cross se-ctional arca ofeach members is 1500 mmi- trzl
L
m :l
rln
F-____-l--r-----r-
3. a) Slate and proof first lheorem ofmome arca method. 141
b) For the beam.shovm in figure below, find the dellection and slope at E and B, take
I = 6' 107 mma and E = 2OO kN/mm2. 02)
3okN
B tink
zt 2tE
2v-
,.:, ,. .:,. :.. :- .: j .: : I, :. : .: _:l
I .
.
. . .. :t.i:.i
4- - a) Draw-lhc influence lines for supPort reaclions, shear forcc and bending moment at a
section 5m from the lefi iuppon ofa simply supported beam of20m span. l6l
B
C
20m
b) Draw influence line diagrams for the forces in member bc, hg and dfofthe tmss. The
load moves in the upper chord ofthe truss. I l0]
J h f
12m
a e
l0 mb lOm clOmd lOm
4@10m : 40m
5. a) Explain graphical method to detemrine the reactions ofa uee hinged arch when it is
subjectedlo a single concentrated load. t41
b) ln lhe rhree hinged parabolic arch shown in figure below determine bending momenl,
normal thrust and radial shear force at seclion D, ttz)
50 KN/m 80 KN
25m
D l0m
20m
lfi) m
2y
O{ TRIBHUVANT'NIVERSITY Exam, Ilarli
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full MrrI3 EO
BCE, BME,
Eramination Control Division Programme BIE, BAM Pass lllarkr 32
207-5 Baisakh Ye.r / Para II/II Time 3 hrs.
syti":!:P_r&^!ll,_V*ang!q,jticYq4_2
/ Candidates are rgquired to g,ive their answers in their own words as far as practicablc.
/ Attempt 4! questions.
/ Thefrgwes in the margin indicare fu!!$9t5.
/ Nn"usson trbles u
/ Assune suitable dala ifnecessary.
l. What are lhe merits and demerits. of mean? The expenditure of 1000 farnitiei is given is below:
Expenditurc 40-59 60-79 80-99 t00-l l9 120-139
No. of familics 50 500 50
Ifthc median of frequency disrribution istlfrndlhe missingfrequcncies. 16l

l. Dcfine addition theorem ofprobability. ln a group ofequal number ofmen and womcn.207o ofmen and
307o ofwomen are unemployed..ifa person selectedin random,
i) Whst is the probabilig,rhat the selectcd person is an employed?
ii) What is rhe probability rhat thc selected person 'rsren employed l 16l
3. De[ine Binomial probability distributiotr with an example. How does thc negative binornialdisrribulion
differ from binomial rjisuibution? {l+ll
4. ln 8 cerlain factory turning out optical lenses, there is a small chancc, l/500 for any lens to b€ defective.
Tfie lenses are supplied in packets of l0 each. What is the pobability that a packer will contain
(i) no defective lens
(ii) ar least one defective lenscs.
(iii) at most nvo defective lenses 151
i. Derine lhe normal distribution. Cive thc condition for normal approximation oIbinomial distribution.
[2+]l
6. Theuean clongation ofsteel bar under a padicular terrsile load has been established-to be normalll.,
distribution with parametcrs p = 0.06 and o = 0.008. Assunrirg rhe same distribuliorLapplies to rerr bar.
find the probability thal the mean elongarion falls
(a) Above 0.08
(b) Between 0.05 and0.07
t5I
(c) Either below 0.045 or abor,e 0.065
OR
The distribution of amounl ofthe gravel (in ton) sold by a particular conslruclion supply company in a
given rveek is conlinuous rondonr variable X with the probabilily density [unction.
ftx) = 0)r,' + 11 1o, 0l.r!1

0 1therwise
(a) Find the cumulative distribution function ofsales.
(b) Whal is the expected value and variance ofsales? tsl
Ol
7. Define sarnplingdistribution of proponion with example. Ill
8. A populalion consists of lhe four numtrers 12, I3, 14. 15. t6l
(i) Write down all possible samplc size oflwo without rcplacement.
(ii) Verify that the population mearr is equalto the mean ofthe:ample mear.
(iii) Calculate the standard enor-ofthc sampling d istribut ion ofthc samPlc mean.
9. Write down lhe propenles ofrcgression coefficicnt and correlation coefficient. tt

10. The following dara givcs tlre experience ofmachine operatQn in ycars and their performartce rs given by
lhe number ofgood pais lumed out per 100 pieces.
Experience (X) I6 t2 .t8 4 3 t0 5 12
Perforrnance (Y) 81 88 89 68 '18 80 75 83
i) Fitrhe regression equation ofperformance ratings on expericnce and estimate the probable
pcrformance if an operator has 8 years expericnce.
ii) Calculate cocfficient ofdetemlination and interpret it. t5l
OR
A samplc of l0 yalues of three variabks X r, Xr aDd XJ were obtained as
I X,= l0 IXr=20 t Xr = .]0

f X'r= 20 I x,'= 68 I X.t = l'10
fX,X,=10 f X, x'= 15 IX,X.=64
Find ( i) Parrialconelation bctween X,and X3 eliminating the effect ofXl -
(ii) Multiple correl'ariorbetween X r, X, and X! assuming Xt asicpcndent. t51
I l. A company produces automobile tyres. the manager ofthe company \ ant to estimatc the limits in which
expected lrend Iit'e of
his ryres will prcbably lie. A test sample of64 tyres rvas raken and a test run
showed the average lrend lil'e of 50000 miles. Find the 95% and 99% confidence limits for population
mean. Civen that population standard deviation is 3000 nriles.. t4l
12. The following data represents th€ unirs of production per day turned out by three differeni brands of
machines used by threc mechanists:
Machines Production
I 15 I.{ t9 t8
L t1 t2 20 t6
3 t6 t3 r6 t1
Using ANOVA tcst rvhether the differerces in performances of tlie thrce brands of machines are
significant - Use c = 5% 16l
OR
A sample of l5 beams ofa graod cornplex are given below in feetJ.
r2.8 9.8 10.2 t0.0 t2.0

10.5 8.9 t2.2 I il..q 9.0
I1.2 t2.t t0.t it. s r0.6
A civilengi neer clairned rhat volumes ('a beams are greater than l0 fectJ, test whethcr his claim is right or
wrong {Use c = l%) 16l
13. Define critica I va lue and crit ica I regiorr. A manufacturer cla imed that at least 95% ol the pLrm ps supplied
to the ABC company confirmed to specillca{ions. However- the production manager al ABC companv
wasn't satisfied with fie clairn oflhe mllrufacturer. Hence . to test the claim. rhe manager eranrined a
sanrple of250 pumps supplied lasr monrh rnd found rhat ?28 pumps as per thc speciticaliorrs. Can lrrr
conclude that the production rnanager is rrght to doubt on the clajm ofthe ma nu facr Lrrer,.) (u-0.01) l5l
(P.T o)
Qc
tttixtiial Dat. Co
hi-square distribution. A sample of 500 workers of a factory accordin[ tj gerder and nature of
rs flollow: t5]
0.0t 0.0t, o.t o.oet
I
7,819
Gender b.oool9l 0o(15? omgti 0.m19! Ltll 5.01{ 6.63t
Nature of work s;991
'r.ll8 9ll0 tp.597 7
00201 0,0506 0.101
Male Female 7 0.0r00
0Jl6 7.$l 9,vI |l3J t?.$t 3
00 7 0ll5 0.)52
li.t60 {
Iechnical 200 100 0.,t1{ 0.?ll 9.t68 ll.la! 8.211
4 0,?m 0.?9?
lr,rl3, 15.6I t6J!0 t
!on-techn ical 50 150 5 0,,1r2 0.55{ 0.81r l.t.t r l 0]0
r6.812 13.5,18 6
l2U I 511 t t.J92 l,t.ai9
9?, level ofsignificance whether there exist any relationship between gender and nature ofwork. 6 0.812
It.(i5 10.278
1 OJE9 I 119 t.6i\l 1tfi r.1.0(? 16.013
2r.SS x
lU,090
hts of rnalc and female studerlts are given below: t81 t 1.111 l 6(( ?.18n
l.)ul
? 711
I tzs
1150?
r6,y19
lr'.U15
r9.D] ) 1.666 21r80 I
Sex of the person
t.7J' ) 083
lll i0'l lu..li 'tJ.?rti )1188 ft
t,l t.156 l558 .i2{? .r.940
llrr Female
Male 2l.nd 24n5 16151 It
3.fl6 4.t?J 19.615
Ir53 lt
r50 0 J 2.601
23$i 4r.i? 21...3s,
1.Ul {.40{ ?!lE(
t r55 2 I I1l
rl
lo'71
!.561 {,III) 5,S, 5,rt2 'tL!67
'
.2,{Jl6
i6.lt,
,(i80i
:9 ili rllg
19,819 l3
t4
150 0 l5 4.0r5 ,166t1 t.62! 6 5',ir ll.635l
t{eel - 3i,l0r
l'1 t5
676r t.16t ,27,1E$ ld,li?r
5.119
165 t7 lz I5 ,1,601
ll l?.ts tr:6? l6
t70 2t 4. t.962 i6196 28,r.tt
l6 J.t{l 5,811 6,!\)8 l?
1., .z',?.58,' J0,l1l tJ,.lb9 J'.?IB
t 15 l0 0 l? ,.691 6 408 ?.i6,{ 8.512
1r.526 r1,805 l?.t56 l8
IE 6.r6J 7,0tt Slll 9.r90 28.1i69
18.58i t9
80 2 0 .10,i t? lq.u{ 37,852 36,191
t9 6rt{a ?ilJ e,901,, 20
85 z 11.l?0 l?i66 39r99?
0 20 l:rl{ 8:60 9.59t r08 ! 1,410
t8Ji2 1l.1ol 2l
2l 8.034 Llr97 r0)ll 11.591 l!371 15.,{?9
1Xi196 2.7
rulatc mean height for male and female students lori2i r2Jl! 1!.924 t6:81 {0.189
2t ti6{l 9.5r2
{ t.ot .{.t81 2l
lL089:, 15.1'2 3t316
:9late sample standard deviation and sample variance for given data. 9.260 l0.l96, .l3.cr9l
119r0 11.5J9 :4
24 9.qsp
r0.8J6 r?r0l : l!.8{t 16.415 $.164
(0J16 46.92It 2l
ch data for height is consistent? It-111 D.!to 14.6ll ti.6il {..314
2J t0.5:0
41.6.12 {E.:9{r 26
,r r.!x1
?6 l t-t60 ll l93 ll.u( l5.li9 18.$t5
i6.rd 11,615 11
t!.87S l1.J?l r6.l5l 40.lll ,13.195
17 t.808 ii.se3 2E
l5.lm r6.92t 4 r.ll'l 14.{5t a8.2J8
]E 2.,t61 l3.sli'i ,r9J8t 52,1M a
ie lI tr.Li6 l6.0ll t?,'?ot ' ,12.551 45.??1
10
y) IE? t1lr5l Iri.?91 ri.aql 1l 41J73 (6.979 ,0.!n 51.61]
{D
,{0 ?oJ0? 12.164 1,1.{31 26J09 5JJ5t 59'J4? 61691 66.766
t0
1t.490
27.!9t 2').?0,' l2.ll5l !1.161 6',r.50! ll.l20 ?6.15,(
a)
.10
(o !s.${ l,'.,lli5 '10.482
4l.t8E 79.0E! tl ?9ll rt.1l9 9r.912
t01.It5 ?0
i
?0 .l.lr5 45..12 {8.?r8 IJ!9 90-5ll 9J U] r00.4?J
ll2.l?9 ll6121
m 5l.lr2 5l-',!,{0 51153 60.!91 l0l.t?9 ro6.1a
9'i
r8.ll(, i24.l16 t7i19E
90 J9.196 6t.?5{ 6r'( 7 69.126 ll3.l{5 100
rze.f6l t35.lr0'? l10.t6i
lu) 6?.12E 70.06t l4l2l ?r.929 12{,1{2
-49',t -
I
2u1
06 TRIBHUVANUNIJ'RSIIY Errm. llack
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING I2vel BE Full Mrrk! i E0
Era min a tiorr€ ontrolJivisio n I € BCE Pass Merks 1,)
2075 Brisakh Yesr / Prrl lt/It Time 3 hrs-
Subject: - Soil Mechanics fcEJs2)

/ Candidates are required lo give thcir answers io their own words as far as practicable-
r' Atrenpt 4! quesliom.
r' Thefigures in the argin indicote IlLAglb.
I Assume suitable data ifnecessary-
l. Dilferentiate bctween residual and tansporled soils. What would be a solution of

different soil engineering problcm? 12)
2. a) How docs Index property of a soil differ from is Engineeriug property?
b) Mention lndertests those are generally done to find thc Propcrties of individual soil
grains and soil mass as a whole.
c) Draw stess strain behaviour of different consistency states of soils.
d) An cinbanknent is madc by compacting thasoil. For compaction, 1,00,000 m3 ofrhe
soil is excavated ftom the bonow pit having void ratio equal to 0-8. Calculate the
volume ofthe embankment ifits void ratio afler compaction is 0.6. +2+2+3I
3. How is the plasticity chan useful for classifying fme-grainal soils? a soil has Oe
following characte stics:
a) Percertage of soil passing No. 200 sieve = 55
b) Pergentage of coarse fractioD passing No.4 sieve = 60
c) Liguid limit = 68%
d) Plastic limit = 22olo
Classifl given soil according to ISSCS. [2+61
4. a) Describe basic sbuctwaf units of clay minerals. Point oul the dillerence belween
Silica sheel, Gibbsite sheot and Brucite sheet.
b) Bric{ly Describe flocculated and dispersed shuch.ues of soils in regard with
compactioA. Q+21
5. Io the construction ofa road, the compaction specification required was 957o of Proctor
maximum dry density at I
field moisture content wilhin 2Yo of the optiDum moisturc
content. The maximum dry deruity and optimum moisture conlent obtained in the
laboratory from thc Stardard Proctor test were 1.95 Mg/ml and I3.5% respectively. A site
conducted sald coBe lcst a two locatioDs and obtained th€ rcsults.
Mass ofsoil removed (gm)
Location No. Massofsand used (gm)
Wet Drv
I 43.86 38.46 39.5r
2 37.38 32.21 32.39
T}tc density of saDd used was 1.86 Mg/m3. Check whether the specification was salisfi€d
ornol t6l
6. a) Explain fhe variation of-effective stless due to the flow of water through the soil mass
in downward and upu,ard directions. Wiat is discharge velocity? [2+ I ]
b) In a vadable head permeabiliry rc$ oD a soil of length Lr, the head of waler ir} the
standpipe takes 5 seconds to fall fiom 900 ro l35 Jrun above the tail water level.
When another soil of length L2 = 60 mm is placed above lbe first soil, $e time laken
for lhe head to fall tetrveen the samc limits is 150 seconds. The permeanreter has a
closs sectional area of4560 mrnz and a staodpipe area of 130 mm2. Calculate (he
permeability ofthe second soil. t71
ls-
'1. a) What do you undeEland by Flow net in rcgard with seepage through soils?
b) Deriw a Laplacc equation for Two-dimcnsional 0ow in the soil.
c) In the figule below, upward seepagc is shown. The latc of watet supply from the
bottom is kepl corstaffirc to{atloss of hcad during upward seepagc bctwccn+oinls
B and A is tr" Keeping in mind the total st€ss at any point in the soil is solely
dctermined by the u,eight ofthc soil and thc watcr abovc it, draw the variation ofbtal
slress, pole water prcssurc and effeclive strcss with depth. Tale points A, B and C as
refcrence. I l+4+3]
'I
HI
Irfiow
8. whal is Isobar Diagram? Draw Isobar Diagram of 0.1Q. what is rhe limitation of
Boussinesq's thmry ? [l+5+2]
9. a) what is comprcssibility aDd what are the possible causes of compression in lhe soil?
b) Define consolidation settlement, precoruolidaliol pressure (maximum overburden
pressure), degree of consolidation ard coefiicient of consolidalion?
c) A rcil profile is shown in below figrue. If a uniformly disdbuted load 50 kla is
applied on the ground surface having preconsolidrion pressure, compression index
and recompression index arc 125 kP4 0.36 and 0.06, respectively. Calculate the
amount of settlement of lhe clay laysr due to pdmary coDsolidation. Take ,* = l0
kN/m3.
d) How can you accelerate consolidalion scttlement? [2+3+4-111
66=50rN/Dr
0m
::sidl l.*liiitl.gg?:.;.
2tn
ianOUyar: r.;lltriYlrn)'
tm
::::::::::.:.: i..,:.:::::.: ::i ]. i:
Pli-ilay?i :., :.r-izarriN1r?: :::
lam
:s*t:tdili
I0. What is strcss path? What are tle limitalions of direct shear tesr? A specimen of fine dry
sand, u,hen subjcctcd to a triaxial compression test failed at a devialor sbcss of
50O KN/m'. It failed with a pronounced failurc plane with an angle of 25. to the axis of
sample. Compute the lateral pressure (o3) to which $e specimen would have bcen
subjected. U+2+71
I l. What are the causes ofthe failure ofeaah slopes? A slope ofvery targe extent
ofsoil with
propertiesc'=0,e=0.7,G=2.7and$=35"islikelytobcsubjecredtoseepageparallel
to the slope with water level at $e surface. Deterrnine the maximum angle of slope for a
factor of safety of 2.0. What will bc the factor of safety if the water level were to come
dou,n well below the suface for this angle ofslope? I2+4j
J(
OI TRIBHUVAN I.JNIVERSITY Exam. Blck
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full lltarks ' 80
Examination Control Division Programne BCE, B.Agri. Pass Marks i 32
- 2075 Baisakh Year i P^rt n/lI r Time :3h.rs
Subject: - Hydraulics (CE555l

/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their oun words as far as practicable.
/ The rtgttres in the margin indicae n!!LL[o t
{ Assume suitable data ifnecessati,.
l. A system of pipes conveying \\ialer is corurecled in parallel and in series as shown in

figure belorv. The section DE represents the resistance of a valve lbr controlling the flolv.
/aooo\'
which has a resistance coef-
ficient K is = where n is the percentage valve
|.;] ,
opening.
F
The friction factor f in the Darcy formula is 0.024 for all pipes, and their lengths and
diameters are given by
Pipe Leneth (m) Diameter (m)
AAIB 30 0.1
.{AzB 30 0.I25
BC 60 0. l5
CD t5 0.1
CF 30 0.1
The head at A is 100m, at E is 40 m and at F is 60m. Ifthe valve is adjusted to give equal
discharge rates at E and F, calculate the head at C, the discharge through the syslern and
percentage valve opening. Neglect all losses excepl those due to friction. [0]
2. A cast iron pipe of 300 mm diameter and 8 mm thick is 1500 m long. The pipe is to
convey 200 litles per sec of r.vater.
a) Estimate the maximum tirne of closure of a valve at the downstream end that u'ould
be recogniz.ed as rapid closure?
b) What is the peak water lrammer prcssure produced by rapid closure?

c) What is lhe length of the pipe subjected to peak water hammer pressure if the tirne of
closure is 2.0 sec? (For $,atcr E = 2200 MP4 for cast iron E=80x10ePa) [2.5{2.5+3]
\
/
l. For thc rescrvo[ sysiem slrou'n in figure, determine the flow in each pipe. At C, the pipe
at a elevation of 140.00 m ard at Tank B, the top is closed
Take f=0.02 for all and use following data: t8l
Pipe Diameter Lensth
15 cm 800 m
2 20 cm 500 m
3 30 cm 600 m
EL:200,00 rn
667 KN/m2
EL: l7O00In
I
c EL:140.00m
To at Epnara
4. Pipes of 75 ,nm are to be used to syphon water fiom a main canal to bnnch canal, the
differencc of walei lcvel belween the two canals being l5m. The length from the main
canaltothe summit of the pipe tine is20m. fie total length of the pipe being 50m.
a) Determinc the number of pipes required to discharge al least 50 l/sec of water to the
bnnch canal.
b) Find also the maximum hcight ofthe summit above tle water level ofthe main canal
in order tle pressure at the surnmit may not fall below 25 KPa (absolute). Take
f= 0.03 and ignore minor loss. 14+41
5. Explain variation of hydraulic radius with rcspect to depth in a very decp rectangular
channel with suitable illustration. t61
6. A 3m wide rectangular charmel carries a discharge of l5m3/s at a depth of 2 m. What will

be thc minimum height of hump at which &e depth over lbe hump will be critical?
Calculate the height of hump for which upstream water depth will be 2.5 m. What will be
the depth of l]ow on the upstream and on the hump when its height is 0.2 m? t81
7. A 3.6 m wide rectangrlar channel had badly damaged surfaces and had a Manning's n =
0.030. As a first phase of repair, its bed was lined with concrete with n = 0.015. If the
depth of flow remains the same at 1.2 m before and afler the repair, whai is lhe increase
of discharge obtained as rcsult ofrepair. t7l
8. A rectangular channel Section has a changc itr slope as shown in Iigure below. The
channcl is 4m wide havin-g Manning's n = 0.0165. The bed slope Soz = 0.9OrO -0,0"
flowing discharge is l6 m'lsec.
a) Calculate the depth that must exisl in thcdownstrcam channel for a hydraulic jump to
tenninate a1 unifomr flow coudilion.
6
02 TRIBHUVANI'NIVERSTIY Exsm. lJuck
INST,ITUTE OFENGINEERING Level BE Full Merkr 80
Examinatior€outrol-Divisi o n Programme BCE Pgsr Merks 32
2075 Baisakl Yerr/Part II/It Timc 3 hrs.
Subject: - Surveying II 1crrr4

/ Candidares are required to give their answers in lheir own rvords as far as practicable.
r' A empt All queslions..
r' The ligures in the margin indicate Full Morks.
y' Asflme suitable dala dnecessary.
l. Explain significance of traversing and describe about the accuncy Parametes of

horizontal and vedical control oflraverse. t4l
2. Explain abour thc metbod ofplotting oftraversc in a standard grid sheet. t4l
3. Prcpare tlrc Gale's Table and find the co-ordinates ofaJl the poins ifihe coordinate ofC
is (10@N, 1500E) from the data- t8l
S.No Line Leneth (m) Bcarine (WCB)
I AB 66.60 30'30'
2 BC t35.70 tu" 48'
CD 66.30 95" 40
t 4 DE 't6.60 t98" 8',
5 EA 2t4.30 284" l',
4. Explain the plinciple of Tacheomelric survey and also derive lhe formula to deterrnine the
horizontal disrance and RL ofthe obiecl with respect lo insEument station r rhen the $aff
is held in vertical. t81
5. A tadEometer fitted with an anallxtic lens and having multiplying constsnt of 100 u.as
at slation 'P'. The were taken with lhe staffheld
S.N Staff Station Bearine Venical Angle Slalf intercept Axial hair rcadins
I x 40" 35' - l0'20' 2.25 1.987
2 Y 70. I0' + 70 30' 2.05 1.500
Calculate the distance XY and the gradient between X and Y. t8I

6. What are lhe imporlant charact€ristics ofcontour? Explain wilh skelches. tsl
7. F-rplain about lhe reciprocal trigonometrical levelling and express the formula for
computing elevation difference. I4l
8. Stations A, B and C have theTollcwiDg respective coordinates (2876.24 mF,8754.11
ml.I), (3810.80 mE, 7997.25 mN) ald (2959.39 mE, 7487.09 ml9 respectively. Station
'O' was established and observations were recorded a theodolite.
Poinring towards Horizontal Circle Readinss

90' 00' 00"
B 230'58',51"
C 313" 17', 05"
90. 00' 30"
Determine the coordinales ofreseciir'n point 'O'. t7l
-)
9. It is rcquired to join two straights having a total deflection angle 18' 36' by a central
circular curve of radius 450 m \\'ilh two ends cubic spiral transition curves. The dcsign
velocity is70 kmph and rate of ch:rnge bf radial acreteration is 30 cm/secr. Chainage of
lP = 2524.20 m. Take P€g interval .lbr circular and transition curve = 20 m for both- t8l
lQ. A grzde of -0.7%o is followed by another gnde of+ 0.5%. The two cnds ofthese portons
arc coDnected by a parabolic vertical curve. The chainage and RL ofinlersection point are
1000 and 650 m respeclively. Calculate RLs of all the points on lhe curve. Take peg
istcrval of20 m and rate ofchangc of grade is 0.1% per 20 m. t8I
I l. Write short notes on: (Any Four) [4x4'l

a) Irnportance ofGPS and GIS
b) Scalc ofvertical pholograph ard uses ofphoto grammetry
c) Features oflotal slation and its uses
d) Types ofremote sensing and its application
e) Setting out ofcircular curve b; RarkiDe's method
1
O' TR}BHUVANI,NIVERSITY Eram lar
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERNG BE
Examination Control Division BCE
2074 Bhadra Ye.r / Perl /
Subject: - Surveying ll (c8554)

y' Candidates are requirgd to givc their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Atrempt4!!questions.
/ The lgures in the morEin indicote fllLMlIlE
y' Assume suitable dala ifnecessary.
l. a) How a linked tmverse is balanced? How tolal misclosurc is balanced by Transit Rule? t6l
b) Calculate the omilted quantitics in $e closed traverse ABCDE given below. tl0l
Line Leneth Bearins
AB- 6l "30'
BC 1 t5t"24'
CD 324.70 201"02'
DE 38r.60 280"14',
EA 3s9.60 7
2. a) Compule RL ol-a hill slation 'P' from lwo ins(rument staiions A and B at very
different level with same line of sight to thar of targcl from the following
i n formati ons. t5l
lnst Stn IDst ht Zenith angle
Dislance & Target ht and RL
Tarect FL FR
A t.4? P 65'18', 304.36', Distance between A and B = I20.00 m
B 1.4'1 P 69"52' 29V04 RL ofB = 1280.00 m
t.42 i!-l 102052' 257'16',
:
Target hl at B 1.50 m
b) What is sladia inlerval factor and additive constant? How these conslants are
dstermined? t3l
c) Following observations were made in a Tacheornelric survcy a station A of RL
1086.550, the heighl ofinstrument being 1.385 m. {81
Inst. Station H.I. StaffSralion Bearins Zenithal Anele SlaffR€adinp,

1.385 B r 8"00' 't 1"30' 1.295,1.820,2.345
C t2'1"00' 96.00' r.0r 0, 1.790, 2.570
The instrument is fitled wilh an anallaclic lens and the multiplying constants is I00.
Determine the R.L of B and C and the gradient ofline BC, and bearing of BC.
3. a) How do you define contour interval, contour gradient and index conlour? Explain the
main characteristics oFContours with ncal skelch. t6l
b) What is the different betueen Interseclion and Resectiqn? Explain three point
Resection lr4ethod to determine the unknown co-ordinate ofa point. tal
L
c) The co-ordinares ofthree known stations Swoyambhu (S), Harisiddhi (D) and Chovar
TempJc (C) are- givcn below. A traverse point "Cf is sef outsidc of this lriangle and
observations are taken for horizontal angfe lo ihese k[own co-ordinate points.
Calculate the co-ordinate ofstation point "O". t61
Known Station Horizontal Angle m Northing. m
Swovambhu (S) <SOD = 40"20'21" 627465.718 3066929.474
Harisiddhi (D) <DOC = 98'56'41" 629603.054 6065364.275
Chovar Temple (C) <COS = 220"42'58" 627612.?53 306t479.468
4. a) Two roads BA and AC intersect at sn angle of 150'. They are to be connected by a 4o

circular curve. The chainage ofpoint ofintersection A is (138+20.3) chains. Compute
all data necessary (i.e deflection angle, laDgent length. apex distance, mod ordinate,
Iength ofcuwe, Iong chord for laying out the orrve ifonly 30 m chain is uscd. t6l
b) Stale the function of transition curves. Derivc lhe expression for deflection angle in
573{'
transition curve lhat o = rnin
RL
whcrc, /=chord lenglh
R = Radius
L = Length oftransition curve tsI
c) A grade of 3.5?i, mccts anolher grade of -0.5o/o- The elevation and chainage of
intersection pt are 1267.00 m and 780-00 m respectively. Field condition requires rhat
vedical cun'e should pass tfuough 8 poinl of elevation 1266.00 m at chainage 780.00
m. Compule a suitable equal tangcnl vertical curve and full station elevation including
highest point. Take peg inlerval = 30m. lsl
5' Write short notes on: (Any four) 14x4l
a) Planning and taking of photographs and interprelation ofaerial phorograph
b) Application ofRemot€ sensing in surveying an&mapping
c) Working principle and Compnnents of GPS
d) Application of GIS in Civil Engineering
e) Features and precaulions laken in Total Station
OI TRIBHUVANI.,NIVERSITY lar
INSTITUTE OF ENGTNEERING BE Full Marks 80
i
Examination Control Division Programme BCE, B.Agri. Pass Marks
2M4 Bhedtz Ycar /?rrt It /ll Time 3 hrs.
Suhject: - Hydraulics (C0$1,

/ Attentpt 4!!guestions.
/ The figures in the margin indicap f!!L@Ls.
/ Assume suitable data ifnecessory.
l. Deleimine lhe discharge rale in each pipeline for the following lhree-reservoir problems. tl0l
lOOn
?.
.rr+ 7om
o !/"
Yo= 5q"
..>
D
3om ';i*::.
/= too a
q = lS2 rnm
{ -' o .ots-
2. In a pipe of length 500 m and uniform circular cross-section, water flows at 8 steady
velocity of 2 m/s and discharges to almosphere thrcugh a valve. Under sleady conditions
the static head just before the valve is 100 m. Calculale lhe ratio of intemal diameler lo
wall thickness of the pipe so that, when the valve is completely and instantaneously
closed, the increase in circumferential stress is limited to 20 MPa, and determine lhe
maximum time for which the closure could bc described as rapid. The bulk modulus of
water = 2 GPa, and the elastic modulus ofthe pipe malerial = 200 GPa. t8l
3. Petrol of kinematic viscosity 0.6 mm2/s is to be purnped at the rale of 0.8 m3ls through a
horizontal pipe 500rnm diameter. Howewr; to reduce pumping costs a pipe of different
diameter issuggested. Assuming that the absolule roughness of the walls would be the
same for a pipi of slightly diffeient diamcter, and that, for Re > I05, f is approximately
propodional 10 the cube root of the roughness, determine the diamcter of pipe for whjch
the pumping costs u,ould be halved. Neglect all head losses other than pipe friction. How'
are lhe running costs altercd if n pipes ofequal diacreter are used in parallel to give the
same total flow rate at the same Reynolds number as for a single pipe? I8l
s
4. Diffcrence in level between iu,o reservoir is 100 m and distance belween thcm is l0 km.
The resenoir is connected by a singlepipe to carry 20Llps. Calculate the diamekrofthe
pipe and length of second pipe, which is corurected to inarease the rate of flotv by
5x 106 lir/day with same diameter pipe. Take friction factor for all pipes 0.03. t8l
5. Define gradually varied, rapidly varied and spatially varied of flow wirh examples. {2x31
6. A 3-5 rn wide rectangular channcl carries a discharge of l0 ml/s at a depth of 1.75m. lf
the width of the channcl is reduced to 2.25 m and bed level is lowered by 0.97 m,
delermine the difference in water level elevation between upstream and contracted
seclion. Assume no energy loss. t8l
7. A circular culverl has a capacity of 0.5 mi/s when flowing full. Velocity should not be
_ less than 0.7 mls if the depth is one-fourth lhe diameter. Assuming uniform flow,
delermine djameter and slope taking manning's n = 0.012. 171
8. A rectangular channel canying a discharge of40 mllsec a l6m wide having slope 1i5000
and Manning's coefficient n = 0.024. The. depth of flow in a pafiicular section is l-5 m.
Find how far upstream of downstream of this section thc flow depth is 2.5m. Determine
lhe type of flow profile and using direct step method calculate the lengrh of prolile taking
3 steps for calculation. ll0l
9. Define specific force. Derive momentum equation for rectangular channel section. Draw
a hydraulicjump profile and indicale conjugate depths using the specific force diagram.
t8I
10. Wrile down the design procedures of mobile boundary channel using maximum
permissible velocity method with appropriate expressions. Also describe Shield's
approach of predicring critical tracrive force. [4+3]
/.
r
b) If upstream depth Yor-= 0.4m, calculate thc lenglh orhjtFaulic jump using?rleast
three incrernents ofdepth in a step calcula(ion. [5+5]
Sor
So,
9. Dras a hydraulic jump profilrand iDdicate conjugate depths and energy loss using
specific cnergy and specific force diagram. Hence derive momentum equation for the
hydraulicjump in rectangular channel. t8]
10. Distinpuish bctween Rigid boundary and Mobile boundary channels with respect to
design principle. Explain the prccedures of designing rigid boundary chamcl by
minimum permissible velocity approach. [3+4]
3
JI,
05 'I'RIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exsm. l(r'gu l;r r
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Markr 40
Examination Control Division Program.me BCE Pass Marks t6
2074 Bhadra Yerr / Part lj t Time I % hrs.
Subject: - Engineering Geology ll (cEss3)

/ Candidates are required 1o give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
/ AttenptAll guestions.
{ The ligtes in the margin indicate !!!!Aail!.
L How engineering Geological Map prepared? Mention the components of engineering

Geological map. [+2]
2. Whal are the geological problems of Lesser Himalaya and Terai zone? What are the
Preventive measure for landstide? Describe. [+l+l]
3. What are the geological factors for formation of hydrogeological condition? How do you
differentiate aquifer and confining bed? t1+21
4. a) Describe direct method of sub-surface site investigation. t3I
b) What are the geological consideration for selection of road and dam site. How do you
investigate lhe foundation site for buitding and bridge? Mention in brief. [2+1.5+1.5]
5. a) How CLOF occured? What arathclypes of movement according to varne?- Describe
inbrief. l2+3)
b) Classi$ engineering evaluation of hazard. How absolute hazard assessment carried
out? Describe. [3+2]
6. a) What are the parameters for RMR-system of rockmass classification? Describe
meaning of rockmass class w.r.t, shear parameter? [4+l ]
b) Intrepretate the stabilily condition of rock slope where canal atignment have lo be
pass. The orientation discontinuities and hill slope and internal friction angle are as
follow: tsl
HS = 138"/450, Jr =234"138,J2 = 098"/58', J: = 315'/60" and 0 = 25o
I
I
7. a) Define reserve. How do you estimate the reserve for conslruction material to construct
highway project? tll
b) Apparent dip amounts of Quartzite bed rock along N20oE and N65'E are I :9 and I :l 2
respectively. The vertical thickness of bedrock is 105 m. Calculate the reserve of
.^n.tnr.ri^h 6.t,r:rl l^' 4- __î_^^-:_^ ) '
i.t
05 TRIBHWAN UNTVERSITY Eram. llacli
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Prss Mer}s l6

2075 Baisakh Year / Part tll Time I % hrs.
Subjecl: - Engineering Geology ll (C8553)

r' The figlres in lhe margin indicate FuLWks.
/ Assume suitable data i/necessary.
l. What are the rock forming minerals? Mention civil engineering significance of calcite
'w.r.t' reservoir site selection. [2+l'l
2. Outline the major engineering Geological problems of Siwalik and Higher Himalaya
zone. What are the mitigation measures oferosion? Describe. [l+l+l]
3. Describe relation betu'een hydralic gradient and hydralic conductivity in groundwater
formed?
movemenl. How an artesian 12+11
4. a) What do you mean by geophysical exploration? t3I
b) For hydropower project, tunnel alignment have to be seleeted: rThe overburden
material-depth is confrmed from drilling of three boreholes, where top of the bedrock
is encountered as follow-
t5l
Location ofborehole Depths of bedrock at
From BH + I - BH + 2, at distance of 1000m BH+l BH*2 BH+3.
along N32"E -200 m -300 m -500 m
From BH + I - BH * 3 at distance of 800 m along

s73.E
Select suitable alignment oftunnel, w.r.t. attitude ofbedrock.
5. a) What is the mechanism of mass movement? What are the consequences of GLoF as
geological hazard, descri be.
13+21
b) How do you differenriate hazard and risk? Describe relative hazard.
[3+2]
6.a) How do you select support type for underground opening? Describe with justification.
t4l
b) are the supporr system and excavation method of poor rock crass accordi,g to
!h1
RMR system? Menrion.
[3+3]
7' u) Wh1 a1e the requireme s for selection of borrow area for construclion material
exploration? Mention. Describe types of resource.
trl
b) T!9 attitudg of sandstone bedrock is N44.W / 36". The difference of rop and bottom
ofbedrock is 82 m. Calcufate the reserve of aggr egate inZ.7 km strike length and
0.62
km. dip length ofrock quarry site.
t2l
l.\
_I r-
06 TRIBHUVANUNIVERSITY Eram.
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING levcl BE Full Marks 80
-Exa rri oa tion Controt Division

Programme BCE Pass Marks 32
Prrl /tl 'Time
2074 Bhadra Year ;/ 3 hrs.
- Soil Mechanics (CE5J2)

/ Candidates are required to give their answers in lheir oun u,ords as far as practicable.
/ lltempt 4!questions.
/ The fisures in the marpin indicate Full Muks.
/ Assume suitable dam ifnecessory.
l. What do you understand by soil mechanics and why do you need to sludy this? What
would be a solution ofdifferenr soil Engineering problem? 121
2. A relative dcnsity tesl conducted on a sandy soil obtaincd the following results: maximum
void ratio = L25, minimum void ratio = 0.45, relative density = 40Yo and G = 2.65. Find
the dry density of the soil in the present slate. If a 3 m thickncss of this statum is
densified to a relative density of 60%, how much will the soil reduce in thickness? What
will be thc new density in dry and saturated conditions? - t8]
3. a) How do you identifo fine grain soils in the field?
b) Write down rhe types of sril classifications.
c) For finding the suitability of soils as subgradc for highways, lvhich soil classification
is generally used? Write down the name ofeach group according lo that classification.
Shorv the general rating of those groups as a suitability ofsubgrade.
d) Draw the plasticity chart in corporated in an USCS and give the group symbols of the
various region in the chart- U+2+2+31
4. What is specific surface area and what is its effect on fine grained soil? [3+l]
!. a) What is Zero Airvoid (ZAv)?
b) Write down the faclors lhal affect soil compaction._
c) The maximum dry unit weight ofa compacted soil mass is found to be l8 kN/mr with
optimum water contenl being l5%. Find tlrc values of porosity and degree of
satuation ofthis compact€d soil. Also, find the value ofthe maximum dry unil weight
on the zero air void line at that optimum water conlcnl? Take specific gravity of soil
solid as 2.7. [ | +2+3]
6. a) Define the meaning of capillarity in regard with normal soil ground. Also, explain the
effect ofwater table variation on theeffective stress.
b) As shown in beloue figure, an inclined permeable soil layer is underlain by an
impervious layer. The coellicient of permeability of the pcnneable soil layer is equal
to 4.8 x l0-5 m/sec- lfseepage ofwater in this soil layer occurs in the direction shswn
in the figurc below, then calculate (i) llydraulic gradient and (ii) rate of water flolv
(seepage) for that soil layer- Take the thickness of soil layer, H =3 rn and thc angle of
inclination ofthat soil layer, c :5". Assume any other necessary conditions.
Gtound Surfa.e
Dirtrion Ground IVater Tablc

of
:-:.:-:.:lcrin.
l3
c) Write down the namesof testing method for delermining coelficient of permeability
in lhc laborarory and field.
d) Differentiate between d.ischarge velocity.and seepage velocity. 12+4+2+21
?. What are the propenies oiflow net? Prove that flow lines intersect the equipolential line
at right angles. - 12+6I
8. a) V€aical shess due to a point load can be calculated based on Boussinesq's and
Weslergaard's solutions. What is the basic difference berween these two solutions?
b) tsriefly explain Neu,rnark's lnfluence Chart. What is the main use ofthis Chan?
c) Describe approximate stress distiibution methods for loaded areas. [2+3+3]
9. a) What are the methods ofacceleratirf consolidation sefllement? What are the different
causes ofpreconsolidation of soil? Il+21
b) Derive a governing differential equation for one dimensional consolidatior theory by
Terzaghi? I7l
10. a) Write down the names ol'shear strength tcsts thal cao be performed in the laboratory?
How do you calculate shear strength in direct shear test?
b) Ifdirect shear is conducted for loose and dense sands, then plol graphs of Shcar strcss
and Change in height ofspecimen versus Shear displacement.
c) Unconfined compression test is a spccial type of unconsolidated undrained triaxial
lest. Why?
d) Derive an expression for principal stresses at failure conditions. l2+2+l+5)
ll.a) Explain finite slope and infinite slopes in regad with slope stability.
b) Find Factor of Safcty of slope using = 0 analysis method. Assume necessary
{
conditions. [2+4)
.L\
04 TRIBHUVANUNIVERSITY Exam. Rcqulrr
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING L.v€l BE,- Full Merks 80
BCE,BME,
Examination Control Division B_!E_,-q4l\4
'T2
Subject: - Probability and Statistics 6flJJ2,

/ Candidates are required to give their answcrs in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Attempt 4lquestions.
r' The figures in the mor?ifl indicate [!!LA!!8!.
/ Necessn'y lables arc otloched hercb,ilh.
r' Assume suitable data ifnecessary.
l. What are lhc merits and demerits ofmean? The expenditure of 1000 families is given as
below:
Expenditure 40-59 60-79 80-99 100-l l9 120-139
No- of families 50 500 50
lfthe mcdian of freguency distribution is 87, find the missing frequencies. t6l
2. Define conditional probabiliry. Two sets of candidales arc competing for the posilioDs on
the Board of Directors of a company. The probability that lhe fi$t and second sets will
win are 0.6 and 0.4 respectively. If the first set wins rhe probabiliry of intodueing a new
product is 0.8 and lhe coresponding probability if lhe second set u,ins is 0.3. What is the
probabilily lhat lhe product willbeintroduced? t61
3. Define hypergeomaric distribution wilh an example. Dcscribe the conditions for the
binomial approximation to hypergeometric distribution? [2+3]
4. An office switchboard receives telephone calls at a rate of 3 calls per minut€ on an
average. Find the probabilily ofreceiving (i) no calls inone minute intervali
(ii) al lcast 3 calls in an one minute intervai;

(iii)al nosl2 calls in a five minute interval - t5l
5. The mean elongalion ofsleel bar under a panicular tcnsile load has been established to be
normally distribution with param€ters p = 0.06 and o = 0.008. assuming the same
distribution applies to new bar, find the prbbability that lhe mean elongation falls
a) Above 0.08
b) Between 0.05 and 0.07
c) Either below 0.045 or above 0.065 t5l
OR
The distribution of amount of the gravel
tn ton) sold by a particular conslruclion supply
company in a given week is conlinuous random variable X with the probability density
function
,,,, x2+l)for 0sx<l

=
{(;), Otherrvise
a) Find the cumulative dislribution function ofsales.

b) What is the expected value and variance ofsales? t5l
Le-
6. The amount ofdislilled water dispensed by a cenain machine is normally. distributed with
mean value 64 oz and standard deviation 0.78 oz. What container size will ensure lhal
overflow occrrrs only 0.5% ofthe,rime? t4l
7. Define palameter and slatistic with €xamples. (41
t6l
a) Write down all possible sample size of two without rcplacement'
b) Verify that lhe populalion mean is equal to lhe mean ofthe sample mean.
c) Calculate thestandard enor of the sampling distribution oflhe sample mean
9. Define conelation and regrcssiou wilh examples. Write down rhe properties of corelalion
coeffi cieot and regression coeffi cient- tsl
l0.The following data gives the expe ence of machine operators in years and their
pcrformance as given by the number ofgood parts tumed out per 100 pieces.
Exoerience (X) t6 l2 l8 4 3 IO 5 l2
Performance (Y) 87 m 89 68 78 80 75 83
a) Fit lhe regression equalion of pedormarce ntiqgs on experience and eslimale the
probable performance if an operator hm 8 yearscxperience. t5l
I l. Describe lhe procedure of the test of significance of differcnce of two means for small
sample. Isl
12. Shyam and Co. produces three varietics of products: deluxe, fine and ordinary. A recenl
market survey is conducted for preference of products, The prel'erence was found as
follow:
Product Production
Deluxe l5 l4 l9 l8
Fine t7 t2 20 l6
Ordinary l6 t8 l6 t7
Is lher€ a significant difference in the prcference of products using ANOVA tesl. Use
o.= 5Yo. I61
13. Define type I and Il eiror. A manufacturer claimcd that at least 95olo of the pumps
supplied to the ABC Company confirmed to spc:sifications. Hou,ever, the production
manager al ABC Company wasn't satisfied with the claim ofthc ntanufacturer. Hcnce, lo
lest the claim, the manager examined a sample of250 pumps supplied last month and
found that 2?8 pumps as per lhe spccifications. Can you conclude thal the production
manager is right todoubt on lhe claim ofthe manufacturer? (q = 0.01) lsl
14. Define chi-square dislribution- From the following data can you concludc that there is
association belween the purchasc of brand and geographical rcgion? (Use 5% level of
significancc) I5l
?.1. o -.-
-L€
15. As partof a stidy monitoring acid rain, measurements of sulfate deposits (kg/hectare) are
recorded for different localions on the Easlern Tcrai ofNepal. The results are listed in the
following table for l5 recent and conseculive years:
Acid Rain: Sulfate l8I
Year l,ocation I (x) Location 2 (y) Location 3 (z)
t 1t .94 13.09 7.96
2". II r0.88 12.84
3 10.38 12.t9 7.38
4 8:00 t0;15 7.26
5 12.t2 t7.2t t0.t2
6 10.27 t0.26 8.E9
7 14.80 15.49 I1.60
I t3.52 I t.6l 9.02
9 r 0.55 r0.53 '1.78
l0 9.8r t2.50 8.70
lt 1t.27 9.94 t 0.50
t2 12.12 I l.2l 9.9s
r3 I l.6r- 9.' r 5.59
l4 11.77 9.37 I0.54

l5 t7.29 r3.87 13.64
a) Find sample mca6sample standar*dcviation an&coe{ficient of variatiorforSu}fate

deposits of each location.
b) Givelour conclusion aboul va ability and uniformity from lhe analysis.
-l9
' Appindix A 737
TABLE Distribution
Area ro rhc Righl of rhe Cril;cal Value
D.Brees
of
Freedom
I 0.001 0.004 0-0r6 2.106 3.841 5.924 6.635 1.879

-t t0597
2 0010 0.020 0.051 0.103 0-2t I 4.605 5.99r 315 9210
3 0.9t2 0.t15 0.216 0.352 0.581 6251 7.8!5 9.348 r rJ45 121838
t o.zut o;.i,yt 0.484 0:711 1.061 1,719 93liij' 1'l:1.{3 . .13.271 !4:860
5 o.412 0.5v 0.R3t r -145 !.6'0 911,6 lt 07l !2.833 ! 5.0E6 16.?v)
6 0,616 0:872 1.237 r.635 2.M 10.6{5 12t592 t4.449 '16:812 :is,s4s
7 0.989 1.219 ,.690 2.833 12.017 14.067 16.013 l 18-475 m.275
8 r.344 t.g6 2.180
-2.167
2:'t33' !J.490 13i62 l5-507 i,is3s 2e090 21.95s
I r.735 2.088 .2;tN 3iE 4.168 14.68! 16.91 9 D.b3 ziirr 23.589
t0 2.156 2.558 tr.247 3.9r{i l:d65 ,5,987 18J07::' Zij:t$.,' 2320, 25-rE8
ll 2.@3 3.051 3-8r6 4.575 5.578 11.n3 19.675 21.920 24.725 26.i51
t2 3.O74 1.5' 4-4o4 5.226 6:304 lq,5t? 21fl6 ZZ-331: 2b2\i ?8.299
l3 3.565 4.t07 5.009 5.gn 7.U2 r9.8r2 22.362 24.736 n.$8 29,8'9
1t 4.075 4.6t 5.629 6.571 ,7190 2t:oar 23.6S5, 26119 29.t47 3r.3t9
l5 4.60t 5.229 6.2Q 72tt 3 5{7 z)3lJt 249 2?.4&3 305?8 32.$r
l6 5.t42 5.8r2 6.9$ 1.94 9.31? 23.542 26296 28.845 32.UX) v.267
t1 5.69 6.408 1SA 8.6't2 10.0s5 24.169 77j9 30.r9r 33.4tn 35.7t8
l8 6.26s 7.015 8.23r 9.390 10.&5 25.989 28,369 31.576 34.805 3?.r56
l9 6.841 7.633 8.90? l0.l I7 I1.651 27.2U 30.t44 32.852 36.191 38.582
20 7.4v 8.260 9.591 l0,9sl 12-443 24.412 3r_410 34:l?0. 3'i.566 39.97
2l 8.034 8.897 1o283 11.5,l 13.240 29.6r5 32.6',11 35.479 38.932 4t_401
22 8.643 9.542 10.982 r2.338 14.u2 30.813 33.924 36.181 40.289 42.796
2? 9.26/J lu. r 96 l r.689 r3.09t t4.848 32.007 15.172 3a.o76 4l.6ilr 44.181
9386 10.856 t2.40t ,3.848 r5.659 33.196 36.415 39.364 a.9w 45.559
25 10.520 11.524 13.r20 t4-61, 16.471 34.332 37.(I52 40.646 443t4 46.923
26 )t-l60 12.t98 13.844 15.3'.t9 't7.292 35-563 3S.685 .11.y23 45.642 4S.2m
l t.808 ,2.n9 14.5-13 16.t5' 13.Ir4 36.741 40. 3 43.194 46.963 !9.615
2A 12.461 13.565 15.308 ,6.928 13.939 37.9t6 4t 33t -' q:qlit 48.n8 50.993
l9 l3.l2t t4_2:7 16r{? r7.?08 !9.?f,3 39.0$7 41.:5,1 45.,112 49.588 32i36
30 13.1n 14_954 t6;191 r8.493 20.599 40.256 43;113 46.9'19 s0.892 51.42
40 20.?o7 21-164 24.413 26.5@ 29.051 5'.305 55-?53 59 342 61.691 66.t6{1
50 27.Wl 29.107 32.35? 14.164 37.639 63.r 67 67.505 'tt.420 'i6.154 'i9.49{)
6t) 35.514 37 4S5 40.482 43.188 46.459 74_391 790S2 33.293 88.379 91.952
70 43.215 45.442 4S.758 5l.?39 55.329 s5.527 90.53r 95 023 t00.425 104.2r5
80 51.t72 53.540 57.153 60.391 (a.213 96.578 r0I.679 106.629 1t2.329 ,16.32t
.90 59.196 61.754 65.64? 69.126 13.291 107.565 113.r45 1r8.r36 124J16 123.29
I00 67.32S 70.065 14.242 77.929 82.35S ll8-49S t24.342 129.561 r35.80? r40.169
FmD Dorlld B.Ove. rr."/rlt@t oJ 9ntutic.t Tahkt g19i62 Ad'rnoo.w.sl.y Publi!|,;nt Coi RedinB. MA- Rrprinr.d wiri Fhh.
, - Lora)n6'l.ne inr.nlk or hyporh.ii. t.slr*irh.3l.nd.rdd.ri.tion or vnian..

& - I Io' muxino'ri rl .tlJ.ri'n.nri or t@dnE$ onfir *irhlercgori.i
(, - I X. - )
I ror @ntirs.ncy rabl.r wnh , row! lrd . column3
I- I lor Krullal,wrllir rc sirh I iar+1.5
An Addison-Weslcy product. CopyriBht e 2004, P€arson Educ:Iion, ,.c.
2c
O] TRIBHUVANIJNIVERSII'Y Exrm.
INSTIIUTE OF ENGINEERINC Level BE Mark 80
Examination Control Division Programme I BCE Marks

2074 Bhadra Ye.r /Prrl lt / Tine 3 hrs.
Theory of Structure (C8551)

/ Candidates are required to give their answe$ in their own words as far as practicable.
/ The frgures in the margin indicdte E!!!Ag!b.
/ Assume suitoble dota i!'necessory.'
l. a) Dctermine the verlical deflection ofJoint 'D'of

the truss due to (i) loading shown (ii)
members DE and DC being 5 mm loo long and (iii) temperature of member CD along
is rise up hy 20oC. lt2l
30 KN
E
15 KN C
Take E=200x IOrN/mm2
CoeffiCient of thermal
6/oC
expansion= l2x l0
A
u
4m 4m
b) Explain the material non-linearity and Geometrical non-linearity with neat sketches. t4l
2. a) Determine hodzontal deflection al E ofthe frame shown in figure be1ow, tt 0I
20 KN/m
c D
2Et
3m
EI 4m
IO KN. B
EI E
im
b| Determine horizontal and vertical deflection ofpoiol C ofthe frame shown in figure
below due the temperature vadalion. t6l
B 4m
C
- 20.c
6m
+20cC
30 cm
<S
3. a) Define influence line diagram. Explain its use. t4l
b) Determine maximum banding moment at section C and also the absolute maximum
bending moment wherthe sel of concentraled loads moves from left to right of the
girder shown in figure below. ll2I
OOKN 8OKN 2OKN
J
4m 3m 2m
35m
100 n
4. A three hinged circular arch has a span of l00m and a rise of l0m. Two point loads of20
kN and 30 kN, spaced 5m apan, roll over the arch from IEfi to righl wi$ 20 kN load
loading. Using the inlluence linc diagram, find the rnaximum bending momcDls al a
section 25m from the left suppon. Also find aormal thrust and radial shear at the sarne
section corresponding to the msximum bending moment. I l6]
5. a) Enlis rhe diflercnt components ofa suspcnsion bridge. t4l
b) The stiffening girder of suspension bridge of span l20m has hinged at the end and in
the middle span, thc cable is suspended belween two points separated horimntally by
l20m and..vertically by 6m. The maximum deep of the cable js l2m from upper cnd
point. Two points loads 200kN and l00kN arc concentrated at 30m and 55m llom
higher end. Calculate and draw shear force diagram and bending moment diagram for
girder. tt 2l
2.6
07 TRIBHUVANT'NIVERSITY Eram. Rcgular
INSTIruTE OF ENGINEE&ING Level BE Full Marks 30
Examination Control Division Programmc BCE Pass Marks t2

2074 Bhadra Yerr / Parl II/II Time 3 hrs.
Subjecl: - Building (cE556)
/ Candidatcs ae required to give their ansu/ers in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Auemp, /llquestions-
r' Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Ma s.
/ N"r"tsoryiie"ret or",
y' Asmme suitoble dara if necessary.
I . Calculate the permissible built up area and maximum no. stories if the plot area is 0-5-3-
l, permissible grorurd coverage is 60% and floor area ratio (FAR) is I .5. l2l
2. Draw a light plane and righr ofway (ROW) as pcr building byeJaws. l2l
3. Fill in the blank spoces: I2l
a) Beam above the opening is ca11ed................
b) Minimum widlh of the stair in residence is................
c) The size ofthe single shutler wooden frame is................
d) The standard sizc ofNepali brick is................
4. Redraw the given Floor Plan with-appropriate dralling tcchniques with all necssary
information. Use scale l"= 4'- 0". ll2l
5. Draw a Wall Section lhrough foundation to parapet level al A-A shown in given plan of
two sroried building. Mention lhe levels, floor details (ground and upper), Toe wall detail
and walls wilh l2mrn plaster on botlrsides. Use scale l:24 ll2I
Descriptlons:
l. Column size :12" x 72"

2. Wallthickness(ext./int.):9"/4"
3. Plinth heitht :!'-5"
4. Sill HeiBht :3"
5. tintel Hei8hr :7'
6. floor Height :9'-4-
7. Slab Thickness :5r'
8. Parapel Height :3'
9. Plinth Eeam : 9" X 9"
10. Floor Beam :9"X14'
11. Slab proiection : 1'-6"
12. Lintel Band :6"
13. Sill Band :3"
14. Riser: 7"
15. Tread: ll"
16. Window HeiBht: 4'
Oa
.<-)
l
o .l
:T
q
I
A A t
L -J
i
(r 1'-0-,r( 1'.7)
t ,l
TOILET
'.1r.25') /o
o0 'l
I -uvrNc RooM
7'
(14'-2'X13.0')
@
LVL +000
@ R=
T: 1l
6'
I
f.o.
- _.-2gJ:.
GROUND FLOOR PLAN

AREA: 889.23 SQ.FT
I.
I
.05 TRIBHWAN.[TNMR$rrY,r'::';r r j'r, ., Exo.n", l{rgrr lrr r' ,l :.":::a$

Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Markr l6-
2073 Bhadra Year / Part II1[ Timt l Tz hrs.
'--_-_--:-:-_'---
Subject: - Engineering Geology II (C8553)
{ The Jigures in the margin indicate Fall Mark.
l. Define engineering geological map. Mention engineering significance of quartz mineral

w.r.t hydropower project when sediment analysis has been carried out. [1.5+1.5]
2. Define discontinuity. Oufline major engineering problems of lesser Himalaya. 11+21
3. Differentiate aquifer and confining bed. Mention geological factors for fonnation of
hydrogeological conditions. [+l]
4. a) What are the purposes of site investigation? hscribe geophysical and geotechnical
exploration. l2+4)
b) selection.
Describe the geological consideration for reservoir site t3I
5. a) Define ttazard and risk. Describe mechanism of mass movement. [2+21
b) Describe parts of landslide with labelled diagram. Mention types of movanent with
reference to vame's classification {2+3]
6. a) Three boreholes A, B and C were drilled for limestone reserve calculation. Bore hole
A lies at 600 m distance due N28oE from borehole B. Bore hole C li]es at 400m
distance dues S lOoW from bore hole B. The top md bottorn of limestone bed,was
encountered at the following depth ofgiven bore holes. t5l
Bore hole T m Bottom (m)
A 200 260
B 220 280
C 240 300
Calculate the tue ihickness of limestone bed.
b) Yrrhat are the conditions of plane failure of rock slope. 12)
c) What are the parameters of Q-system for rockmass classification ? 12)
d) Hou'do you calculate RQD from drill core method? 121
7. Defme reserve. Calculate reserve for aggregate of quartzlle bedrock having vertical
thick*ress 300 m at S 72'W43" and in an area of 437 km2. t31
*++
I
0I TRIBHWAN irNnhf{S1fi,r !. 'E*am. .. ' llc ullrr ,:|)
INSTITUTE OT ENGINEERING l,evel BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE, B. Agri. Prss Marks 32

2073 Bhadra : Year / Part [/ Tirue 3 hrs.
Subject: Hydraulics 1CE555)

/ Caadidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Altempl All qrcstions.
/ The fisares in the marsin indicate Frdl Marks.
/ Assume suitable data if necessary.-
1. In a hydro dynamically rough pipe of 100 mm diamet€r, the ratio of velocities at l0 mm

aad 30 mm from the pipe wall is 0.838. Determine the average height of rhe wall
roughness, shear stess at the wall and mean velocity of flow if velocity at 30 mm is
1.90 m/s. t8l
2. A single unifomr pipe joinstwo reservoirs. Calculae the pereenlage increase of flow rate
obtainable it from the mid-point of this pipe, anotber of the same diameler is added in
parallel to it. Assume equal fiiction factor for both pipes and neglect minor losses. [8]
3. A reservoir A feeds two lower rcservoirs B and C d,Lough a single pipe l0 kn long, 750
mrn diameter having a downwad slope of 2.2x10r. This pipe then- divides into two
branch pipes, one 5.5 km long laid wittr a downward slope- of 2.75x10'r (gcing to B), the
other 3 hn long having a downward slope of 3.2x10-r (going to C;. Catculate the
necessary diametrrs of lhe branch pipes so that the steady flow rate in each shall be
0.24 mtls, when the levet-rn each re$rsoir is 3 m above{re-eod strlre eorresponding
pipe. Neglect all losses except pipe friction and tate f:0.025 rhroughout. [0]
4. Discuss Wat€r hammet phenomenon. Develop Eulerb equation as w€ll as continuity
equation for rmsteady flow. t81
5. Define steady Non rmiform and spalially varied flow. Give d least truo exanrples of each
flows. t31
6. a) Design an economical trapemidal channel with a veloeity of 0.6 ilr/s. The side sloJre Z,
of cannel is 1.5 and conveys a discharge of 3 m'4. Take manning's coefticient as
0.003. AIso find the requircd bed slope. t6l
b) Define hydraulic exponent. Show that the l'alue of hydraulic exponefll for rectangular
section is equal to l0/3. I4l
7. a) Water flows in a 4 m wide rectangular channel at a depth of 1.8 m and velocity
L4m/s. The channel is contracted to a width of-1.25m in particular reach. Is the flow
possible in given specific energy? If nol what should be the discharge in chamel so
that flou is possible in the given specific energv? Also determine the depth offlow at
contracted section and upstream ofcontracted section. [2+2+31
b) Figure shows flow thrcugh the sluice gate provided in a rectangular channel of width
l0 m. If the discharge in the channel is 7mrls, determine the force exerted by water in
the gate. Take momentum correction factor equals to I .15. t5l
Sluice Gato
Upstream Water
2-5m
0.25rn Doumtrram
8. WhEt is a mild slope? JustiS analytically the nature of surface profiles (both rpsteam
and downsbeam end)for mild slope. tr+41
9. The partial water surface profile shown in figure belo-w is for a rEctangulu channel of 3 m
width in which water is flowing at a discharge of Smlsec.
a) Does a hydraulic occur in a channel? If so, is it located upstream on downsbeam at
poiat A2 t5l
b) Draw and name water surface profile. t5I
..6 m
fii]
A Horizontal scctioa
10. Why shear skess reduction factor 'K" is necessary while designing the mobile boundary
channel? Explain the desip (step by step) of mobile [oundary c]rannel by
ma:rimnm permissible velocity approach. - 12+41
. rri .. ,i lriri+rrl{;r1* i
12 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSI'TY uhr
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING l,evel BE Full Marks IrIl
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pss! Mf,rki 32

2073 Bhaitra Yerr / Prrt II/II Timc 3 hrs.
Subject: -S ll (cE s4)

r' Candidates are required to give their answers in their ow-n words as far as practicable.
/ Attempt &questiot$.
/ The Jigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
l. a) What is omitted measurrment? Explain the case when two affected sides are not
adjacent. t4I
b) A Iink uaverse was run betwe€n main taverse stations "Bi' and '!M'. Clockwise
angles of link traverse taken uere: ABX = 135'00'30", BXY = 98o0?55",
YYM = 209"45'02' and YMN = 64039'33" respectively. Lengths of link traverse are:
BX = 31.612, XY = 22.260 m and YM = 36.1 53 m respectively. The coordinates of
maid havers€ stations given arel' A (42.36L mN, 18.820m8), B (20.000mN,
30.000mE) and M (50.000mN, t00.000mE), N (70.600mN, 65.6670mE) rcspectively.
Calculate the final coordinates of stations X and Y. Adjust any misclosure by
Bowditch method. tr2l
2. a) What is tacheometry? Explain the booking and plotting daails in techeometric
surveying. Calculate the gmdient betwecn station A and station B from the following
observations takcn &om tacheometer frtted with anallaclic lens. The RL and HI of
instrum€nt station P are 1275m and I .55m respectively. [4+6]
Insc Station Tarcet Statior Vertical Stalf readinps (m)
P A 30030' 6.30' r,ll5, 1.7r5. 2.355
B 75'30' 9'15' 1.250.2.000. 2.750
b) C-alculate the RL of top of tower P, base of which was not accessible from the two
instrumentation stations X and Y. The .top of the tower and lhe instrument stations
were not in the same vertical plane. The observed zenithal angles from X to P and Y
to P were 30'30'and 29"20' respectively. H.l. of instruments al X and Y were 1.5?m
and 1.50 m respectively and dista$ce between thenHrs&s 20+rn- The horizontal angles
obserued were: PXY :
45'45' XYf = 60o30' respectively. The back sights taken to
BM with RL of 1000.00m were l.8m and 0.8m from X and Y respectively. t6I
3. a) What is contour index? What are the different methods of interpolating contou6?
Explain thern with appropriale examples and sketches. t81
b) What isresection? Explain the twe point problem. What is intersection? The
coordinates of known stations A (7492 mN, 3932mE) and station B (7487mN,
2960mE). Calculate the coordinate of unknovm point P, where the observed
horizontal angles taken 1o P from A is 44'52'36- and to P from B is 75"33'22"
respectively. [4+41
I
4. a) Explain the setting out of simple circular curve by offsets frcm long chord. t4I
' b)']t is proposed to insert a circular curve of 300m radius with a triansition curve of
length 60 m long each end of the circular curve. Prepare necessar-v data for setting out
!
. the combined curve in tabular form. Deflection angle between two alignmnets of road
. is 45' and chainage of intersection point is 2000m. Peg interval for transition and
cireular curve are 20 m and 30 m respectivcly. Take chainage at multiple of peg l
interval. t6l )
c) A gade of -3.5oZ lneets another grade of +0.5%. The elevation and chainage ofIP are
1267.00m and 780 m rgspectively. Field condition requires that the vertical curve
should pass through a point ofelevation 1268m at chainage 780m. Compute a suitable
equal tangent vertical curve and fullstations elevations when normal chord = 30 m. t6l
5. Explain the following: (any four)
-
[4,4]
i) Principle of stereosqopy, importance of aerial mapping
i
ii) Application of rernote sensing

iii) Working principle and components of GPS
iv) GIS and its components and su6system
v) Fcatures oftotal stalion and its importance.
+'r*
04 lli ill, I \j.^ ii ,,r.ii\il'ii!r lY Exarn.
ifu Ii:l ()| iiNLilT.iEERr,-\(i
tNSl i-€vei BF Firll Marks 8{)
Ex:rnrination Control Division Prcgrarnm t) BC t: BMiJ, BI E Pass [hrl,s

--
3
2071 tshldr:r Year./ Pflrt II nri

"i;--
Subjecl. - Probability and Statisri cs (:iftJj?,j
'/ Caxdidates !ii. reiluir.d lo g;';ir.hei:; ansrvcis in thtir,--rrvn rvords a-. ihl as Dracticable.
y' Attempt .A!! .t uc:ttionr .
{ The.figures in thc margin indic e Ig!LL[g!b.
{ Necessam tables are afrached herewi{r-
r' Assume suitable data i"fnecessary.
l. What are graph alld diagrams? What are the importanc€ and limitation of dia$ammatic
and graphical representation ofstatistical data? 12+41
2. Define Axiomatic approach of probability. ln a bolt Factory, machine A, B and C
manufacture 609L 25% and l5% respectively. Of the toral of thek output ioA,2o/o and, lo,'c
arc defective bolts. A bolt is drawn at random from the total prcduction and found to be
defective. From which machines the defective bolt is expect to have been manufactued? t6l
3. What are tlre chief characteristics of Negati',e Binomial Distribution? How does it differ
ftom Binomial Distribution? [4+l]
4. Define poisson distribution. A survey report shows that the probability 0.001 that a car
will have a ftat tyre while driving over a c€nain bridge. What is the probability that
among 2000 ears driven over this bri,Jge (i) not-more than one will have a flat twe; (ii)
more than three will have a flat tyre; (iii) exactly ,l will have a flat tFe. t5]
5. A random variablc X has the probability density function (x) as t5I
t*
f(x)=.lkxe t-, for 0Sx<oo
[ 0 otherise
i) Find the value of constant k f (x) is pobability derisity fonction

ii) Findlba distitution funcr.ion F(x)
iii) Also hnd the mean ofrandom variable X
6. Define Normal distribution. Give the condition br normal approximation to Binomial
distribution *ifltan example. t5I
7. Defme the standard enor of mean. Write the expression for stmdard erFor of mean when: t5l
i) Sarnple is draurr from large population
ii) Sampling is done without replacement form a finile populalion
8. A population comists o{ the four nunrben 12,13,14,15. L5]
i) Write down alt possible sample size two withont rcplacement,
ii) Veriry that the sample mean isuhbiased estimator for population nrean.
iii) Calculate the standard error of mean.
9. Define the conetation coefficient and mention its important properties. What does the
coefficient ofdetermination mea-sure? t5I
I
' i0; Pas experience shows ihe follo*ing result of productivity per'heotare witr 'the respectiue I
uses ofchemicdl fertilizers-and seeds. Fit the multipte tineai regresfion equationofY and I
I
Xl and X2 form the given data. t5l I
Fertilizer les (Xl): 45 30 70 't5 65 80 l
Seeds kes (X2): 2 I.8 2.5 2 J I

i
Productivitv kes (Y): 2000 2100 1800 1900 2400 2500. I
A sirnply. supported beam carries a concentrated ioad X (Kg) dr its mid point. The
follwingJath€iyes maximum deflection Y (cm) corresponding io variorrs vdue ef X.
X: 100 t20 L40 160 I80 240
Y: 0.45 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.E5
Calculate the two regtression equations and E$imate the value of ma:<imurn dellection
whenX= l70kg.
11. Describe the procedurc ofthe l€st ofsignificance for paired t-lest. lsl
12. Th€e training methods were compared to see if lhey led to gtatrc pofuctivity aftc(
taining. The following arc productivity measnrcs for individuals tsaind by each method: t51
! Method I 45 40 50 39 52 44
Method 2 59 43 47 5l 39 49
Melhod 3 4l 37 41 40 s2 39
Perform an Analysis of variance to test at the 0.05 level of significance whether tlre tlure
tsainingmethods lead to differcnt levels ofproductivity?
..
I 3. The results of a survey regarding "radio listeners" prefercnce for diffetcnt t;pes of music
are given in the following table, is there any association bawem liSeners classified by
age group anti prcference of type of -
:rsic infl uence by age? 15I
'Iypes of music Age Group

19-25 x-35 above 36
Folk Music 80 60 9
Modem music 2t0 325 44
Indifferenr 16 45 32
14. From a lot of units produced by machine A, a sanple of 500 is drawn and testcd for a
quality chamcterisrics. It is found that 16 units are not meeting thc specificatiorr. Another
sanple of size 100 is drawn from the lot of similar units ptoduEd by machine B and
tested. In this case, only 3 units are found to be not mecting lhc spccifrcatiur. Obtain a
996 oenfidence intervals for the differcnce of the properries of dcfective units produced
by the two machines. t5I
15. Iollowing data rcvels the sample of 27 pairs of observation (X,Y) drawn fiem large
population.
t81
x 46 55 49 57 56 46 6 47 5l
Y 2t 37 24 43 43 50 49 48 29
x 6t 56 68 68 48 58 68 45 50
Y 46 43 40 I8 32 4E l8 45
x 59 4_( 66 62 57 57 57 69 47
Y )z 26 27 29 47 37 37 27 30
Find the
i) Sample mean for each variable X and Y

ii) Shich series is morc consistent andwhy?
iif Standard enorofthe difference ofmean in the population
iv) Find tlre coefficient ofKarl Person Coreleration
06 TRIBHUVAN UNIVF,RSITY Bxam. la r'
.
.IIft tI.TUTE o F EN-GIN EERfirIG. Level BE Full Merks r80r'i
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Mrrls 32
2073 Bhadra Year / Part II/II Time I hrs.
Soil Mechanics
/ Candidlrtes are requireil to give their answers in their own wordi as far as practicable.
/ Attempt 4!queltion^\.
/ The ligures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
/ Assume suitable data if neccssary.
l. What are the various field of application of soil mechanics? Write the factbrs that
determine the characteristics ofa residual soil. [+l]
2. Define thixotropy and flow index. A sample of satumted clay has a volume of 97 cm3 and
mass of 202 gm. When completely dried, ilg volume is 87 cm3 and mass of 167 gm.
Determine: 12+61
i) Initial water content
ii) Specific gravity ofsoil solids
iii) Skinkage limh
3. Classify the following soils a, b and c as per unified soil classification system: [3+3+2]
i) Soil passi.r5 form 75p sieve:4%, soil passing from 4.75mm sieve (Coarse fraction)
= 620lo, coefficient of uniformity = 5, coefficient of cuwatu€ = 2.6
ii) Soil passing from 75p sieve = 62%, tiquid limit = 54ol0. plastic limit = 23%
iiifSbil passingfrom?5[ sieve = 39%o.liquid limit = 337a, plstidimit: f8% --
4- What is isomorphoussubstitution? Compare between l:l and 2:l minerals. [+31
5. a) Draw compaction curve fcr a soil shovri4: maximum dr-v density, optimum r+ater
content, zero-air void line, dry side and rvet side of optimum water content-
b) -€ompare the compaction characteristic curv€ for sand and elay. [3+3]
6. Wlat are the factors that influence the height of capillary rise in soils? Establish the _
relationship betweer seepage velocity and supe icial velocity. A soil stratum having-
thickness of l.l5 m, porosity = 30% and G = 2.7 is subjccted to an upward seepage head
of 1.95 m. Determine the thickness of coarse rnaterial required above the soil statum to
provide a factor of safety of 2 against piping assuming that the coarse material has the
sarne specific gravity and porosity as the soil and head loss in the coarse material is
negligible. [+3+6]
7. a) Derive the relationship for the seepage discharg€ through anisotropic soil.
b) If the upst.ea. and do\rnstream heads of an imperuiors dam are 8 m and m I
repectively. then find the seepage discharge when seepagsof water takes place ftom
upstrcam to downstrcam via the isotropic soil lying below the impervious dam-Tale
lotal number of llow channels and equipotential drops as 9 and 12, respectively. Also,
cmls.
take coe{Iicient of permeability of the soil layer. k = 3 x lOa [4+4]
8- What is Newmarks influence chart? A water tank is supported by a ring foundation
having outer diameter of l0 m and inner diameter of 7.5 m. The ring forurdation tansmits
uniform load intensity of l60kN/m2. Compure the maximum vertical stress induced at a
depth of4 m below the foundation using Boussinesq's theory. 12t41
I
,l I
I'
thick saturated soil layer has a compression index of 0.25 and coefficient of permeability I
3.2r 10-' mm/s. If the void ratio is I .9 at vertical stress of 0.15 N/mm', calculate the void !
I
ratio when the vertical stress is increased to 0.2 N/mm2. Also calculate settlement due to
above stress increase and tirne required for 65% consolidation. I
10. a) Write down the names ofshear strength tesls.

[2+S]
t2]
'l
,l
b") Consolidated undrained triaxial test uas performed for a normally consolidated
satunted cla) and cell pressure, sr = 200kN/m2 , axial stress, o, = 550kN/in'? and -)
i
I
pore water pressure, u* = 80kN / m were measured. Answer the followings: a2+2+2+21
i) Plot the Mohr circle ofstresses in regard with Total stress.

ii) Plot the Mohr circle of stresses in regard with effective stress.
iii) Assume the condition ofnormal consolidation and c'=0. Then obtain the value of {'.
iv) If Mohr-Coulomb's failurc criterion is assumed to be valid, then determine the
direclion offailure plane that might occur within the specimen
I I. An infinite sk:pe is made of clay with the fo'llowing properties: 16]
7, = I 8kN / m
r,I' /m'] and O'= 28". If$eslepe has an inclination of
= 9kN / mr,c = 25kN
35" and hcight equal to l2m, determine the stability of the slope, when (a) the slope is
lnbmerged and (b) there is seepage parallel to the slope.
+ +:*
, 07 . , IIIJBJ{UVAN UNTVGRSITY , ullrr'
I INSTITIIIEOFENGINEERINGI BE Full
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marks t2
2073 Bhadre Yes,t I Plrrl [/II Time 3 hrs.
CE5
Candidar'is are required to give their answers ln their own words as as
At eryt All quesrions-
The figwes in the .margin indicaie Full Marks
* *W :! necessary.
.t**rt
l. Me.rtion all the building components ofsub strucrure and super stuch[e.
t?)
2. Draw hatching pattcm for the following materials in a box of 5 cmx5cm.
l2l
i) Concrete in section
ii) Stone in section
iii) Brick in seaion
iv) Earth compaction
3. Explain with drawing: --Pl
i) Right of Way @Ow)
ii) Light plane
4. Redraw Ground Floor Plan of a providing drawing, based on &e description below with
three layers ofcomplete dimensions. Scale I,' = 8,0',
lt21
s.,{ DimclElgo Remadct
1. W.ll thickness v Extemal
2. 1.y lnternal
@lur:n she 12"\12'
Plinth iEirht 1'6"
5. Slll heEt* x'v
6- +MhcEht 7,V
7 tlo6r 9,5,
8. Shbthumess
tv
10. !.t!t^-
11, Floor bean YxM'
Hinth beem 9'xY
12. SIab proiection 1:6i
13. Lifltel Band RCC
14. Sill Batd PCC
15, Rber r
16. Tread width 17"
OpenlrE SaMule
s, N. Noc, mxtl Remartc

t. Paml Door D1 1 4tr l',e. Maln Door
2- Flush Door D2 3 3'0" 7'O"
3. Flush Door D3 2 2't 1',y sun mica fioBl lnslde
1- W1 2 .6'0" 1d Two panelrYindow
5. Mndow w2 I 4t 4,9 Two panel window
6- Glazed Wndow w3 2 re {v Sinsle bandl window
5. ofroor D2 and window Wl in scale

Draw de,tail el€vations and vertical sections
t" = 2'0". t6I
6- Draw detail plan and section of any one isolated fooriltg of given ground floor plan.
Footing size: 6x6', footing depth: 5x6", column size: 12"x12,' column reinforcement:
l6mmdia. E number, plinth heig}lt: 2'-0". Scale: l"=l'. Assume necessary dimensions. t6l
+--=-_ .--+
---.,5s-
J'jlI2ryi4sl2.3'll'. 3 | '.r l2-1f$1
J-
ql
@
6'- t t1(l t'- l I'

a-
a\d
i
I
I I
i
I
I
1
I
@ l
I
l-
l
GROUND FLOORPIAN
AREA : 756.50 5O.rT.
STAIRCASE MDTH:4'4
RI5ER=7'
TRADE: I l'
..'i',.,,,,.-.:.l::,r :, ::;'i.'l:,i.:.l.':i,rl.,',i'r,:.ii:;,,lEn":,
I
I
03 TRIBHUVAN T,NIVERSIiTY lic g ir lir r'
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full ud i
Examination Control Dlvision BCE ?sss lt/[8rl(s 32

,It.
I
' 2073 Bhadre Year I Part II II fime 3 hn. i
of Strucfure I (CEssl)
I
/ Candidates are requiredTo give their answersio {hei+or*h words as far as+racticable.
l
/ Attempt & questiotts. ,l I
/ The figures in the margin indicate Full Mark.

r'
I
Assume suilable data if ,lecessary- !

l
i
I
I
1. 4) Descrr-be the types of structur€s based on material used. I4l

I
I
I
b) A suspension bridge, 150 m span, has two three hinged stiffening girders supported I
by huocables with a central dip of 20 m. If fow point loads of 200 KN, 150 KIV, 300
KN and 100 KN with equal spacing of 4 *cre moving from left to right along lhe a
':
cental lines of the roadway having 200 KN as.a leading load. Determine maximum I
bcnding moment 8t 40 m fiom lefr support AIso determine maximum tension in the I
i
cable. t6|4l :
2. a) List the steps to follow and illustratc them in an example for determination of l
displacernenth a structural system qging virtual work (unit load) method. t4l l
b) A cantilever beam of length 4 m and having circular cross section of aliameter 15 crn
I
is subjected to a concenhted load of l0 KNand a twisting moment 5 KNm at its end. l
Calculate the strain energies d.:: to bending, shear and torsion- E = 200 KN/mm2, I
G = 80 KN/mm2. t8l
3. a) State and prove theorms of movement area mdthod. t41
b) Determine the vertical deflection ofjoinl B. All the top chord membecs are subjected I
l
to temperature rise of 20"C and alt the vertical members sre lOmm too long. Takg
coeftiCicnt of rhermal exparsion as 12x10+C, Modulus of elasticity as 200KtVmm2.
Cross-sectional area ofeach membesis 1500 mm2. 1l0I
mril 30KN
T!
I
ei
(oi
i
1
4 5tn
4. a) Derive expression for calculation of sructural of quantities by using influence line

diagran r*{ren the loads applied are concentrated force, uniform distributed load and
eouple. t6I
b) A thrce hinged syrnmekical circular arch has a span 50 m and a rise of l0 m. It is
subjected to a rolling load of 50 KN/m of span l0 m moVing from leff lo right.
Determine maximurn bending moment, radial shear and nomral thrust at 15 m from
lell support with the help of influence line diagam. Il0l
4 rf
': I...;'I:o.' '.'. ..5, a) Detcnnine slope and deflection at ft€e fid 6nd 2 m from lqft;upport. . ,ll2l
KN
40 KN/m
A
. zEl 'EI E
b) Determine maximum bending moment at C and absolut€ maximu$ bending moment

in the girder shoum in figure below when four concentrated loads move ftsm left to
right. t12j
I7O KN 215 KN
I KN
I2O KN
3m 2m rm
-.>
C
A l3l
60m
I
06 TRIBHUVAN I.'NIVERSITY x Exam. C}\ :l


2072Magh Year / Part rutI Time 3 hrs.
Subiect: - Sanitary Engineering (CE6s6)

r' The/igures in the margin indtcate Full Marks.
,6rfare the favorable conditions for the adoption of separate and combined sewerage
system? t4l
?. /A population of 30000 is residing in a rural area of 60 hectares. If the average coefficient
" of runofffor this area is 0.60, time required to the entry port is 25 minutes and the time of
travel from the entry port to the section of sewer under consideration for design is 5
minutes. What will be the design discharge for a combined sewer at the section to be
coTrdidered if the average flow of sewage in rural is 45 lpcd and pack factor is2.l? t4l
,/
sewer for separate system to carry peak flow 0.5 m3/sec at a slope 10 in 10000.
v Sewer should
,3r,/Designa
run 0.7 times depth at peali flow. The value of n in Manning's formula is
0.012. Will the self cleansing velocity be maintained in the sewer dwing dry weather
flow? Take peak factor: 3. t8l
g{ Explain the necessity of providing drop manhole in sower line with aneat sketch. t4l
f'
s;ffiescribe the procedure of BOD in laboratory. t4l
--!)zlf the 5 day BOD at 37oC is 200 mg/lif,ond if the rate of deoxygenation is 0.17/ day,
calculate the ultimate BOD and BOD
{paining after 5 days. t4l
6. What *" ,*ious methods of sewage disposal? Describe with their advantages and
disadvantages. t8I
7. a) What is hicking filter? Why it is used? pxplain the construction of tricking filter wittr
a neat sketch. t8I
b) Design a sedirnentation tank and oxidaf{pn pond for a town with the following data: t8I
Population: 10,000 Ii
Sewage flow = 100lpcd
BOD of incoming sewage = 250 mg/l
BOD in the effluent of oxidation pond should be less than 30 mg/l
. c)zDesign a grit chamber for the following data:
v tE
Discharge=5MLD
:
Size of the grit particles 0.2 mm
Sp. gravity of grit particles :2.65 at temperature 20"C
8. Design a sludge digestion tank to treat sludge of primary sedimentation tank'from the
following data: t8I
Capacrty of sedimentation tank: 812.5 mr :
Detained time in Sedirnentation - 3 hrs.

Suspended Solids in raw sewage = 250 mg/lit
Wbter.contertt in foesh sludge = 95Yo :
Water content i1t di.gestetl sludge ".. 80o4

Specific gravity of sludge = 1.02
Digesthn period in digester - 2 months
Primary sedimentation tank rernoves 55% of suspended solids
9. Design the septic tank and dispersion trenches in Nepalese perspectives for 20 users. t8l
10. Write short notes on sanitary landfill'of solid waste. What are its advantages and
disadvantages? t41
+r:r
06 TRIBHUVAN I.'NIVERSITY Exam. Rcgular i Back
Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division BCE Pass Marks 32

2071 Bhadra Year / Part III/U Time, J
Subject: - Sanitary Engineerin g (CE6 5 6)

r' Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
{ A.ssume suitable data if necessary.
,)z'Descibe the components of solid waste management methods. 14l
j,zDiffercrrtiate dry weather flow and we weather flow. Briefly describe various sources of
sanlury sewage. t4l
3.Tbesigtra circular section of combined sewer from the following data: I2+Sl
Area to be served = 60 ha
Population = 65,000
Maximum permissible velocity = 3.2 m/sec
Time of entry = 5 minutes
Time of flow: 18 minutes
Rate of water supply:235 lpcd
Overall runoffcoefficient = 0.55
1 Assume suitably any other data required.
,/Dex:rlbe street inlets and catch basins rvith neat sketches. t4I
{
I
,S/Descibe
v briefly the physical characteristics of wastewater. I{ow the decomposition of
{
I
I
wastewater takes place? Explain the processes. t8I
i OR
i Define BOD and COD and explain their significance in wastewater examination. Derive
BOD equation showing relation between ultimate BOD and BOD remaining at any
[ime, t. t8l
Jrl A wastewater treatment plant.disposes off its effluents into a stream at a point A.
f
,! Characteristics of the stream at a location upstream of point A a.nd of the effluent are as
:i follows: I8I
I Item Effluent Stream
Flow Rate, m'lsec 0.35 0.60
Dissolved Oxyeen. ms/l 2 7
I
TemDerature, "C 29 .22
BODs at}O"C.me/l r5s 2
.
Assume that the deoxygenation constant at?OoC (base e) = 0.2 per day and the reaeration
constant at20"C (base e):0.35 per day. Forthe mixture, equilibrium concentration of
dissolved oxygen for the freshwater is as follows:
Temperature, oC 2t 22 23 24 26 28
DO, mpll 8.99 8.83 8.68 8.53 8.22 7.92
The velocity of stream downstream of the point A is 0.25 m/sec. Determine the critical
oxygen deficit and its location.
""..a:48!*4*" , ." .. "
- .';arr"", l, . ! r',H i
i
1j
li
l
I
7. a),.Designa gdt chamber for a wastewater flow of 180 l/s with SOR: 1.5 cm/second and
i
"/ detenlion period of 50 seconds. Specific gravity of organic and inorganic particles are
I
1
i
1.2 anaZ.OS respectively. Assume the size of both organic and inorganic particles as
0.25,mm. Take k:0.06 and f = 0.03. I
b/A municipal wastewater having a BODs of 190 mg/l is to be treated by a two stage
i
trickling filter. The desired BODs,20"C of the final effluent is to be 25 mgll.If both ,i
the filter's depth is to be 1.85 m and recirculation ratio for both filters is 0.5,
determine the required filter diameters. Assume the wastewater flow rate of 7665 I
m3/day,ail35% BOD is removed in primary sedimentation tank. t8l

I
i
,/
.c/ Wtrat is meant by activated sludge? Describe with sketches the treatment process of j
wastewater by activated sludge process. t8l

:
OR I
Describe the theory of oxidation pond. Design an oxidation pond for treating domestic
I
sewage of 2500 persons supplied wtth225lpcd of water. The BODs of the wastewater
is 250 mgll. Perrnissible organic loading for the pond is 550 kg/ha/day and the
detention time is 12 days. Assume the width to length ratio of the pond as I :2 and the
operational depth as 1.25 m. [3+5]
S/Why treatment of sludge is necessary?
,\-/ Explain the method of dewatering of sludge by
sand drying bed. l8l :
J('Descibe the purpose, constnrction and design criteria of VIP latrine with neat sketch.
Differentiate it \4,ith pit latrine. l8l
,g Write a short note on incinelation of solid waste.
***
t4l il
t:
J
{
j
Exam. Nen'Bacli (2066 & Latcr Batch)
Examination Control Division , BCE Pass Marks 32
2071Magh Year / Part IIIiI Time 3 hrs.
i
;
Subject: - Sanitary Engineering (C8656)
/ Candidates are required to give their ansuers in their own words as far as practicable.
I
i
i / Thefigures in the margtn indicate Full Marks.
I
l
t
l. Compare between water carriage and conservancy methods of sewage disposal with
.
merits and demerits of each method. 14l
! 2. T\e catchment area of a city is 45 hectares. Assuming that the surface on which rain falls
:
is classified as follows: t4l
Type of Surface o/o Area Runoff Coefficient
l l. Forest and Wooden Area l0 0.15
2. Open ground * Unpaved street t0 0.20
3. Parks * Lawns + Gardens 15 0.15
4. Gravel Road 20 0.25
5. Asphalt Pavements 20 0.85
6. Water tieht Roof Surfaces 25 0.90
: Calculate the quantity of storm water if time of entry is 20 minutes and time of flow is 10
minutes.
3. With the help of neat sketches, describe in detail the various steps of sewer construction. t8l
4. With the help of neat sketch, describe the purpose and construction of a drop manhole. t4I
5. a) Describe in detail about BOD and COD with their significances. t4I
b) 2.5 ml of raw sewage is diluted to 250 ml. D.O. concentration of the diluted sample at
the beginning was 8.0 mgA and 54.0 mgfl after 5 days of incubation at 20"C. Find 5-
day B.O.D. of raw sewage and kg. B.O.D. contained in 5 million liters of sewage. 14l
6. The population of a town is 30,000 and domestic sewage is 175 lpcd. The per capita BOD
is 50 gmlday. The dairy waste of the town is 2.2 x 106literdday with BOD of 5000 mg/l
and the waste from other industries is 1.80 x lOs literVday with BOD of 2200 mfi. DO
of both domestic and industrial wastes are zero. The effluent from the sewage fieatment
plant is to be discharged in the natural river having minimum discharge of 8000 liters/sec,
a dissolved oxygen content of 8.0 mgA and BOD of zero. The minimum DO content in
the river. to be maintained is 4.5 mgll. Determine the degree treatment required to the
sewage. Assume saturation DO in the river after mixing with waste is equal to DO
content of river before mixing. Assume any other data not given- l8l
7. a) Design a gnt chamber for a sewage flow of 200 liter/sec with SOR =,2 cm,/sec and
detention time = I min. Specific gravity of organic and inorganic particles are 1.2 and
2.7 respectively. Assume size of both organic and inorganic materials as 0.21 mm.
Takek=0.06andf:0.03. t8I
j
-->",*E&ft+;*+.;.r .
".
i -l
- I "'l''' '
b) With the help of neat sketch, explain the activated sludge process. What are its
c) A sewage having BOD of 180 mg/l is fed to a tlvo stage trickling filter u,ith a flow of
5 million liters per day. The BOD required in the final effluent is <30 mg/I. The
effrciency of the first stage trickling frlter is 2 times the efficiency of the second stage
trickling filter. If depth and recirculation ratio of both first stage and second stages are
1.2 m and 2 respectively, determine the diameters of t}e first stage and second stage
trickling filters. t8l
8. a) Describe the purpose and methods of sludge thickening. t4l
b) A sedimentation tank treats 6 mld of sewage containing 300 mgA of suspended solids.
The tank removes 65Yo of the suspended solids. Compute the volume of the sludge
produced yearly if the moisture content of the sludge is95%. t4l
9. a) Describe the purpose and consfruction of an evapo-transpiration mound. l4l
b) Design a double pit VIP latrine for a family of 15 users. Assume the necessar,v data
suitably. l4I
1 10. Describes briefly the various methods of solid waste disposal. t4l
**:t'
J
06 TRIBHUVAN TINIVERSITY Exam. Nen' Buck (2066 ct Latcr llatclt
TNSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
' 2070 Magh Year / Part m/lI Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Sanitary Engineering (cE6s6)

{ Assume surtable data tf necessory.
l. Why waste water management is important for civil society. State the objectives of waste
water disposal. t4l
2. Calculate the diameter of combined circular sewer with following data: water supply
rate : :
100 lpcd, population density 100 personslhec, peak factor 2.7, area 35 : :
hectares, rainfall intensity :
l5mm/tr, slope :
11750, Manning's coefficient of
:
rugosity 0.011. The coeffrcient of run-off = 0.4. The sewer should run 0.6 depth full
during peak flow. t8l
3. State the steps envolved in construction of sewers in urban area. Briefly describe the
testing of sewer line. l4l
4. With the help of neat sketch, explain the necessity and construction of drop manhole. t4l
5. If one day BOD of a sewage sample at23"C is 105 mg/l. What will be its five day BOD
at 30"C? Assume Kzo:0.1 per day. t8l
6. An industry is going to be established in an urban area near to the river side. The river
water and industrial effluent characteristics are as follows: l8l
Industrial effluent River water
Flow (m3ls) 1.8 22
DO (mg/l^) 0 8.7
BODs,20o 350 6.0
ka, 20":0.25 d'l

kr, 20":0.11 d-l
DO saturation: 9.1 mg/l
At what location in the river critical DO deficit would occur if the flow velocity in the
river is 0.20 m/s. Also find out DO at the end of I and 3 days.
7. a) With neat sketch, describe briefly about the skimming tank. Also enlist differences
between grit chamber and sedimentation tank. [5+3]
b) What do you mean by suspended and attached growth process? Explain the principals
of biological treatment. t8l
OR
The effluent from PST is applied to a standard rate Trickling Filter at the rate of 1.2
million liters/day having BODs of 200 mgA. Determine the depth and volume of filter
considering surface loading of 1200 liters/m2 day and organic loading of 250 gm/m3.
day. Also, calculate the efficiency of fiter using NRC equation. [5+3]
c) A town discharges sewage at the 55x106 Vd. The specific gravity of gift particles in
that sewage is found from an experiment as 2.65 and the temperature as 27"C. Design
grit chamber for removal of grit particles of 0.21 mm. Use: K:0.06 and f = 0.03. t8]
8. Briefly describe about the methods of sludge treatment with its functions. t8l
9. With a neat sketch describe the working and design procedure of ventilated improved pit
latrine. t8I
10. Describe sanitary landfill with its advantages and disadvantages. t4]
05 TRIBHWANIJNIVERSIry Exam. Ilegular (2066 & Lnter llatclt)
Examination Control Division. Programme BCE Pass Marks 32

2069 Bhadra Year / Part m/r Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Sanitary Engineering (CE6S6)

r' Candidates are required to give their answers in their ovun words as far as practicable.
{ Thefigures in the margin indicate Fall Marks.
t
l. Compare the separate and combined systems of sewerage in a tabtrlar form. t4l
2. Define sanitary sewage. Describe various factors affecting quantity of sanitary sewage. l4l
3. Design a circular sewer nrnning 0.70 full at maximum discharge for a town provided
with the separate system serving a population of 100000 persons. Water is supplied from
the water works at a rate of 200 liters per capita per day. Take a constant value of n :
0.013 at all depths of flow.'lh-e permissible slope is I in 600. Take apeak factor of 2.25. t8I
4. What are sewer appurtenances? Explain brief the necessity of sewer appurtenances. t4I
5. How sewage sampling is done? Explain the method of BOD determination in the
laboratory by dilution method. t8I
OR
Why examination of, wastewater is necessary? Describe in detail the procedure of :
determining fixed, volatile and total solids in the laboratory. j
6. A stream saturated with DO has a flow of 2m3ls, BOD of 3mdl mdrate constant (K1 to
base l0) of 0.1 per day. It receives an eflluent discharge of 0.5m3/s having BOD of 200
mgll and DO of Zmgn.The average velocity of stream is 0.2mls. The average depth of
stream is 1.2m. Calculate DO deficit 60km downstream of outfall. Assume temperature
of 20"C tlroughout and saturation DO at 20"C is 9.l7mgll. t8l
7. a) With neat sketches, describe the theory, construction, design criteriq commissioning
and maintenance of an oxidation pond with its advantages and disadvantages. t8I
OR
What do you understand by suspended growth and attached growth processes in
wastewater treatnent? Explain in detail the principles of biological wastewater
treatnelrt.
b) Determine the sizepf a high-rate single stage trickling filter for the following data: t8I
i) Sewage flow: 5MLD (ii) Recirculation ratio: 1.5 (iii) BOD of raw
sewage :Z5}mgllit(iv) BOD removal in primary clarifier = 30o/o (v) Final
eftluent BOD desired = 3Omg/lit
c) What is a grit chamber? Describe with the help of neat sketches the construction and
design criteria of a grit chamber. l8l
OR
I
I:wrz"
.
oR."
Why recirculation is necessary in trickling filters? Compare the low rate and high rate
trickling frlters.
8. Sewage with a suspende4 solid content of 200m1 flows continuously in a
sedimentation tank of 500mr capacity. Sewage is detained in the sedimentation tank for
4 hours. Sixty percentages of solids are removed in the sedimentation tank during its
: detention. The sludge produced in the sedimentation tank has moisture content of 98%
and specific gravity of 1.02. The sludge from sedimentation tank is fed to digestier for its
digestion. The volume of sludge is reduced to 40Yo of its original volume during
if
digestion. Calculate the diarneter of digester its effective depth is 6m. Assume
detention period in the digester is 30 days. t8l
9. Design a septic tank and soak pit to dispose the sewage generated from a household of 8
persons. The sewage is generated at the rate of 100 literVperson/day. Assume that septic
tank is cleaned once in 3 years and infiltration rate of soil is 50 literVm'/day I8l
10. Describe the methods of composting for solid waste disposal.' ta1
L.l
rC
0
,:
+ '.!l
I 'l:,
.
.1
oti IU,TTTVANUNIVERSITY Ersnr.

IN.STI'TUTE OF ENGINEERING Level tsE Full Illarks 80
Control Division Programurc BCE i Pass ivlarks : 32

"Examinaiion-
,, ilt/il i,,
' 2069 Poush Year / Part ; Time 3 iirs,
s (cE6s6)
/ Canclidates are required to give their answers in their own vrords as far as practicable. ,
{t .4ssume
?l,i*,y1,
i i:f;:;{"Hsuitable dara d
i ndicate
necessqry.
rur! u a *
:
,'-.
l. a) Wastewaler and solid waste managernent are lhe major issues in metropolitan citics. , '''i
.::.
Discuss it briefly with respect to their importance and rypes of sanitation systenrs. t6l
I',
;-..
b) A rvastewater sample was incubated at 25oC"and follorving observations were marJe:.
k,ry=0. Nt f?'u/
.5 day BOD of sanrple = 200mgll,1l day BOD of sample = 268m11y'1. Calculate rate . .l,:J
reaction constaflt and 6 day BCD at 30'C.

7.. a) ll'you were appointed as a sauritary
engineer, how would you cletermine (luar)iiry ol'
l]'Ib,o.Dt Plr:
stonn water for a high.ly populated sub-urban area. What type of limitations exist in \ro' ' oTtti?o
h.
(' n.7A{1
" ' '.. storur water quantity determination for such area? Discuss in detail.
"
r - s.lnml\ ,t\2.dl5l-- o 12Yt:l0i'
'/ -Cot.ulate - jo
fu,f b/ the rjiameter and velocity of a circular combined server at ir slope ol' 1 in rboDa i t ae ;ss
I50 when it is running just full at a discharge of 1.05m3/sec. The valuc oi'n in
/ r, o.n
)',,. I" Maruring's f<rfmula is 0.01i. \Mhat will be the discharge and velocity when llo,"ving at ;
I '- L79f nq{5 depth of pipe for the same slope? Ir 0j

'Bl. a1ffirot tlo you unclerstand about the Dorrco aeration rnetlrod; briefll,clescribe its
Dfd"tntio, with neat sketch. l6l
,o iAoqg
b) Ttre raw sew?ge tras ultimate BrJD of 215 mgil. The primary treatrnetri rernoves 3091,
BOD. The required effluent BOD should be equal to or less than 32 rngll. Does a f -. tEa'i P
single high rate trickling filter having volume oiSSO*I which receives a ilorv ol'4.1 Dt= (lf'&
MLD is enough to attain required eflluent BOD level? What u,ill be the recirculation
ratio required.{or a single/two stag0 high rate trickling filter? ilOj , _ ,A
' 4. a) ln what cases natural metbocls of sewage disposal systems aue applieci and rvhat are 9,' ' lj
the nccessary condition for irnplementation of tlrose methods? l)iscuss. l4l 4

OR LI I
Dcscribe the purpose and working of sludge drying bed rvith a neat skeich,
[r) A small tow-lr with a popuiation oi 12000 is to be designed u,rth a sewagc trcatntel]t
plant [o handle botjr its industrial and domestic wastewatcr. A sanitarv slrrvev reveals
ihe ibllowir:g: rlairy waste of ?.7*106 //d rvith BOD oia4rJO mgii. sugar mill rvzrste u.l'
2.2*106//d rvith tX)D of 2200nrg//. and domestic sewage is 200 /pccl traving tlOD 88
gnir*day. DO r:f Lroih i;ri.li.rstrial aurd clomestic waste are zero. 'l'lte efiluent iioll tirc
reatrncnt pltnt is to be discharged into a strezrnl with a inini;nunr llc;rv r.if 70iitj liUscc.
and dissolvccl oxygen content oi'8.U rngil. It is necessarv to ntainiain a DO cr-rntcnt oI
4.0mg/1. Find the degree o1't-reatrnent requireci [or.the p]anr? Assuir:e K; =. 0.4 day''',
Kl ='0.fr rla1,'l rt',oth to the basc l0) itnd saturation DL) in lhe rir,cr after irriritrS rviiir
(a, : o a7/X'x
A.IAAL , r.p.{X.(
\r
I iil
5. a)
lti I
b)
water is more than 0.14mm.

ll0l
Er7)q lh {b>
qrl
s2 I
J *P't s, rtse:zskfA ) o ooSL(*i
j
1: ' lk7'(*t-3"1
n-- zt.J- (
4..- I l^ t--
-?1-
t _,
,)--/'
i
C= )o'7{6rn
p,3 -{
.-.1
I
?
A-'- 3. ,'- J 'lr-3's r^- [
I
/3 L_
1-)f dz
AS, ?S. <78 It\
,lntL= /,f
1,,* 'L_-.
a- yv\
9. a,
o_ Sa
t K Iu, '/-
I
t
Lf o- So
)rn 0.7 8727 o(

U r.cuilA-r'*tr)
o
( t/,0{
I t0.44
gs"r Fl
Lt' 3r5
Xr{ro 7,()@9
{,= 2'9/8 P lvo/ a
6tf {
,q A.
4L--
l+f L- 2.279 ,l a sr
bfry, )d)
{+o z{'ot5 Pf tr''
-pltry, boD 913-e s*f Pf "" J-
'*s
rly o 4lt rrt7. bte
?r n^t^ t\ou{ fful'asJtt
res,f^ c
t
yN:v.J, -: e &, 4< c
) )"n
FP rt
" 1 )C' ':i t'if h\
i
l
I
lir'$dtJ le !
I
!
It,
I1
05. :.Exam.. :.i.f . ', Regular/Back . ;i:, ir.,
', :i''' - :''D{STITUTE OF 'Level''fu:i.:;: tsE FullMark3 ' 8o;i t':
.-.*.,:,
tf,6
Examination Control Division ?rogrammb BCE'" PassMarks 32
; 2068Bhadra' Year / Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subieet: ,, S anitary Engine ering

-, . ',/,,.r-C?4d.i4alp.*af,q*g,quiradrte.givs'theiransarrs'in lheir.owf,words as far as practicahle;rlr.:-.:i. :r,'r.: r']i;rirr.sr!
"
,/ Attempt any Five questions.
.'/ Thefrgares in the margin indicate Fult Marki.
/ Assume suitable datg if niecessary.
l. a) Describe in detail the objectives of sewage disposal. t6l

b) Calculate the diameter and velocity of a circular sewer at a slope of 1 in 400 when it is
running just fall at a discharge of lm3/sec. The value of n in.Manning's formula is
0.012. Will the self cleansing velocity.be maintained in the sewer when flow drops to
0.6m3ls? tlol
I
2. a) As a designer for a highly populated urban core area how would you determined
quantity of storm water? Discuss. t6l
.b) The BODs of a sewage incubated for one day at 30oC has been found to be 170mg/1.
What will be the 5 day BOD at20"C? Assume K = 0.12 per day (basel0) at2}bc. tl0l
3. a) Explain the necessity of providing a manhole in a sewer line. Describe, with the help
of a neat sketch the cornponents of a manhole. t6l
b) The sewage of a town is a mixture of domestio sewage and industial sewage. The
sewage is to be treated at the sewage fr.eabnent plant before discharging into river.
Determine the degree of tueahnent required for the following data: [10]
Population':40000
Domestic sewage : 175lpcd
BOD of dom"rti" r"*"g" = S0gm/rcapitalday
Flow of industrial waste: 4 x 106 liten;/day
BOD of induskial waste:4000rng/l
DO of both domestic and industrial sewage = 0
River discharge: 8500 literVsec
't BOD of river watetr: 0
Do of riverwater:8mgA
k1 : 0.1/day and kz = O.-tlday.
Assume other data as required.

4. a) With neat sketches, describe the purpose and conskuction of a grit charnber. t6]
b) The effluent from a primary sedimentation tank is applied to a standard rate filter at
the rate of 3 million liters per day, having a BODs of 175m-g/1. Determine the depth
and volume of filter, adopting a surface loading of 150grr/mr/day. Also determine the
efficiency of such filter,unit, using NR"GdmnulaaAssunae recirculation ratio : 1.:2. [10]
5. a) Explain the necessity of sludge treatnaent. Draw a sketch of sludge digester and
_-*xplainitsworking. .l,. L2+61
b)",;pesign a doubleplit VIP latrine fora family of 15 users. , j

t8l
6. Wtite short notes'on: (any four) Pxa)
a), Typ€S of sewerage system b) Catch basin
,,',ar.d):rBacteria-algal-synrbiosis process
',. ...., ,. ,... . ;,,;, i.9)r.,Incineration of solid,waste i-'.t .r:l-l.ijii'.'ir''i:.i:1 :'i
***
05 TRIBHWANI.'MVERSITY Exam. Reeular / Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FuIlMarks 80
2067 Mangsir Year / Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subj ect : . Sanitary Engineering

'/ Auempt any Five questions.
'/ All questions carry equal marks.
1. a) Compare separate and combined systems of sewerage in a tabulax from.

b) As a designer for rural with scattered populated area how would you detennined the
quantity of storm water? Discuss in detail.
2. a) The BOD5 of sewage sample at 20 C is 300mgfl. If K:0.23(base e), what is the
ultimate BOD? Calculate BOD3 at 15oC.
b) Design a septic tank and soak pit for the following data.
No. of persons: 100
S :
ewage/Cap ital day I 20 liters
Sludge cleaning period = I Year
:
Soil infiltration 40 Vr* n
3. a) Calculate the diameter and velocity of a circular sewer at a slope of 1 in 400 when it is
running just full at a discharge of 0.85m3/sec. The value of n in Manning's formula is
0.011. What will be the discharge and velocity when flowing 0.6 depth of pipe for the
same slope
b) With a neat sketch, describe the purpose and constnrction of a drop manhole.
4. a) In what cases natural methods of disposal systems are applied and how, discuss.
b) Design an oxidation pond ior a town with the following data:
People: 10,000
Sewage flow: 135 lpcd
BOD of incoming sewage =250mgll
Organic loading: 100Kg BOD/ hectare/day
Detention time: 30 days
5,a)Withneatsketches;.deseri'be.theaetivateds1udgeprocess.
b) The volume of fresh sludge obtained from PST and trickling filter humus tank is
85.1m3 atgSYomoisture content. After sludge digestion, the moisture content redrrced
' to 83%. What will be its volume and design a sludge digestion tank for it? Assume
specific gravity remains sarne before and after dilution.
6. Write short notes qn (any four):
a) Inverted siphon
b) Sewage sampling
c) Bacteria-algal-symbiosis process i
d) Composting of solid waste

e) Overland flow and rqpjd.infiltration
{: {. d.
05 . TRIBHWeN uuwnSlrr Exam. RegularlBack
INSTITUTE OF ENGhIEERING LeveI BE FullMarks 80
Ex:, rnination Control Division Programme BCE PassMarks 32

2066 Magh Year / Part m/II Time 3 ltrb.
Subject; - Sanitary Engineering

/ . Candidates are required to give their ansv/ers in their own words as far as practicable.
,/ Attempt any Five.questtons.
,/ Thefigures in the margtn indicalte Full Marks.
1. a) Discuss the relative merits and demerits of the separate and combined system of
sewerage. AIso give .the conditions favourable for the adoption of each one of them.
Describe how time of concentration is found out graphic{Jf L4+2+21
b) In a thickly built up residential area, the average surface coverage are 40Yo roofs and
pavements havrng run off sssffielient of 0.8 and 6A% laWns and gardens having run
off coeflicient of 0.2. lf the population density per hectare is 2000 and rite of water
supply is 125 {pcd and time of concentation (t) is 30 min, calculate the required size
of the combined sewer. t8l
2. a) Draw a neat sketch of manhole, showing its components. Wiere apd why drop
manhole is to be provided? t6l
b) A town discharges 120 cumec of sewage into a river having. a rate of flow 1600
cumec, during lean period with a velocity of 0.1 m/sec. The 5 day BOD of sewage at
the given temperature is 250 mylit. Find the amount of critical DO deficit and when
and where it will occur in the downstreain portion of the river. Assume deoxygenation
constant K as 0.1 day-' and coefficient ofielf purification f .as 3.5. Saturation DO at
mg/lit.
grven temperatur e is 9.2 t10l
3. a) Draw ltt stage and.2.nd stage BOD curye and indicate its salient features. Define grab
sanrple and composite sample. Describe the factors affecting self pwification of river.[3+1+4]
b) A rectangular primary sedimentation tank is to treat 1 MLD sewage per day. If
detention period is 1.5 hrs, the velociiy of flow is 10 cm/miri, depth of sewage and
sediments is 3.5m, calculate t8]
i) Dimension of tank ii) Overflow rate of the tank
4. a) What are the principles of biological ffeatnrent? Draw the figures of any one tlpe of
grit chzirnber and skimmiug.tank. What are the working principle of those units? - l7l
b) Determine the dimensions of a high rate trickling filter for.the following data:
t9l
1) Sewage'flow.- 3.0 MLD ii) Recirculation.ratio 1.5 :
iii) BOD of raw sewage 250 mgllit iv) BOD removal in the primary settling tank = 25%
:
v) Final effluent BOD desired = 30 mg/lit
vi) By what percent the diameter of the filter will have to be modified if it is to be
designed as a standard rate frickling filter for the above requirements.
5. a) What is septic tank and soak pit? Debcrib'e about design procedure of septic tank and
.soak pit. Ul
b) What is primary and secondary sludge? List out the necessity of sludge heatrnent.
Assuming 30% solid ma[ters iu a sludge (containing g}Yowater)'is composed of fixed
mineral solids with sp.gr. of 2.5 aad70% composed of volatile solids with sp.gr. of !,
Find specific gravity of sludge. W2+57
. 6. Write short notgs on: (any four) r[4x4]
a) Evapotranspirationmound b) Sewage sickness .c) Street inlets
d) Solid.waste ana its hrpes e) Testing of sewer
!f {.tf
-lnr-e_s
05 TRIBHWANUNIVERSITY Exanr. Reeular/Back
iNS TITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Nlarks 80
Examination Control Division ' Programme BCE PassMarks 32

i 2056 Magh Year / Part III/U Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Sanitary Engineering

,/Candidatesarereqrrired.togivetheiranslversintheirorvnwordsasfaraspracticable'
/ Attenrpi any Five questions.
'/ The.figures in the margin indicate Futl Msrki.
/ Asstnte suitable data if necessary.
,
, / ?) Discuss the relative merits and demerits of the separate and combined sy'stem of
serverage, Also give the conditions favourable for the adoption of each one of them.
Describe how time of concentration is tbunri out graphically- t1+2+21
,b) In a thickly built up residential area, the average surface coverage are 4Oo/o roofs and
pavements having run off coefficient of 0.8 ard 60% lawns and gardens having run
off coefficient of 0.2. If the poprrlation density per hectare is 2000 and rate of water
supply is 125 4pcd and time of concentration (t.) is 30 min, calculate the required size
of the combined sewer. t8l
2. fi Drarv a neat sketch of manhole, showing its components. Where and why drop
manhole is to be provided? t6l
,/
v L
t.VY towr discharges 120 cumec of servage intc ariver having,arate of flow 1600
cumec, during lean period with a velocity of 0.i m/sec, The 5 day BOD of servage at
the given temperature is 250 mg/iit. Find the amount of critical DO deficit and w'hen
and where it will occur in the downstreain portion of the river. Assume deoxygenation
constantK as 0.1 dayl and coefficient of self purification f as 3.5, SaturationDO at
given temperaf.ire is 9.2 mg'lit. [i0]
t\'/?! 'r\ Draw l't stage and 2.nd stage BOD curv'e and indicate its salient features. Define grab
sample and composite sample. Describe the factors affecting self purification of river.[3+1=4]
$ A rectangular primary sedimentation tank is to treat 1 MLD sewage per day. If

. detentionperiod is 1.5 hrs, the velocity of flow is 10 cm/min, depth of sewage and
sediments is 3.5m, calculate I8l
i) Dimension oitank ii) Overflow rate of the tank
,/.,
\t4. a) What are the principles of biological treatment? Draw the figures of any one tlpe of
grit chamber and skimming tank. What are the working principle of those units? t?l
pl D"t"r*ine the dipensions of a high rate trickling filter for the following data: tel
i) Sewage flow.= 3.0 NILD ii) Recirculation ratio = i.5
iii) BOD of raw sewage = 250 mg/lit iv) BOD removal in the primary settling tank = 25%
v) Final effluent BOD desired:30 mg/lit
vi) By rvhat percent the diameter of the f,rlteruill have to bc moriified if it is to be
desigrred as a standard rate trickling filter for the above requirements.
,4' What is septic tank and soak pit? Describe about clesign procedure of septic tank and
soak pit. l7l
!
v What is primary and secondary sludge? List out the necessity of sludge treatment.
Assuming 30% solid matters in a siuy'geltontaining 90% water) is composed of fixed
:
i mineral solids rvith sp.gr. of 2.5 and 7002 composed of volatiie solids with sp.gr. of 1-
i
Find specific gravity of sludge. t1+2+51
i
I
I
6. Write short notes on: (any four) [axa]
a) Evapotranspiration mound b) ' Sewage sickness c) Street inlets
d) Solid.waste and its types
I
I
e) Testing of sewer
I :
I
' *"'l'
I
I
I
i\'
I .. .---:...-.-.-._--------r,.- .
., ... ',Jj,..-'1}
05 TRIBHUVAN I.JNIVERSITY Erem. Reerlnr/Beck

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FullMerks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pess Marks 32

2065 Chaitra Year / Part m/fl Time I 3 hrs.
e
/ Candidates are required to give th'eir answeis in their own words as far es practicable.
'/ Thefigures in the margin indicate Fu'll Marks.
r'' Assume suitable data if necessary.
il
l. a) , Describe the systems of sanitation with their advantages and disadvantage.s. .Why
l, water-carryrng system of sanitation is popular than conservancy system?

i
l,i If the se'i,en-day BOD at 20oC is 280 mg/l and one day BOD at 20oC is 35 myl.
t6l _ _:r_+
Caiculate the rate reaction constant k' 20"C and five-day BOD at 25"C. [10]
:. ir) Desigr a combineci server section t'crr a 45-hector residential area haviDg runoff
coefficient0.40.0.70,0.25,0.80,0.lCforareaof l-i,20,25, l0and309'0respectively'
'*ith altogether 1500 population? Avei-ase rainfail duration is 2l-rnirr. S.:lf-cleansing
leldcity is 0.88 rilsec. -A.ssume"rvater su;:ply'ra:e - i0(l lpcd and time of ioncentratiort
; ! ,!
- 20 min. i !,, j t
'., With a neat si:etch, describe the consiruutron o!'l manhoie. i'61
.i
.iii
.:-. ai Su-egest suitable dimensions of a circtilr:; ser',age sedimentation tank for an indusrnal 'a
et
.i :'e: li,rvin,: i-,or:rilaticn of 480tlr 'l'he at.eraqe rvater de::rand is 150 lpcC. .{ssume that t
-,i9'6 rvrtei reaches at Eeatment piant. j
Iri;j !
:-I 't'hat clo vou understand b1'st:llpr.rri iicaliox oistrgilnr.) Describe the var-iotis tactbrs
;tfecring sc I f pirritication. [ ,;:
.:-.
\\:hat rl'ill be tire recirculatiorl ratrLr ieqrirreci oi a single stage trickling iiiter havtn,e
','olume of 550nri i.lt flory of 3.7 \'lLD. The rarv sewage has BOD of i80 mg'I. The
primary treatment removes 33% BOD. The effluent BOD is to be equal or less than
-15 mdl. ll0l
b.r Describe activated'sludge treatmenr process rvith schematic diagram. Also describe
ol'BOD reduction in the treatment'process.
the principle 16l -
i .,r
A raw sewage having suspended solids content of'250 mg/l is passed through primary :,.
.',i$:
i :.,;,
sedimentation tank at a flow of -i MLD. The sedimentation tank removed 550,/o :::.1.
suspended solids. Determine the volume of sludge produced per day if moisture
content anci specific gravity of sludge are 98%o and 1.02 respectively. What rvill be the
volume if its moisture content reduces to 8t,.5% aftei.digestion? I l0]
Z
h\ Describe the various methods of solid waste composting. t6l +
t
:, Write short notes on (any four): Pxa) t
a) Time of Concentration I
b) lncineration of Solid Wdste It
c)
d)
lntermittent Sand Filter*
Inverted Siphon
I.
t'
e) Bacteria-Algal-Symbiosis Process II
li
T
t
,L-,
lt ..,
.,:
--
Il-' :.--.
r
-,
'1:,
l --:
';'-
::J'
os-' TRIBHWAI.TUMvERSITY Exam. Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEEPJNG Level BE f,'ull Marks 80
2065 Kartik Year / Part m/u Tlme 3 hrs.
Sani
'/ Attempt any Five questions.
'/ The/igures in the margin indicate Full Ma,iks.
. .
1. a) Explain water carriage system. What are its meiits and demerits? Why is it not
suitable to adapt water carriage system in nual areas? t8l
b) A sewage sample.incubated for one day at 30oC has BOD of 150 mgA. What will be
its 5 day BOD at 20'C if the value of the de-oxyge,nation constant is.0.l3 per day
I
I
(base 10) for 20oC? t8l

2. a) Discuss briefly the methods of land treatment. How sewage sickness occurs? t6l
b) Determine the volume of sludge produced in a sewage sedimentation tank for the
following data: [10]
Suspended solids content in iaw sewage = 250 mgfi

Sedimentation tank removes 60% of susparded solids
Specific gavity of sludge = 1.02
Moistnre content of sludge :95Yo
3. a) Draw a neat sketch ofmantrole and describe it withnecessary labeling. t6l
b) Design a sewer for a population of 100,000 persons with water supply per capita of
120 Vd.It is expected that 80% of the water is converted into sewage. The DWF
eslimated will be l/3d of the maximum discharge in this separate sewer. The
permissible slope is 1:1000 and rugosity coefficient is taken as 0,012. For the self
purpose at least 0.75 m/s velociiyneed to be developed in the drain. tl0l
4. a) Discuss the working of trickling filter with neat sketch. t6l
b) Design a conventional activated sludge plant to treat settled domestic sewage with
diffused air aeration system for the following data: ll0I
r) Populationserved:90,000
ii) Per capita sewage contibution: 100 Vd
iii) BOD5 of settled sewage =220mgll
iv) Effluent BODs allowed: 30 mg/l
v) F/IvI ratio:0.2
,il MLSS:3ooo mgA
5. a)r Discuss the principles of oxidation pond. Why is it believed that they are better
alternatives to small towns ofNepal? t8l
_--+fDesign a circular sewage sedimentation tank for a population gfJ$p00. The per
capita sewage contribution is 80 lpcd. Assume necessary data suitably. t8l
6. Write short notes on any for:r of the followings: Iaxa]
a) Coistnrction of septic tanks b) Inverted siphon
c) Crravity thickener d) Double pit pour flush latrine
' e) Soak pits
***
05 TRIBHUVAN TINIVERSITY Exam. Resular/Back
, Level BE Full Marks 80
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass iVlarks 32
2064 Poush Year / Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Sanitary Engineering

,/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own r,vords as far as practicable.
,/ Attempt any Five questions. . .
'/ Thefignres in the margtn indicate Full Marks.
,/ Assume suitable data if necessaty.
l. a) As a designer for a highly populated urban area how would you determine quantity of
storm water? Discuss in detail. , t6l
b) If the five-day BOD at 20oC is 280 mg/l and one day BOD at 20"C is 111.80 mg/l.
Calculate the rate reaction constant k at 20oC and 7-day BOD at 25"C. [10]
2. a) Determine the diameter and velocity of a circular sewer at a slop of I in 500 when it is
running just full at a discharge of lm'/sec. The value of n in lvlanning's formula is
0.012. What w-ill be the discharge and velocity r,vhen florving half full for the same
slope? l10l
b) Describe the purpose and r,vorking of sludge drying bed r,vith a neat sketch. l6l
3. a) Design a grit chamber from the maximum flow of sewage:40*105 l/d, Sp. gr. of" t.t
grit : 2.7, Size of grit particle to be removed = 0.25mm. Assume temp T : 20oC.
Asdume other necessary data suitably.
I t10l i'.!t
b) Deigribe the purpose, construction and working of a manhole. l6l
4'a)Ca{ctr1ateeffluentBoDoftr,vostagetricklingfilterforthefo1lorvingdata: i10l
., a
Sewage flow: 2m3lmin, 'l
BOD of servage after primary treatment = 300 mg/I,

Volume of both filters = 900 m3 and
Recirculation ratio for both filters = 1:5.
Assume necessary data suitably.
b) What do you understand by self purification of streams? Describe the factors affecting
self purification of streams.
't6l
5. a) The volume of fresh sludge obtained from PST and trickling filter humus tank is
84.1m3 al9794 moisture content. After sludge digestion, the moisture content reduced
to 83%. What will be its volume after digestion? Also design a sludge dieestion tank
for it. Assume sludge digestion period as 30 days. [10]
b) Horv does an oxidation pond rvork? Describe its construction nith a neat sketch. t6l
6. Write short notes on (any foul): Iaxa]
a) Evapo-transpiratiorimound
b) Skimming tank
c) Catch bas-in
d) Composting of solid 'vvaste
, Examination Control Division Programme BCE PassNlarks 32 6'

2064 Shrawan Year / Part m/II Time 3 hrs
- Sani a (ox
./ Candidates are required to give their answeis in their own words as far as practicable.
'/ Attempt any Ftve questions.

1. a) Discuss the various methods of sewage disposal by land treatment with their merits
and demerits. .
b) Calculate 5-day biochemical oxygen demand of a sewage at 20oC. Its sample analysis'
shows 180mg/1of BOD after 3 days at 30'C. t&l
2. a) What is dry weather flow? Discuss various factors affecting quantity of dry weather
flow. Justify why we need to consider peaking factor. t6l
b) A sewage sample has suspended s'olid-contents of 240 mg/I. The sed.imentation tank
removes 65% of the suspended solids. If the water content of the sludge is 95%
I determine volume of sludge prod.uced in a sedimentation tank after treating 8 .5 x 1 06 1
of sewage. Assume specific gravity of the sludge as 1.02. l10l
I 3- a) With a neat sketch of describe the process of sludge thickening. . l6l
i
b) A newly added ward of a municipality with 40,000 populations covers aii area of
t 50 ha. The projected surface of the area is given as follows: [10]
t.
oh of.total surface Type of surface Runoff coefficient

t) Hard pavement 0.8s
,: 35 Roof surface 0.80
I
15 Unpaved street 0.30
25 Gardens and iawns 0.1s
The time of concentration is 30 minutes. Use US Ministry of Health formula for the
intensity of the rainfall. The average daily water consumption of the area is 180 liters
per capita out of which 80% turns into waste water. The peak flow is three times the
dry weather flow. Determine the discharge of the waste water from the area. .
4. a) Explain principles of
activated sludge process with neat sketch. Elaborate why
food/micro-organism ratio is important in this process. i6l
b) Sewage from Primary Settling Tank is discharged. to Standard-rate Trickling Filter at
the rate of 4 MLD havirig 150 mg/l of 5-day BOD. Determine the depth and velocity
of the filter adopting surfEce load.ing of 2400 llrt-day and organic loading of 160
g/m3-day. Also detErmine the efficiency of the Trickling Filter. Assume necessary
data ifnecessary. [10]
5. a) What is'oxidatibn pond? Elaborate various physical and biochemical processes 'that
take place in oxidation pond.. t6l
b) Design a septic tank for a house in Kathmandu with 12 inhabitants. The rate of
se*age disp6sal is IOO lts@
De-sludging is expected every 2 years. Make
assumptions for necessary data. Draw a plan and cross section of the septic tank with
[10]
6. Write short notes on atly fou of the follofrings $xa)
a) VIP latrine b) Testing of sewer lines
c) Composting of solid wastes d) Grit chamber
e)
-.\4anhole f; Seif purification <if streams
.*t*
i
05 TRTBHUVAN UNIVERSI]Y Exam. Resular/Back

INSTITUTE OF. ENGINFIERING Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass IVIarks 32

2063 Kartik Year /.Part m/u Time 3 hrs.
,S
/.' Candidates are required to give their answers in their own'words ?s. far as practicable.
'/ Attempt any zu.questions. ,' .
,/ Thefigures in the rnargin indicate Fyll Marks.

,/ Assume suitable data if,necessary. ,:
l. a) Define sewage, sullage, sewer a1d garbage. Compare between separate and combined
systems of sewerage. ,
:, _.
b) Calculate the diameter and velocity in a circular sewer at a slope of I in 400 when it is '
running just full at a discharge of Zn3lsec. The Manning's coefficient 0.013. What n:
will be the discharge and velocity when flowing one third full? [10]
2. a) What is dry weather flow? Discuss the various factors affdcting the dry rveather flow. . t6l
b) A strearn saturated with DO has a flow of 1.5m3is, BOD 4 mg/l andrate constant (Kr)
of p.3 per day. It receives an effluent.discharge of 0.5 rif/s having BOD 20 mg/l and
,DO 5 mg/l. The average velocity of flow of stream is 0.20 m/s. Thb ayerpge depth of
,,stream is 1.2m. Calculate DO defidit at 30 km and 50,lsn downstredm. Assrune
'temperature throughout 20"C anct BOD is,measured ir.r 5 days. Take saturation DO at
20"C as9.l7 mg/l.
tl
ll0l r{.
.'.::Wilh
3. a) neat sketches, describe the working of em activated sludge process. t8l
b),'tf BOD3 at 15oC is220 nrg/l,frydBODz,at 25oC. t8l-
4. a) State and explain the following terms t8l
i) aerobic decomposition \.!
ii) BoD ,
iii) coD
iv) anaerobic decomposition . ', '
b) A sedimentation tank treats 8 Mtd cgntaining 200 mg/t of suspendecl solids. The tank
removQs 60% of the suspended solids. Compute the weight ancl volume of sludge
produced daily if the moisture content of the sludge is (i) 95% (ii) 90%. t8l
5. a) What is oxygen sag curve? Descripe the self purification of streams.
:
t8l
b) Calculate the BOD removal effrciency foi the single stage high rate trickling filter.
BOD loading is 750 glmskJay and recircula,tion ratio is 0.6. t8l
[axa]
a) Soak Pit
b) Pour Flirsh Latrine
c) Ivlanhole
d) Composting of Solid Waste
e) Flushing Device
{.rFt
rj
m O5 TRIBHUVANUNIVERSITY Exam. Regular / Back

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERiNG Level BE Full Marks 80
m Examination Control Division Programme BCE PassMarks 32

2052 Bhadra Year / Part ui/II Time 3 hrs.
.' - Sam
,/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far ds practicable.
'/ Attempt any zuquestions.
./ The figures in the margin indiiate F4t Marks.
1. a) Discuss principles of VIP latrine and its construction with neat sketch.
,
l8l
b) If 3 ddy BOD of a sewage sample is 200 mg/l at25"C, calculate its 5 day BOD at 20'C. t8l
2. a) Describe that the tirne of concentration is an important factor while determining storm water
discharge. Elaborate on time of concentration and time area graph. I8I
b) A grit chamber is provided to remove grit particles up to 0.2mm from a sewage of a town of
population 800,000 producing 100 line waste water per capita per day. Working at 20oC
temperature, the specific gravity of the grits may be taken as 2.6. Determine the size of grit
chamber. Assume necessary data. t8l
3a) Describe the various methods of land treatment. t6l
b) D*:e,irrine'ilie size of combincd ciicular sclver fur a discharge'cf 1 -< rr,3/s running half fu!!.
Assume a gradient of 1 in 2000 and Manning's rugosity coefficient N = 0.013 (constant for all
flows). tn the dry season if the flow drops to 0.5 m3/s, does the flow rnaintain desired self-
cleaning velocity of 0.6 m/s? ll0l
4. a) Discuss the principles of oxidation pond. Do you agree that this method is suitable for waste
water teitrnent in Terai towns of Nepal? Give your opinion lvith reasons. t6l
b) A single stage tickling filter receives sewage flow of 4 million litres per day containing raw
sewage BOD of 300 mg/l. A primary settling tank is provided whose efficiency is 35%.
Detenirine the recirculation ratio reqdired to meet the maximum effluent BOD connection of
60 mg/f? The effective volume of filter is 300 m3. [10]
5. a) What are the differences between high rate hickting filters and low rate trickling filters? t6l
b) Determine storm water discharge for a town of 200 ha. The catchment surface and
corresponding runoff coefficients are provided below. The maximum intensify of rainfall is
40 rnm/hour. u0l
Type ofsurface Yo area Runoff coeff.
Vacant plots 40 0.15
Unpaved roads 10 0.40
Gardens and open spaces 20 0.r 5
Built up surface 30 0.90
It is expected that after 20 years the built up area will be 60Yo of the total by convertlng
additional 30Yo area of vacant plots. What will be the storm water pischarge a! Present and
after?A@? .-
6 Write short notes on any four ofthe follorvings: [axa]
a) Street inlets b) Testing of sewer lines
c) Sludge digestion processes d) Composting of solid lvaste
e) Septic tanks :
*++
il!,
il 0512.25 .TzuBHUVANUNIVERSITY
Exam.
Level B.E.
Back
Full Marls 80
t Examination Control Division

2062 Bai-shakh
s
Programme
Year / Part
BCE
m/II
Pass
Time
Marks 32
3 hrs.
il / . Candidates are required to give their ans'wers in their own words as far as practicable
il ,/
,/
The figures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
l.'a) What are the differences between separate and combined systems of sewerage? Discuss the
factors considered tb select combined and separate systems. t6l
b) A wastewater sample is taken from a sewer. The 5-day BOD was fourld to be 180 mg/l at
20oC which is 70% of the ultimate BOD. What will be 4-day BOD of the wastewater at
30'c? [0]
2a) Discuss with sketch the Oxygen Sag Curve in natural streams. t6l
b) A perennial river is receiving waste water from a town with a discharge of 200 m3/s. The river
water fully saturated with oxygen is flowing at the rate of 1500 m3/s at a velocity of 0.15 m/s.
If the 5-day BOD of the sewage is 250 mg/l, frnd out where the critical dissolved oxygen will
occur in tho river. The BOD of the river water is z'ero. The DO of the river water and
'per
wastewater are 8.0 and 0.1 mg/l respectively. The deoxygenation co-efficient is 0.1 day
and self purification constant is 5. The dissolved oxygen in the river at saturated condition
may be taken as 9.17 mg/lite. Assume necessary data. [0]
3. a) List the steps followed in sludge treatment. Discuss the anareobic digestion principle in a
conventional sludge digester. l6l
b) Design a circular sewage sedimentation tank for a population of 80,000. The rate of water
gupply is 150 lpcd. Assume necessary data suitably. ll 0l
4. a) lVhat is land treatment of waste water? Discuss briefly the methods of tand treatment. How
does sewage sickness occurs? t6l
b) Population of 100,000 is living in a town. A separate se*er system for the town is to be
constructed. The water consumption rate is 125 lpcd. 80% of the water consumed is
discharged as waste water. The topography do not allow the slope of the sewer line more than
1:1000. The self cleaning velocity can be achieved at 0.60 m/s. The dry weather flow may be
taken as li3d of the maximum discharge. Design an outfall sewer with RCC hume pipe
having Manning's coefficient of 0.013. u0l
5. a) What is sloughing? Disctss the biological process that takes place in trickling filters. t6l
b) Design a two-stage high rate trickling filter for the following data. [10]
Organic loading of filter = 10,000 kg BODs/hectares/day
Flow = 4.5xl06litreVday
BOD of sewage :280 mg/litre
BOD removal in primary settling tank = 30%o
Recirculation ratio = 1.4 for both filters
Max. BOD aHsWdin finaleffluent = 35 mg/litre
Assume an intermediate sedimentation tank. Assume appropriate data where required.
6. Write short notes to any four-of the following. laxal
a) Chemical Oxygen Demand b) Manhole with neat sketch
c) Design considerations of septic tank d) Skimming tank
e) Working of oxidation pond with neat sketch
**,1.
|: E-
t1
.',1,&:
02 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam, llcgular / llack

INSTITI.ITE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division BCE,BME,

t: BIE
I
2071 Bhadra Year / Part III/II Time 3 hrs.
:
Subjecl; - Communication English 6rldsl)

/ Caadidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
{ Attempt 4lquestions.
t ./gaitthe following text: tsl

-
My father learnt this lesson after leaving me a dozen voice mail messages none of which I
listened to. Exasperated he called my sister to complain that I never returned his phone
calls why are you leaving him voice mails my sister asked just text him.
z.TReadthe following text carefully and interpret it so as to make the meaning clear: tsl
\-/
" Today, jet-lag is a familiar hazard for the seasoned traveler. Travel across time zones plays havoc
with the biological clock rhythms of the human body. For the active pilot, who is rarely in one
p[ace long enough to know lf it is time for breakfast or dinner, the impact of jet-lag on his sleep
I
is critical. Severat air disasters have been partly caused by overtired pilots ignoring the natural
N,
laws of sleep. Much research is directed to finding out what these laws are and what extent
pilots and astronauts disobey them. But they are laws which affect all of us, not just pilots.
the following text carefully. Prepare its note and convert it into summary. [5+s]
alr,-Studf
I was taking tea in the rooms of a fine scholar at King's College, Cambridge, the week before the
Oxfordard'€afnbridge Rugby match; wheR, in orderrct riiig'tlle conversation--di the ldcti'of it-a
tittle nearer my own intellectual levet, t asked a brilliant novelist who was present: 'Are you
going to match next Tuesday?' He looked as sincerely puzzled as if I had addressed him in Gaelic.
'\ /hat match?' he asked tently. I explained to him that a football match was to take place in the
following week-a match in which the fate of hls beloved university would be involved, or at least
seem to be invotved, for about an hour and half. 'Honestly', he said, with a look of surprise, ' I
hadn't heard about it. Had you?' he asked, turnint to our host. Our host declared that the news
came as a complete surprlse to him also. Another scholar who was present, on being questioned
on the matter, admitted that he had gathered in the course of a recent conversation that some
important rnatch was going to be played somewhere, but he did not know that it was to be
against Oxford, or that it was a Rugby match, or that it was to be played at Twickenham, or that
it was to take place on Tuesday.
It astonished one to find that men who were learned in every detail of the struggles between
Athens and Sparta, between Rome and Carthage, could be indlfferent to a struggle almost at
their own doors-a struggle, too, in which the prizes-were.,lgt-thg sordid.C?ins.oJ- ppfitica!
' warfare,
'Uut
ttre magniflcently empty honors of sport. All present were pacifists, yet bloody
battles fascinated their intellects far more than the bloodless battles of the football field- the
battles, so to speak, of the future. Such indifference to an exciting phase of contemporary life
shocked me. I could have understood a stockbroke/s being indifferent to the result of a greal
football malch, but a university man, a fine mind strained in the humanitles-that was a very
different affair. I left Cambridge a little saddened over the prospects of the human race.
J-
I
\ ,fAnswer any two of the following questions: [5x2]
"Studi€s serve for delight, for ornament, and for ability." Elucidate. tOf Studies)
I -fta
j b.Whatisthenatureofthescientificattitude?(TheScientificAttitude)
I
I ,.Y Point out the weaknesses of modern steam boilers. (Steam Boilers)
i
a
L
j6n up the following blank spaces selecting the correct words from the brackets: [0.5x l0]
! a. He, along v'!th his teachers, -.-.....:.-....-.-. playing. (is, are)
t
b. The. principal and acqguntant'...............on,|eave- .(ig-are|
1
I
c. |t......................a long time slnce he telephoned me. (is, has been)
d. lt's high time he .......the job. (tot, has got)
l e. Had it not been a hot day, we ......-..-.............................a tot. (had worked, would have
I
i worked)
i
1
f. Should that happen, I ......-................the job. (should quit, will quit)

:
C, l'llstand ......-.......--..you whatever happens. (for, by)
,]
h. The project is running ..........financialdifficulties. (with, into)
+ i. The passive voice of "l remember him teaching me algebra" is .--.-.............. (l remember
!
being taught algebra/l remember to being taught algebra by him.)
: j. The passive voice of "l saw hirn crossihg the road" is (He was seen crossing
I
i
the road by me/He was seen to be ciossing the road.)
: 1/Ctbnge the following bibliographic references as indicated in the brackets: t4l

j a) Joyce, Michael. Afternoon: A story. Diskette, Watertown, Eastgate, 1987. (into APA)
1
:
b) Kuru-sawa, Akira. Rashomon. Toshiro Mifune. Daiei, 1950. (into APA)
c) Rivers, W. (1968). Teaching foreign language skills, Chicago: Chicago University.
:
(into MLA)
j d)_ White, R. (1991). Process Writing. London: Longman. (into MLA)
:
v1/nventing necessary details, write a notice with four point agenda for the forthcoming
[fth meeting of your local social club. tsl
!
,/
i
$,/ Suppose you are the Chief Consultant of Bagmati bridge maintenance project. Write a
rt
l progress report in memo format. t6l

gTAssume that you are asked to prepare a final report of road expansion project that you
:
:
v have handled. Write introduction, objectives, methodologY, and conclusion giving a clear
outline of the rest of the components. u0l
-tdWrit" a proposal on the rural electrification progralnme that you want to launch in the
near fiiture including title page, abstract, conclusion and recommendation. tl0l
" \l.{wnn a brief research article on the importance of widening of Ring Road in Kathmandu. tlOl
***
f
''"ffffi'.t'' . ,,:i.
- a .;'
03 TRIBHUVAN TJNIVERSTry Eram Neu' Back (2066 & Later liatch)

. INSI'ITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
BCE, BME,
Examination Control Division BIE
Pass Marks
2071 Magh Year / Part III / II .Timc 3 hrs.
Subject: - Communication English (SH65t)

/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their orvn words as far as practicable.
/ Attempt All questions..
l. Edit the following paragraph: tsl

Then to my amtvement, she gave me her phone number. That night, Mary revealled that
dropping my letter jacket in front of her was a stupid thing to do. She didn't care about
what sports guys lettered in, she only cherished wonderful people with substance. After I
begin being myselves, they quickly fell for one another so became "high school loves".
2. Read the-following paragraph and comment on it. You can agree/disagree. tsl
Most men and w'omen, given suitable conditions, will feel passionate love at some period
of their lives. For the inexperienced, however, it is very diffrcult to distinguish passionate
love from mere sex hunger; especially is this the case with well-brought-up girls, who
have been taught that they could not possibly like to kiss a man unless they loved him. If
a girl is expected to be a virgin when she marries, it will very often happen that she is
tapped by a transient and trivial sex athaction, which a woman with sexual experience
could easily distinguish from love. This has undoubtedly been a frequent cause of
unhappy marriages. Even where mutual love exists, it may be poisoned by the belief of
one or both that it is sinful. This belief may, of course, be well founded. Pamell, for
exmaple, undoubtedly sinned in committing adultery, since he thereby postponed the
fulfilment of the hopes of lreland for many years.
..
3. Read the following pa:isage carefully, taken down notes and write a summary. [5+s]
AS material civilization advances and the supply of available goods and services
increases, man's needs correspondingly multiply. Advertising plays a key role in this
never-ending Frocess by stimulating the public's desire for certain products, and by
promoting the sales thereof until it has, in effect, created new needq real or supposed,
where there were none before. A familiar example is the motor car-once a rare and costly
novelty, now an ubiquitous and relatively inexpensive necessity. More recently, the
television set has undergone the same transformation. While some people would deny
{hat television is a necessity, the fact that sets are found in majority of western homes
shows that is answer, to a greater or lesser degree, the need felt by millions of people for
entertainment and information.
A product; service, or commodity that the public needs, and knows it needs, tends, of
course, to 'sell itself . We might, therefore, asiume that, in such,cases, advertising would
be of minor importance. To some extent this is true. Meatpackers, vegetable and fruit
growers, and dairy operators spend less on advertising, for instance, then manufachrers
of cigarettes, liquors, cosmetics, and other items of this'type.
On the other hand, thb competition that exists between rival brands means that the
suppliers of such basic necessities as food; clothing, and housing must advertise their
wares to stay in business. Significantly, the industry that spends most on adtertising turns
out a product which almost everyone considers a necessity: soap.
't
.tx.
I
4. Answer any two of the following: [5+5].
I
i
a) What questions are to be ansrvered in order to solve growing problems ofwater
!. supplies? Answer with reference to the text "Water Supplies: a Growing Problem". !
b) How does the proverb 'an hour to suffer, a lifetime to live' apply to Pahom's race for I
i
land? (How Much Land Does a Man Need)

ri
c) Is love always limited to husband and wife? Ansvver with reference to the text 'The
Lady with the Pet Dog'.
i
5. Choose the correct words from the brackets and fill in the blanks: [0.5x10]
a) I met him after he ....-.-... the job. (lost, had lost)
b) Had he lvorked harder, he .......... the exam. (would pass, would have passed)
c) The passive voice of 'I'll see you soon' is .......... (l'll be seen soon, you'll be seen
soon)
d) He parted all his wealth. (from, with)
e) Neither of the two applicants .......... suitable (is, are)
0 He complains .......... severe headache. (of, about)
g) I would do this if I.......... allowed. (am, were)
h) The servant says that tea .......... ready. (was, is)
i) She kept us .......-.. (to wait, waiting)
j) I wish my brother here. (was, were)
6. Study the following quotation and then adjust the given infotmation for in-text citation
first and next for bibliography list under APA and MLA format: [4]
'Nature is kind of her slaves. If she forces 1ou to eat and drink, she makes eating and
drinking so pleasant that when we can afford it we eat and drink too much."
Year of publication :7976
Name of book: Nature and People
Place of publication : London
Page number :107
Name of the Writer: George Bemard Shaw
Name of publisher : Creation Publications
7. You are named the secretary of a committee formed to dishibute donated materials
among victims of certain natural disaster. Assuming necessary information udte a notice
along with a tluee point agenda to call its second rneeting. t5]
8. Write a brief report in memo format on damages caused by landslide in Sindhupalchowk
district. t6l
9. Write a report on development of information technology in Nepal in the past live years.
Show only the title page, introduction and conclusion parts of the report. tl0]
10. Road accidents frequently occur in city areas of Nepal clue to unplanned traffic control.
You have a master plan to solve this problem. Write a proposal to the concerned ministry
offering your plan. Write only statement of problem, rationale and objectives of your
plan. [0]
I l. Nepal is being polluted day by day. We are all becoming victims of this. Considering this,
write a brief research article on the importance of introduction of'green engine technology
inNepal. UOl
,
t L
02 TRIBHUVAN I'NIVERSITY Exam. Ileeular

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING BE Full Marks
'r Examination Control Division
Level
Programme
BCE, BME,
BIE
Pass Marks
80
)1
2070 Bhadra Year I Part III /II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Communication English $H651)

{ Auempt All questions.
./ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
1. Edit the text given below: ts1

Hamlet had just enough life left in him to hear Goratio's promise: then whispering the
words the rest in silence he sank down dead such was the end of the brave and noble
prince of Denmark. He was moumed as one who would have made a splendid king, and
he was carried to his burial with soldiers music and a people's mouming.
2. Read the following text carefully and interpret it so as to make the meaning clear: tsI
What is a democratic govemment to do in a country where people are steeped in
ignorance and superstition, where there is opposition or resistance to even mild reforms
from vested interests in society?
3. Study the following text carefully. Prepare its note and convert it into a sunmary. Is+51
All people who speak the same language have agreed to use certain words for certain jobs
and this enables them to communicate with each other. There is nothing particularly
remarkable about the words themselves: they might just as well have chosen different
ones. What matters is that this agreement about the use of words should be fully
understood, and understood in detail, by everyone who wishes to profit by them. Let us
take example of bell-ringing. By itself, the ringing of a bell means nothing. But in certain
recognized contexts, it may mean different things as different as 'time for school!',
'somebody at the door!', 'that's the end of the lesson'or'come here, please, waitress!',
We might well wonder how it is that the same noise can mean so many different things;
but of course the answer is easy. The noise occurs in recognized contexts; in times and
places when we know that it can only mean one thing. Thus all most anything can be used
to communicate several different things.
Let us apply this to verbal signs, or words. First we can communicate just as well by
using 'father', 'pater'. 'Daddy', or anythings else: provided we are understood, it makes
no difference. We can invent a completely new word too. Secondly, the same collection
of letters can be used to communicate quite different things. The word 'port' can mean a
special sort of wine, the opposite of starboard, a harbour, the various other things. The
significance of any sign, therefore, depends on the context in which it is used.
4. Answer any two ofthe following questions: [5x2]
a) What were the major contens of Einstein's four scientific papers? (What Einstein did)
b) 'A mother who is known as a symbol of love may turn into a cruel monster'. Explain
this statement with reference to the text 'The Mother of a Traitor'. (The Mother of a
Traitor)
c) 'Knowledge and Wisdom are the two aspects of the same coin'. Do you agree with
this statement? If yes, why? (Knowledge and Wisdom)
5. Choose the correct words from the brackets: [0.5x10]
a) Five and five ten. (make, makes)
b) My means limited. (is, are)
c) I parted at the college gate. (with, from)
d) Steel is made iron. (from, of)
e) I feel the room (move, to move)
0 Buy that book ...........I will help you. (and, if)
g) He told me that he many books. (had written, wrote)
h) I remember ........... tothe Museum by my father. (to be taken, being taken)
i) I was please the news of his success. (by, with)
j) Twenty by five is equal to fow. (divided, has been divided)
6. Change the following bibliographic references as indicated. t4l
a) Giddens, A. (1990). The Consequences of Modernity, Cambridge: Polity Press. (into
MLA)
b) Freire, P. (1972).The Pedagogy of the Oppressed, London: Penguin. (into MLA)
c) Lawrence, T.E. Revolt in the Desert. New York: George H. Dorian, 1927. (into APA)
d) Woll Daniel. Lives of Notable Gay Men and Lesbians. New York: Chelsea
Publishing, 1995.
7. Suppose you are the secretary of your local Town Assembly whose tenth meeting has
been held recently. Write the minutes of the same inventing the most relevant agenda. t5I
8. Imagine you are the chief consultant of a construction corhpany which has undertaken a
four-year long repair and maintenance project on Tribhuvan Highway. Write a second
monthly progress report in memo-format. t6I
9. Suppose Ministry of Hydro-power and Drinking Water, Nepal has requested the qualified
consultants to submit a proposal for constructing a power house at your local town. Write
title page, abstract, acknowledgements, technical section and cost estimate section of your
proposal. [l0]
10. Write a brief research article in about 500 words on the importance of English language
for an engineering student in Nepal. [0]
I l. Write the cover page, introduction, discussion and conclusions of your report on the
causes of road accidents on the highways giving just the outlines of the rest of theparts. [10]
***
I
T2 TRIBHIIVAI,II'NIVERSITY . Eram. llcqulrtr' (2(166 .t l,rrtrr Ilrrtch)

INSTIruTE OF ENGINEERING Lcvel BE X'ult ltflrrlir to
Examination Control Division. Programne BCq BME,
BIE" Pasi lt[.rlc 32
'2h69Bhadra Year/Part m/tr fime 3 hn.
to intheir orvn words EFJ far E practicable.

I
the FiiliMarhs.
,., ]
good many Grnors. tsI

Alexanderwas established by his father, Phillip II, as
the centne of the of his futor, Aristofle, he rose to
fame like brilliant military the corse of history, rightfu[y eaming
histitle asAlorander Millitary cheif of all the Greeks. By
the time of his death enonnous empire, sfetching from Adriatic
sea to the Indias, and from Caucasian Mormtains to Eg;pt. He spread the Creek spirit far
and widl among nation who idolised this great man.
2. Answer any two of the following questions briefly: t5T2l

a) W}ry did the mother kill her son and then herself? [The mother of a Traitor].
b) What do you understand by 'a sense of proportion'? [Knowledge and Wisdom]
c) )Vhit do
you mean by'a caiburattor? [The Carburation SysternJ
3. Re{ the text given below carefully, make notes and write surrmary of it: [5+5]
'Au&ority in the tweirtieth c€xrtury is uourhere what it was. In certain spheres it has
disappeared altogether. Public opinion no longer feels bound to inforce.morality as it did
by means of spoken disapproval and informal penatties. Fathen have ceased to nrle the
family, employers no longer enjoi the status of materials; the upper class have ceased to
inryire imitation as models oorr€ct behavaviour; school masters and university dons no
longer dominate the minds of &e young.....Things once considered inhorently wrong are
tolerated where they are thought to do no maniflst harrr: fomicationi adultery,
homosexuality, abortion, nudity and erotica flouristr ofily wtrere they were once legally
penalized or forced to be discteetly veiled. Adolescents, who werc once subject to the
edics of parental jurisdiction, live ab they please, often earning as much as their fathers,
and enjoying more legal rights at eigtrteen than their grandmothers possessed at any time
during their lives.
But the decline of authority in the twentieth oentury has not necessarily meant a rise in
liMy. For the concept of authority is not something which stands logicalty opposed to
that of freedom, although some unreflective people may think it does. Authority is really
a speciA kind of power which restll on the coisent and belief of those who live rmder it.
Without such fue assenf there can be no zuch thing as authority. So freedom in this
I important sense is part of the very notions of authority. And when authority is rtmovd it
: is only too likely that it will be followed either by the rule of naked power or by anarchy.
i
t
4. Choose the correct wbrds ftom the brackets: [0.5x1F5]
t
l
t
n
\
a) The man and woman ..............deterrrined to tcll the truth. (is, are)
b)
c)
o
e)
0
s) She cannot with)
h) tbat trouble. (ha4 bad goD
0
j) Ifeel
5. contrast the pollution of a city in
t5I
to air and noise pollution. Steam eirgines,
thst life in the industrial city alrd town
air has become a thing ofpast. The noise
buses etc. hay.e brought deafrress
has
6. ftrom
a) Lawrencg T.E. Revolt inthe Desert.NewYork:

b) Maclq John. A ltince of our Disordcr: The life of T.E.
uP,l998 i
c) Tabachnick, stephen E.Ed. The T.E. Lawrencehrtzf,e, Athens: The U. of Georgia P,
1984.
d) Wolf, Daniel. Lives of Notable Men and Lesbians. New York: Chelsea
Publishing 1995*
7. Write a short research article in about 500 on the effect of the problun of
' tansportation on todrisrn in Nepal. lr0l
3, As a secretary of your college uioru write the of a recently conducted fiflh
- meeting inventing at least five agenda. l5I
9o Snppose that you are invited to submit a on establishing a company in ttp field
of your engineering interest &om a big in Nepal. Show the title pege,
abstract, objectives and conclusion parts ofthe proposal you have prepared. [0]
10. Suppose your project for establishing a factory rqldd to your specific field of
, enginearing is over. Write an outline of the projcclkompletion report including the
aMact obiectives , cost and recommendations in detail. ll0I
ll.Imagine that you are working on a project and it is going on. Write the second monthly
" rcport of the project in a letter {ormat. t6I
*ti
\
1.
5 i;
*,
i .. . ..: :--:-:::.::'i :I.i:. i.-:-. .'
I -:
$
I
2I TRIBHI.'VA}I Ii.IIVTTTSHY li,ia"d. 'lt+{,ulilr" ' s*

,l INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING i I*vel' B$ -:' : -., Fullltfierkr i ,'f,$.:*;,,
t BEL,BEX,
:
Examination Control Division Programme BCT.B.Arri. Pasltfirrta-
2068 Chaitra Yerr /Part m/r TIme 3 hrs.
- Communication
/. Candidates are required to grve their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
-/ Attempt All que:stions.
{ Thefigures in the mugin indicate Fu! Morks.
/ Assume suitahle data dnecessary.
l. Aftertaking notes, write a summary of the following passage. [s+5]

$bw it iE arrqtbl albcurc r:rpid rod emplctc oombugtion in thc cylinder of
. ro internrt mbrition qinq'thc fud end eir mixuuc Bust bc ttororgtrly
mircd; eod filthcr, it must bc io ttc oofiict proportionr for atl rurrning con-
ditions of the coginc. This il amomplishcd by mczor of a dcvicc crllcd e
crrbtrattor. I[ thii cerbuttttor, i etrcam of sir blo,wn ovcr e jet mircs inti-
ortdy with r spr;r of pctrol d,rer m o:rt oJ it" T.bc jct is inscrtcd isto a c&oLc
os vcohrti in thc intrlc msdful4 end is cupplicd with pctrol at atmoaphcric
Prcssuss.
Dusing thc ructioaatrolc of the pietoq thcprccsurciathe intelc Eaoifold
is bclor armmpbcric, and air ig induced thr,ougt thdintrt and bvcr th.jgt.
At tlurc & a fuha *rt b presflEe at the vcnturi the presaure diffcrcnoc
pEodric€d b largc enough to draw petrol up out of the j* and rtomisc it. Thc
levcl of thc pctrel in &c jet is hqrt oonitaot by the foet aod needle velvc in the
f,oet g$.qibcr, vhich actg 8l a niEBvoL for thc ftel. Abovs tbc vcotrui thcrc is
r tbrottlc ulvc opcr*od by the rccclemtor pc&t wbich oontrols the ssount
of mirturc rdsifrcd to thc cyihacr:
Howcrcr, thic simplc form of carburcttor will aot gitc orcct
mixnrc strqgth for ell coginc a@* "iogloja
Thc chicf dificdty oocoodorcdis
thrt, .t higb ntildng qpgcdi thc eoro,mt of petrol retoi up rt thc jet witl in-
crcasc frster than the increaac in air-fow. Therrdorc r csthrcttorret to give
oorrect rnixtlrrGs at iow epccd wiil give a prcrgrcasivtly tichcr mixtrrc as &c
spced increasca. To compensate for this, a sond jet is ptovided fod fruo e
wcll qpcn o thc atmocpherc and rripplled witlr petrcl ftom thc floe chobcr.
Mrg ta ttulact thar rldl. @ilrrydrtng ja h bga than thc mein jct, it cen
supply pgtrol at a guic&cr ratc ttrrn thc aain jct uatil the wcll iB Gmpdd. As
tlrc speed is iacreas!4 morsrnd morc of thc petrol rcquircd is &ewn from
the main jee The ompcnertor jet crn now supply only aa muc,h paml ta c.8
pass through ghe smdl compeDsetot orifice in ttc floot ch"nbcr.
Anothcr problem to bo Eolicd ir that of starting. In ordcr to obtein thc
rich mixture required for starting, the thrcttlc must be almot clecd. As tlo
air octocity is thea wry lqu in thc-venturi, insufrcicnt pf.rol'is d;awtr out of '
the jer This difficulty is ovcrcomc jet in the *all of
by. thc provision of an idlcr .
thc jct
inta&euffold near the throalc valva This will only fqnction vbcn
thc throtde is nearly closed. When it is opened for fdrter running, thc suction
roundthcqdgeof thcthrottlc decreascs, ardthcidlcrautomaticallycquestoact.
l
l
i
i
t.
I
.. 't . -.r.
2. Ansrerthe following questiors tniefly: (anythme) [3,i'5J,,,.::,ii.

i
:.,ii:;-,:ii
a) Wnat is the importance of retrding books in otn life? [OfstudiesJ ,::.!t' ii.. !r.
D Wrid a summary of ttre rcxt " The motlrcr of a Traitor". ffhe mottrer of a TraitorJ
c) Describe the importance of science with reference to the next 'The scientific
Attitude'. [The scientific Attitude]
d) wna-t are the factors responsible for failure in successful communication.
3. Choose the correct words from'the brackets: t0.5xl0]

a) Either you or I ............. supposed to do it. (are, am)
b) The government ...........;....decided to increase the salary of their civil servants. (have,
has)
c) The teacher said tliat we ......-......mortal. (are, were)
d) She says that she ,tt.|fe food. (wants, wanted)
e) This notice..............altered. (has been, have been)
0 A lot of the work ............by thri students. (is being done, are being done)
g) If I had enough money, I..........this car. (would have bought, would buy)
h) Unless you...........hard, you can't pass the exam. (work, don't rtork)
i) He died...........T.B last year. (with, of1
j) She always takes..............notes in her class. (up, down)
4. 'I'ransform the following references from APA style to MLA style:

t4l
a) Perkin, H:C: (1975). Air Pollution. McGraw Hill: NewDelhi.
b) Hall, Dauglas. (1989)- Dieital Circuits and Svstems. Macmillan:Newyork.
c) Morgan" J.H. (1960). Cathodic Protection. Macmillan: Newyork.
d) Slabough, W.H.(1954). Mechanism of Filiform Conosion. Oxford University Press:
USA.
5. Write a short research article on the effect of noise pollution in urban areas in Nepal in
about 300 words. lt0l
6. Edit the following passage which contains a good many errors. t5I
Aristotle the iutor of Alexander the Great was born in Stagira in Macedonia in 300 BC.
Together with Plato,'he is regarded as one of greatest philosophers the world knew.
!
Aristotle was a true academic, concerned for Physics, Astronomy, Rhetoric, Literatr:re;
I
Political Science and History. His teachings has laid the foundation for modern scientific
thought.
,l
7. Suppose you are the secretary of a newly foqmed committee of Public Health Care I
Society. Write the minutes of the first meeting held recently inverting the agenda. t5I l
8. A large number of deaths are caused by earthquakes. To minimize the loss of lives you
want to do a study. 'Write a brief proposal to an organization sticking on objectives,
procedure and rationale.
t8l
9. The Minister for Road and Transport is concemed about the rapid increase in the number
of road accidents on the highways. As a newly formed commission chairman, uryite a
brief formal report investigaling th" and suggesting measures'to control the road
accident. "urr",
tl0]
10. Write a monthly progress report to be submitted to the Cheif Engineer, Department of
Roads on the constructiorr66Bagmati Bridge near Thapathali. t8l
:& tl.,I
:
25 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. /Back

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING ,Level BE Full Marks 40
BEL, BEX,
Examination Control Division Programme BCT
Pass Marks l6
2068 sai:hartr Year / Part III/I Time l%'hrs.
= Communication Il
'/ Attempt All questiorts. j
'/ Thefigures in the margin inclicate Full Marks. .
l. Transform the following sentences as indicated in the brackets: t4I

a) I've got a handy lap{op. (AmE)
b) Could you please lend me your car for an hour? (Informal English)
c)' It's believedthat insomniacs are mentally ill. (Personal English)
d) Open the door. (Polite English)
2. Answer any two of the foliowing
'.
questions: '
: '
1:::1 l: . 1 ..1 . . 11..

a)Howcanyousaythatbeautyisaformofpower?(Beauty)
b) 'Mere knowledge without wisdom makes education futile'. Justify this. (Knowledge
and Wisdom)
c) Write the description of the city under attack. (The mother of a Traitor)
3. Write a description of landscape view of the most enchanting place you have ever visited. t4l
4. Draft a note of a twenty - minutes' technical talk on the necessities of preventive
. measures for the devastating earthquake in Nepal. t8l
5. Assuming that you are the secretary of a social organization, write a notice including four
item agenda for the eighth meetihg to be held shortly. t6l
6. Imagine that you have carried out a research study on the causes and consequences of
defoiestation in the hilly regions of Nepal. Write title page, acknowledgements, abstract.
and recommendation parts of your report. u0l
,.LL
25 TRTBHWAI'IIJMVERSITY Exam. Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING {evel iBE Fuli Marks 40
BEL, BEX,
Examination Control Division Programme BCT
Pass Marks 16
2066 ,Jestha Year / Part m/r Time 12 hrs.
Subiect: - Communication II (English)

/. Candidates arb rbquired to give their answers in their own words as iar as praeticable,
'/ Attempt AII questions.
'/ The figures in the margin tndtcate Futl Mgrks.
{ Assume suitable data ifnecessary.
1. Transfor-m the foilowing sentences as instructed in brackets: i4l

a) What John bought last week was an old car. (spoken)
b) May I help you? (informal)
c) I beg your pardon! (BrE)
d) No, I don't want any more. (polite)
2. i8l
a) What change in attitude do you think the writer wants to bring about in her readers?
(Beauty)
b) Summarize the argument of the text 'Knowledge and Wisdom'.
c) Assume yourself as the mother and express your. feelings towards yotr son. (The
Mother of a Traitor)
a
J. How do you operate a telephone? Write a simple process description. t4l
4. Assume that you have been appointed as a Secretary of a committee formed to advise a
Company to produce a handbook containing information about the conditions of services,
rutes.and,rggul{ion, and benefils. The committee held its first meeqng. Draft a three-
'.
point agenda and the minutes of the meeting. t6l
5. Write a complete manuscript of a ten-minutq talk on 'importance of reference materials
and their importahce'. i8l
6. You are writing a report to the director of the Central Institute of Environment al Studies,
as the regional representative, Kathmandu on the problem.of water pollution in your
region. Include the following parts only. [10]
Title Page, Abstract, Content Page and Recommendations
{.* *.
f
!
25 TRIBHUVAN UNWERSITY Exam. Resular / Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks '40

BEL, BEX,
Pass Marks 16
BCT
2066 Bhadra Year / Part m/I Time 1%brs.
; - Cornmunication II
'/ Candidates are required to give their airswers in their own words as far as practicable.
'/ Th€figures in the margin indicate Fult Marks.
{ Assume suttable data if necessary.
the following sentences as indicated in brackets. t4l

One needs to express oneself more clearly. (AME)
b) The govemment is going on with its stnrggle against inflation. (Formal)
*e)- M-M well we could have another holiday. (Written)
,-d)" When will you be meeting him? (Familiar)
//
/z'Anwer any two of the following questions: t8l
*
*/r.'*,'
b.' 'a) How did Monna Marirrna prove herself to be a citizen
\- and a mother? (The Mother of a
Traitor)
b) \Mhy might it be important to understand aspects of other cultures' standard?
(Customs)
I9, c) What ,r. ih" advantages of wisdom over knowledge? (Knowledge

Describe the prnlesses involved in distillation cflvater in about 150'words.
and Wisdom)
Write a note for a thirty-minute technical talk on "Glaciers; one of the water resources
Nepal".
of
L+l
t8l
ft'/' lt oê the three agendas, and. write the minutes of the meeting relating to construction
v of a water supply scheme in yor:r V.D.C. t6l
1;\-Wnte a report on The Damages Caused by the Kosi River including only the title page,
\{t preface and conclusion. [10]
{. )f {,
25 TNTEHWAN UNIVERSITY Exam. ReEularlBack
INSTITTJTE OF ENGI}TEERING Level BE Full Marks 40
BEL, BEX,
Examination Control Division Programmg BCT
Pass Marks t6
2065 .Shrawan Year lPart u/I Time 1%hrs.
Communication II
/ Attempt Att questions.
t ,Th"iSrrA ;" the margin indicate Full Marks.
,/ Assime suititble data if necessary.
1.ey the following sentences as indicated in brackets: 141

qf Canaidates are required to give their answers in their own words. (Spoken)
b) How do you do? (Informal)
c) ou read this book-
door.
2. Answer any two of the following questions: t8l
.-$r Summarize the aigr:meut of the text 'Use and Misuse of Science'.
b) If beauty is a source of power, why does the writer object to women's striving to
gttanit? @eautfl
,\/ XWhat was the con{lict in the mother's mind and how did she resolve it? (The Mother
of a Traitor)
3. Pppare a note for a talk on 'Importance of PowerPoint presentation in technical
,
lasting for 30 minutes. t8l
Assume that your have recently taken over as the secretary of a_public limitqd Lompalry.
You come to know
to call t6l
a simple description of a 'paper clip' foilorved by pictr:re illustration. i4l
Prepare a cover page,pieface and conclusion of a report on 'Development of Information
Technology in Nepal'. [10]
**tF
rB
rl.
F
25 TRIBHWANUNIYERSITY Exam. Reeular / Back
INSTTTUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE f,'ull Marks 4A
Examination Control DMsion Prograrnme

BEL, BEX,
Pass Marks 16
BCT
2063 Baishakh Year / Part m/r Time l%brs.
Subject: - Communication II (English)

,/ Candidates'are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
t #:ry;# ?:",#T:, d"

./
indic at e p ullenr*s
Assume suitable data if necessary..
1. Change the following sentences as indicated in brackets. t4l

a) Their houte is different that orus. (BRE)
b) 'itOne cannot succeed unless one tries hard. (AME) L
c) is necessary that every member should inform himself of these rules (AME)
d) The congress insisted that the present law continue to operate. (BRE)
2. Answer anytwo of t4e following questions: t8l
a) Whymight it be important to understand aspects of other cultures' standard?
b) Show advantages of wisdom overknowledge.
c) .'Is it she?' 'it is she!' what does this exchauge tell us about what the people thought
of her? What did they do whe,n they saw her? Why?
3. lVrite a brief description of a mechanical tool that you frequently use in your fieid of
,
14j
4. Prepare a twenty minute technical talk on "Causes and effects of vehicle smoke emission
at high taffic load horus'n. t8j
5. Assume that a body is'formed to improve teaching leaming situation in your campus. As
the secretary of that bodywrite a notice along with three age,ndas to call its first meeting. t6l
6. You are asked to prepare a report on 'Price hike in Nepa['. Write only the fotlowing parts
of that report: t10l
a) Preface :
b) Acknowledgements
c) conclusion
*+*
f,
2512-2 TRIBHUVANUNIVERSITY Exam.

BEL, BEX,
1
Programme Pass Marks l6 1
BCT
206:2 Baishakh Year / Part m/I Time l% hrs. I
r
s
q
I ,/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their owt *ords as far as practicable.
/ Anempt All qttestions. .
n
1. Change the following sentences as indicated in bractets. t4l

a) The rneeting rvill commence at 4 PM. (informal)
b) Would you please accept my invitation? (familiar)
c) My book is different than yours. (BrE)
d) The government is planning to enforce the rules strictly. (impersonal)
2. Answer any two of the following: t8l
a) Describe the effects of customs on the guests of a trader's wife and a youth from
China.
b) Who is a better person according to Russel - a knowledgeable man or a wise man?
c) \['hat was the conflict in the mother's mind and horv did she resolve it?
3. Write a simple description of your campus library in about 150 words. 14l
4. Prepare thirty minute's technical talk causes and effects of air pollution in Kathmandu
Valley. t8l
5. Suppose you are the coordinator of a seminar on 'Scope of Electronics Engineering in
Nepal' to be held shortly in Kathrnandu. Draft a letter for calling the meeting. 16l
I 6. You have got a contract to construct a newboy's hostel in the campus premises. Prepare
the title page and write abstract and conclusion of the report that you have to send to the
concerned agencY' t10l
***
t
4
ffi
:
i
25 TRIBHWANUNiVERSITY Exam. Back
INSTITTJIE OF ENGiNEERING Level BE Full Marks 40
BEL, BEX,
Examination Control Division Programme BCT Pass Marks 16
I
2062 Poush Year / Part m1I Time lYzfus.
Subject: - Communication English II

,/ Candidates arp reqgired to give their answers in their own words as far as practicablQ.
,/ Attempt All Etestions.
,/ fnrfigaG in the margin indicate Futl tuIarks.
i. Transform the following sentences instructed in the brackets. t/1

L'tl
a) One shoul-d always look after his money. (BrE)
b) At whom are you looking? (krformal)
c) I demand that Hari go there at once. (BrE)
d) The meeting will comrnence at 4 PVL (krfonnal)
2. .Aaswer an two of the follorving: lZxal

a) "War for the means of existence will be inevitable". lVho wili fight the war against
whom? Explain it on the basis of the quoted statement. (The Use and ivlisuse of
Science)
b) Justify the decision and action taken by Monna Morianna? (The N{other of Traito$
c) What do you understand. by "Concept of Culture" discuss as an antluopologist.
(Customs)
3. Write a short technical talk lasting for twenty minutes on 'the causes of deforestation in
Nepal', t8l
4. At the tenth meeting of the board of directdrs of Narayani Pharrnaceutical LaboratoryPvt.
Ltd., Birgunj, the following agenda were discussed. t6l
7.01 Minutes of the previous meeting
7.OZ Chaimran's report
- 7.03 Appointment of an auditor for the next year
-7.04 Purchase furniture for common room
Foliowin-e the complete format prepare the minute of that meeting.

5. Imagine that you are a chairman of a five member commission formed for investigation
of leakage of current at Ratna Park. Prepare a short report on the findings of the
investigation. Inciude only the follorving sections: Cover Page, Acknowledgemeni,
Abstract and Table of Contents. [10]
5. Write a sirnple <iescription of a hammer in about hundred and fift,v words. l4ll
L'l
* *ri.
1+
,j
35?.3 TRtsHW..CNU'I{i\'ERSITY Exam. lBack :,.i
D.iS TITUTE OF ENGINEEIUNG LcveI Full iflarks 40

BEL. BE,v-
Bxamination Control Dir{sion Programme BCT
Pass Iflarlcr l6
2061 Baishal<h Year / Part IiIiI lri
Subjea: - Enqlish
,/ Candidates arg iequire.{ to give their arxrvus in their own ';ords rs k as prgcticable.
/ AtternptAll questions.
i' The.figures in the margtn indicate Futl l{arhs.
/ Asstme xritable Cota ifnecessery.
i./ Transform the follorving se,ntences as instructed in the brackets. t4l

aj -{fter his dad's deat}r- Petler had ro change his job. (into For-maii
4 *. congress insisted(into that the present taw sirouta Ue continued t operate. (i*o .fur.E)
c) rWhat is y-our name? Polite)
d/ Non-stop sound of the blower made Pete's old s'oman hit the roof. firco Common
Corer
,/
/ A4s*tr in brief any two of the followings. [2xa]
y'
Explain the meaning "if ethical principles den-v our right to dc evil that good may
come, are we justiEed in doing good n-hen the foressble ccnsequence is ert[','" ([Ise
and fuIisusc of Science)
-5 Oo you support the decision taken by lvlonna N{arianna? Suppori 1'ow opinion wit}r
references Aom the text. (The L{other of a Traitori
c) \l'hat is Christian concept of "beauty"? Compare it rcith that of S'.rsan Sontry's.
Prepare a 'technical talk' on tre computer and internet s3.'stem in about- 2rl,l words.
/ t8I
Kt.p a short minute of a FSUmeer"lng basetl.an tire follo'*rng agenda.
f t6J
f Extra-activities programme
b! Launciring cleaning-up campaign to keep the campus mvironmenr clean
I' S.{ARC institrtional tour
d7 Publication of a jo'rrnal
9Y Shifting of uaion olllce from Blocl:'A' to Block'B'
,/
5l Inzgne you are a chairperson o[ a five-rnembered ccmnission fcfined for irrvesiigation
' th'e causes cf the national black out for 2 da.v.-s in Nepal. kepare a short report on fu\e
trndings on the inl'estigation. Lrclude only rhe foliorving xctiens: lt 0l
cover- acknorvl ed gen ents, cont ents- conclusi on
Describe the location of vour campiis. l4l

lF*)t
05 TRIBHUVAN TINIVERSITY Exam. lle gullr / Ii:rcl'
INSTITUTE OF ENGTNEERING LeveI BE FulI Marks [n
2071 Bhadra Year /Part IIL'II Time 3 hrs.
(cE6s2)
r' TheJigures tn the margin indicate FAll Marks.
{ Assume suttable data if necessary.
l. |.pnat is building? Explain various types of building with sketches. t8I
vb)-.Explain the consideration of heat, ventilation light, sound, orientation and moisttre
movement in a building with sketch where necessary. tSl
2. v
-aYWhat are the functions of foundation? Explain the types of deep fourdation with
necessary sketches. t8I
I Whu, is mortar? Describe the estimation of mortar requirement. t8l

3. g).zWhat is roof used for? Sketch out different O?es of roof and show their parts. t8l
'fu{O"scibe essential elements of a stair. Define ladders, lifts and elevators and ramps. t8l
4. gfDraw a section of solid ground floor with necessary details. t8l
b)zDefine shoring. What are the objectives of shoring? Describe the types of shoring
-\-/
with necessary sketches. t8I
S.gYExOlain the proqessof painting works on masonry surfaces. What may be the causes
of cracks occurred in a building and what are remedial measure to cracks? t8l
$Zescribe septic tank and soakpit with necessary sketches. t8I

***
05 TRIBHUVAN I.'NIVERSITY Exam. Itcg u l:t t'

2070 Bhadra Year / Part miu Time 3 hrs.
Subiect: - Buildine Techrclogy (C8652)

/ TheJigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
{ Assume suttable data tf necessary.
;
l. a) What do you understand by orientation of a building? How do the requirements for a

building be met from the orientation? 14+41
b) Describe positive and negative side water proofing system. Illustrate with necessary
sketch for provision of DPC for basement in ordinary soil. 12+61
2. a) Discuss cornmon problems with existing foundation. t8I
b) What is first class brick work in l:6 cement sand mortar? Calculate materials for
10 cum brick work except bricks. [3+s]
3. a) Show a flooring details of a floor (ground) that has a connection with extemal wall
and floor finish with mosaic tiling. t8I
b) Define shoring. Describe various types of shoring with necessary neat sketches. t8I
4. a) What do you understand by pointing works? Explain procedure of pointing work. [3+sI
b) Why is rain water harvesting necessary in a building? Explain any method for
harvesting rain waters [4+41
5. a) What are the factors to be considered for limiting fire spread? Clariry each point
briefly. [2+61
b) Explain various remedial methods of causes of cracks in a building. t8l
**r[
02 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Old Back (2065 & Earlier Batch)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FulI Marks 80

2070 Chaitra Year / Part m/r Time 3 hrs.
Subject: -Building Technoloey @G633CE)

r' Candidales are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
'/ Attempt'any Five questions.
/ Thefigures in the margin indicate FuA Marks.
l. a) What are the sources of moisture in a building? E7<plain'different methods for moisture contol in
the building with necessary figures. 12+61
b) What is human thennal comfort? How human body maintains the thermal balance? Describe tre
thermal prcfe,r'eneesatrectingcomfort. 12+241
2. a) What are the general classification of foundation? What are the common poblems of existing
foundation? [4+4]
b) \Vhat are tre objctives of strcring? Discuss fir brief about the dead slrore with nessary figu€s? 1Z{61
3. a) Define roof and i6 t)"€s. Describe briefly about the double timber roof with necessary figures. t4+41
b) Design and draw plan of a 1.2 m wide doglegged strir for a rcsidentiat building with 3 m floor
height [4+41
4. a) What are the functions of door ard windor{? Draw elevation of bancned fur and gla?ed windorv
having woode,n menrbers. [2+3+3J

b) Why joints ar€ necessary ftr civil curstustion work? Describe expansion joint in a buitding with
neat sketchs. [4+41
5. a) Wtrat are the requirements of good prtition? Desstib€ the types of partition with the basis of loading
system. 14+41
b) What is domestic water supply systein? Discuss tre types of drainage system with necessary figur€s.
[4+4]
6. Write short note on any four of the following topics: $x4l
a. Generalprincipleofelecticalservices 6. Brickcladding
b. Air-Conditioning e. Sound insulation
c. Timbering of tenches
*!f *
04 TRIBI{WANI.'NIVERSITY Exam. lLcgrrlur (2066 & [-:rtcr l]trtch)
2069 Bhadra Year lPart m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Building Technology (C8652)

./ The/igures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
1. a) What are the requirements of ventilation? Explain moisture movement through

building components. 14+41
b) What do you understand by thermal performance of building components? Explain

the various methods of thermal insulation for exposed walls and roofs. t8I
2. a) Define foundation. Describe types of foundation with necessary sketches. t8l
b) What are the types of flooring? Exptain the process of Temazzn finish floor. [3+5]
3. a) Draw and explain different components of timber collar beam roof with their sizes.
Explain different types of roof covering for pitched roof. t8I
b) Explain the preparation of cement sand mortar (l:6). Differentiate between random
rubble, coursed rubble and Ashlar stone masony with sketches. 14+41
4. a) Define stair. Illustrate the elements of staircase with figure. t8l
b) With the help of neat sketches, differentiate between solid and suspended ground
floor. t8I
5. a) How do you make a brick masonry buildings earttrquake resistant? Explain with
sketches various trleasures adopted. t8l
a'i'
b) Illustrate components of the rooftop rain water harvesting system. t8I
***
t(
.t t
I . 02 TRIBHTJVAN I.JNIVERSITY Exam.

INSTITI..TTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80

?068 Baishakh Year / Part m/'t Tirne 3 hrs.
/ Candidates. are iequired to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
/
I
Attempt aiy Fite questions. i

/ The.figures in the m.argin indicate FuIl Marks. I
/ . Assume siitablc data if necessary. I
1. a) What is moisture? What are the sowces of moisture in a building? Describe the
method of moisture coOntrol in the substructure of a RCC building? 12+2+4)
b) What are the charaiteristics of atdible sound? What are defects occurred due to
reflected sound. Explain briefly the different methods of sound insulation. t8l
Explain the different. types of thermal insulating material. Explain the different
process of insulating various building elements such as roofs, exposed walls and
doors and windows.
2.- a) What are the general classifications of foundation? Describe the common problems of
existing foundation. [4+4]
b) What are different elements for vertical circulation in a building? Design a RCC
doglegged staircase for a residential building in a room of 4.5m x 2.3m and floor
height of 3m. Assume necessary data. Give neat sketches of the plan and section. 12+61
3. a) What are the different components of doors and windows, explain with necessary
sketches. Explain the different tlpes of doors with the help of sketches. t8l
b) Define roof. What are the types of roof? What are the functional requirements of
roof? Describe briefly the single roof and its types with necessary sketches. t8l
4- a) What are the types of joints? Vtrhy.joints are important in building constuction?
Briefly explain the ex.pansion joint in a building with necessary sketches? ' . 12+2+4)
b) What do you understand by temporary constuction in thg building? bescribe the
types of temporaqr construction withnecessary sketches. t8]
s. a) Why cladding is important to a building? Illusffate the types of cladding with respect
,to construction technique. . 12+61
.b) What are internal partitions? What are the requirements for a good partition? Explain
'
the classification olpartition with respect to materials.and loading systems. [2+2+4]
6. Write short notes on: lax4l
a) Day light factor
b) Septic tank and soak pit
c) Types of electrical wiring
d) Air conditioning
{.+*
l
t"
&
02 TRIBHIryANI.JMVERSITY Exam. Regular/Back
,r, INSTITI.NE OF ENGINEERING Level BE F'uIl Marks 80
I
2067 Ashadh Year / Part m/r Time 3 hrs.
Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
l. Jt How does moisture movement occur in buildings? Explain the different types of
condensations and their effects on building materials. 14+2+27
How do absorptive *ut.riul, absorb sound? Write down the general considerations
'W for noise control in buildings. l4+4J
2
v What are the various causes of foundation settlement? Define underpinning and
explain different methods ofunderpinning with neat sketches. tS]
I details.
What is.roof covering? Differentiate double and triple roofs with constructional
t8l
a
J What are the functions of openings? Explain any two tlpes of door and windcw based
*
$) Define staircase. For a given space of 4.8m x2.25mwith floorheight of 3.6rrr, design
a RCC dog-legged staircase. t8l
4.
9 Why is it necessary tor'provide a joint in building stucture (especially cernent
concrete skucture)? Draw a neat freehand sketch of vertical wall section showin$
dxpansion joint at.foundation, plinth, lintel, floor.and rooflterrace level for a typical
residential building having 35qT{n thigk brick *ull: . : : : 12+6)
What is temporary construction work? Differentiate between brick layer's scaffold
vl
5. a) What do you fnean by building finishes? Differentiate between tile hanging and stone . '
cladding in extemal wall surface showing section (vertical) with neat sketches. .
12+3+31
b) What are the types of suspended ceilings? Describe their functions and methods of
construction. tS]
6. O What are the general principles of electrical services systems? Explain wiring systems
and also discuss about the safety precautions to be adopted while using electricity and
is domestic water supply system? Discuss with relevant sketches about septic
rb-) What
tarrk soak pit of sewage disposal at residential building site.
)pltsarr
rf:F*
Vpl
+
,l
i]'
ir
02 TRIBHWANUNIVERSITY Exam. Resular / Back-

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Fuil Marks 80
Examination Cqntrol Division Prograrnme BCE Pass Marks 32

2065 Bhadra Year / Part m/i Time 3 hrs.
Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
Attempt All quations.
Thefi.gures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
Support your ansy)er with sketches wherever required.
i/nir",rrs atout thermal comfort in building. How can we achieve thermal comfort?
Explain about active and passive methods for heating and cooling. Support your atrswer
with neat and clean sketches. Ii6]
,v/ ,Defite
'can
foundation.with.its types. Wha.t are the causes of foundation settlemint'and how
we provide heatorent for foundation settlement? ' . .' [i6]
OR
What is basement floor? What type of wall is appropriate for basement wall? Explain
' about waterproofing techniques in basement. Support your answer with neat and clean
y'ketches.
/
).v ,/. Why are joints necessary in the building structures? Describe in detail the types of joints
in structures and.their uses. [1 6]
OR
Define paints..What are the ingredients of oil paints? What are the characteristics of good
paints? How do you undertake painting works in new and old woodwork?
,/ a) What is roof? Sholv the comparative advantages and disadvantages of slope and flat
roof. i8l
b) Describd shoring antl scaffolding. Why are shoring'and siaffrcldiir[s used in'buildihg
constuction? t8l
,/
y/Write short notes (any four) lax4)
Tfrwinar*s and its types
p)- Electrical safety in building
y'f r.Septic tank and soak pit
.&) Fire protection in building
e) Plastering and pointing in building
{.*.*
I
I
$
,t
3'
ll
t. :r-l;8. i.
!:
.! ., ',I;:'
; .:
r 02 TRIBHWAI.TI'NIVERSITY Erem. Itlitft

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING I,€YGI BB hll Marks 80
Examination Controi Division Programme BCE Pass Marls 32
2066 ilestba Yeai / Pert mlt Tlme 3 hs.
/ Candidates are required to give tbeir answers in their owri words as. far as. practicable.
{ AnaryttanyEJfulquesticins. :
/ Thefigttres in the margin indicate Full Marks.
/ Asswne suitable data if neceSsar!.
l. Describe briefly about re,newable and non-renewable sources of energy highlighting the
world sce,nario. Explain the different ideas to trap thb solar energy in building with the
r'*ul
,. ffi:*"flf.:::T:ll]il o,,"ing erements? Exprain dirrerent -",noa, o, **"n
we can stop moisture entering to building. [5+5]
3. What is basemerlt floor?- Explain abiiut different water proofing method for basement -
yith sketches.
ne1,-fr.rd clean [3+3]
4. Draw complete details of * n.C.C. dog-leggea ,i"ir"rr" for an offi., building leading
from the gound floor to first floor. State reasons for size of the risers and treads adopted
by you. The size of stair is 4.8mx3.0mx3.6m (heigh|. [0]
5. How we can properly manage the water supply and sanitation slatern in building?,
Explain the function of septic tank'and soak pit in sanitation system with the help of
sketches. [4+6]
6. Why temporary construction is necessary in building construction? Differentiate between
single and double scaffolding with constructional daails. [4+6]
7. What is ioof? Write down requirement of good roof. Explain about pitch or slope roof
and mention its types with the help of sketihes. [4+q]
8. Write shortnotes on (ani foru) :
12.5xa)
a) Lifts and esca-lators
b) Electical wiring systern inbuilding
c) False ceiling
d) Cladding
e) Constnrction joints
0 Underpinning
9. Define the saG bearing capacity and ultimate bearing.capacity. Explain the methods to
improve bearing capacity of soil. l3+7)
. :iri*
.'.. '-' '- : ,- '- ; '- . - ' ,-. -.'.
,
I
l,
F
:.
I
':
t
0.:
D
I
03 TRIBTiWANUNTYERSITY Exam. Resular/Back

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERTNG Level BE FullMarks 80

2O65 Shrarilan Year / Part Itr/I Time 3 trs.
Subject: - Buildine Technolosy

{ Auempt All queilions.
r' Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Mailcs.
{ Support your answer with slcetches w'herster.required.
1. Explain briefly human thermal comfort. What are the thercral factors affecting thermal
comfort. How human body maintains thermal balance. Explain yor:r state,ment with neat
and clean sketch. [16]
OR
What do you understand by Energy Conscious Design? Describe briefly the design
consideration of Energy Conseious Design. Also describe the renewable and non-
renewable energy, their sources and their respective sxamples.
2. Define stair. What are the functioual requirements of good staircase? Degign a dog-legged
staircase for a public building in a room of 5.0mx4.0m and floor to.floor height 3.0m.
. Assume necessary data. Give neat aid clean sketch to support your design. [16]
3. What do you know about the methods of soil exploration? Defiae safe bearing capacity of
soil and describe briefly the methods sf improving bearing capacity of soil. [16] .
OR
Define undsrpirining. Describe its necessary. What are the operations to be caried out
before underpinning? What are the necessary precautions to be taken whilst
underpinning? Describe briefly the methods of underpinhing.
4. What is shoring? f,lustrate the uecessity of shoring. Describe the types of shoring.
Support yo* *r*br with neat and clean Jketch giving-the names of ditrerlm parts. [16]
OR
Define roof. What are the types of roof? What are the fi:nctional requirements of roof?
Describe briefly the single timber roof and rts Erpes with necessary figures.
5. Write shoit notes (any foru) 't

. [axa]
a) Windovrs and its types with cleau sketches
b.) Ceiling: their types and fixing details
c) Plastering and its tlpes
d) Water distibution system and its design
e) Joints in sfructures and their necessity
0 Painting on metal and masonry surface
***
b,'
n
lt
r.
.5
03 TRIBHUVAN UNTVERSITY Exam.
ilr: INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FulI Marks 80
:r
:l
* Examination Control Division Programrne BCE PassMarks 32
:
2064 ,.festh,a Year / Part m/I Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - T
,/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own wor-ds as far as practicabie.
'/ Attempt A.tl questions.
'/ Thefigures in the margin tndicate Fult Martcs.
'/ Support your aniwer wtth sketches wherever required.
Moisture is the main probiem in the building: Please illustate the effects of the moisture
in the building. Describe the main sources of moisture and explain how it moves through
the'building component with sketches. [16]
OR
'Define thermal comfort? Describe thermal factcrs affectiag humin comfort. Explain
thermal balance of a building. Give neat and clean sketch whenever necessElry.
2. Define staircase. Illustrate ideal requirements of the stair. Describe the different tlpes of
stair by shape in plan with neat sketches. Design ?r op€rl:well staircase.for a pubiic
building'in ahatt of 6.0m x 3.5m and ceiling height 3.0m. The thickness:of th6 floor strab
is 120mm. Assume necessary data. Give neat and clean sketch (plun and section) to
supportyourdesign [16]
3. What do you understand by temporary constuction in the buitding? Describe the types
and requirements of ternporary constrrctions with necessary figues. [16]
4. Define paint and varnishes used in the building. Illustrate the constituents of an oil paint.
Describe the painting prgcedirres on; new and old woodworks, metal works and cement
surfaces. [16]
OR
Define roof and its types. Iliustrite the functional requirements of a roof. Describe briefly
singie and double timber roof with necessfiy figures.
5 Write short noteg (any four): [ax4]
a) Basement and retaining wall
b) Cladding: its types and functions
c) Septic tank and soak pit
d) Doors and its types
e) Partition wall and its types
0 Wiring systems
***L
tr-
ii
H O3N-2 TRIBHUVAN TJNIYERSITY Exam. Resular/Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level B.E. Full Marks 80
ry'
t,
Examination Control Division Programme i BCE PassMarks 32
2062 Baishakh Year / Part III/I Time 3.hrs
s :.B
'/ Thefigures in the margin indtcate Full Morks.
'/ Support your a4siwer with sketches wherever required.
./ Assume suitable data if riecessary.
1. Write briefly on the thermal performances of the building sections. Define transmittance
and find the transmittance of a composite-wall that consists of ll0mm brickwork
(1/2 brick) as outer leaf, cavity of 25mm, thermocole insulation of 25mm, 110mm
brickwork as inner leaf. There is 12mm thick plaster on external side of outer leaf and
intemal surface of the inner leaf. The conductivities of the brickwork, cavity, thermo Cole
insulation and plaster are 1.15, 0.026,0.034 and0.72 WmoC respectively. The interyal
' and external surface conductances are 8.12 and 10.0 W:n2oC. Drarv a neat sketch of
thermal gradient of this composite wall. U6]
OR
Describe human thermal comfort and the thermai factors affecting human comfort. How
does hurnan body maintains the thermal balance. Explain sun and thermal balance of
human body with necessary sketch. Illustrate briefly the thermal preferences.
2. Define staircase. Mention ideal requirements of the stair. Describe the different types of
stair by shape with neat sketches. Design a dog-legged staircase for a residential building
in a lobby of 4.5mx3.0m and floor height 3.0m assume necessary data. Give neat and
clean sketch to support your design t16]
3. Describe briefly the causes of for.rndation settlement and also the effects resulted in the
' structure from the unequal settlements. Explain the reasons for not preferring black cotton.
soil in thefoundation? t16l
'oR
What is underpinning work? Why does it necessary in the structure? Write down the
sequences of operation and the methods of underpinning.
4. \\'hat is construction joint in the structure? Illustrate the positions of construction joints iri
beam, column and slab. Describe the methods of joining new concrete to old one in'the
tl6l
5. Write short notes (any four): lax4!
a) Retaining wall and forces actingyjL
b) Energy conscious building and fts design considerations
c) Partition rvalls: their types and functions
d) Pointing: its qvpes and procedure
e) Water supply and its distribution system -
,.i
r. f) Noise and its effects
d<**
06 TRIBHWANUMVERSITY Exam. Back
II{STITIJTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programrne BCE FassMarks 7)
' 2062 Poush Year / Part m/I Time 3 hrs.
Sabject: - Building Technology

'/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicabie.
/ Attempt AII questtons. .
./ All questions carry equal marlcs.

/ Assume suttable data if necessary.
'/ Support your answer with sketches wherer-er necessary.
i. Moisture is the great problem in the building, .,lrite down the effects of the moisture in
the building. What do yori understand by Moisture control- in the building? Describe
briefly the different methods of moisture control for different sources of moist'are.
Explain your statement with neat and clean sketch where ever necessary.
OR
What is natwal and artificial lighting in the.building? Define day light factor with
of your class room
necessary figure and formulae. Calculate the internal illumination
having day light factor 2.0% and outdoor;llumination 7000 lux.
2. What do you understand by the temporary construction? Illuskate the conditions of
applyrng shoring in the skucture. Describe in detail the types of shoring with neat and
clean sketches.
OR
Describe briefly on formwork for excavation and Cifferent methods used in timbering of
trenches for firm and loose soil. Define formwork for reinforced concrete construction
and its principal requireraents. Illustrate sketches whele ever necessary.
3. Define roof and its types. Illustrate the functional requirements of a roof. Descibe briefly
single, double and kiple timber pitcheC roof with necessary figtres.
OR
Describe the joints in the structure. Iilustrate the types of joints. Explain briefly the
expansion and construction joints and their probable positions in the structure.
4. What are the fimctionai requirements of good staircase? lVlention the tlpes of staircase
(by shap.e) with neat sketches. Design a open-well staircase for a public building in a
room of 5.5mx3.5m and floor height 3.6m. Give neat and clean sketch of plan, sectional
elevation and necessary tietails.
5. Write short notes (any four)
a) Cement Plasteing: its types and procedure of ap-plrcation
b) Ceiling: its uses, requirements and r,1pes -.
c) Cladciing: its types and functions
d) Septic tank and soak pit
e) Window and its tlpes 'r')
0 Painting on old wood works anC cement surfaces
g) Passenger tift and. qrySfrt Un
**i.
::. ,,,:
YI TRIBHWAI{UNTVERSITY Exam. Re gular / Ilarlr

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Lerrel BE FUII Marks 80'
Examination Con trol Division Programme BCE Plss'llfarks
2071 Bhadra Year/Part m/[ Time, 3 hrs.
and
Candidates are required-to gtve their anwvers in their own words as far as practicable.
Attempt AII questions.
TheJigures in the margin infrate Full Marks.
{ Necqsum fisures are ffiached herewith-
Assume suitable data dnecessary.
l. Justify the need of inigation development in Nepal. Define cropping intensity arid
!
irrigation intensity. i " 13+21
2.
I
I
I
Thebase period, intensity of inigation and duty of various crops under a canal inigation
system are give,n in the table below. Find the reservoir capacity if the canal losses are
I
l t8I
,) Base periods Drrty atthe field Areaunderthe crop
Crop (davs) . ftectares)
ftIa/Cumecs)
Rice 120 850 3000
I
t20 1700 4500
I
Susrcane 360 750 5400
\ Veeetables 120 6s0 1200
t
Cotton 2W ' 1300' '2200
3. Draw a t5rpical ctpss section of a canal in partial crittiug and partial filling and label at
least fivedifferent cqr.ral elemcnts on it. t5I
4. a) Sides of an irrigation canal with the followingdesign parameters are well protected.
What will be the stable depth and bed width of such a canal?
Q:5m3/s, dso=3crn, i= I in500
slope of a chaonel in alluvium in 1/6000. Find the channel section and the
maximum discharge which can be allowed to flow in i[. Take f : 1.0.
5. A diversion weir with a vertical droq to be designed for an inigation system has the
following data Design flood :4000 m'/s; Natrual width of the soluce river = 300 m; Bed
material: Coarse sand, Bligh's C = 12; Lacey's f :1.2; Height of weir above low water
= 3.0 m; Top width of the crest :2.0 m. Fix the lengttr of the floor accordlng to Bligh?s
principle and design the length of flocir and depth of cutoffs using Khosla's seepage
theory. Compute the'thickness of the floor at key.points. Make zuitable assumptions if
necessary. Draw a neat sketch of the designed weir.
6. What is meant by river training works and what are the different objectives served by it.
What are the underlying principles behind the determination of spur spacing. Draw L and
. X - section of a typicalipur. Il+2T21
7. Describe the funstions of different regulating structures used in an irrigation system.
Desigu the c:rest and cistern of a drop sEucture (Sarda type) for a discharge of 9 cumecs
and a drop height of 1.2 m: FSL rls and d/s : 105.7 m and lM.5 m; Bed Level r.r/s and
dls:104.2m and 103.0 m; Bed Width r/s and d/s: 8 m; Side Slope of Channel : l:1. t5+l
i
':: ::'
. ; ''i.
8. Determine bed and water levels at four critical locatiori5:,.of the cagal water way at
qr-it-rnof Syp-honicAqueduct,d.esigudwiththefollowingdutu.,
eaEal-
1
i Full'sunply discharge = 40 m3/s i' :
'
. f_r{!_s.lpply.level:15l.8m , ,'.
Siqe-s,tope: 1.5:l
Depth ofwater= 1.5 rir
i''
Bedwidth =32m
tr.
Drainage
Ma:<imum flood discharge = 520 m3/s
level: 150.6 m
Higfu flood
Bdlevel:148.2m
Normal gnound lerrcl = 150.00 m
!
9. List out the main effects and preventive measur€s of watei logging. Estimate the rate of
'., l: ' internd dminage discharge in lps/ha from btmded rice fields qf ,T€rai area. The 3-day
:. :
,l design rainfalt of l0 years frequency in that afea has been estimated as 400 mm. Make
zuitable assuurptions for removing exoess water from the fi.gJd of Terai: t4+6I
**'+ ' l'
I rr,."': -'-
i
)
ii
.t/
lr
j
; 5
"li+
::t'. i:
;i#,+.
$IIE:
1J:,
J.*!.iE**:+ ;t.:*ir
W TR,IBHIJVAN IJNIVERSTTY Eirr, l{cgulal'
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Lc?el BE Full Marks. 80
Examination Control Division hegreEffi BCE Pess Marlrs 32

' 2070Bhadra Yeer,rPert m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Irrigation md Drainage Engineering (C8654)

/ Candidates are required to grve tfuir ansr*rers in &eir own words as far as practicable.
J Attempt AII questions.
/ Ihe figures in the margin indbate Fufi Msrhs-
/ Assume suilable data dnecesswy.
l - Writing various methods of surface inigation, discuss the suitability of drip and sprinkler
inigation. tsI
2. A minor commands 400 ha of inigable area. It is proposed to consider wheal crop in the
whole command area. The kor period for the wheat is considered 3 weeks. The kor depth
hasbeenassessedtobe l0cm. Inthisperiod2.T5cm of rainfallisnormallyexpected
with such an intensity that 50plo of this could be taken as superfluous (surface runoff).
Considering lOoh conveyance loss find out (a) dury of the canal water at the field head
and (b) discharge of the minor at upstream head. t8I
3. Explain the components of a canal inigation system. lsI
4. A stable channel is to be designed for a discharge of 40 m3/s and the silt factor of unity.
Calculate the dimensions of the channel using Lacey's regime equations. What would be
the bed-width of this channel if it were to be designed on the basis of Kennedy's method
with critical velocity ratio equal to unity and the ratio of bed-width to depth of flow the
same as obtained from Lacey's method. [4+6I
5. Sketch the hydraulic gradient line for the weir profile, shown below, considering the case
of no flow at pond level. Slope correlation for the slope (2:l) is 6.5 percent. Also compute
the value of the exit gradient. ll2I
Pond lanel
PFf.n 98.00
0-sm{
$o
|*0.s.
94.00 s4.00
92rX)
6. The launching apron of a guide bank is Iaid in a width equal to 1.8 times the depth of
scour below original bed. If a scour slope of 3:l is to be maintained with thickness I.5 t,
find the thickness of apron before it get lamched. Draw neat sketch of designed structure- t8l
7. a) Write down the functions of head-regulator and cross-regulator. I4l
b) Why is the provision of drop silxuctures required in an canal irrigation system. Explain
with appropriate sketches- t4l
c) Meution various types of canal outlet and describe in brief. What is flexibility of outlet? t4I
'/ 'i
8. a) Following data ae ohined d tb crossing of a canal and a drainage. t6l
Canal data:
a: 20 m3/s, depth of waer: lJ m and FSL = 151.50 m, Bed width: 12 m, side

slope (H:V) = (15:l)
Drainaee dara:
Q = 200 m'/s, f{FL: 150-7 m, Bed kr€I: 148-5 m ad Ground level : 150.0 m
Design the following comp@€fiE of siphon aqueduct.

i) waterway
Drainage ii) Canal waterway
iii) Transition iv) Uplift
b) Explain different types of crossdrainage structure with necessary sketch. t4l
9. Detennine the drainage rate in Vs/ha required 1o meet the following conditions for healthy
growth of rice paddies in bonded filed in Terai ofNepal. ll0I
Initial water level in field:50 mm
Ma:<imum water level is 400 rnrn which may persist for up to one day-
Depth in excess of 250 Em maypsrsist for up to 2 days.
No rain follows the design rainfalt for several days.
Neglect ET and deep percolation losses-
Design 3 day rainfall is 400 mm.
-.!r..,
. i
:
!
1
:,
03 TRIBHWAN I.'NIVERSITY Exam. Old Back &

INSTIruTE OF ENGINEENTNC LeVel Full Marks
l 'F xamination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marks 32
, 2070 Chitre Year / Part ry/l Time 3 hrs.

l
syilS:tj_lggatigl_F:Sil::r-e!!G?2!_9P_.-.*_
!
t / Aaempt any Five questtons.
,/ Thefigares in the margin indicate fiull Marks.
l / Assume suitable data ifiecessary.
1.a. Explain follnring terms (8)

a. GCA
I b. NCA
i
I
i
a Cropping lntensity
d. Gropping Pattem'
b. Wdte dom the steps for cabulating inigation requirement for Rice crop (4)
c. The fieH capacity d s9l! ir 40j6, Permdnent witting point b 20%. Oeniitv of soit.is 1.2grntcc.
ryirte ryg @pth b 90Cm, Efcrop b l0mm/day. CalcuHe the inigation intenrat if the readity avaitabte
moflye is ffi of availabte soil rnisture capacrty (4)
2,. ay. Using taqey;e basic equation, e$abfsh a relalionship between R, e and f (6)
'b- Design a canal usirg Kennedy fonnubt'ron with folkrrring data
Q = 10 qrmeq Manning rcughness ooefticbnt = 0.0245, slope of bed = 0.0002, m = 1 and side slope of
cand 0.5:1 fttV) (6)
c. Yhitedowntheimportance of caaal livkrg. (1)
3. a Ddme gmynes and e:gbh diifferert t!,pes of groynes (8)

b. E pJain diferent tlryes dflood contrd measrme! H'
c Ergla'ur dirtrercnt stages of dnea (4)
4. Calcuhte fie uplit pressure at key points of piles in Fig 1. Abo check the thic*ness d the
noor at A B locatbn and exit gladient. The safe exit gradi,errt is 0.2 (16)
lclm
'10fti
9!rsln
grn
gil.Sm FFlii'l
15m
z0mt
92m Iif,:l
Fig. ,
I
1,,r,; .
i ,,
5. a) Wrt6 dryn the cause and efiscts d rvater logging. Also elplain method of reclamatbn of water
(6)
.(s,
b) Derive the e)gression for subsurface dnainage spacing
c) rwnte dofln the desrgn cntertr dsurfagg rlrainages itit
l
(4x4)
6. Wdte short notes
a. Types of lnigatbn Melhod
b. operation and Maintenance of lnigatim syslem
a Modularand nosr modularoutlets
dr. Dlfferenttypes of Cross Drainage uorks
***
f
W TRIBHWA}.IIJMVERSITY Exam. Resulur'(2066 & Latcr llatrh)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level- BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Divisiono Programme BCE Pess Marks 32
2A69 Bhadra Year / Part III/il Time 3 hrs.
and
/ Candidates are required to give their answers.in their own words as far as practicable.
'/ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marlcs.
{ Assume suitable dota if necessary.
\ 1. Write down sowing time, harvesting time and average delta of five principal crops of hills
ofNepal. t5I
2. a) Write down the steps for calculating irrigation requirement for Rice crop. t5l
b) The field capacity of soil is 60%, permanent wilting point is 2|o/o,Density of soil is
l.Zgdcc, effective root depth is l20cm, ET crop is 9mm/day. Calculate the inigation
interval if the readily available moistr.re is 85% of available soil moisture capacity. t3l
3. Neatly draw the component of canal and explain it. t5I
4. Errplain sediment transport and tractive force approach in canal design. [10]
5- Draw a neat sketch of the general layout of a diversion head works and cross sections of
under sluices, canal head regulator and weir with all details. [3+3+3+3]
6. Following hydraulic data near a proposed bridge site are obtained.
:
Ma,ximum discharge 4000m3/s
Higest flood level = 205.0m
Nver bed level :200.00m
Average diameter of river bed meterial = O.lmm
Design the following components of a guide bund and neatly sketch it. (i) Length of guide
bund (iD Thickness of pitching of the slope (iii) Lenglh of launching apron (iv) thickness
oflaunchingapron. t8I
7. a) Design crest, length and thickness of impervious floor of a vertical drop structure for
the data given below:
Discharge: 1.8m3/s; Bed level U/S = 205.05m

Side slope of channel = l:l; Bed level D/S : 204.35m
FSL U/S = 205.95m; Bed width U/S and D/S = 1.5m
Top width of crest = 0.5m (for initial assumption); Cd:0.415 sp.gp. of masonary drop
structure :2.2; Bligh's coeff: 6.0. t8I
b) Describe with neat sketches the functions of distributory head regulator and cross
regulator in a canal project. t4I
8. Design a syphon aqueduct (Drainage water way, Canal water wayr Bed levels and
Transitions) if the following data at the.crossing of canal and drainage are given. UOI
o :
Discharge of canal 50 cumecs
. Bed width of canal:32m
,
o Full supply depth of canal = 1.80m il ' ,
o Canal bed level = 200.0m
o Side slgpes of canal: (1.5H:lV)
. High flood discharge of drainage = 400 cumecs
. High flood level of drainage = 200.60m
. Bed level of drainage: 198.0m
Io General ground level = 200.20m
9. Design a surface drainage for a field of 40ha area in Terai with following data Design
maximum yearly precipitation for three consecutive days = 50mm, longitudinal slope of
channel 1:400, Manning roughness coefficient 0.025, Maximum water level is 300mm
whicli may persist for up to one day and depends in excess of 200mm may persist for up
to 3 days. Aszume other suitable values if necessary. lr0I
t+*
1
lL'.i'ilI-':-'
st-.'$t''-''
ol,ii
EO
.BCE 'Pass lWarks 32

€haitra ry/I 3 hrs.
1, l:t':f .,.- tr .,1 ::.:'S{-).i

" , 1'.' j.: j.. .. i.,s-"'
'# Candidat* are required to give their answers in their owtr words as far as.praqticable. :' rt!i{ltii}i
{ lttemp! any Fbe questions.

{ The figures:in the margln indicate'Full Marks.
/ .Assume sittabte data tf'necessary.
,7t . ) t. a) "Irrigation shall be given top priority for the overall development of odrcountry".
t5l
b) What do you mean by crop water requirement? Explain the factors affecting ttie crop
waterrequirement ' ' '
tsl
i
c) After how many days will you zupply water tg soil (clay loam of 1.5 glcc &y density,
!
Field c4pacity = 25Yo and P'WP :

l3yo) in order to ensure efficient irigation.of the
crop for which daily consumption use of water is 10 mm. Take 75cm of root zone
I
t_
t6I
2. a) Discuss, with suitable sketch, variousmethods of surface inigation system. , tsI
. : 'b) A field channel has a culturable command area of 2000 hectares. The inten'sity of
inigation for gram is 30Yo and for wheat is 50%. Gram has a kor period of 18 days
and kor depth of 12cm, while wheat has a kor period of I 5 days and a kor depth of 15
cm. Calculate the discharge of the field channel. t6I
c) Showing the position of a fish ladder, unite its necessary in headworks. IsI
!: 3. a) hove that the wetted perimeter is direcfly proportional to square root of the design
I I ru . 'tlischarge. t4I
I .I''' b) Design an inigation channel with side slope 0.5H: lV to carry a discharge of 50 m37s
--
i
' at a.slopb of I in 5000. Take kutter'sn = 0.A225 and C.V.R (m) = 0.9. t8l
i
I c) Draw cross section of an irrigation canal'in cutting and filling showing major
elements. t4l
4. a) Discussing sediment probleur.s in aq irrigation headworks, write any two methods of
contolling sediment qrtry to the inigation canal. t4I
b) Design a 1.5 Sarda grpe fall for a canal having a discharge of 12 cumecs wilh the
following data. u21
Bpdlevel ry's = 103.0m
Side'slopes of canal 1:1:
-
Bed level d/s 101.5m
Full supply level r/s = 104.5 m
'Bed
widthr.r/s and d/s: 10m
Soil = Good loam
Bligh's Qs€fficient= 6
:
;
I
-!:ffiHHFr+In*r \
the da.t* !
i;
',
i
,. (. il:*, i' .! rlr i'..j .ii.,.. L-':l;{l L.rdr7.h lr!
"...," i
' . li,roi.'t;''i,lrifil I
I
i
-r:. ' :a:T 1
:Ghec* i&6 exit:giadient of the,tBdrauticsihieture..The.safe exit gradieni tttJ._ toit is ' I

I
U6." "f . .. -.* rt.
I
.tf .zrrrdifiAtes
' " Ld't'i A
-..t1i" tl!'l't
, tl,
Lewl C
(
1r4 (
.Lsual B
La/d D
La\ral
I
I I
I
Lovel |l I
LprrelG' !
t
I
te\rel E I
{
I
I
Lanel:J t
L1 L2 i
I
Reference Point Level, masl Reference Point kvel,masl

A 160 F 142
B 143 G 139
c 746 H 140
D 142 I t4t
E 138 J 135
Lr and Lz are 30m and 60m respectively. Conection factor for slope is 3.3.
analytical method. Make suitable assumption if necessary
Use
l
U
b) What is o.tttttt Wtte down the requirernents that an outlet should fulfill. Distinguish
clearly between uon modular and semi-modular ouflet. - [+2+3]
6.4 ]Vha! is water loggrng? Write down causes, effeots and preventive measures of water
loggings. lt+2+2+31
b) WiIh neat sketch,(plan and section), show the dver training works for a bridge. What
is a launching apron? How is it designed? 14+41
'tf*+
,.'(
.03 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Resular / Back
2068 Baishakh Year / Part ry/I Time 3 hrs.
( fheJigur"t in th" *argin indicate Full Marks
/ Necessarv chsrt is attached herewith.
1. a) Calculate the design discharge of canal at 0, l, 2 and 3 km from headworks. The GCA
at the head of the canal is 40000 ha aqd after each km it is reduced by 6000 ha. Of this
command, the CCA is only 70%o. The intensity of irrigation for Wheat and Rice is
:
40% and 25% respectively. Assume total loss below 3km 0.4 m3/s; channel losses
:
per hp 4olo of discharge at beginning of each km; Kor period for wheat and Rice is
4 and 3 weeks respectively. Kor depth for wheat and rice is 14 and 20cm respectively. t9]
b) What are the factors to be considered in fixing canal aligruirent? Discuss the tlpes of
canals and their suitability in plaruaing of irrigationsystem. 17)
2. a) Find the spacing of the tile drains for an area having average annual rainfall of
l400mm, if 1% is to be drainedin24 hours. From ground level, depth of impervious
stratum = 9m; depth of drains = 2m and depth of highest position of the water
table.: lm. Coefficient of permeability may be taken as 0,001 cmlsec. t8]
b) An irrigation canal passing through the'alluvium soil (d,*"n = 0.50mm) carries a
discharge of 64 mtls. What major principle you apply while designing such a canal?
Find out th9 principal dimension and bed slope of the canal and draw a sketch of the
designedsection.. [1+6+l]
3. a) The cross drainage shucture across an irrigation channel has following data: Uzl
Parameters Canai Drainage
Discharee (m'/s) t25.0 64.0
FSL/IIFL (downstream) m 298.00 304.0
Bed Level (dovrnstream) m 294.00 300.00
Bedwidth (m) 40.0 80.0
Side slooe (H:V) l:1 0:1
Fix the waterway of the canal and drainage designing a suitable t1,pe of cross drainage
structure and find out the bed level of the drainage structure at the upstream end.
b) Write with explanation of three majbr fuqctions of undersluice constructed in an
irrigation headworks and mention its design criteria. 12+21
4. a) Calculate the thickness of a 7m long launching apron of loosed stones for a shank
portion of guide bund at d bridge site-of a riverS@design flood of 8000 m3/s and
flood depth of 5m. Assume that average diameter of river bed material at floo-d time is
0.3mm. tel
b) Define river training works. Enumerate three major objectives of river training works.
Write down two basic purposes of spur installation. 12+3+2)
._irP-
5. a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages ofsprinkler and drip irrigation. t6l
b) For the following irrigation headworks and respective data, 16+2+21
i) Compute the pressure at the.end pile section.
r floor and pile interface
r bottom ofpit" :
ii) Check whether "na the
floor thickness provided at the end is suffrcient or not?
iii) Check the exit gradient of the hydraulic structure. The safe exit gradient of the soil
is l/6.
Level A
Level C
Level B
I r
4
Level D
t-svel I
Level H
Level G
Level E
Lovel J
L1 L2
Reference Point Level. masl Reference Point Level. masl

A 160 F t42
B I tJ 139
C H 140
D t42 I r4t
E 138 J 135
Lr and L2 $e 20m and 6Om respectively. Use analyical method or Khosla's curve
(rttaehedherovi.th). }..{akesi:iteble assrr:",:litir,:',, .lli:.',: ,,r;r}ty.i!'
, .,.; ,'" .
'are;'the
6' Elnlain the working of a non-modular outlet. What advantages- and
"] disadvantages of this tlpe of outlet? [3+3]
b) Explain soil moisture iension, osmo.tic pressure; field capacity, wilting point and
available moisture. t3l
c) Describe the status of irrigation development in Nepal. t4l
d) Write a short note on institutional aspects of irrigation system management. l3l
t**
p,ifc a' end YA,<.4*-t m
4e- L c.slq*) o er.
L
tc= |df EFI b<-
F -=i
t'j5 ,o- +c6{
I Ei pitc at cri<{ o
9o
t rsr {rt q*.rcr d*:r *.lrnt lc *
*r. SCr)&r rl-d-.ta r'a r.rft f'-' -
m.*41t*.!.er *A 4.. * l4 ln ! * t
1 Io,l
. ";e<,t.562a11p41
'11- .q,
tl j
t- tl
p
.!la=..-a.rl2
o
4e, cos] (r-2)
f| @s'l
a
(-!)
roo- lE )\
tcrc-4o
@ i tOO- {l*,
ld- t tt*1
l=
3
50 I
E
{ =!ro
agl-
a
{r I-5
+rJ
o g
'e
I -
!.2.e
'6 o
o
E
.E;I
H *,
f,l"
t--T-
I iJ
ff
,
s
*e,
!,- -
I
+6
o
o
o,
20
-2
E.:E J
Ti--
-"'rT
lo * .i!:'r-;>.: lo
---E -!.!-r+ + l_i_
' lll
c.Jli,
o o
o
fidio L
Khe.to ', ?tttl:tc,Cr.lrves
I
.OI TRIBHWAN1JNIVERSIfi Regular / Back

Exam.
Examination Control Divisiqn Programme BCE Pass Marks 32

2065 Bhadra Year / Part IV/I Time 3 hrs.
'/ Thefigures in.themarginindicate FuU Marks.
1a) With thq help.of a neat sketch, describe the components- of a canal._system used.in
irrigation project. t4l
b) Explain the terms duly, delta and their relationship t4l
c) Draw the crop coefficient curve for rice crop. An irrigation project has 6000 ha of
CCA and ETo is 150 mm/day, effective rainfall is 30pm/morith and the overall
efficiency of th.e project is 30%. Calcu-l.ate the irrigation demand in cumec. [3+s]
2. a) From the data given below, design a stable irrigation canal, ensuring tfr" stutitiry of
particles at bed as well as sides. t10l
Discharge: i0 *'/,
Side strcpe = 30o

Angle of repose of soil:38o
b) With the help of neat.sketches, exp[rn how silt excluders and silt ejectors corrhol the
bed load'in an irrigation system. ' .. '' " : t6I
::, i.
3: Write with definition stetch hpw.do,you determine,thepressure along the fourctlation
,t) of the struitr:re and *r*" r"fety against uplift pressure using Bligh's creep $eory.
b) Draw four (4) simple Khosla's profiles for a weir of complex profiles. What
corrections Khosla suggdsted to accommodate such simplifications? [3+3] . !
c) Write down the advahtages and disadvantages of sprinkler and drip irrigation. t4l
4. a) Desigr the follbwing compcinents of a guide bund for a river discharge of 6000 m3/s
and silt factof as i.l. Take IIFL: 150m, Bed level: 145m. Is+3]
i) Length of guide bund
ii) Thickness of pitching
iii) Width of launching apron
iv) Depth of launching apron
Using the design data, draw the followings:
A) Plan of guideqpk.
B) Section at shfrk and
C) Section at u./s curved head
b) Write down the five objectives of river training works. t4l
c) Write down different types of canal maintenance. t4l
5. a) The annual rainfall in Biratnagar is 2000mm. Find the Spacing of sub-surface drains if
ZYo of average arurual rainfall is to be drained in 2 days. .t6l
Depth of impervious stratum from the top of soil surface : l}rr-

PoSition of drain is 2m bblow the'top soil surface and the depth of highest positio; of
water table b6low the top soil surface : l.5m
Permeability,K= I x 10+m/s
b) Explain di"fferent types of outlets used in irrigation projects. Define proportionality
and flexibility of such outlets. 14+21
-c) Draw a neat longitudinal sec-tion through a head regulator of an irrigation head works
t4l
6.'a) Find out the waterway, bed level and FSL of a suitable cross drainage structure for the
following data given below. The structure should be flumed to achieve economy. [10]
Parameters Canal Drainage
O;,' (rn'/s) 30 200
B (m) 20 80
Bed level at d/s 200 198
FSL/HFL 242 20t
Assume Manning's rugosity coefficient as 0.014 for concrete.
b) Explain with.plans and sections of any two types of fall struchries used in irrigation
. !'
O' TRIBHUVAI\: UNIVERSITY Exam.
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE

2065 Shrawan Year / Part IV/I Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Irrigation Engineering

/ Candidatds are required to give their ans#ers in their own words as far as practicable.
'/ Attempt any Fivi questions.
'/ Thefigures tu the margin tndicate Full Marks.
Necessarv fisure h attached herewtth.
Assume suitqble data if necessary.
l. a)- Explain different types of irrig4tion methods. t8l

b) Write the definition of potential evapokanspiration and write down the steps for
calculation potential evapotranspiration by Penman methods with all associated
formula- t8l
'2.a) Explain different types dfcanal alignments. tsl
i
b) What is water logging? Write down its causes, effects and preventive measures of I
water loggings. t6l I

I
I
!
c) Explain different types of irrigation efficiencies. tsl
3. a) Enumerate different methods of flood control measures. Explain the functions of spur
and their types with the help of sketches [3+3] '
b) Design a guide bund for a flood discharge of 7000 cumecs, the high flood depth is 5m
and the silt factor is 1.1. ' [6] .'
,c) tt1
L'J
4. a) An irrigation canal carrying a discharle of 40 m3/s has to be constnrcted in alluvial

sbil. If the mean diameter.of the soil is 0.5 mm, design a suitable sgction and bed
slope of such a canal.
' t8l
b) Draw a neat sketch of cross-sections of a canal in cutting, filling and balanced mode,
showing all features. t8l
.
5. a) Design a canal drop structure for the data given below: t8l
a :5 m3/s
FSL, upstream : 110.5 m
FSL, downstream
': 109.5 m
Normal Depth, u/s and d/s :1.5m
Bed width =3.0m
Bligh's coefficient, C
b) Drawing neat sketches, explain how silt excludes and silt ejectors conhol the bed load
in an irrigation system t8l
6. Find out the corrected pressure a1 upstream] downstream and intermediate fey points of a
. hydraulic structure founded on penneable foundation as given below. Use factor for slope
correctionas4o/o. Assume suitable dr-ta if p:^r'"an' ^'ii ^.1' ,:'1 ,i.; il:" :::'*, -'' '. .; . j
plot the hydraulic gradient line. LIOJ
I J / .Uulll
Level
155.00m
154.00m
.F- 152.00m
1.3m
Sheet/ .00m 0.6m
Sheetr/ +8.oom Pile 10m

10m Sheet pile
pile' --'\*-
15.8ni 141.7m
,
*:B rl.
Shrcl ptte oI errd va"cc"+l=f m

C:= *. cre{$q
6
tc = {df 6.t;tl
F --q 1o= {c"r{ ()
*-3 5;;1 pilc of cnd
?o
Gfinf leGrcq drrot (cr4Lr.*"|rrof lct*'
gullr<I {ronlco
o
o
1. 4
ad .(,/L.Do29r.1D9 7.
16
t t rJD*r Gk {r .f
f U" llor oS nae.fs1o. .
b.rc rdtb Elad6.rLtEGt fra loo

l- e,
rr.": 1ofct. o{ 6d <- 4 l,
L
!
rtoo-lo{ct:os ad <. . t,l
.9 o
f rPo-...a.5t2
(q=
lo= t3::;[F,riT
irq- ,Xo- r.
'lo,- r@-,{o
@ ,D= too-
?d- t floor)
la
50
,
I
( :lO
;-
S.,
J xr ri
F
; l€
it +L
! 3ra.a
1
'I
-!z
o
o
t
6Pl-
,r
o
+-
o.
UT
70
)o
o,
E lo
a.,f .
o
ol e o.8 o,
Rdti" *
Khorlo's ?rsE*t rz Cury,:.-
01 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY
i
Exam. Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING. Level BE FulI Marks 80
lF:l
:!
2064 Kartik Year / Part tV/I Time 3 hrs.
:n'
./ Attempt any Five questtons.
./ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marlrs.
,/ Assume suitable data tf ndcessary.
1. a) Descnbe the various types of fall sb:uctures and their components with neat sketches. t8l
b) A sandy loam soil holds water at 140 mm/m depth beween FC and PWP. The crop has a root
depth of 30cm and CWR (Crop Water Requirement) equal to 5 mm/day. The cropping area is
equal to 60 ha in wliich allowable depletion of water is 35Yo and irrigation application
" efficiency equal to 40o/o. Determine: (i) Allowable depletion depth between irrigations (ii)
Frequency of irrigation (iii) Net application depth of water (iv) Volume of water required. t8l
2. a) Following corrected Q values were computed from Khosla's curves in a banage placed on
perrneable foundation. t8l
UiS sheet pile Qs1 100%,
= 0r, = 9Ooh, f,g1 = 850/0,
Intermediatepile 6ez =8002, $,2= 70Yo, q,g7= 65yo,
D/S sheet pile $s : 55o/o, $o, = 45ok, oca
: 0o%,
DiStance between the U/S and intermedjate piles is 20m and that between the intirmediate
and D/S piles is 40m. Assuming that the floor is horizontal throughout, draw the HGL for the
subsoil flow. If the net head is 10m, determine the thickness of D/S floor at a distance of 20m
and 30m away from the intermediate sheet pile. Assume G for the floor material equal to 2.2.
The symbols has usual meanings.
b) Derive an expression which determines spacing 'S' between subsurface tile drains capable of
lowering the water table at a depth of 'b' from the impervious layer. The centre of the drains
is located at height 'a' from the impervious layer and 'Qe] is the design flow per meter length
of drain. t8l
3. a) Design syphon of a syphon aqueduct for the following data: lL2l
Canal: Q:50m3/s; FSL = 201.80m; CBL = 200.00m; B:36m; z (side slope) = 1.5
Drainage: Q,"" = 450m3/s; IIFL = 200.50m; DBL = 198.00m; GL = 200.00m
Assume that the aqueduct will be made of RCC having flumed width of l8m. Assume other
data suitably, if necessary
b) Design a canal to carr,v a discharge of tr8 m3ls, using Lacey's theory. Take silt factor = 1.5
and side slope = 0.5: l. t4l
4. a) Determine the length and thickness of launching apron for the straight portion of a guide bund
in a river: Design flood = 5000 m /s; av. dia. of b'ed'material = lmm; HFL : 225.00m; River
bed level = 222.00m. t8l
b) Differentiate among, semitheoretical, Kennedy's, and Lacey's approaches of canal design. t8l
5. a) Why irrigation and drainage are necessary in the development of agi'iculnre? Discuss about
the suitability of irrigation methods in the different topography of Nepal. 14+4)
b) Describe various methods of aligning main carlaLryith appropriate sketches. Explain functions
of non-modular and semi-modutrar outlets witE neat sketches. [4+4]
6. Write short notes on four of the following: $xa)
a) Irrigation system planning
b) Stages of rivers and their meandering process
c) Specific design consideration for hilly irrigation canals
d) Problems of sprinklers
e) Considerations for local materials in designs
*"*
i'
01 TRIBHWAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Back
ip
i' INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE f,'ull Marks
r 2065 Kartik Year i Part ry/r Time 3 hrs.
I
i
i:
Subiect:. trrigation Eneineerine
r
i
:
/ Attempt any rug.questions.
I
{ Thefigures tn the margin.indicate Full Marks.
. { Assume suitable data dnecessary.
i
i
;
l. a) Explain how will you justiff the economics of canal lining for the existing banal. t8I
: b) Describe with the he$ of a diagram various forms of soil moisture available to that
plant. t8l
2- a) What are the purposes of guide bunds? Explain with plan and sectional views at
critical locations design of components of guide bunds. [2+8]
b) Design a regime canal to carry adischarge of 90 cumecs. The average particle size of
bed and bank material of the canal is 0.2cm. t6I
3. a) Explain the importance of drainage system. What are differe,nt types of drainage
system adopted iir agricuttural land? t7I
b) Define canal outlet. What are the criteria for judging the performance of modules? tsl
c) Differentiate between silt exculder and silt extractor. t4l
4. Usiug Ktroslals theory (Analytically), calculate the uplift pressure perce,ntage d key
points and also mention the floor thickness required at the d/s floor of canal head
regulator as shown in figure below. ll6I
291
289
-:f_ 288
285
.f
282
=L .f- _r
281.5
l2m
5. a) Design a fall for a oanal having a discharge of 12 cumecs for t.he data given below.
Full supply level u/s and d/s :204 and,202.5
Bed level u/s and dls=202.5 and 201
Bed width u/s and d/s = 8m
Drop height: 1.5m
Side Slope of canal: l:l
:8
Blighls creep'coefficient
b) Define intensity of rffioo. 121-:
6. Write short notes on: l4x4l
a) Maintenance of irrigation system
b) Sub strrface irrigation
, c) Canal escape
d) Tlpes of spur.
,1. r. *
{1
01 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam.

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE
2064 Jestha Year / Part ry/I Time 3 hrs.

' '/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their ourn words as far as practicable.
' '/ Attempt any Five questions.
,/ Assume suttable data if necessary.
1. a) Explain different types of surface and subsurface irrigation methods [10]

b) With following data: t6l
: :
FC 80%, PWP = 350/0, root depth 60cm, soil density = 1.5gm/cc, ETc 5mm/day, :
:
application efficiency = 80Yo and RAM 70Yo AMC, where the abbreviations have
usual meanings.
i) Calculate available moisture contents
ii) Calculate readily available moisture contents
iii) Calculate depth of irrigation at the outlet of the field
iv) Calculate irrigation interval
2. a) Using Lacey's basic equation, establish a relationship between R, Q and f, where
symbols have usual meanings. t8l
b) Design a canal using Kennedy formulation with following data t8l
a :10 cumec, Manning roughness coeff,cient :0.0245, slope of bed 0.0002, m = 1
and side slope of canal 0.5:1 (H:V)

,
3. Canal Data: [16]
Discharge :20m3ls, Depth of water 1.5m and FSL:251.5m
Drainage data:
Discharge :200m3/s, HFL = 250.7m.Bed Level :248.5mand Ground level :250.0m
From above data, design following components of siphon aqueduct.
b) drainage watenvay
c) afflux and head losses through siphon barrel
d) uplift on drainage slab
4. *\ynte dor.vn the causes and effects of water logging. Also -exptfin methods of
reclamation of water logged area. t6l
b) Derive the expression for subsurface drainage spacing. t5]
c) Exflain different types of outlets used in irrigation projects. t5l
5. a) Neatly sketch a guide bund and design the following components of a guide bund for
a river discharge of 4000m'/s and siit i'actor 1.1. High flood depth :
5 0m. l8l
i) length of guide bund
iii) width of launching apron
b) Explain different level of, planning in irrigation projects, also explain different types of
maintenance in irrigation projects. :
t8l
6. Calculate the uplift pressure at key points in figure shown below using Ktrosla Theory.
Check the exit gradient and thickness of the floor at A, B, C and D locations as shown in
fi.gure. The safe exit gradient is 0.15. [1 6]
10lm
+1
A
.5rn
20m
94.5m 93m
{.**
i.
r'
{
g, OI TRIBHWANI.'NIVERSITY Exam. Resular / Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEbRING LeveI BE Full Marks ,80
Examihation Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marks 32

'/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as prdcticable.
/ Attempt any fbg.questions.
'/ Thefigures in the margin tndicate Full Marks.
,/ Assume su.itable data if necessary.
1. a) Describe about the components of head works with neat sketches. i8l
b) Determine the discharge at the end of the irrigation gtrannel. CCA-at outleJ:400 ha;
Intensity of irrigation for rabi : 65Yr; Intensity of irrigation for kharif * 3Ao/o; outtret
discharge factors for rabi : 1500 halcumec and for k:harif : 800 ha/cumec. Assume
losses in conveyance: 60/o of the outlet discharge. t8l
2. a) Make critical comparisons arnong semi-tireoretical approaches, Kennedy and Lacey's
approaches of canal design. l8l
b) Write down the steps for crop water requirement calculation. isl
c) Enlist the various tlpes of lining applied in irrigation canal. t3l
!.
3. a) VIhy river training is necessarf Describe the various methods of river control. tBl
b) Design the length and thickness of launching apron for the skaiglrt portion of a guide
bund in a river: t8l
Design flood:7000 m3/s
Average diameter of river bed material 1mm :
Riverbed level: 111.00; H!'1: 114,00
Provide aneat sketch of designed apron.
4. Using Ktrosla's method, obtain the residual seepage pressures at the 'key' points for the
weir profile shown below. Also calculate the value of the exit gradient. Consider the case
of no flow at pond level. Also draw the subsoil HGL. Ii6]
Ponrl Level 26Am

258.5m
L.2m
2:1 (H:
256m
1# :1 (H:V)
255m
3m 5m 2m
Ll.2m
250m I
I
2;
(Figure not to scale) I 0.5m
I
10.5m
248m
5. a) Design an aqueduct for the following data. Draw a neat sketch of designed aqueduct
showing all dimensions and pararnetcrs [12l
Canal: Q = 35 m3/s; FSL = 200.00; CBL = 198.5; B =22m; side slope 1.5:1
' Drainage: Q :350 m3/s; HFL = 196.5; DBL = 193.5i GL: 199.0; f (Lacey's): 1
Assume flumed width of canal : lZm and depth in transition: canal depth.
b) Hoq the betl load is controlled at head works? l4l
6. Wnte short notes on the.following Pxal
a) Drip and sprinkler methods of irrigation
b) Soils for agricultural purposes
c) Institutional aspects of irrigation system management
d) Design of drainage of irrigated land
***
trc
,x
,{
lr,
: tFq
OI TRIBTIUVAN T.'NIVERSI'I'Y Exam. Bach

INSTITUT'E OF ENGINEERING tevel BE f,'ul[ IVIarks 80
Exaininlltion Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marks 32
2053 Ashwin Year / Part N tl Tinre 3 hrs.
,/ Auempt any five questions.
,/ The/igures tn the margin indicate FuA Wtks. .
.
'/ Assume suitable data tf nec:essilry.
1- a) Explain following terms t8l

D GCA ii) ccA iii) NCA
iv) Cropping Intensity v) Cropping Pattern
b) Write down the steps for calculating irrigation requirement for rice crop. t4l
c) 'fhe fielcl capacity of soil is 4}Yo,permanent wilting point is Z}Yoidensity of soil is
1.2 gdcc, effective root clepth is 90cin, ET crop is 10 mmiday. Calculate the
irrigation interval if the reaclily available moisture is75Yo of available soil moishue
capacity- , ,
t4l
2- a) Write down the conc&pt of Keruredy and Lacey's Slit ttreory. t8l
b) Prsve that P : t,
4.75 (Q)o using Lacey's theory. t4)
c) Design a canal to cary a dischprge of 20 curnecs, using Lacey's theory. Take silt
factor = 1.5 and side slope is 0.5:1. t4l
sl 3. a) Enumerate conditions of application of C/D works with neat sketches. :
, 't6l
.
t4l
c) Explain the procedures for design of a fall structure. t6I
4. Calculate the uplift pressure at key points of two piles in figure lelow. Also'check the
thickness of the floor at A, B, C locations and exit gradient. The safe exit gradient is 0.2. u6I
Water
102
100
A B
95
.5
C
94
l0m
20rn
2Orn -
90
'.tr.
5. a) What are the causbs and effects of water loggingl) Discuss various preventive
. mea$ues to control water logging problems.
il
t8l
b) Discuss design criteria of a guide bund showing neat plan views and sectional views
at critical,locations. t8l
6. Write short notes [4x4]
'
a) Types of Irrigation Method

b) Operation and Maintenance of Irrigation System
c) Modular and Non-modular Outlets
"
d) Structural Measures of Flood Conhol
, ***
g
O1/1.T4 TRIBHWAN IINIVEh.SITY Exam. RegularlBack

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level B.E Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass illarks 32


'/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their oyn wgrds as far as practicable.
,/ Attempt any Five questions.
'/ Thefigures in the margtn.indtcate FalI Marks.
/ Assume suttable data tf necessary.
1. Design following components of a vertical fall [16]

a) crest level
bi crest width
c) cistem elements
d) floor length and floor thickness using Bligh's creep theory
With the data given below
a) full supply discharge = 1.0 m3ls
b) drop = l.0m
c) full supply depth = 0.75m
d) bed level U/S and D/S : 100m/99m
e) bed width :3.0m
0 Blights coefficient = 6.0
2. Check the thickness and exit gradient from Khosla theory. The safe exit gradient is 0.2. [1 6]
lSm
ItIl m
lfi] m l(I)m
?om
Sm 97.5 m
Om
3. a) Illustrate various form of soil moisture and,wfiiE down the factor affecting crop w'ater
requirement. [1 0]
b) Using Lacey's Regime equations, prove that i6l

3
R=1 ,,(+)
Where R = Sc-our depth, q: speciitc discharge, f : silt factor
i
4. a) Write down the advantage and disadvantage of surface and sub surface irrigation. t4l
b) Establish a relationship between duty and delta. t4l
c) Calculate the discharge required at the outlet for wheat and rice crop'using following
data. t8l
Crop command area (Ha) kor period kor depth
Rice 5000 18 19
Wheat 3500 26 l5
5. a) Explain the causes and effects of water logging. Describe different methods of
reclamation of water logged areas. [4..4]
b) Define river training w'orks. Enumerate different methods of rivet' training works.
Explain the design of different components of a guide bank. f1+2+51
6. Write short notes on: [ xa]
a) Methods of flood control
b) Operation and maintenance of irrigation systems
c) Classification of irrigation outlets
d) Status of inigation development in Nepal
{.*{..
,ql TRIBHWAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Back
El
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERI}re Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination ontrol Division

C Programmc BCE Pass lUerks 32
2062 Kartik Year/Part ry/I Time 3 hrs.
Subjed: - Lrigation Engineering

'/ Candidates are required to gtve &eir answers in their own words as far as practicable.
'/ Attempt uy Five questions.
'/ Thefigures in the margin indicae FulI Marks.
./ Assume suitable data if necessty-
L a) Whar are the factors which must be determined drring the planning stage of a irrigation
project? t4l
b) Design a syphon-aqueductwidthe following ddta: Ii2]
Canal - discharge 30m3/x, bed width 23m; depth of water 1.7m; bed level 230.00; side
slope 1.5:1
Drainage - high flood discharge 800 m3/s; high flood level 231.25; bed level 227,60; general
ground level 230.00
Z. a) Compare Kennedy's and [:cey's silt theories. Wty Lacey's theory is superior. than
Kennedy's theory? l6l
b) Design a regime channel
{ lace-v's theory for 40 m3ls discharge and siit tactor 0.9. u0l
t8l
depth of root zone = 1.5m
present '*'arcr ;ontent - 5'/o
dry density ortoii=iooo kg-'
*ut"r uppii"d to the soil = 70(Em1
water loss due to evaporation = lAVo
area of tle plot: t hectare
b) Determine rhe lengh and thichoess of launching aprorr for the straight portion of a guide bund
in a river. i8l
design flood = 8,000 m3/s
av"rige diameter of river bed materiai -- lmm
river bed level = i25.00
highest flood level = 128.50
4. a) Derive an expression for balaocing depth in designing canal section. !st
b) Find the spacing of tile draim with following data: t8l
annuai rainfall = 900mm
drainage coefficient = 0.012
depth Jf impervious layer below GL = 9m
depth of tile drains belorv GL = l.5m
aepttr of trighest position ofwater table below GL = 1.2m
5. a) Why under sluice'is provided in head works? How cloes it work? t4l
tll
--b)Whatare.thesiltcontrollingdevices?Explainbriefly.
c) Follorving data were,observed in a canal fall: FSL of c,anal = 1 l5m; Bed level of canal = I 12m;
Bed widtl of canal = i5m; Design discharge:30 m3/s; Side slope of canal = 2:l: Length of
rectangular crest of the fall = tOm (Broad crested weir). Calculate the crest level of the fall. i8l
6. Write short notes on any four ofthe following: [axa]
a) outlets b) Safety against piping and uplift
c) Crop.'vater requirement d) Desigrr of lined canals
e) Inigation methods f) Operation and maintenance of in'igation systems
***
ffi
trt i
04 TRIBHLryAN UNIVERSITY Exam. llcgul:tr / llaclr

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level Full Marks 80
t
BCE, BEL,
:
1
Examination Control Division BEX. BCT
Pass Marks 32
!
20?l Bhadra Year I Part m/il Time 3 hrs.
i
i
t
Subject: - Engineering Economics (CE655)
l
I
!
i / Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
!
I
{ Anempt All questions.
i
j / TheJigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
i
x
t
J
I
t
of
/l/Deftne
I
'l Engineering Economics. Write down the principles Engineering Economic
j t
, Analysis. t4l
I
,1
t
Z.7$lhatis nominal and effective interest rate? Evaluate FW at the end of 15 years with l0%
interest rate compounded monthly of a cash flow of Rs. 50,000 at the beginning of each
!
'"/ year
. for first 10 years. [3+s]
./ Oefine IRR. Find IRR and ERR of the following project. MARR : e: liYo. 12+61
Year 0 I 3 4 5
Cashflow -50 -10 30 40 50
Machine A
Initid lnvestment Rs.6000
Annual Benefits Rs.3000
O&MCosl Rs.1000
Salvage Value Rs. 1500
MARR t0%
a) Evaluate both type of BCR (FW Formulation). Take Useful life = l0 yearc... t4l
b) Evaluate both type of Payback Period. If Useful life : 5 years. (Take Standard
payback period: 3 years) l4I
c) Explain the factors affecting determination of MARR. l4I
5. g),.Use Repeatability aszumption to select the best project from the following three
" projects. t6l
Proiect A B c
Initial Investment 100000 200000 250000
Annual Expenditure 25000 20000 15000
Usefrrl Life, Years 3 5 7
Salvaee Value 40000 50000 60000
MARR t4%
about the Sunk Cost, Economic life and reasons for replacement of an asset.
0) Explain
The Annual Equivalent Cost of defender and challenger are given in the table below.
What is the best replacement strategy? Use MARR l0o/o. The planning horizon of
the project is 8 years. =
[8+4]
End ofvear (n) 1 2 3 4 5 6
(AEC)n 5400 520tr s500 5700 6200 6600
(AEC)c 7700 6200 s700 s500 5680 5900
I
, tt"
,.
I
6. dfo, flre improvement of a manufacturing plant, following three alternatives are being
; \/ considered. The estimated investments and the corresponding increment in income are
also given as below. Draw decision tree diagram of the sii-uation and decide on the
i
I best alternative using FW formulation. MARR : llYo. Life of the Project is 6 years. l6l I
Investment Annual
Alternatives Sales
Cost lncome
! High Success Probability:0.4 500000 {
I A 1000000 Medium Success Probability = Q.5 300000 I
l
I I
t
Low Success Probabiliw = 0.1 125500 I
High Success Probability = Q.2 400000

B 600000 Medium Success Probability: 0.5 2s0000
J
:
Low Success Probability = 0.3 t00000 I
High Success Probability =

1
Q.5 200000 :
C 400000 Medium Success Probability:0-l 125000

Low Success Probability:0.4 50000
I
.!)'?erform sensitivity analysis of the following project over a range of 10 to 50 percent

in (r) initial investment and (ii) MARR using PW formulation. Assume Sv = 0. praw
sensitivitydiagramalso. Ps J oooo|,f.,lu-rnc.=. ,.:t <-tc11>ao,L?SOI, I !r/o 5r?,o,l1l
./
J/ What do you mean by depreciation? Explain about the causes of it. Explain about an!-A,Air:-- ,,r,
three methods of depreciation calculation that are used commonly. A machine purchased
for Rs. 60,000 by expecting useful life of l0 years. Calculate the depreciation amount for
each year by using deciding balance method when rate of depreciation is 20% per year. t6+6]
8r Define Constant dollar amount and Actual dollar amount. Suppose you bonowed
Rs. 100000 from a bank to buy a bike and you have promised to pay Rs. 5500 per month
for two years. What is the inflation free interest rate you are supposed to pay if average
month?
inflation rate is 0.75% per [2+4]
***
(
M TRIBHWAN LINIVERSITY Exam. Itcgulal'
INSTITTTTE OF EN GINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
BCE, BEL,
Examination Control Division Programme BEX, BCT, Pass Marks 32
B.Aeri. *
2070 Bhadra Year / Part III /II Time 3hrs
Subject: - Engineering Economics (C8655)

/ Aaempt All questions.
t TheJigures in the margin indicate Full Morks.
/ Assume suitable data if.necessary.
l. Scarcity is an emerging issue in engineering field. How does the srudy of economics help
to engineers in decision making process? Discuss. ts]
2. What is effective and nominal interest rate? Evaluate FW at the end of l0 years with 8%
interest rate compounded continuously of a cash flow of Rs. 500 at the beginning of each
yearforfirst years.
5 l2+4)
3. Initial lnvestnent = Rs. 100,000 1O*S*S1
Salvage Value = 0 1, -. !t'.r.
Annual O&M Cost: Rs.20,000
Useful Life:5 years
Annual Benefit = 60,000 at the end offirst year, thereafter decreases by 4,000 each year
for the remaining years.
a) Draw U/B diagram.
b) Evaluate conventional BCR using PW fonnulation. Take salvage value : 10,000.
c) Evaluate Discounted Payback Period. Take standard (cut off) Payback Period =
3 years.
4. Use IRR method to select best project. MARR : lLYo. [8+4]

A B C D
lnitial Investment I r00 1500 27s0 2000
Annual Income 500 700 1200 950
Useful Life 4 4 4 4
Salvase \falue 250 s00 800 1000
MARR 't 15%
Select the best combinationif A, B and C are mutually exclusive.
5. Explain about the reasons for replacement of asset. The Annual Equivalent Cost (AEC) of
the defender and challenger are given in the table below. What is the best replacement '
strategy? Use MARR = l2%o. The planning horizon of the project is 8 years.
[4+8J
End of Year (n) I 2 3 4 5 6
(AEC)D 5300 5250 5400 5750 6200 5550
(AECh 7700 6l 50 s700 s600 s675 5800
{
6. What are the sources of risk in engineering projects in Nepal? A real-state developei
seeks to determine the most economical height for a new offrce building which will be
sold after &e years. The relevant net annual revenues and net resale values are as given
below. [4+8]
Hei eht
4 Floors 5 Floors
First Cost 125.000.000 200.000.000
Annual Revenues 19.910.000 37,815,000
I
i Net Resale Value 200.000.000 300.000.000
t
i:
The developer is uncertain about the interest rate i to use, but is certain that it is in the
1
range of 5 to 30olo. For each building height, find the range of values gf-1for which that
.I
t building height is the most economical. Drarv sensitivity diagram to support your answer.
An asset has installed value of 45,000. Ss : 0. It is classed as a 5 year property. Determine
J
I
7.
{
{
approximate MACRS depreciation schedule. Over 6 years it is estimated to generate
l
revenue of Rs. 23,000 per year with annual operating cost 7300. Required rate of return:
:
I
:- l5o/o afrer tar. Tax rate 40%o. Evaluale after tax IRR with annual worth method. [6+6]
i, 8. The annual fuel cost required to operate a small solid waste treatment plant are projected
: to be Rs. 200000 without considering any future inllation. The best estimate indicates that
i
I
the annual inflation free interest rate I' will be 6% and the general inflation rate, f, will be
5%. If the plant has the remaining useful life of four years, what is the present equivalent
I of is fuel costs? Use actual dollar analysis. tsI
i
i
***
'
1
l
i
i
I
,
i
i
i
:.
:
i
1
d
r:t:
04 TRIBHUVAN UMVERSITY Exam

Examination Control Division BCE, BDL, BEX,

BCT
2070l}Iagh Year / Part III I II Time 3 hrs-
(cE6ss)
/ Attemp,tAll queslions.
1. Explain the roles of engineers in making economic decision with appropriate examples. t4l
2. a) If you deposit Rs.10000 in a saving account now which gives 10% nominal interest
rate, what rvill be the amount after 5 years if interest is compounded (i) semi-annually
(ii) Monthly 12)
b) Find the value of P if i=l0%. Use gradient formula also. t4l
6
t2 l4
0
3
0
P=?
3. a) Define worth and rate of return method. How much rupees should you
in a bank account that gives 8olo interest per year if you wish to draw
per month for l0 years? 12+41
b) is the different between financial and economic analysis? Dctermine both type
the following cashflow. 12+41
:3,00,000
:85,000
costs = 15,000
value = 20% of initial investment
= 6 years
=l
c) IRR using trial and error process of the following project. Determine also
14)
= 25,000
:8,000
= 5,000
Usefullife=5years
MARR = 20%
4. a) Select the best proposal using ERR (e=25%o,MARR:20%) t4l
EOY 0 I 2 3 4 5 6
Prooosal A -6400 2620 2900 3020 3100 3100 2600
Proposal B -75s0 20s0 4060 4000 3900 3900 3400
b) State and explain about the cases ofmutually exclusive, contingent and independent
I projects with example. Compare the following projects by using repeatability
assumption when MARR is 12% [4+4J
Proiect A B
Initial investment 2.00.000 3.00.000
Annual reYenue 25.000 30.000
Annual costs 7,000 9,000
Useful life year 6 8
Salvage value r0,000 20,000
.{-
--t,.si
.:
i
!
l
5. The new machine costs 10,000 operating cost 2200 in first year, then increases by 20o/o .
per year. Market value is 6000 after one year and will decline by 15% each year N:5
'. years. If required, old machine can work anolher 3 years. Market value nou' is 5000 and
{
$
will decline by 25% each year. Immediate overhauling to restore to operable condition
il
I costs 1200. Operating costs 2000 in the first year increases by 1500 per year thereafler.
II
I
MARR = 15% [8+4]
{
;
I D Find the economic service life of this machine (new)
f
t
ii) AEC of defender is as followings:
{
:J
{ N I 2 3 4
:
AEC 5380 5203 5468 s845
i
l
i When should the old machine be replaced with the new machine.
I
{
II 6. a) Explain dccision free Analysis: 14)
l
1
i
b) Calculate break-even hours of operation per year to become cost equal and
+ recommended economic pump if it is to be operated 5 hours daily at full load. t8l
t
KHASA Pump SARVO Pump
:'
tI Capacity 100 hp 100 hp
Purchase cost (Rs.) 5.00.000 10.00.000
4
* Tax per year (fu.) 10.000 15.000
1 Maintenance cost Der vear (Rs.) 36.500 29.200
$
I
Efliciency 80o/o 90%
Life year 5 5
Salvage value 20% cost
MARR 2AYoPer Year
Electricity cost Rs.lO/kwhr
7. a) Define depreciation. What are the causes for it? If a machine costing of Rs.
1,50,000 is purchased by expecting salvage value Rs.40,000 at the end of 6th year.
Calculate depreciation amount for each years by [2+5]
D SOYD
ii) Declining balance
b) Suppose an equipment purchased for Rs.10,00,000. ft is expected to generate
income of Rs. 3,50,000 per year during 5 yearb and corporate income tax rate is
25Yo per year. Under the recovery periods depreciation are as follows. t6]
Year I 2 3 4 5
Depreciation amount 1.00,000 2.00.000 2.00.000 2.00.000 1.00.000
Calculate ATCFs and determine profitability (IRR) when MARR is l5% by using PW
method.
8. Evaluate the PW of the following project: tsl
lnitial investment = Rs. 1,00,000 -> in constant dollers
Annual sales income = Rs. 40,000 -+ in constant dollers
Annual labour cost: Rs. 3,000 + in constant dollers
Annuat material X:
Rs. 2,000 -+ in const4nt dollers
:
Annual material Y Rs. 1,000 -r in constart dollers
Salvage Value = 20% of initial investment - in constant dollers
Inflation rate for sales income, labour cost materials X, material Y and salvage value are
5yo, 8o/o, Oyo, 6yo and 3Y; respectively for the project period. Take market interest
rute=ZAYo project life is 4 years.
J
.
04 'TRIBHUVAN UMVERSITY Exam ,., Npn,ltacfi (?{ 66 & Laterirl], i-tst),i,,,-..
INSI]TUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Iil!fir,?ll1til 80
BCE, BEL, BEX,
Examination Control Division Programme BC'T'
Pass Marks 32
20?0 Magh Year / Part III/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: Economics {CE655)

/ Candidates are requi.red to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Attempt All questions-
/ The figures in the margin indicate Full Marles.
l. Explain the roles of engineers in making edonomic decision with appropriate examples. t4l
2. a) lf you deposit Rs.10000 in a saving account now which gives 10% nominal interest
rate, what will be the amount after 5 years if interest is compounded (i) semi-annuaily
(ii) Monthly lzl
b) Find the value of P if i=10%. Use gradient formula also. L4]
6 6
1
14
0
3
0
P=?
3. a) Define worth and rate of retum method. How much mpees should you
in a bank account that gives 8olo interest per year if you wish to draw
per month for l0 years? [2+41
b) is the different between financial and economic analysis? Determine both type
the following cashflow L2+41
= 3,00,000
:85,000
costs = 15,000
value = 20% of initial investrnent
life = 6 years
=l
c) ComputelRR using trial arrd error process of the following project. Determine aiso
t4)
= 25,000
:8,000
:5,000
Usefullife=5years
MARR =20Yo
4. a) Select the best proposal using ERR (e=25Yo,MARR:20%) t4l
EOY 0 I 2 3 4 5 6
Proposal A -6400 2620 29AA 3024 3 i00 3100 2600
Proposal B -7550 2050 4060 4000 3900 3900 3400
b) State and explain about the cases ofrnutually exclusive, contingerrt and independent
', projects with example. Compare the following projects by using repeatabiiity
assumption when MARR is 12% t4+41
Proiect A B
Initial investment 2.00.000 3.00.000
Annuai revenue 25,040 30.000
Annual costs 7.000 9,000
Useful life year 6 8
Salvage value 10,000 20,000
:,1.F
5. The new machine costs 10,000 operating cost 2200 in first year, then increases by 2$o/o
per year. Market value is 6000 after one year and will decline by 15% each year N 5
:
years. If required, old machine can work another 3 years. Market value now is 50C0 and
will decline by 25% each year. Immediate overhauling to restore to operable condition
costs 1200. Operating costs 2000 in the first year increases by 1500 per year thereafler.
MARR = 15% [8+4]
i) Find the economic service life of this machine (new)
ii) AEC of defender is as follo,*'ings:
N I ') J 4
AEC
5380 5243 5468 5845
When should the old machine be replaced the new
6. a) Explain decision free Analysis: t41

b) Calculate break-even hours of operation per year to become cost equal and
recommended economic pump if it is to be operated 5 hours daily at full load. t8l
KHASA Pump SARVO Pump
Capacity 100 hp 100 hp
Purchase cost (Rs.) s.00.000 10.00.000
Tax per year (Rs.) 10,000 15.000
Maintenance cost per year (Rs.) 36,500 29,24A
Eft'iciency 80% 90%
Life year 5 5
Salvase value 20 % ofpurchase cost for both
MARR 2AYo llet year
Electrjcity cost Rs. l0/kwhr
7. a) Define depreciation. What are the causes for it? If a machine costing of Rs.
1,50,000 ii
purchased by expecting salvage value Rs.40,000 at the end of 6rh year.
Calculate depreciation amount for each years by [2+5]
i) solD
ii) Declining balance
b) Suppose an equipment purchased for Rs.10,00,000. It is expected to generate
income of Rs. 3,50,000 per year during 5 years and corporate income tax rate is
25a/o per year. Under the recovery periods depreciation are as follows. t6I
Year I 2 J 4 5
Depreciation arnount 1.00.000 2.00.000 2,00,000 2.00.000 1,00,000
Calculate ATCFs and determine profrtability (IRR) when MARR is l5% by using PW
method.
8. Evaluate the PW of the following project: t5l
Initial investrnent = Rs. 1,00,000 -> in constant dollers
Annual sales income = Rs.40,000 -> in constant dollers
Annual labour cost = Rs. 3,000 -+ in constant dollers
Annual material X:
Rs. 2,000 --+ in constant dollers
:
Annual material Y Rs. 1,000 -+ in constant dollers
:
Salvage Value 20% of initial investnent - in constant dollers
Inflation rate for sales income, labour cost, materials X, material Y and salvage vaiue are
Syo, \yo, AYo, 6yo ar,d 3% respectively for the project period. Take market interest
rate=20%o project life is 4 years.
..F'
"{
'- ""-" ' -!+'a-- .- -'-- "".ql j:-:* .---

- ----,---
-::::.
03 !
'. TRIBHUVA}IUNTVERSITY
Exam.
Level BE
Nor' Bacli (2(l(16 ,,t l.ater lhtch)
tr'ull Marks 80
Examination Control Division BCE,
Programme BEL,BEX Pass Marks 32
BCT.
2069 Poush Year / Part III/il Time 3 hrs.
Suhjecl: - Engineering Economics (CE6SS)
/ .4A questions carry equal marlcs.
1. a) What are lhe principles of engineering economics? How does it help to decision
making process?
b) Differentiate. between simple interest and compound interest. How many
deposits.of Rs.50, 000 each should make per month so that the future amount
will be Rs. 20. 00.000 if the bank interest.rate is 10% per yeafl
2. - al An equipment costing bf Rs.5,00,000 isestimated.to have life of 10 years and
expected annual revenue isRs.l,10,000 with annual cost of Rs.20,000. Determine
the investment decision from PW, AW, and FW method to this equipment when
salvage value isRsJ, 00.000 and MARR E 72o/o.
b) Use IRR method io evaluate following project when MARR is 20%.
End of vear cash flow
0 -60.000
1 20.000
2 40.000
3 50;000
4 50.000
5 70,000
3. a) Determine both types of B/C ratio by using FWfor-.mr.dation;
lnitial investment (Rs. I 2.50.000

Annual revenue(Rs.) 50,000 at the end of first year and increasing by Rs.
30.000 for each year
AnnualO&M costfRs.' 30.000
50.000
Usefullife year 5
MARR 15o/o
b) Recommend the best projqcl from the following information by using repeatability
assumption when MARR is 12o/o.
)roiect A tBl
nitial investment (Rs.) 4,00.000 7.00.000
I
nnual revenue(Rs ) 1.75.000 2.50.000
cost 25,000 35.000
40.000 70,000
6 8
I
II,
-- \--
\i,-
,.
a) 'What do you rneaq.by leplqcqment analysis? Determine the choice between
defender and challenger wittr following informaiion from AEC approach when
useful life is 5 years and MARR is 10%.
Item Defender Challenser

lnitial investment(Rs.) 25.00.000 35,00,000
Annualc6st[Rs.) 10.00.000 7.50,000
Salvaoe value(Rs.) 5.00,000 12.00.000
*b) Define economic service life of. an asset. From the following information find the
economic service life of an asset.
50,000
Annualoperating cost , 10,000 for the first year and increasing by 15% over
(Rs.) I the previous vear
-Dedinii'ig-eaoh,
value(Rs.) .)reaI I by..20,o/o f r om the previous yea/s
salvage value
Usefr 7
1s%
5 a). Perform sensitivity analysis of the folloruing project over a range of ! 30% in
i) initial investment ii) net annual revenue iii) useful 'life year. Draw also
sensitivity diagrarn.
Net
Silvaoe value(Rs. 80.000
6
MARR 1lYo
b) lf the cost of 25 watt GFL bulb is Rs.260 whereas the cost of 100 watt Filament
bulb ls Rs.3S but these bulbs have equal lighting povder. Which bulb do you
prefer in your use and why? \Mren electricity cost is Rs.11 per unit (kw;hfl.
6. q) What do you mean by depreciation and what are its'causet? A .machine
purchased for Rs. 50,000 by expecting useful life of 10 years. Calculate lts
depreciation amount for each year by using declining balance method when rate
of depreciation is 20% Per Year.
b)
r) depreciation
ii) httation anO CPt
iii) Market inlerest rate and inflation free interest rate.
***
i
1
{
IB TRIBHWA},IIJNIVERSITY. Eram. llcgullr' (2{)(r6 & l.lrtcr llrrtth)
INSTTTUTE OF ENGINEERING LeVeI BE Full Merks 80
BCE, BET,,
BEX.BCT
Pess llflarks' 32
2069 Bhadra Year / Pert m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Engineering Economics

r' Cmdidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
{ AtlemptAll quistions.
r' Theliggres inthe moginindicate FullMarks.
{ Assume suitable dataifnecessary.
1. Define engineering economy. Enlist the principles of engineering economy. [1+3]

2. RameslL a Civil Engineer is planning to place a total of his salary, which is Rs.
250000. per year now, each year in mutual firnd. He increase each year
for nerft 15 years. If the mutual fund will retml what will be the
sum-amount at the end of 15 yeam? If salary Rs 25000 per year. What will
be the amount? [4+41
3.Y* the following cashflow t4l
EOY 0 I 2 3 4 5
Cash flow -3000 800 1000 1 100 t2t0 t4@
Calculate both tlpe of payback period. MARR = l0o/o.
b),zEquipment costs 2,50,000 and has salvage value of 50,000 at the end of its expected
9/ tite 5 years. Annual expenses will be 40,000. It will produce a revenue of 120,000 per
year. MARR =20%o.= e t4+4+41
r) Evaluate IRR using AW formulation.
ii) Evaluate both type of B/C ratio with FW formulation.
iii) Find ERR
4. From the following information select the best project.
6 Proiect A Proiect B
d Initial Investment 35,000 50,000
Annual Revenue 16,60 25,000
Annual costs 3,000 13,830
Useful life 4 years 8 years
Salvaee value at the end of useful life 0 0
IvIARR =70Yo
When service period required is: i
i) 4yearsbyFWmethod t4l
t ,ruo by IRR method with PW formulation t8l
I
5. What is the economic service life of an asset? Find the economic service life of a new
elpctic lift tuck which costs $ 20,000, have a opereting cost of $1000 in the first year
gdrd have salv4ge value of $12,000-at the end of the first year. For the remaining years,
J
?
a
operating costs increase each yer br@*, the previous yeanl operating costs.
Similarly the salvage value declines each year by 20o/o from the prwious years salvage
value. The l[ft tnrck has'a maximum life of 7 years. An overhaul costing of $3000 and
$5000 will be required during the fifttr and seventh year of service respectively. The
firm's.required rate of retum is 15% per year.
OR
A firm has a contract to provide printing service to IOE for next 8 years. It can
provide the service using its old printing machine (the current defender) or ttre newly
bought machine (the challenger). After the contract work neither the old machine nor
the new machine will be retained. Considering the annual equivalent costs of the old
machine and new rnachine as follows,.what are their economic service life? And wtrat
is the best replacement strategy? [2+10]
Number of cost
years (n) Old machine Newmachine
1 515,000 750,000
2 510,000 615,000
3 550,000 586,000
4 596,000 583,000
5 644,000 590.000
breakeven volume of a cable manufacfiring company from the following
Total cost = Rs. 1,200,000; Variable cost = Rs. 400,000 Income from sales:
at production of5000 unit. t4l
tt-(o
b) Aproposal isdessibedbythefollowing estimates: P = $20000, S =0,N:5 andnet
annuriLl receipts : A rate of return of 20 percent is desired on such proposals.
$7000.
Construct a sensivity graph of the life, annual receiots. and rate of leturn for
deviations or", a r*g" of tZO perc *ost
sensitive? 4- l8I
7. a) Define depreciation and list out important methods of calculating depreciation
deductions.
t41
b) A machine costs Rs 15000. Its useful life is 5 years and salvage valve is Rs 900.
the annual depreciation allowances and resulting book values using double
-..eomprrte bdancedryqciation methods.
t8I
inflation. List out its effec8. If the inflatiorfl'rate is S%opc- year and the market
interest rate is 13% per year. Wrat is the implied interest (inflation free) rate in
inflationary economy? u+l+21
OR
A series of five constant dollar (or real dollar) income (beginning wittr $5000 at the
end of the first year) are increasing at the rate of 7% per year for five years. Inflation
free interest rate is 5% and inflation is 8%. Is it feasible investnent if investment cost
is $20,000?
t4l
*t*
I
*.'. rll s
04 TRIBHWANINIVERSITY I . Exam. Resular / Back

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80,'
Exarnination Control Division Progiamme
BCE, BEL
Pass Marks 32
BEX. BCT
2068 Bhadra Year lPart m/II Time 3 hrs.
Economics
,/' Attempt any Five questions.
'/ Thefigures in the rnargin indicate Fuil Marks.
/ Assume suttable data if necessaty.
1. a) "Engineers play the important role in making the economic decision". Do you agree
with this statement?. Discuss. t6l
b) The information given below shows the records of a manufacturing company
comparing the actual data with the data from the standard cost card. Calculate all the
variances. Also indicate the favorable and adverse variances. t10l
Production Direct Direct Working Fixed Variable
(Units) Material Material Days Overheads overheads
(Ke.) cost (Rs.) CRs.) (Rs.)
Standard 10 50 10000 t2 5000 25000
Actual 8 45 9000 t0 6000 20000
2. a) Mr. Kumar has inspected his yearly household expenses for the last 10 years. Cost
averages were steady at Rs 100000 per year for the first 5 years, but have increased
consistently by Rs 15000 per year for each of the last 5 years. Calculate total present
worth in year zero.IJse gradient formula. t8l
b) Use discounted payback period.method to select the best option: t8l
Initial Investment Annual Iircome Usetul Life Salvage ValuE
Option A Rs. 1000000 Rs 15000 10 yrs Rs 20000
Option B Rs 150000 Rs 20000 12 yrs. Rs 40000
3. a) Find the IRR of the following cash flow of a project. If MARR :20Yo, comment on
the acceptability of the project. Show investrnent balance diagram. t8l
End ofYear Net Cash flow in RS
0 -20000
1 +8000
2 +17000
3 +19000
4 +18000
5 -10000
b) Three mutually exclusive alternatives are to be compared by the rate of return method
and are describe belqw. MARR is 10%. Salvage value is 20% of first cost. Whiclt
option has the highest IRR and what is it? Recommend the best alternative. t8l
x Y Z
,. First cost. Rs. 70.000 60,000 100,000
Annuai-:income; Rs. 1s000 10000 1 8000
Economic life, years 8 8 8

'fter
4. a) The total purchase price of a three roCIm set furniture is Rs. 50000. However a
down payment of Rs 10000, two year series,end of month payment of 22A0 will have
tobemade.Detenrrinethenomina1and.effeotiveinterestrate. [3+3]
.lr
b) Findtheacceptabilityof aprojectusingbothttrpesofB/Cration. (UseAWmethod) t10l

investment : Rs. 180000 Annual Benefits - 53000 at the end of first
t.. ". ;, ;, .,
.:. .. year and decreases by Rs.
. 2000 each year
Annual Expenses = Rs. 16000 Salvage value : Rs. 40000
Useful life = 10
: ,' :: ,
5r;i a) Select the best project from the following two projects. (Use Repeatabilily and PW
.; method). t8l
Proiect A Proiect B
Initial Cost (Rs) 150000 180000
Annual Expenses (Rs) 35000 31000
Annual Revenues (Rs) 8500 10s00
Salvage Value (Rs) s0000 80000
Usetul Life 6 years 9 years
MARR ts%
b) Two types of power ccnverters, alpha and beta are under consideration for a specific
application. An economic comparison is to be made at an interest rate of l2Yo and the
following cost estimates have been obtained. Select the best option by calcuiating
present worth of both the projects if it will be operated for 4 years only. t8l
AlPha Beta
Pwchase price Rs 7s0000 2000000
Annual operating cost, Rs. 200000 100000
Estimated service life, years 5 9
Salvage value, Rs. 0 400000
6. a) Following table shows the demand of meat when the price is shown in Rs. Make the
hypothesized regression equation and find the consumption if the price is set to be Rs.
35 per kg. t6l
SN Price of meat per kg Consumption in kg
1 25 80
2 38 70
3 26^ " 78
4 30 73
5 27 78
6 40 68
7 42 65
8 32 74
b) The purchase of a rental property is being considered in a neighborhood where real
estate prices are increasing rapidly, The followihg estimates have been developed for
a preliminary before-tax analysis:
t10l
Amual income Annual Inveshment Resale MARR
cosl '""
fr6m rent, Rs.' 'value
Maintenance, Rs. Pbrioa'
140000 30000 7500 l, 6 ws 1,50.000 rc%
Construct sensitivity chart for joint variation within a +3Oo/o range of annual income and
MARkilndicate the acceptance and rejection zones.
Write short notes on: (any four) Pxal
a) Drawbacks of IRR_methbd b) Capital recovery cost
c) Decision tree analysis d) Declining balance method of depreciation
e) Methods of demand analysis i i
***
04 TRIBHUVAN TTNIVERSITY Exam. Back
BCE, BEL,
Examination Control Division Programme BEX, BCT
Pass Marks 32
206g Jestha Year I Part m/II Time 3 hrs
Economics :ii
r' Candidates ararequired to give.tlreir answers'in their own words as far'as practicable.
'/ Attempt any Five questtons.
{ Ihefigures in the margin indtcate Full Marks.
la) Differentiate between nominal and effective interest?. Calcuiate both nominal and
effective annual interest if you deposit now, Rs 1,00,000 and you can draw Rs 1000
per month for ever. t6l
b) A machine cost Rs 20 million with no salvage value. Rs 8 million revenues per year
can be gained. Given: useful life : :
4 years. Tax rate 50o/o, MARR 107o. Use' :
strdight line depreciation method to evaluate (1) PW (ii) IRR u0l
2. a) Explain decision.hee analysis. t6l
b) Select the best project using IRR method. Useful life of all projects are 15 years.
MARR : l0o/o. ll0l
Particulars Proiect A Proiect B Proiect C
Initiaf investrne,lrt 7500.000 s500.000 4000,000
Annual revenue 960.000 720,000 600,000
Salvage value 7500,000 5500,000 4000,000
3. a) Vfn", are the drawbacks of m.i method? How does ERR methid eliminates some of
these drawbacks. t6l
b) Perform cost variance analysis [10]
Standard (Rs) Actual (fu)
Production fUnits) 9.000 8,000
Direct Labour (Hours) 72.000 60,000
Direct Labour cost (Rs.) 756.000 600,000
Fixed overhead cost (Rs.) 900.000 810,000
Variable overhead cost (Rs.) 684.000 630,000
' 4. a) Explain the methods for assessing risk/uncertainty. t6l
b) Perform sensitivity analysis over a range of t3 Oo/o ir (i) initial invesEnent (ii) annual
net revenue (iii) useful life. u0l
Initialtrftstnent :
Rs. 100,000 Salvage value: Rs 10,000
1t,i Annual'benefits.mRs 25,000 Annual expenses : Rs 3,000 a?f.
="i UsefuLlifb: 10 years MARR : l0o/o Ef*
Draw sensitivity diagram and interpret the result.

5. a) Evaluate the modified B/C ratio for the problem in Q a(b). t5l
b) Select the best project. Required study period is 5 years. n0l
Proiect P Project Q
kritial Investnent(Rs.) 5.00.000 3,50,000
Aanual net revenue (Rs.) 2.00.000 1,75,000
Salvage valueCRs.) s0.000 35,000
Useful (Years) 6 5
MARR t0% t0%
6. a) Define engineering economics. Explain capitalistic ORSocialistic economy. t6l
b) Evaluate ERR. MARR = l}yo E:8yo t8l
EOY 0 1 2 3 4 5
Cash inflow +40,000 +150,00 +120,000 +800.000 +200.000
Cash outflow -480.000 -80,000 -.50,000 -200.000 -400.000
-500,000
c) What are the elements of cost? 12)
7 Write.short notes:(a*y 4) l4xal
a) Sources ofuncertainty
b) Market research
c) Continuous compounding
d) Job andprocess costing
e) Statistic approach to demand analysis
***
q 04 TRIBHIJVA!.I I'NIVERSITY Eram.
' iNSTITUTE OF ENGINEEzuNG Level Marks 80
Examination Control Divislon Programme BCE, BEL,

Pasi
-ia
Matks )z
I
BEX. BCT
2067 Mangsir.. '.Year / Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
I
I
Ecoiromics I
I
!
'/ Candidates are required to give their answ{pin.their.own words as fii as practicable. I
./ Attempt any Five qu"ittoni !
t fhei*r"i tiT, indicete Futt-Maris. ; I
/ Assiie suita'bie daralf

^r.rgmnecessory.- i
I
I
t. g{Defne economic. system. \\irite advantages of socialistic eeongmy. [1+3] I
I
pz^/Explain overlead cost and opportunity cost. l4l :
/ 1
following information has been obtained from the records of a manufacturing i

lTUl
- company using standard costing system. t8l t
l
Estimated Actual I
i
Production Units . ^ L..{ 6Q0 I
Cement (baes)
'
.'.:5 3;600;. :' .
I
l,
"::. :.: .+ 3500
:
eHmenr.Cos1.1fu;).. -."i -::' '2iffi,CI06f:;i;i:.
:
Ski[ed Labour (mason) Days 2 900 3
!.
Skilled Labour (mason) Cost Rs. 300 per day 325 perday '. i
Fixed Overhead (Rs) '15,000 I
10.000 I
Find all the variances (Includin! all its comp.oliefrls) .t

!
2. I!4r. Basnet purchases a car-which.cqsi R,s. 20,00,Qq0. He pays 40% as.dov'n payinent. \
^Y Remaining amount will be pdd. bh insta[54en! basis i
iind wishes to pay Rs. 25,000 per
month fol next five years. What annual interqst tate, u,ill he be paying?. At the end of
3rd year, what lump sum amount should he pay to clear.all his dues? [4+4]
qlf ina the value of A and G if i'= l0%. A = 3G. t8l
.-/
8G
. 50000
3. a) .Describe any tu'o drarrbacks of IRR. t4l
b) se ERR'me.thod to evaluate the project with follorving cash florv. M.ARR.: €: i096. t6l
5t ro ,1
ril
Year I zno 3 I 5ur 6r'r
CaSh floui -8 2.00;000 2,00.000 -:50,000 4,00,000 4.00.000
JY a pietiriiriiry 'dstimate.of i mulfipuipose i:ro3'ect F

t6l
Annual 'Annual I
I Annual turnu:il optrrtiorr ititt of
Initial
Porver lrrrgEfion I recreational . snd Ii the Salvdge
r.alue
Investment I . .-
sales benefit i benefit matntenance lprolect
Rs. 50 crore Rs.8 crore .Rs. I crcri Rs.2 Crore Rs. !.5 crbre 50 rzrs Rs. 40 crore
t
E
Give your suggestion to the government about tire impletuentation of the project. i
Take IvIARR -- 8o/o. I
! ,.
t.
l'I
t :
- -.. ---i.- : _+-
)
.:q..
;..
1'
t
4. a) Recommend rvhich ons is best out df the following three mutually exclusive projects.
Proiect A B C
lnitial.Investment 5,00,000 6,00,000 7,00,000
Annual Revenues 1,50,000 1,50,000 1i70,000
Annual cost 25,000 25,000 25,000
- Salvage'vaiue I,00,000 1,00,000 70,000
"'8
5
Useful.'life 4:' 6
' r:' ,'.'

,.
b) Defrne capilalized ryqrth. How much mohey should Mr X should deposit now in a
plus Rq. 20,OtO *r,rr|V *anr- sO,OOti i" *"w frve years for iirn*t" perioa.
5
I Explain mutually exclUsiveand independent projects.
11/Setect the best aUernative uring in"r"*ental IRR rnethods. Useful tife is l0 years and
. v salvage value is 25% of initial investment. MARR :10Yo. . [r2]
Pro'iect 'l A B C D
Initidl hnvestr.neni. 600 500 8Q0 700
AnnualRevenues r50 t25 t75 t60
Aruiual Cost' 40 25 30 35
6. a) y$that wilt be the i.Erpap.t o.ipiange in valpe:6.f preibnl rvorth .of rhe foil'owing proj'ec1 i f
tr''ei:'argsi'ociuisilr,fl):irriqidl.investmenrjliii".irSti+iqili:iiicd#'hhAffiy-,Ulsu(tll.life.hy.,,
' ,..r ''. . .
!25%? Drarv necessary Saph also. . : . .: [f0]

- RS::4:00:000'
'Iaitial.lovestment
Net Annual'indorrib fist60t000
.;*21&ar+'. I
':
TVTARR. 15Yo
g'/n^'"a on the. following data,'forecast the of CFL for irext fiv'e years t6l
Year 20a7 20t )8 2009 20t0
.Demand (Nqs.) I.00,000 1,2 000
7. forg)
)Vrite short notes on: (any .
: .a).TaxationsysteminNepal: : :
,b) Methbdd .of calculating depreciation
c) Decision Eee analySis
d) Market Research
. e) Factors affecting demand
**+
'l
' -el:I
:';ii'
t.'
\s
..'.. ?.
...1.,r
I
04 TRIBHWAI{UNIVERSITY Exam. ResularlBack
. INSTITUTE OT PNGINEERING Level BE J'ullMarks, 80
Examination Control Division BCE, BEL,
BEX. BCT
2066 Magh Year / Part ru/II Time 3 hrs.
Economics
'/ Attempt any Five questions. ',\'
/ Thefigures tn the margin tndicate Full Marks.
,/ Assutte suttable data tf necessary.
,/
!/ a) E:rplain the terms, socialistic economy and cash flow diagram. t4l
,byl" the standard, card, it is observed that one unit of product 'X', requires fixed
v
overhead of 2 hrs at the rate of Rs. tslhr. During the month of Febnrary, 800 units are
produced at the actual fixed overhead of Rs. 18/hr in 1800 hours. Budgeted fixed
overhead is Rs. 30,000. Perforrr cost variance analysis t6I
c) Evaluate both type of B/C ratio using PW. t6I
Initial cost: Rs. 25 lakh
Salvage value: Rs. 5 latfi
Useful life: 10 years
Annual benefits : Rs. 10 lakh
AnnualO&M:Rs.5takh
v b
MARR :8o/o
incremental analysis or break-even analysis.
the best project uSing, ERR method. MARR : 18Yo. E: 12Yo.
14)
t8l
Year 0 1 2 3 4 5
Proiect A -40.000 -38.000 +35.000 +35 +35
Proiect B -60"000 +25,000 -50.000 +75
c cost: Rs. 60 million, Variable cosUunit : Rs. 50,000, Selling price/unit = Rs.
8,000. Find BEP volume. What would be the effect on profit/loss when Sp increases
by 20%. l4I
3. a) How much money should Mr Ram deposit now in a bank so that he and his successor
can draw Rs 5000 bimonthly for infinite period? Interest rate is 12 Yoper year. t6I
b) Select the best combination of the project where A is independent and B is contingent
on C. [10]
Proiect A B C
Initial Iirvestnent 40,000 70,000 50,000
Annual Revenues 15,000 20,000 20000
Annual cost' 2,500 3,500 0
Usetul life (Yrs.) 8 8 8
The Investnent is limited to Rs. 120,000. MARR: l0%o.

4. a) Panchakanya has recorded the salep of its products in different years as below.
,. , . , Forecast thg salqs for year 2020. t8l
Year 20Qr 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
Sales (Rs. in Million) 500 550 575 675 650 700 780
b) Write short notes on any two: l2xal

i) Advantages of Payback Period
ii) DepreciationMethods
iii) Job and Process Costing
repeatability and cotermination assumptions. t8l
Initial Airnual Annual
Salvage
Project Investment Revenue Expenses N MARR
(NRs.)
Value
fNRs.) CNRs.)
P 5000 3000 2000 1000 8 year t2%
o 3s00 2000 800 350 4yeat t2%
Select the best (i) if study period is 10 years (ii) using capitalized worth method. t8I
69 Explain tax and depreciation or decision tree. t4I
p/e,.machine costs Rs. 20 million and expect to save Rs. 4 million/year, Tax rute = 50Yo,
' -MARR : l0o/o. Evaluate the pW. t4l
g|4erform sensitivity analysis over +307o is initial cost and useful life. Draw sensitivity
diagram and interpret the result for the problem no l(c). t8l
7 Define 'Capital Recovery Cost'. Mr. Fox purchased a motorbike which cost Rs:
He.pays 30?/o as do*{, payment. Remaining amount will be paid on
installment basis and wishes to pay Rs. 10,000 per month for 2,0 months. What annual
interest rate is he paying? 12+6)
b) Find the value of G if i : llYo t8I
G=?
<- 4G
A:5000
123 4 5
s0000
***
t
-:1. . -i . - it .. ..' j..r ..1i11 ..:1 .:'.,-;..1...':':',..:;:.,.i,r',,::j,.-:'i,:,il;,t:-.1.:j:::.j;:-1i:..i;:::.r-:i-i-i,;::..:
':.- .. | .... ' "-i. .' '.'.... ..:.:.:-:.:-.i.:,:
: .'.:;j.- :
:.... :.-. ":1':j',:'.:.:.
04 IRIBHWA}ILN{TYERSITY. Eram. Resular/Back

. INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING LeveI BF, FulI Marks 80
BEL'
Examination Control Dirrision Programme
BCE5
BEXBCT
Pass ldatkj 3Z
I ,oa, chairra Y6ar/Part m/tr Time 3 hrs.
Economics
* *--,-/ -Caqdidates are required to give their ai:swers in their o',rmwords as far as
./ Attemp.t arry Five questions.
' { Thefigurei in'the mrgin indicate Fuil Marks.
/.. Assune suttable data if necessary.
'
1. .a) Defiaerec6nomic'system. Discnss briefly tn the charaaeristics of capitalistic ecouomy. - |Z*ZJ
-'.:.t..r.fi-ii-
/ , b) What are the elgments of cost?'Discuss briefly on the prime cost and overhead costs. .lZ+Z)
. c) lhe following informatioa has been obtained fioh the records of i manufacturhg colnpary
using.standartl costing syitem .: t8]
Standard Acfird
Produaion CUnit) 3000 2500
Working days 27 25
Fixcd orerhead variance 14000 12500
Variable overhead variaace 10000 1 1000
Fisd'ell the variances (Including ali its componerts).

2,. a) Find the value Pf A if i* ll%, t8l
' t'/
I 0000
A
)
5A
'''l',: ..t:i - --'--
b). lfr. X receives a loan of Rs i20,000 frorn a b.ank at aa interest.rate of 12Yo.

t) .i) He wishes to repay the loan in mouthJy instailmect s"itb Rs..3000.per month. Ho* many
..-
. installments are necessa? to complete his payrneut? t4l
ii) $/hat annr:ai interest rate is he payipg if the Bank asks hiiir to pay Rs 5000 per
month for 30 ti:nes. t4I
a
) a). A coostruction company need.s an equipmentq,hich ccsts Rs 1O,0O,00O and has salvage'value
J of Rs. 1,00,000 at the end of I0 years. The equipmeat supplier is also rvilling to provide the
'
equipment on hire for Rs 1,25.000 per ypar for i0 -r-eais. iVtat will you do?. Purchase or Hire-
lvfARR= 12% l6l
Find IRi{ of the foltowing project with initial investment of the Rs 5,00,000 and Salvage
v{ge of.ks 1,00,000 dithe end of 5 year. The.g.noual'b.enefit and Operation and Mainteaance
.End of Year Beuefit Operatioo aud Maiutenance

1 105000 5000
2 1 15000 i0000
3 125000 15000 '
'e'i.
4 135000 20c00
5 145000 25000
P
!1.'.
Draw unrecovered-in:restm eni b;i-d;; diagraEr"lsD
1:1' "':
..- 4. a) .From the following fow recoElrrend the bcsl otre using Paylack-
years and I{ARR='€ = 15 oZ.
7!' Penod- [16]
Proiect A B c D
Iaitial invesurent 500000 400000 700000 500000
rlet annualievenue ' 125000. 11.0000 . - ' ''"'135000:,,;::..
Vdlue is 20 Yo of the initial
l6l
b) Nepal Airlines is plarning to.puchase a Jet plane. The estimate 6n two tlpes ofplane rmder
. consideration are; [10]
Project Plme A '
PlaseB '
First investment cost 25.00"00"000 30.00.00.000 -el
Amual O &'M 1.50.00.000 1.00.00-000

Useful Life 4 years 6 years
Saltrage value 5.00.00.000 6.00.00.000
MARR= 12 %
: Which. pJane is the best oue if ii'is believed will'be r:sed for
inlinite oeriod? .
-'-!/
6. a) Defrae the conccpt of certainty, Uncertainty and Risk : .
t4l
b) Perform sensitivity analysis of a follorring pioject.ovetr a range of +'30'yo in i) kritial
ir) Net usine amual worrth formulation- t6l
Cost Rs.5.00.000 '
Annual reYerlue .- "r 1 Rs.75.000
Arrual maintenance cbst Rs. 10.000
Iseful life 1 O vraic
Salvaee Rs:,50.000 '

IvIARR t0%
.-\
c). Folloyving data shows.the demands for.fish whe,n.the prices dre as'sho.wn..Cdculate.t.he'.
hypothesized rggrcsgigu gquatiop. Whaa shall be the dematrd if thc'price is set,to be:Ri' 60 per .
!rol
Lj S.N Prilc-per ke. Ouantitv toEes. s.N Piice perKe. "Ouantitv (tones). .
I -64.
65 5 82 5l
ub 2
"rl
53.
67
75
56
6
7
59
67
55
63
t)
4 52 69 8 ?t
.. 7. Write short {tes on any for:r [axa]
. a) Job aniJ process costing'
. b) Drawbacks of IRR
c) Deprbciation'
d) Factors affecting demand '
e) Methods of demand analysis
04 . TRIBHUVA]'I UNIVERSITY Eiarn. Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full'Markf 80
BCE, BEL,
Exarnin ation ontrol Division
C Programrne
BE)L BCT
Pass Marks 32
2065 Kartik Year / Part u1tr Time 3 hrs.
,s Economics
i
Candidates are required to give'their ariswers in theirofrn words as far as practicable.
,'., _,'/
Tliefig;ures in the margin indtcate FuIl Marks.
Take MARR : 1094 tf not specified. .
{ D.raw necessary cashflow dtagrams.

Assume suttable data tf necessary..
1. Select the best project. t16I

Proiect A Proiect B
'
hitial investnent Gs.) 3.50.000. 5,00,000
Annual reveirues (Rs.) 1.90.000 2,50,000
'1,38,000'
Annual expenses (Rs,) . .r"... " . ,, ,, r. ::. 64.500" . .,
Useful life (years) 8
Salvage value at the end of useful life 0
Use :
a) Repeatability assumption
b) Studyperiod is 4 years
c) hfinite project life
2. a) Recommend the best using ERR'metho dfl:-lO%o u2)
End of the.cash florvs (h Rs. '000)
ERR Project
6
0 1 2 3 4 5
28-,30/"o- A, _=640 262 294 307 310, 310 260
'--:13.801',
2.6.4% B. -680 40 392 380 380 380"-'
28j% C -7 55 20s 406 400 390 390 324
b) Recommend the best using payback period for the problem no. 2(a). t4l
3. a) Explain the mutually exclusive project, independent projects and contingent with
suitable exarnples. t6l
b) Forecast the sales for year 2010. [10]
Year 2000 2001 ?042 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007
Sales Rs. '000 4t6 287 307 268 378 5?3 ' 457 587
,, 4. . ,a) Calculate,variance for the following:
Standai'd Actual
Froduction units 9,300 10.s00
Direct labour hours ' 102.300 136.500
Fixed overhead [Rs.) 21,483,000 28,392,000
Variable overhead [Rs.) 15,345,000 i7.i99.000
r
b) Perfonn sensitivity analysis over +il07o (varying in increment of l0%) in (1) initial
. investneil (ii) .annual tret revenue (iii) usefu! lit'e. Draw sensitivity diagram and
-: ' : ''' 'r
. irrterpret the result, : -" ' "': ' ':: . ' t8l
britial.investnent = Rs. 20,000 .
UsefuI life: 10 years :

.. Revenues/Yehr = Rs. 6,000
Exp-enses/Year = Rs. 2,000 ..:
5. a) Find the required annual receipts 'A' for the following invesknerrt proposal:- t8]
"""' 'Btxi".;lffL:*1oio,l?o,ooo : ' ,

End ofyear 1 2 3 4 5
Benefits A+70,000 A+80,000 A+90,000 A+100,000 A+110,000
b) Find the modified BiC ratio for the problem no. 5(a) t8l F
II
6. a) Explain the economic systqrrr. t8l I
b) Find IRR and show the'unrbcovered investment balance in the graphical and tabular
form. . t8I
:
P-evenues/Year P.s. 1,00,000
Expneses/Year.: Rs. 30,000 :
:
Salvage Va1ue Rs. 50,000
Usefirl life:5 years
7. 4 Explain the uncertainty and its sources. Differentiate between nominal interest rate
and. effective interest rate. If monthly interest rate is 102, what will be the quarterly
interest rate? [4+4]
b) Explain ta:c and depreciation with suitable examples. Find BEP votume for the
following project: l4+4J .
' ' ' Fixed cost: Rs. 24lakh ..,':1,
'r,,',",,..,,r:l:-,,,.:: ,sellingprice';RS.:80Q'ibfunit'i':'r":'!:"i'
Vaiiable cost: Rs. 500 per.unit
What would be Effect. on BEP, when fixed cost increases by 10%. and variable
decreases by20%?. .
. :1.{.*
ll.
I
03 TRIBHWANTINIVERSITY Exam. llegul:tr'
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass lVlarks 32

2072 Ashwin Year / Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Transportation Engineering (C E6 5 3)

n
'/
1
I
{ All questions carry equal marks. rl

{ Assume suitable data if necessory.
.,/
yi
1. Explain the components of transportation system. What are the objectives of road )
q' planning?
,2.
v Mention engineering surveys to be carried out for highway location. Explain Preliminary
Survey for Highway location in brief.
v 3, friction
1 Deive an expression for finding the superelevation required if the design coeflicient sf -
is 'f. List the design steps of superelevation.
er. A vertical summit curve is to be designed when two grades +l/60 ad -1145 meet on a
highway. The stopping sight distance and overtaking sight distance required are 210 m
and 600 m respectively. But due to site condition, the length of vertical curv'e has to be
restricted to a mariimum value of 750m if possible. Calculate the length of summit curve
needed to fulfill the requirements of:
i) Stopping sight distance
ii) Overtaking sight distance or at least intermediate slight distance. Discuss the result
r.5. Define transition curve and its necessity in horizontal alignment. Describe the different
.,methods of designing the length of transition curve.
W Asix lane highway has a curve 350 m long and 550 m radius. The stopping sight distance
and overtaking sight distance are 200 m and 400 m respectively. Find out the setback
distance from the inner edge of the road to the obstruction for both cases.
\-1 Oenne highway drainage system. Describe the causes of moisture variation in subsurface
soil. Explain with neat sketches how the subsurface drainage is provided to lower the
water table and control of seepage flow.
What are the design and constuction problems that are associated with hill roads?
a-
^;L. Enumerate the merits and demerits of River Route and Ridge Route.
J:.- What are the different types of bitumious materials used in road construction? Explain
_ briefly the test procedure of Los Angles abrassion value of aggregate.
JgzWhat are the desirable properlies of bituminous mixes? Briefly explain the ductility test
of bitumen and its engineering application.
!frB*
03 TRJBHUVATI I.'MVERSITY Errm. l{egul:tr',i ll;tcli
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE X'ull ltflarks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Markr 32

2071 Bhadra Year / Part mlII Time 3 hrs.
Subiect: - Transportation Engineeriag (C8653)

{ Candidates are required to grve their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
{ Attempt All quesions.
r' A[questions carry equal muks.
,/ WUat are the objectives of road planning? Explain the major road pattems developed in
modern urban areas.
$ Explun the factors that affect the selection of highway alignment.

for finding the superelevation required if the design coefficient of
v friction anis exprcssion
^lr/Oerrle
'f . Describe briefly the various methods of providing superelevation with
sketches.
of
J r/Wful
are the curve resistance and grade compensation? Describe the disadvantages
heavy camber.
vehicle moving in a horizontal curve at a design speed of 65 kmph, develops a
centifugal ratio of 1/5. The deflection angle at curve is 48o. Calculate:
a) radius of circular curve
b) length of hansition curve by rate of change of centrifugal acceleration criteria
c) total length of composite curve
A/medriver of a vehicle travelling at 65 kmph down a grade required 12m more stopping
\,/ sight distance to stop than the driver travelling at same speed up the same grade. If the
coefficient of friction between tire and pavement is 0.38. Determine the percent grade and
stopping sight distance up the Sade.
1/Ctassiff highway drainage. What are the requirements of highway drainage?

different t1.pes of retaining walls used in road construction. List out the basis of
\'/8/Descibe
its selection
the materials rsed in different layers of the road pavement. Describe the desirable
.,
,9r/Explun
properties of road aggregates for pavement works.
j{;lt}mrtare the tests to be conducted on road binders for its suitability on road constnrction?
Describe the test procedure to deterrrine the softening point of bitumen.
rl{.*
v
03 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Errm. l{ cgtr lrr r'

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING LeVel BE FulIMarls 80

2070 Bhadra Year / Part m/u Time 3 hrs.
S ubj ect : - Transportation Engineering (CE6 5 3)
,/ AttemptAll questions.
{ Thetigures in the margin indicate Eull Marks.
I Explain briefly, the classification of transportation system. t8I

L What are the requirements of highway alignment? Explain the impotance of map study
in highway survey. t8I
O. What are the functions of transition curve? Derive an expression for the length of
tansition curve to be introduced between the straight and circular path on a horizontal
curve from two criteria. t8I
1, Describe the factors which control the geometric elements of road and discuss the reasons
for providing an additional width of carriageway on horizontal curve. I8I
L A four lane carriageway has a curve of 220 m length and 400 m radius. The safe stopping
sight distance and overtaking sight distance are 152 m and 300 m respectively. Calculate
the minimum set-back distance from the inner edge of the road to the edge of the
obsfiuction to ensure safe visibilrty for the both cases of sight distances if the width ofthe
pavement per lane is 3.75 m. t8I
A Design the length of valley cutre with a descending grade of l/35 and ascending grade of
1/45. The design speed is 80 kmph. Determine the RL of begiruring, lowest and end point
of curve if the RL of PVI is 212.36 m so as to fulfill both comfort condition and head
light sight distance for night visibility. Also determine the appex distance and mid
ordinate of the curve. Assume coefficient of friction:0.35, Rate of change of centifuEal
acceleration:6O cm/sec3. t8l
L Why drainage is an important part of highway design? What are the causes of moisture
variation in sub-grade soil? t8l
!l, Sketch different qpes of hill road cross-sections. Discuss hill road drainage stnrctures. t8]
@ Define bitumen premixes. Explain the Marshall design method for the Asphalt concrete. tSI
lQ, Explain briefly the desirable properties of sub-grade soil. Explain the test procedure of the
penetration value of bitumen. t8I
t*r.
03 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSIry Exam. llcgu la r
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE F'ull Marks 80

2070 Bhadra Year / Part m/u Time 3 hrs.
S ubj e ct : - Transportation Engineeri ng (CE6 5 3)
r' Arcmpt All questions.
r' The/igures in the margin indtcate Full Marlcs.
l. Explain briefly, the classification of transportation system. t8l

2. What are the requirements of highway alignment? Explain the importance of map study
in highway survey. t8l
3. What are the functions of transition curve? Derive an expression for the length of
tansition curve to be introduced between the straight and circular path on a horimntal
curve from two criteria. t8l
4. Describe the factors which control the geometric elements of road and discuss the reasons
for providing an additional width of carriageway on horizontal curve. t8I
5. A four lane carriageway has a curve of 220 m length and 400 m radius. The safe stopping
sight distance and overtaking sight distance are 152 m and 300 m respectively. Calculate
the minimum set-back distance from the inner edge of the road to the edge of the
obstruction to ensure safe visibility for the both cases of sight disiances if the width of the
pavement per lane is 3.75 m. t8I
6. Design the length of valley curve with a descending grade of l/35 and ascending grade of
l/45. The design speed is 80 kmph. Determine the RL of beginning, lowest and end point
of curve if the RL of PVI is 212.36 m so as to fulfill both comfort condition and head
light sight distance for night visibility. Also determine the appex distance and mid
ordinate of the curve. Assume coefficient of friction = 0.35, Rate of change of cenfrifugal
acceleration:60 cm/sec3. t8I
7. Why drainage is an important part of highway desigu? What are the causes of moisture
variation in sub-grade soil? t8l
8. Sketch different types of hill rcad cross-sections. Discuss hill road drainage structures. t8I
9. Define bitumen premixes. Explain the Marshall design method for the Asphalt concrete. t8I
10. Explain briefly the desirable properties of sub-grade soil. Explain the test procedure of the
penetration value of bitumen t8l
trl.rls
06 TRIBHUVAN TJNIVERSITY Exam. Ilegtrl:tr (2066 ct [.:rtu' Batclt)
Examination Control Division. Programme BCE PassIVIarlc 32
2069 Bhadra Year / Part m/il Timc 3 hrs.
- Transportation Engineering- I (cE6s3)

/ 4A questions carry equal marks.
./ Assume suttable data dnecessary.
i Explain the roao classificatror, system based on htepal Rohd'stan,ikrd: Wlry roacl
transportation is considered the most feasible in our country?
2 What are the requirements, of an ideal highway alignment? Describe the

information needed to be collected during reconnaissance survey.
3 Discuss the design controls for the geometrics of road and governing factors which
affect the stopping si.qht distance.
4 Define super elevation, and derive the expression for super elevation. List the design
steps of super elevation.
5 The angle of lntersection between two straights is 137.230. The spiral angle for
each tra'nsitien curve is 8.35o. Calculate the length of transition curve, combined
length of curves and lerrgth of tangent if the radiu.sof the curve is 325 m.
6 An ascending gradient of 3.75% meets with descending gradient of \.25o/o.

Calculate the chainage and elevation of beginning of the curve, end of the curve,
highest point of the curve and 90 m left from the point of vertical intersection if
.-.,- 7 the chainage and elevation of PVI are l* 225.00 and875.62 rn respectively. The
radius of curve provided is 8000 m.
7 What are the causes of moisture variation in sub-grade soil? What are the factors
to be considered in designing sub-surface drainage system to check seepage flow?
8 Discuss the road side structures to be provided for the road way stability.
Explain how you will stabilize landslides along the road.
9 Define bitumen premixes. Exptain the Marshall design procedure for the
bituminous premixes.
l0 What are the desrrable properties olsub-graclc soil'/ tlxplain the metlrod of Los
Angeles abrasion test on aggregate.
:l.rl.*
)
06 TRIB. HWAN.UNIVERSITY
, i,
Ef,am.- Regular / Back
. INSTITUTEOF.ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination CouJroI Di'vision i

irograrnme BCE Pass Marks 32
5t
ti 2068 Bhadra- Year / Part m/II Time 3 ks.
?
$
I
.
,/ Can-didates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
,/ The.figures in the'margin indicate Full Marks
i 1. a) What is transportation planning? Why the development of public transportation

should be given prefereflce over the development of private hansportation? l8l
b) What are the different stages of surveying for highway alignment? List out the various
components of economical appraisal. I8l
2. a) Classify the highway curves. What type of effects will take place when the vehicle
negotiates a horizontal curve without super elevation? Also give reasons. t8l
b) Calculate the length of hansition curve using the following data: t8l
D Design speed:65 lanph
ii) Radius of circular curve:220m'
iii; RttowaUle rate of introduction of super elevation (Pavement rotated about centre
line): I in 150
iv) Pavement width including extra widening :': .5m
3. a) Explain PEV theory. Derive an expression for determining the stopping sight
distance at level ground. t8l
b) A summit curve is to be provided at the intersection of two gradients +t.5oh and,l%o.
What is length required (i) For stopping sight distance of 200m (ii) For overtaking
sight distance of 60Om? What is the vertical distance between the point of vertical
intersection and curve in either case? t8l
4. a) Describe the different types of retlining walls used in road construction. Mention the-
basis of its selection. l8l
b) What do you mean by penetration value <if bitumen? Describe step by step procedure
for the determination of penetration value of bitumen in the laboratory. t8l
5. a) Explain the different types of erosion conhol and energy dissipating measures used in
highway drainage system. t8l
b) Explain different measures that are taken to stabilize the formation and cross slopes rn
hill road construction - tSl'
6. Write short notes on: $xal
',.
;;.. r':.i,: ," , -a) :,:Requirements of highway alignment
, , ; i:;: i. i:-.',- -.:' ,. '' ,;.., '.
'.': '' ' b) Extra widening

,.,i , ,, , : c) -Road classification system
d) River'route
_- {<+rf.
06 TRIBHUVANUNIVERSITY Exam. Regular / Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE' ' 'FullMarks " .'80-

2067 Mangsir Year / Part ra l\ Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Transportation Engineering I

'/ Attempt any Five questtons.
'/ Thefigures in the margin indicate Fult Marks.
1. a) What is transportation planning? Explain philosophical elements of a long term

transport planning. t8l
b) Mention the stages of highway suryey. Describe the information to be collected
during reconnaissance srwey. t8l
a) What is an overtaking sight distance? Derive an expression for overtaking sight
distance with neat sketch. 12+6)
b) Calculate the length of a kansition curve required for a road with carriageway width
of 7.0m on a straight portion, if the design speed is 65kmph. Assume that the road is
passing through a rolling terrain. The radius of the horizontal curye is 200m and
pavement is rotated about the cenhe line. Assume suitable data if necessary. t8l
3. a) Define PIEV tlt"ory. Derive an expression to determine the extra widening. 12+61
b) A valley curve divided by a descending gradient of I in 30 meeting an ascending

gradientof 1 in 25. Design the length of valley curvg to fulfill both comfort condition
and head light sight distance required for a design speed of 80Kmph. Assume
. allowable rate of change of centifugal acceleration is 0.6m/sec' and stopping sight
distance is 160m. t8l
4. a) What is penehation value of bitumen? Describe the procedure for the determination of
penetration value in laboratory. 12+6)
b) What are the causes of soil erosion? Describe preventive measures of soil erosion and
energy dissipation. t8l
r. a) Classify the, cross',,drainage:,-strucfur€e,:8.s ,,pGr,,.NR.S,.. Describe the. suitability of
construction of pipe, box, slab and arch culverts. l8l
b) List various test carried out on road aggregates. Explain the procedure for
determination of Los Angeles abrasion test. t8l
6. Write short note on: (any four) $xa)
a) Bitumen emulsion
b) Un-submerged and submerged conditions for minor bridge
c) Retaining structures
d) Hill road drainage
e) Curve resistance and grade compensation
r$*{.
06 TRTBHWANIJMVERSITY Exam. , Reeular/Back.

2066 Magh Year /'Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subi ect: - Transportation Engineering I

'/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words a-s far as practicable.
,/ Attempt any Ftve-questions.
,/ Assum.e suttable data if necessary. l
1. a) Why is Macadam Road superior to Telford Construction? Make sketches of those

road sections. Write down the scope of Highway Engineering. t8l
b) What are the types of road patterns in urban areas? Explain them briefly with the help
ofneat sketches. t8l
2. a) List out important factors which control the geometric elements of roads. Calculate
safe stopping sight distance for the design speed of 50 krnph for: (i).two-way traffic
on a two lane road (ii) two-way traffic on a single lane load. Assume appropriate data
for calculation. [2+3+3]
b) Dprive the expression for the length of .hansition curve to be introduced between the
shaight and the circular path on a horizontal alignment from two criteria. [8] '
3. a) What are the basic design controls for valley curyes? How the length of valley curve .,
is calculatetl from different criteria? tgl
b) Define PIEV theory, A National Highway passirrg through a rolling terrain has a
. horizontal curve of radius'of 200m. Find out the length of a transition curve assuming
suitable data. 12+61
4' a) Briefly describe the special structures conskucted in hill roails. Make the sketch of
. drainage system layput in hill roads. l8l
b) Write down the steps for the design of longitudinal drains of a road to drain off the
surface water. Classify cross drainage structures as per NRS. : t8l
5. a) Explain with neat sketches the phenomenon of lowering of the water table, conkol of
capillary a4d vapour rise to strengthen the sub-grade of a road embankment. t8l
b) Write down the tests ca:nied out on road aggregates and describe their significance. t8l
6. Write short notes on: (any fo-ur) $xal
a) PEnetration test on bitumen
b) River crossing alternatives'
c) Super elerzation in hill roads
d) Resistance to vehicular motion
e) Selection of an ideal alignment
':$rhrl.
^l : ,.;..i. ' ,l- - .. '


2055 Kartik Year / Part Itr/U Time 3 hrs.
,SZDjecf - Transportation Engineering I

'/ Attempt any zuquestions.
1. a) Derive the expression for the length of transition curve from two considerations. t8l
b) Due to drainage problem, the inner edge cannot be lowered and a super elevation of e
is to be introduced. Explain, how the two way slope of n can be gradually converted
to a one way slope of e where e> n with a neat sketch. Givsn the road with is Wm and
the transition curve length is L m. t8I
2. a) A 30d' hourly volume is generally accepted as the design volume of traffic, why?
What are the other design controls for the geometrics ofroad? Discuss in brief. t8l
b) At a deviation point with deviation angle equal to 10o50' and radius of horizontal
circular curve of 400m, a qmrmetrical spiral:circular curve vdttr 120m long spiral
could not be intoduced. Prove it. Give suggestions for other possible solutions. t8l
3. a) Derive an expression for minimu:n permissible radius of valley curye from two
considerations. [10]
b) Outline the various reasons requiring grade compensation. t6l
4. a) A 300m line ascending section of a double lane road with trryo way traffic road with
4% grade meets with a 300m long descending section with 3Yo grade. Design the
vertical curve to meet the visibility requirement. Design speed is 100 lonph. The
braking efficiency is 90%. Calculate the formation levels of main points on curve at a
distance of 50m from PVI on qither sides, at the highest point of the forrnation lines
. and at the begirming and end section of road, glven the final fonnation level of the
road at a distance of 25m right from PVI as 120.105. t8l
b) Enumerate the various types of consistency tests on bituminous binders. Why do we
need different types of consistency tests? How is the ductility test carried out? What is
the significance of this test? t8l
5. a) The table below gives the sieve analysis results of three gravel quarries under
investigation. Calculate the mixing properties; to meet the grven gradation
specification. [10]
Sieve size Percentage passinq given sieve size
Specilication
mm Ouarrv A Quarry B Quarry C
25.4 100 100 100 100
72.7 100 100 95 90-100
4.76 100 100 55 60-75
1.18 100 65 30 40-55
0.30 100 25 )a 20-35
0.15 75 18 9 t2-22
0.075 40 5 3 5-10
b) Draw neat sketches and describe different lypes of hill roads cross section. t6l
6. Write short notes on: [4xa]
a) Airresistance b) Hairpinbend
c) Historical development of road d) Control of seepage flow
*t*
06 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSIry Exam. Regular/Back
Examination Control Division Programme BCE i Prsnnarrc | 3z
2065 Chaitra Year / Part. m/II Time : 3 hrs.

'/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their.own words as far as practicable.
'/ Thefigureg in the.margin indicate Full Marks.
1. a) Compare the main features of Telford and Macadam construction. Why Macadam is
known as the pioneer of modern roads? 16+21
b) Name the various sttfos to be followed for a highway alignment location. Describe the
works to be carried out and data to be collected during final location survey. [2+6]
2. a) What is lining o drains and. 'rhen is it necessary? What are the causes of moisture
variation in subgrade soil?.How do you control excess moisture in subgrade soil due
to subsurface sources of water? t2+2+4f
b) Explain in brief about petroleum bitumen, cutback.bitumen, and. bitumen emulsion.
How do you perform softening point test of bitumen and what is the use of this test? [4+3+i]
i. a) The centre- line of a two lane road has an eievation of 320.00m. The camber of the
pavement is 3.0% and cross-slope of shoulder is 5%. Calculare the elevation of
pavement at centre of lane, edges of pavement and at road edge if t8]
i) Straight line camber is to be provided.
ii) Parabolic camber is to be provided. ,
Take rvith of lane 3.5m and shoulder'width as 1.5m.

b) Define extra widening and its causes of providing and derive an expression of extra
widening. t 1+2+51
4. a) What do you mean by tractive resistance, explain it is brieP 12+61
b) Calculate the minimum setback from centre line of road tbr a curve of radius 500m
for a six lane road to ensure safe visibility. The stopping right distance is 200m, Iane
width is 3.5m and the curye length is 100m and not extra rvidth is to be provided. t8]
5. a) Explain stopping sight distance and derive its expression. 12+61
b) A t'wo lane pavement 7m in width in hiily region has a. curve of radius 60m, the
design speed is 40 kmph. Determine the length of transition curve, total curve length
and total tangent length if the deflection angle of the curve is 60". Take superelvation
: : :
0.07, extra width 1.2m, I :N 1:60. Assume that the rotation of pavement is about
centre line. l4+2+Zl
5. Write short notes on any four: laxaJ
a) Los Angeles Abrasion Test
b) Retainiig Walt
c) Breast Wall
d) Slab culvert and its elements
e) Typical cross-section of hill roads
0 lv{odes of rransportation
06 TzuBHLTVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Regular/Back
T.NSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marks )Z

2064 Poush Year/Part iIII/[ Time i 3 hrs.

'/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as tar as practicable
,/ Artempt any' Five questions.
'/ The figures in the margin indicate Full fuIarks
./ ,lssume suiruble data if necessary.
a) Briefly, describe the historical deveiopment of roads and road construction inN What is
the current state of a!furr in road consrmction situation in Nepal? What are
- plans regarding thislffi
S
f ;t:1:.)
[r ' : :J
I
b) Defrne and describe the term:;:q$, b3nc! cqJp-d_or and a]lgBmggtwith respect to the map
study for highway route identifi6SIi5n. t2+2i2+27
-/
to drainage problem, the inner edse cannot be lowered and a super elevation of 'e' is to
\-/'2)zDue
.2.
be introduced. Explain with the he Ip of a neat sketch, how ds ysu obtain one way slope, e,
from two way slope, n, rvhere e > n. .Givqn the road width is W m and the transition curve
length ,./ i8l
b centre line of a double .lane road has an elevation of 320.50m as recorded from
longitudinai profiie. The camber is 2.5Yo and cross fall of shoulder is 5910. Calculate the
-r
eievation of road surface at ,h.
".ng1il|ii$,e11ges {Evement and@;
if 1 i) straight
line camber ii provided (ii) parabolic camber-is provided. Take rhe shoulder width 1.5m and
lane i.5m. fat
_l State the objectir.'es of pavembnt widening on horizontal curves. Write

down the total extra widening. What.are the methods of providing extra
widening curves,' . ll-2+:=31
b)A curve needed to connbct a circular section with a straight section of a highw-ay. if
design speed of highwa-v IS 900 kmph and radius ol the circular section is 300rn.
Determine the lengh of transition curve for comfort and for introducing super elevation at
your suitably selected desirable rate. The width of Baveme nt at straight section ir 7g_atr_d
Iength of the wheel base of the design vehicie is 6.1m. t8l
,1 \
^ Define fghw3ligryge. What are the requirements of a good high"va,v drainaee system?
E.xplain horv the surface water is collected and disposed off in rural. urban anC hiil rcads. [1=3=.1]
the
the ,'tj"''
i8j
./ -u'
,5/a\ What are the design and construction problems of hill road? Horv do the temperan;re. raint-all-
\/ - pressure and geologl of the region alfect the selection of hill road alignment?
,,/ [.+=4]
b) Dfiribe in brief road rapids, drop strucrures, causeways and inverted siphons. Give sketches
t\-/rthere ever possible. [2+2=2=31
a) Distinguish between Aggregate Impact Value, Aggregate Abrasion Value and Aggregate
Crushing Value. Why is it necessan* to determine t1a(iness and elongation indices of an
uggr.gut. sample? -,'''- i5+2i
b) What do r-ou mean IN Vlarslrall Stab lor
determining optirnum i.2-61
,' 06 TRIBIJUVAN UNIVERSIT}, Exam. Back
ENGtr\EERTNIG I-eveI iBE Full iVlarks 80
ontrol Division Programrne BCE Pass Nlarks i

,i
32
hrawan Year / Part mi iI Time 3 hrs.
Sub.iect Transportation Engineering I

,/ Candidates are required to give their ansu,ers in their orvn words as far as practicable.
'/ Attempt any Five cluestiorxs.
'/ Thefigr.tres in the margin indicate Full-Marks.
1. a) Describe different modes of transportation. Expiain briefly the advantage and

disadvantage of road transportation. t8l
b) Define hi-ehrvay ali.grment. Explain the factors controlling highway aiignment. t8l
?. a) What is overtaking sight distance? Derive an expression for overtaking sight distance
with neat sketch. t8l
b) A descending section of a road with 3% grade meets an ascending section with 4%
grade. Design the vertical curve. The stopping sight distance requirement is 120m.
Calculate the formation levels of main points on curv-e and at a distance of 30m both
sides from the point of vertical intersection (PVI). The reduce level of PVI is
r 243.154m. Assume other data suitably. [8]
'3. a)'Derive an expression for finding minimum radius of valiey curye with night
,yisibillity. t6l
b) At a certain section of road there-is an intersection point (iP) r,vith an angle of 45%0'
tuming ri-eht. The minimum permissible radius is 200m. The distance betw:een
'starting point and IP and IP to erid point are 500 and 350m respectively. Calculate the
€-lements of circular curve and chainages of main points of curve asuming the
chainage of starting point is to be 20 + 416.60. t8l
4. a) Explain with neat sketches different tlpical tlpes of cross sections in hill road. t8l
b) Explain briefly about the route location in hill road design t8l
5. a) Discuss the causes of moisture variation in sub-grade soil. \\rhy drainage structures
are important in road construction. t8l
b) Explain r.vith sketches hor,r, the surface r,vater in collected and disposed off in the hill
roads. i8l
6. a) Describe Marshal method of bituminous mix design procedure. [8]
b) Enlist the various tests on road aggregates. Explain briefly the test procedure of
crushing value of the aggre-eate. t8l
*:f *
'a
06 TRIBHWAN IJNIVERSITY Exam. Rbsular/Back

INSTIfl-TTE OF ENGINEERING !: Level BE FullMarks 80
Exainination Control Division Programme tsCE Pass Marks 32

2063 Kartik Year / Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
I
./ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as"far'as practicable.
'/ Auempt any ru.questions.
{ Thefigures in the margin indicate FuA Marks.
./ Assume suitable data if necessary.'
1. a) Discuss in detail flre classification of roads as per Nepal Road Standard (NRS) on the
basis of traffic flow and service flow. [4+4]
b) Discuss the different pattern of Urban Network Planning with neat sketches. Explain
briefly, the use of ring road helps to address the problem of city core congestion with
neat sketclres. L4+41
2. a) Define stopping distance. Enumerate the various factors affecting stopping distance.
Explain the relationship betryeen the stopping distance and stopping sight distance. [1+4+3]
b) The centre line of a double lane roarJ has an elevation of 315.5m as recordecl frorn
longitudinal profile, The carnber is 3.0% and the lane witlth is 3.5m. Find the
elevation of the road at the edges of the pavement and the center of lane if (i) straight
line camber is provided, (ii) parabolic camber'is provided. t8l
3. a) Deline transition culve. Mention the neecl of introclucing transition curve itr horizontal
aligrunent. Derive ttre clifferent methocls of designing the length of transition curve. [+2+5]
I
-
b) I{ow much should be the outer edges of the pavement to be raised with respect to the
centre line on a two lane road designed for mix traffic at a speed of 80 km/lu on a
tiorizoirtal curve of radius 200m if the super elevatiou is obtained by rotating the
I pavement with respect to the (i) centre line, nn4 (ii) inner pdg". , t8l
4. a) Why do we need to courpensate grade in horizontal curves? Give tluee reasons. t4l
b) Desigrt the total length of valley culve at the juhction of a descending gradiefi 2.5or/o
and the ascending gradient of 3.5ok if the design speed is 80 krnph, so as to fulfill both
comfort condition and head light sight distance for night driving. Locate the lowest
point and determine its elevation if the elevation of begiming of the curve is 415.5m.
Assume other suitable data if necessary. UZl
5. a) Detine highway drainage system. Describe the causes of rnoistut'e variation in
subsurface soil. Explain witn neat sketches how the surface drainage is provided to
lower the water table, and control of seepage flow. t1+3+4]
b) What are the design and construction problems that are associatecl with hill roacls?
Enunerate the merits and dernerits of river route antl ridge route [4+4]
6. a) What do you mean by crushing value of aggregates? Describe the step by step
procedure for determining crushing value of aggregates? Suggest the ranges of
crushing value for aggregates in lower and in surface layers of the road pavement
structures. I l+5+2]
b) Explain in brief about natural bitumen, cutback bitumen, bitumen emulsiotr and tar
with their irnportance. t2+2+2+2)
7. Write short notes on (any fbur): [ax4]
a) Telford Construction b) Culverts
c) Hair Pin Bend d) Aqueducts and Inverted Syphon
MRn27 TRIBHWAI'IUNIVER'SrIY Exam. Back
INSTXTUTE OF ENGINEERING Level B.E. Full Marks 80

2062 Jestha Year / Part m/n Time 3 hrs.
S ubj ect : - Transportation Eneineerine I

,/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicabie.
'/ Attempt arry zu.questtons.
'/ The /ig,res tn the margin indtcate Full Marks.
t
1. a) Explain briefly the various forms of urban road rtetwork system. How it is possible by
areas.
the provision of Ring Road to minimize the congestion in the city core t8l
b) What are the factors that controls the selection of highway alignment? Explain. tq]
2. a) What do you mean by super-elevation? Explain briefly in what conditions this super-
b) The radius of horizontal circular curve is 100m. The design speed is 60 kmph. The
coefficient of lateral friction is 0.17. [10]
i) Calculate the super elevation if full lateral friction is called into play.
ii) Calculate the coefftcient of friction needed if no super elevation is provided.
3. a) Explain briefly the overtaking sight distance and the stopping sight distance. t6l
b) The speeds of overtaking and overtaken vehicles are 60 krnph and 30 kmph
respectively on a two-way traffrc road. If the acceleration of the overtaking vehicie is
i) Calculate the safe overtaking sight distance.

ii) Determine the minimum length of the overtaking zone.
4. a) What are the application of tangents, circular curves and transition curves in a
horizontal alignment of a road. t8]
b) Calculate the length of the fransition curve and the required shift, if the design speed
is 60 kmph, the radius of the circular curve is 220m. And allowable rate of change of
centrifugal acceleration is 60 cm/sec3. Aliowable fate of change of super elevation is 1
in 120. The pavement width including extra widening is 7.2m. t8l
5. a) What are the general tests in drder to quality the aggregate in highway construction?
Explain briefly. t6l
b) Bitumen is a very important material for road construction. Explain what tests you
will perform in order to judge the quality of the bitumen before using it in road
construction. t10]
6. a) Describe the various tvpes of retaining structures helped by neat sketches. t8]
b) What is the function of energy dissipating structures in a highway drainage system? t8]
7. Write qtrort notes on:'(any four) faxa]
a) Classification of roads in Nepal b) Tar and Bitumen emulsion
c) Retaining wall and Breast wall d) Strface and sub-sr:rface Drainage System
e) Los Angels Abrasion Test f) Aquaducts and lnverted Siphon
g) Hair Pin Bends
***
J6
01 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Regul:rr

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE 'Full Marks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marlis 32

2072 Ashwin Year / Part m/II Time' 3 hrs.
Subject: - Design of Steel and Timber Structure (cE6sr)

,/ Attempt fllquestions.
,/ Thefigures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
.

r' IS 800-2007, IS 875-1987, IS 883-1994 and Structural Steel Section Book is allowed to use.
l. a) Explain about grade and classification of structural steel as per Indian Standard. t8l
b) Design a single angle to carry a tension of 100 kItI. The end connection is to done
v using M20 bolts of product Grade C and property class 4.6. The yield and ultimate
stength of the steel are 250 MPa and 410 MPa respectively. u21
2- a) What are the basic assumptions of Working Stress Design method? I4l
b) Design column to carry an axial load of 1200 1OI. The column is effectively held in
position but not restrained against rotation at both ends. Design the column using two
channels placed toe to toe if center to center distance between connections is 6 m.
Design the column using lacing and Fe 410 steel. u6I
3. a) The building is to be constreucted in core city area for a 50 years life, the size of the
building is over 30 m. The height of the building is 36 m and is classified as l't
category building. Determine the wind pressure at the site and force on the truss. lr0l
b) What do you mean by safety and serviceability requirements of steel structures?
Explain it. t4t
\ c) Design a slab base for a column ISHB 350@710.2N/m subjected to an factored axial "at
compressive load of 1000 l<},i. Concrete pedestal of grade M20. l,6l lxi
\,_'
\-, 4. a) Design a simply supported I-section to support the slab of a hall gmx24mwith beams ':* ''
spaced at 3 m c/c. The thickness of the slab is 100 mm. Consider a floor finish load of
0.5 kJ.{/m2 and live load of 3 kN/m2. The grade of the steel is 8250. Assume that an
adequate lateral support is provided to the compression flange. uzl
b) Design a built up salwood column fabricated with 50 mm thick and 250 mm width
planks to carry an axial load of 925 kN. The effective length of the column is 3.5 m.
tat e B :72700N/mm2, frr: 10.6 N/mm2 constant U:0.6 and q:
l. t8I
**!N€
t
t
t{
OI TRIBHWAN UNIVERSITY Exam. \crr llacli Q066.t L:ttct'Bltch)
2072Magh Year / Part u/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Design of Steel and Timber Structure (CE65I)

{ TheJigures in the margin tndicate Full Marks.
{ Use of IS: 800-2007, Steel Tables,IS: 883-1991 and IS: 875-1987 are allowed
1. a) Design a suitable bolted bracket connections of a 12 mm thick bracket plate to the

flange of a ISHB 300 @ 577 N/m to carry a vertical factored load of 600 KN at an
eccentricity of 300 mm from face of column. Consider the eccentric load not lying in
\-/' the plane of bolted joints. Use M24 of grade 4.6. uzl
b) Find the ultimate design strength of angle 100x100x10 mm in tension which is
connected to a gusset 12 mm thick through 100 mm leg using M20 bolts of product
Grade C and property class 4.6 in single line. Assume that the bolt threads are outside
the shear plane. The yield and ultimatg #ength of the steel are 250 MPa and 410 MPa
respectively. ,li t8l
2. a) Design a built up column 10 m long fo carry a factored axial compressive load of
1000 kN. The column is restrained in position but not in direction at both ends.
Design the column with connecting system as lacing with bolted or welded
connection. Use two channel-back to htck. Assume steel of grade Fe 410, E250 C and
bolts loe t,'> toe'
gade 4.6. u21
a slab base for a column ISMB
@.Design fl50 @ S2.4kglmto carry a service load of 850
KN. Assume Fe4l0 grade steel and M?5 concrete. t8I
3. a) Design a simply supported beam of span 3.5 m subjected to a factored bending
\-/ moment of 470 KN-m and factored shear of 180 KN. The beam is laterally
unsupported. Steel grade of Fe 410. Check for web bucking, web crippling and
mar<imum deflection is required. tl4I
@ Oesign a built up salwood column fabricated with 50 mm thick and 250 mm width
planks to carry an anial load of 925 kNI. The effective length of the column is 3.5 m.
tatce B = 12700 N/mm2, fcp: 10.6 N/mm2constant U:0.6 and q: 1. t6l
4. a) The bottom chord of a truss is subjected to an a:rial pull of 400 KN. The length of
joint available is only 300 mm. Design the tension member using s single equal angle
section with requirements of LUG ANGLE if necessary. Use M20 bolts of 4.6 gade
and steel as Fe4l0. u2)
6m" building is to be constructed in core city area for a 50 years life. The size of the
building is over 30 m. The height of the building is 36 m and is classified as l't
category building. Determine the wind pressure at the site and force on the truss. t8l
*:t:t
01 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Regular / Back

20TlBhadra Year lPart ilI/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Design of Steel and Timber Structure (CE65l)

r' Thefigures tn the margtn indtcate Full Marks.
r' Use of IS: 800-2007, IS: 875 QI) IS: 1730-1989 and IS: 809-1989 (Steel tobles);
IS: 883-1995, (Timber) are allowed.
l. a) lntruss ISA 90 x 90 x 12 mm is subjected to the factored tension load of 100 kll. It is

J to be connected to a gusset using fillet welds at the toe and back. Find the length of
welds required so that the centre of gravity of the welds lies in plane of the centre of
g5avity of angle. Fe4l0 ll0l
rti"athe ultimate load carrying capacity of 2 ISA 100 x 100 x 8 mm in tension which
- is corurected to both sides of gusset plate 12 mm thick using Ml6 bolts of property
class 5.6 in single line. One shear is in shaft and another is in thread. The yield and
ultimate strength of the steel are 250 MPa and 410 MPa respectively. t10l
2. a)/A hall measuring 15 m x 6 m consists of beams spaced at^3 m c/c. R.C.C. slab of
\-/ 110 mm is cast over the beam. The imposed load is 4 k}.l/m'. The beam is supported
on 250 mm wall. Design intermediate beam and check for shear, deflection and lateral
stability. [15]
about factor of safety and partial safety factors used in steel structures. tsl
^b/lVite
\//
3..{Design a built-up column of the effective length of 5 m to carry an axial load of
900 ld.l using two channels and single lacing. Design the connections using bolt. The
grade of the steel is Fe410. trll
!/fxflAn about elements of plate girders, web and flange splices of plates. t6l
4.\/ayA timber column 225 x 225 in cross section having an unsupported length of 3 m.
Assuming the column to be of sal wood of selected grade, find the safe axial load. t8l
b) Find the design wind pressure on a
sloping roof of span l0 m and pitch%. The height
Y of the eves is 6 m above ground. The building is situated in Madras and its
permeability is normal. t6l
c),."Design a slab base for a column SC220 to transfer an axial load of 1000 kN. Take
t/ f'"+tO grade steel and M30 for concrete. t6I
*!t*
-lii,
t
1
07 TzuBHUVAN TINIVERSITY Exam. Neu' Back (2056 & Latcr Batch)


2071Magh Year / Part III / tI Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Design of Steel and Timber Structures (C8651)

{ The jigpres in the margin indicate Full Marks.
,/ Use of 15:800-2007, 151730-1989 and 15809:1989 (Steel tables); 15883-1995 (timber) are
allowed.
/ Assume suitable dataif necessary.
l. a) Two plates of 16 mm thick are jointed by Ml6 bolts of property class 8.6 in a triple
staggered lap joint as shown. Show how the joint will fail and calculate efficiency of
the joint. Assume Fe4l0 grade of plate. [10]
25
I
r Io 20
20
20
b) Longer leg of a ISA 100 x 75 x 8 is connected to a gusset plate of thickness l0 mm by

Ml6 bolts of property class 8"8 as shown. If Fe4l0 grade steel is used, determine the
design tensile strength ofthe angle. u0I
-_-----<
o@o {
1-
I
1
I
I
2. a) Design a simply supported I section to support a momcnt of 700 kNm. The beam is
laterally supported and grade ofsteel is Fe4l0.
b) What do you mean by structural steel? Explain classification of structural steel
sections.
3. a) Design a bridge compression member using rwo channels placed back to back to carry
a factorial load of 1200 kN, if effective length of column is 8.5 m. AIso design the
single racing system using tie bar. [s+7]
b) Explain about design steps of column bases. t8I
4- a) A high rise building is to be constructed in Kathmandu at city area for a 50 year life,
the size of building is over 30 m. The height of building is 36 m and it is classified.as
I't category building. Determine the wind pressure at the site and force on truss
members. u0l
b) Design a 5 m long rectangular box column built by 60 mm thick deodar planks to
carry ax.axial load of 350 kN. u0l
***
.i l
-
l:t.
I
OI TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. OLD Back (o065 & Earlier Batch)

2071Magh Year / Part III / II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Design of Timber and Steel Structures (EG662CE)

/ The figures in the margin indicate Full Mark's.
./ lS 800 - 1984, lS 875 - 7987, l5 883 - 1994 and Structural Steel Section Books are allowed to use.
1. a. Design welded connection between flange of column and a bracket using fillet and
but weld loaded as shown in figure. [12]
250 KN
mm
'-l
250 I
l0 mm thick
b. Design a fillet welded channel section to act as a tension member carrying an axial
tension of 350 KN t8l
2 a. Design a column splice for column sedions ISSC 250 and ISSC 220 carrying a load of
s00 KN. l7l
b. Design a simply supported beam with a clear span of 5m for bending and shear. Beam
carries a uniformly distributed load of 40 KN/m inclusive of self-weight and a point
load of 60 KN at mid span from sub beam. The beam is laterally unsupported. t13I
:!,j :
a.:
I
{
j
i
i
1
3 Find load carrying capacity of the column made up of four rolled steel angle sections
ISA 90 x 90 x 10 as shown in fig. Take height of the column t1m, one end of the column
fixed, other end hinged and no sway condition. Also design lateral bracing of column
using double lacing system. [201
300 mrn
,* -,"Ji r-I ISA90x90xl0 Use 22 mm dia. pds

rivet for connection
Double lacing Systern
4. a. Design a timber column of Sal species to carry the axial load of 45 KN. Unsupported
length of column is 3m. [10]
b. What are the different factors, which govern the design of beam?
Specifo the ty-pes of timber columns according to theirr.slend'erness ratio. How.the
slenderness ratio is defined in solid, built-up and spaced column. [10]
***
l
,i
I
I
I
I
l
I
f
\
a
li
i
i
t
'"
ol TRIBHUvAN LTNIvERSITY Exan l{cgul:r i'
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING lrr,d BE FuC}Iailrs 80
Examination Control Division Frogramme BCE PessMarks 52
2070 Bhadra Year I Part m/II Time 3 trs-
Subjea: - Design of Steel & Timber Structure (C8651)

/ Candidares art required to give their amswers in theh own words as far as practicable.
/ AII que*ions carry equal msk.
/ Thefrgwes inthe marginindicate FuIl Mark.
/ Shov, the results with sketches when andwhere required-
/ 15800:2007 (CadcofPracticefor general constructioninsteel), Steel sectionbaoh IS
875ad IS 883 : 1994 (Design of Stuctwal Timber in Building) are allowed to use.
/ Assune suitable data ifnecessry.
l- a) A bridge compression member is built using two channels ISLC 400 @ a5.8 k{m
placed toe to toe. The effective length of the mernber is 8.0 m. The width over the
backs oftwo channels is 40 cm- The channels are properly connected by lacings. ll2I
'Calculate
i) the safe load for the member.
ii) Desigrr the lacing systems using M16 properly class 45 grade bolts.
b) Design the base plate for the column ISHB 450 to carry a factored load of 1400 kN.
Take E250 grade ofsteel and M20 grade ofconcrete t8l
2. a) A office hall of clear dimension 18 m x 6 m is provided with 12 cm thick RC slab
over rolled steel beams 3 m cic.-A wearing coat of 2{m th[gf,-lime co_nmete is
provided over RC concrete slab. The coiipression- n#@o
throughout its length by providing grooves in slabs. Design an intermidiate beam
with the following data. tl4l
Live load = 5.5 ki.,l/m2
Unit wt. of cement concrete:25 kN/m3
Unit wt. of lime concrete: l8 }tl/m3
b) Find the desigrr u,ind pressure on a sloping roof of span l0 m and pitch l/4. The
height of the eaves is 5 m above ground. The building is situated in Delhi and its
permeability is normal. t6I
3. a) Two 18 mm thick steel flats are spliced by two 8 mm thick plates with four Ml8 high
stnength bolts of properly class I0.9. Determine the ultimate desigrr load carrying
capacity of the connection (i) if slip is permitted at the ultimate load and (ii) if slip is
not permitted at ultimate load. Assurne that one shear plane intercepts the threads of
the bolts. *
=250 MPa and fu = 410 MPa. ll4I
55 mm
220 mm
o o ii,l " o T
o () iirl o o f,ttomm
55 mm
k-r{
85mm
45 mm 45 mm
8mm
IIlm
l8 mm
t
i
i
b) belain why limit stale dasign method has becorre more popular than the working i
stress design mer.bod- t6l

4. a) Desigu a zuitable angle section to cary a tensile force of 250 lltl (Factored). The end
connection is to be done by using O fillet welds (ii) bolts. The yield and ultimate
str€nglhs of the steel are 250 MPa and 410 MPa, respectively. '
t12]
b) Differentiate between tlre terrns 'Tactor of safety" and 'lrtial safety iactor' in fu
structural steel desip. Desip a circular salwood column to be used in an open sbe4
to carry an axial load of 200 kN. The cohrmn is 3.5 m higtr- t8I
***
l
:
t
I
i
i
i
l
1t
01 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Old Back Q065 & Earlier Batch)

Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass IVIarks 32

2070 Magh Year / Part m/u Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Design of Steel and Timber Structures @G662CE)

r' Afiempt All questions.
r' The figures in the margin indicate Full Marls.
r' Use of IS: 800-1984; IS: 1730-1989 (Steel Tables); IS: 883-1995 (Timber) and IS: 875
are followed.
1. Discuss briefly the principles of working str€ss design of steelstructures. , (6)

2. Deknnine the resultant stress ou the rivet B of the eccentic connection shown in figtre
below. Compare this stess with the allowable rivet value if 20 mm dia. rivets are used.
The bracketplate and column flangg are both 10 mm thick, and allowable stesses of
102.5 N/mm' in shear and 236 N/mm'in bearing may be assumed. (14)
KN
'1
l0 cm 20mm
dia, rivets
l0 cm
l0cm
-O-i
3. A stnrt in a roof truss carties 80 KN maximum compressive load. Design the member and
the end counection if it is to be of single angle section. The centre to centre distance of
the member betrreen the frstenings is 3.5 m. (14)
4. Explar4 with a neat sketch, tlre various components of a plate grrder. (6)
5. A column is made of one ISIIB 300 @5S.8 KE/m, with one plate 400 rrm x 12 mm,
symmetieally placed on each flange. The column section thus measures 324 mm x 400
mm overhll. The column carries an axial load of 2000 KN. The column is to be provided
with a baSe plate resting on conmete base. Design the base plate giving the full details of
the connections. Take safe compressive stress in concrete as 4 N/mm2. (14)
6. Describe the prccedtre for the design of the pudin of a roof tnrss. (6)
7. Design ote sat timber joist of clear span 3"5 m at spacing of 60 crn in a roof. The bearing
at eac! end is 12 cm. The dead load of roof covering is 2.1 KN/m'and live load is 2.6
KI{/# (12)
8. Desrgn a tension member using a channel section to carry an axial.tension of 300KN. (8)
rt**
' OI TRIBHWAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Nerr Iltcli (2066 ,.t L:rlu'llltch)
, ntsrtrurE oF ENGTNEERTNc Level BE Full Marks 80
2070 Magh Year / Part ru/II Time 3 hrs.
Subiect: - Desien of Steel and Timber Structure (cE6sr)

{ Candidales are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
'/ TheJigures in the margin indicate Full Mar*s.
,/ Show the results with sketches when andwhere required.
r' IS 80A : 2007 (Code of practice for general construction in steel), Steel section booh IS
875 and IS 883 : 1994 (Design of structural Timber in Building) are allowed to use.
l. a) Design a single angle (unequal angle) to carry a working tensile load of 150 KN, If
the end connection is done using fillet welds. The yield and ultimate strength of the
steel are 250 MPa and 410 MPa respectively. [0]
b) Design a single equal angle to carry a compression of 50 KN. The centre to cente
distance between the end connections is 2.0 M. Assume that at least two bolts are
used for the end connections. [0]
2. a) A building is situated in Birgunj, where the basic wind speed is found to be 60 m/sec.
Find the wind pressure for the design of sloping roof of the building having following
data: t6I
Angle of slope of roof, c:28o
Building height ratio, h/w :0.75
K1xK2xK3 = 0.10
b) A simply supported steel bearn of 6 m effective span carries a total uniformly
distributed load of 46 KN/m (inclusive of self-weight). Design the beam (Fe 410
steel) if the compression flange is restrained throughout the span against lateral
bending. Apply all the necessary checks. [4]
3. a) Explain the advantages and disadvantages of steel structures compared to timber
structures. l4l
b) Explain in salient features of the working stress method and limit state method for
structural steel design. t4l
c) If two bracket plates are connected to the flanges of the column SC 250 as shown in
figure below find the design load 'P' that can be applied at an eccentricity of 300 mm. U21
pt. of application
300 P
of load'P'
40
60 mm
o Bolt of M20
and
30 mm
60 mm o pr
60 mm o
40 mm 120 m
@)
a)
4. a) Design a deodar column 4 m long to carry an axial load of 300 kI.{. ll0l
b) Design the foundation base for an ISHB 350 column to carry factored load of 120
KN. Assume steel and M20 concrete. lt0l
*,r.{<
01 TRIBHWANIJNIVERSIfi Exam, Neu' Bacli (2066 & Latcr Batch)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERTNG Level BE FuIl Marks 80
I
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marla 32
a
2069 Poush Year / Part IIYII Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Design of Steel and Timber Structures (CE65I)

r' Candidates are required to give their ansuers in their own words as far as practicabld!
{ Attempt any Four questions.
'/ Thefigures in the margin indicale Full Marks.
r' Use of 15:800-2007, Steel Tables, Is:883-1994 and IS 875-1987 are allowed.
I. a) Design an I-section purlin for a trussed roof from the following data'z t8I
Spanof roof : t2m
: ' d
Spacing oftruss = 5m
Spacing of purlins along slope of roof truss = 2m
Slope of roof russ = I vertical,2 horizontal
:
Wind load on roof surface normal to roof lb00N/m2
Vertical load from roof sheets, etc:200N/m2
b) Two l2mm thick steel flats arc sphced by two 6mri thick plale; with four Ml.6 bolts
of the product grade C asd the pnoperty class 16, Deierftine-ffie ultimate load
carrying capacity of the connection and check coTer plate. Tnke & : 250MPa and
tu:4lOMPa u2I
o @ o o
t
o o t
*t o o
-{ th#t
40mm 40mm
\
6mrn
2. a) Design a laced column lOm long to carry an axial load 800KN. The column is
restrained in position but not in direction at both ends. Design the Iacing system with
welded connections. Design column for channel section placed back+o-baik. ll6l
b) Briefly descriffiut the nailjoint used in timber structures. 14I
3. a) What are the basib assumptions in working btress method of steel design. Also
mention it demerits. 12+21
b) Design a simply supported beam of 6 meter span carrying a reinforced concrete floor
capable of providing lateral restraint to the top compression flange. The total tlBt- is
i
, '.,
rI.
made up of 80trt{ dead load including self weight plus l20KN imposed load. Checks
for sheat dellfction and latgg[g4$iryre also necessary. u6l
CI a) single
Select a suitable angle section to carry a factored tensile force of 170KN assuming
row of 20mm dia boltstake lolt-gndr,tr6 and E250 grade of steel. t6l
b) How the steel sections are dassified according to their moment rotation capacity. l4j
c) A column ISHB 300@ 576.8N/m is to support a load of 1000KN. The column section
is to be spliced at height of 2 m. Design the splice plate using 4.6 grade bolts and Fe
410. u0l
5 a) Design a built up salwood column fabricated with 50mm thick and 250mm width
planks to carry an axial load of 800KItr. The effective length of column is 3.5m. Take
:
E 12700N /mm2, f.p = 10.6N/mm2 constant U=0.6 and q:1. t8l
b) Design one of the intermediate Deodr timler joists
Fd in the.timber roof.of a hall
Spacing ofjoists C/C : 50cm

Clear span of the joist = 2.0m
Bearing at each end = 8.0cm
Dead load of roof covering : 2KNi#
:
Srqp!,rimposed load on roof = l.5IO.I/m2:

:
r!
The roofing material consists of wood& plqnls which support asbestos sheets. The
\i timber.is of standard grade and shall b:used in inside location.
i
+rl!t
I
:
:
i
I
t
I
: \,
:
i
i:
!
01 TRIBHUVAN I.JNIVERSITY Exam. l{cgular (21)(r(r ct Litte l' llltch)
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE f,'ull Marks 80
Examination Control Division. Programme BCE PassMarks 32

2069 Bhadra Year / Part miII Time 3 hrs.
Subject: -Design of Steel and Timber Structural (c8651)

{ Attempt any Four questions.
{ Thefigures in the margin indicate FuA Marls.
y' Assume suitable data tf necessary.
r' Use of 15:800-2007, Steel tobles: /S88J-/ 994; IS 875:1987 (ttnber) are allowed.
t. a) Design a double cover butt joint to transmit a working load of 300KN to connect two flats
l00mm wide and 20mm thick using M16 high strength bolts of property class 10.9 if slip is
permitted at design load. The cover plates are l2mm thick. Assume that one shear plane
intercepts the threads of the bolts. u0l
b) The center to center distance between the end connections of a discontinuous strut consisting
of two L75 75xB is 3.0m. Calculate the design load carrying capacity in compression if angles
aro connected to the same side of a gusset by more than one bolt in each angle. The grade of
\,/ the steel is 8250. t10I
2. a) Find the design wind pressure on a slopping roof of span l0 meter and pitch t/t . The height of
eaves is 5 meter above ground. The building is situated in Delhi and it's permeability is
nonnal. Assume Kr = l; Kz = 0.8; Kr = l. t6l
(b) Design a built-up column of the effective length of 6m to carry an axial load of l000KN using
two channels and laces. Design the connections using welds. The grade of the steel is E250C. tt4l
3. a) A beam of effective span 6.0m carries a uniformly distributed load of 3OKNim with a
concentrated load of 16KN at mid span. The depth of the beam is limited to 300mm. Design
' the beam with additional plates to the flanges. Assume that the beam is laterally supported
throughout. The grade of steel is E250. Ml6 bolts of property class 4.6 and product grade C
may be used for connection. Cheoks for shear, deflection and lateral stability arc necessary. tl6l
b) Discuss briefly the different types of limit states in steel design. t4l
4. a) Design the base plate for a ISHB 350 column to carry factored load of l200KN. Take E250
grade of steel and M20 grade ofconcrete. ll0I
(b) A single unequal angle 100x75x6 is connected to a lOmm thick gusset plate at the ends with
six l6mm diameter bolts to transfer tension as shown in figure below. Determine the design
tensile strength of the angle assuming that the yield and the ultimate sffess of steel used are
250MPa and 410MPa if the gusset is connected to the 100mm leg. Also design connection for
its full capacrty. tl0l
l6Qbolt
100x75x6
1t= 1010mm2)
5. (a) Describe design methods and design basis for timber structure. t41
(b) Design a 4m long square column of deodar planks to carry an axial load of 350KN. Take
outside location and select grade of timber. uzl
(c) Explain simple timber beam and flitched beam with neat sketches. t4I
***
1o
OI TRIBHUVANUNIVERSITY Exam. Resular / Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FUII'Marks 80''
Examination Control Division Programrne BCE PassMarks 32

2068 Bhadra Year / Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
I :l:!'1 '--',.r.'il
Subject: - Design of Timber and Steel Structures

',/ Attempt any Four questions.
'/ Thefigures in the margin tndicate Full Marks
,/ IS 800, IS 875, IS 883 and structural steel selectton book is allowed to use.
./ Assume suttable data if necessary.
1. a) A flat plate (220mm x tZmm) is loaded in tension and connected with 10mm thick
gusset plate as shown. If the rivets are 20mrn dia power driven shop rivets, calculate
the maximum tension the flat can cary. t14l
1 thick gusset plate
e 220mm x 12mm plate

6 -a
o e .-->
220mm (}-
o o-
50
b) Describe the horizontal load resisting system in steel structure briilding. t6l
2. a) For the electric connection as shown, determine whether the joint is safe or not. Size.
. of the fillet weld is Smm and load P is equal to 100KN. Assume that permissible shear
- sffess in the weld is 108 MPa. ' .
t14l
20cm P: 100KN
2Ocm
14mm thick gusset plate
b) For a steel of yield stress as fr, what are the permissible stresses in tension
compression, bending, shear and bearing according to IS 800? t6l
3. a) Design a column to c4rry an axial load of 800KN using fwo channels laced together.
The length of the column is 6m and is effectively held in position at both ends but not
reskained against rotation. u4l
b) Describe the process to find thickness of slab base foundation. Show the sketch. t6l
4. a) Design a beam of 6m span carrying UDL of 20KN/m including self wt. The beam is
laterally restrained by a concrete slab and is simply supported at the ends on wall of
350mm widtli. Check for shear, deflection, web crippling and buckling. [14]
b) Derive a relation for economical depth of a girder. t6l
s. for a roof-truss. Span of roof : 10m; spacing of
a) Design h,-purlin using suitable section
truss is 4m and pitch isU4. Assume vertical load of.500N/m (including self wt) and
wind load2 KN/m. [10]
b) If a sal-wood column of 25cm x 25cm has a length of 4m, determine whether the
column can carry 200KN a><ial load and 20KNm bending rnoment. Assume suitable
data ifnecessary. [10]
F{.*.
: -j -"i..-a
01 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Rbsular / Back

2067 Mangsir Year / Part flI/II Time 3 hrs.
of Timber and Steel Structures
I
'/ Attempt any Four questions
,/ Thefigures in the margtn ihdtcate Full Marks
'/ IS 800, IS 875, IS 883 and structure steel section are allowed to use.
1. a) List the hot rolled steel sections used in practice with sketches. Also discuss the uses
of skuctural steel in building skucture. t6l
b) A 20mm thick plate i.s jointed by double cover butt joint using a 12mm thick cover
plate. The steel of main and cover plate have permissible tensile qtrength of 150MPa.
Determine the shength and efficiency of the joint per pitch of 90cm if 20mm dia close
tolerance and turned bolts of property class 5.6 are used. [14]
2. a) Describe the tlpes of weld used in structural joints with sketches. Lll
b) Design a lap joint for two plates of size 120x10mm and 120mm x 12mm. The
permissible stresses for plate in tension and weld are 150 MPa and 108 MPa
respectively. [13]
3. a) In bridge, a diagonal consists of a 14mm thick flat carrying a pull of 400KN
a truss
and connected to a gusset plate by a double cover butt joint. The thickncss of each
cover plate is 8mm. Determine the number of rivets and width of flat required. t1 0l
b) Design a single unequal angle shtrt to.carry a load of 100KN. The angle is connected
by its longer-leg to a l0mm thick gusset plate. Design if it is connected by two rivets.
The length of member is 3m. [10]
4. a) Find the wind pressure for design of a sloping roof of span 10m aqd pitch 1 in 4. The
height of eaves is 5 m above ground. Assume building permeability as normal and
Kr = 1.0, K2 : 0.8 and Kr : 1.0 t6l
b) A hall of clear dimensions 15m x 6m is provided with 15cm thick concrete slab over
rolled steel beam spaced at 3mc/c. A wearing coarse of 2cm thick cernent sand
punning is proceeded ovdr concrete slab. The compression flange would be supported
throughout its length by providing grooves in the slab. Design an intefmediate beam
with following data. Live load:4KN/m2, unit wt. of concrete:24KN/m', unit wt. of
punning:22ICr{/m3. Also check the above beam for web crippling and web buckling. [14]
5. a) Design a solid wood column to resist an axial load of 45KN and moment of 5KN-m.
The column is made of sal wood and is 2m long. [10]
b) Design a web splice for the plate.girder section, if the moment and shear force applied
at the section are 1500KIr{_m and 200K}rl respective.ly t10l
6
115
8
Dimension in mm. 770
115
t6
,1.**
BE. .
FuttMrrkr 80r:'':':
Prss Mrrkr
.+4
Tlme
r' Candidates are required to givc in theirown words tiEl Ihr as practicable.
{ Attemptanylggqtlr.,littotts. '.:
{ Tlefrgvres ln the margin tndicate Full l}Iaiks:
y' Assume suitable daa lf necessary.
1.. .a) Describephysical.and mechanical propcrtics of mild steel grade stnrctural stegl. Atso
draw the stress-strain curve showing important points. t6l
b) In the given eccentric riveted connection, subjected to a load of 80 kN, find the
resistance offered by the rivet D. . tl4l
B 3s0-l
s
;1
SE
+_r
75 30
2. a) Explain the salient features of the working stress method and limit state method for
structural steel design. t6l
b) An angle section ISA 50 x 30 x 5mm is used as a tension member with its longer leg
connocted by one l4mm dia. rivet. Calculato tcnsile etrength of the member. What
will be its strength if it is fillet welded? Tak€-orr = 150 Mfa. lt4I
3. a) Explain about loads and its combination for roof trusses. I6l
b) Design I square column 4m long to carry an axial load of 250 KN and moment of
5 KN-m. Assume l-grade tirnber of group A. lt4I
4' a) Design a built-up column composed of two channels placed bapk to back, carrying an
axial load of 1000 KN. Eftective length of column is 6.0m. Also design the single
lacing system for it. tl0I
b) A beam simply supported over an effective span of 6m, carries a uniformly distributed
load of 70 k)'{/m, inctusive of its own weight. The depth of the beam is restricted to
500mm. Design the beam, assuming that the compression flange of the beam is
laterally suppoded by floor construction. Take fy : 250 N/mm2 and E = 200 Gpa.
Assume width of support = 200mm. lt0l
5. a) Write short notes on: t6I
i) Plate girder
ii) Eccentrically loaded column
iii) Group and grade of structural timber
b) Two plates tOmm thick are jointed by 20mm dianreter power driven fietd rivets in a
triplc staggered rivctcd lap.ioirrt. Slrow how tlrc joint rviil fail nnd lrow.nrrrch lond con
be transmitted through the joint.
lt4J
b qv b
I
I
I b e
t
I
OI TzuBHUVA.FI UNIVEKITT I
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks i 80
Exarnination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marks 32

2055 Kattik Year / Part ili/tr Time 3 hrs. \, .t
l.
Subiea: - Desien of Timber and Steel Stnrctures

r' Candidates are required to give their arunveni in their own words as far as practicable.
Attemot anv Four auestiotts.
Thefigures in the margin indicate EuIl Marks.
Necessarv fipures arc attached herewith.
IS 800-1994, IS 875-1987, IS 88i-1994 and Stntcural Steel Section Book is allowed to use.
Assume suitable data tf necessary.
1. a) Explain the physical meaning of radiris of gyration and buckling of compression

memober. t6l
b) A double riveted double cover butt joint with the one cover plate wider than the other
is shown in figure. If 2OrnB diarneter rivets are used at a pitch of 60mm in the inner
raw and at a pitch of 120mm in the outer raw, calculate the strength and eflicieucy of
the joinf The permissible stress, are: ryf = 80 N/mm2; opf = 270 N/mm2; oat = 150
N/mm'. (See figrue) ll4l
2. a) Desip a fillet welded end connection for a tension member ISA 125x75x8mm
connected by longer leg to 10mm thick gusset plate. Assume that the steel conforms
tols:226-1975. tl0l
b) A bracket plate l2mm thick transmits a load of 180 ltl at an ecce,ntricity of 25crn to a
colunn section SC 250 through 10-22mm dia power-driven shop rivets arranged as
shown. Checkthe safety of the joint. (See figure) [10]
3. a) A secondary beam ISLB 400 @ 56.9 kgflm is to be connected. to the web of a main
beam ISLB 600 @ 99.5 kgflm. the end reaction of the secondary berm is 160 kSI.
Design the connection using 20rnm dia pds rivets. t10l
b) Desip a I-section pr:rlin of a roof truss spaced at 6m c/c. The slope of the roof is 30o.
The 10m wide building is situated in Birgunj. Purlin is to be placed at an spacing of
l.2mc!c. Take basic wind speed 200 kmph, kl = 1,05, k2 = 1.15, k3 = 1.0. [10]
:
4. a) What is meant by efficiency of a joint? How the efEciency of ths riveted joint can be
increased, explain with reasons. t4l
b) A bridge compression member is built using two channels ISLC 400 @ 45.7 kgflm
placed back to back. Tbe effective length of the mernber is 8m the width over the
backs of the channel is 30cm. The channels are properly connected by lacings.
(i) Calculate the safe load for the member. (ii) Desip the lacing system. tl6l
5. a) Derive the expression for the economic depth of plate girder. tel
b) A timber bean having a clear span of 6 msters canTing a unifomrly distributed load
of 15 ki.[/m, excluding self weight sf the beasr. Assuming the beasr to be made of sal
wood, desigp the beam. [11]
{.*:1.
P
-tlr
l,
l1 l\d
{ c
ll
rl
f C
C o
o o
o n
o o
Q,.No.1. (b)
tl
tl
Q.No.2. (b)
01 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERTI.JG Level BE Full Marks 80

2064 Shrar*an Year / Part iliII Time 3 hrs.
--
Design of Timbef and Steei Strucrures
Attempt any Four cluestiors. :
Thefgtrei ttt ttte ,ictrgin tndicate Eglt Marks.

htdian Stanc{ard Code of practices IS:800; Steel Tables emd IS:883 are ullowed to use.
Assnme sttitable clata if nicessary.
l. a) What are the assumptions of riveted joint? Explain them. t6l

b) Find the maximum load inclined at 60o to the horizontal (as shorvn,. in fig.) the rivet
connection can transfer. 20mm$ power driven shop rivets are used for connections. The
bracket plates are attached on both sides of the column flanges. [14]
column
flange
P
60"
bracket plate lOmm
l00mm thick (each)
l00mm
i
;
i
.t . ...
I
100 100 25Omm
2. a) Calculate the size of the weld required for the wglded bracket loaded as shown. The bracket is
weldeci to tlange of l-section by side fillet weld on tbur sides as shorvn. I l0]
IOOKN
(,
o
ca
b) A flat of size 180x lOmrn is used as tension member in a roof truss. It is connected to a gusset
plate by riveting as shown in figure. Calculate the maximum tension the member can carry.
The permissible stress in flat is 150 N/m# and l8mm$ pds rivets are used. Find also
efficiency of the joint [10]
50
3. a) Explain the steps for design of gusseteci base fcr a cciuir":n. l8l
b) Design a column of a height 5m for intermediate flocr. The load from upper floor is i20 KN
The column is connected to four beams transfering load as follows. I r?]
Beam I= 140 KN Beam 2: 120 KN Beam 3 = 55 KN Beam 4 = 160 KN

The Cbliirnn UJiiiirmeO as etieciively held in position and restrained against rotation at
both ends.
"an
r+
4cm
!
4 3
-;4.-.-.-.- -.-.-.-.€-
5cm 5cm
I
i 4cm
2a
4. a) Design a main floor beam supporting three equidistant floor joist over a span of'10m.. Each
joists provide lateial restraint to main beams and transmits a load of 60KN on the rnain beam. I I i]
6OKN 60KN
4x2.5m
b) Describe the steps for the design of purlins for a sioped roof. t8l
5. a) A compression'member is made of l50mmxl50mm deodar rvood. The member is ?m long.
The member is subjected to a compressive load of 16.5KN and a bending moment of 800 N-
rn. Calculate the safe(-v of the design. Assume appropriate conditions if needed. ltt)l
b) Design rveb splice type-ll for a plate girder section shorvn in figure. if the momenl and shear
force applied at the section are 1500 KN-m and 200 KN respectively. I t0]
d
t 400rnm v
4
l6mm
ll5mm
ISA l50xl l5xl2

lOmm
750mnr
ar,
I l5mrn
l6mm
+ +:t
01 TRIBHUVA].I UNTYERSITY Exam. RegularlBack
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FuIl Marks 80
lxamination Control Division Programme BCE PassMarks 32

2063 Kartik Year / Part m/tr Time 3 hrs.
Subject:- Design of Timber and Steel Stmctures

+/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
V Attempt any Foar questions.
- ,/ Thefigures in the margin indtcate Full Marks.
./ We-o/n:A00-1984; Ii:1730-1959 o"d ISISIS-L989 (steet tabtes); IS:883-1970 or 1995
(Timber) are allowed.
,/ Assume suitable data tf necessary.
1. aL List the advantages and disadvantages of steel skuctures t6]

b)- A beam ISMB 550 rests on 250mm thick brick masonry walls on either side. The
r' clear span of beam is 7.85m. Calculate its effective span. iwo floor joists transmit the
floor load at a distance of 2.7m from each end of the effective span. Determine the
safe load which the two floor joists can kansmit individually on the beam. The beam
is to be considered effectively restained laterally by the floor joists. Consider the self
wei-etrt of the beam in the analysis. Take fr:250 MPa. [14]
2. a) Explain in brief the four methods of design stated in the design code for the steel
ri
v framework design. t8l
b) Design an unequal angle section as a tension member 2m long and with axial tension
\t' force of 150trOt. Use 12mm thick gusset plate and power driven shop rivets for^
connection design. Proyide check for stress reversal. U2)
3- a) What are the different types of failures of a rivet in case of riveted joint? Explain witn
X sketches. i5l
b). Design a slab base for concenticaliy loaded column section consisting of bne SC 22d
with two cover plates 250x25mrn carrying an acial load of 2000KN. The safe bearing
capaciry of soil is 250KI.t/m' and the permissible bearing pressure on concrete is 4
MPa. Provide nominal cleat angle with 20mm power driven shop rivets. Design aiso
' the concrete base for it.
[14]
4. a) Design a full penekation butt weld to connect a lhmmthick bracket plate to the
v flange of the column SC 180. The bracket is to transmit a load of 120KN at an
'
I
!
eccentricity of 200mm (from the axis of the column) and the steel confirms to I
I 13:226-1975. Consider permissible bending skess in weld as 165 MPa and the I
i
permissible equivalent stress as9}o/o of the yield stress of the steel. [10]
t
b)- Check the safety of a square column 200mmx200mm in cross-section. The effective
V length of column is 3m. The a,',cial load and bending moment in the column is 25 KN
I
and 2KN.m respectively. The material is timber sal wood and the column is located
i, inside the building. [i0]
I
5
v List all the components of a plate girder and indicate them in a &awing: Explain how
theoretical cut-offpoints of flange plates can be carried out graphically? [5+5]
b)- The figure below shows a bridge truss of span 50m and height 8m. The two trusses
V coustituting the bridge truss girder are spaced 7m c/c. Estimate the wind load across
the bridge if the basic wind speed of the locality is 50 m./sec. The width of the
members across the wind is as follows: [10]
i) Bottom and top chords: 500mm
ii; Verticals:350mm
iii) Diagouals :400mm
iv) Gusset plates :15Y0 of total area of the top and bottom chords only. a
' Calculate solidity ratio and taming ratio. Take design wind speed factors
Kr x Kz x Ni = 1.1; wind force coefficient C;= tr.8 for calculated solidity ratio; wind
shielding factor = 0.9 for calculated solidity ratio and framing ratio.
'{
.
rc@5m=5om
+**
5
01 TRIBHUVAN I.'NIVERSITY Exam i l Back
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FulllVlarks 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pa:.s Marlis 32

2062 Bhadra Year / Part III/II Ti:ire 3 hrs
of Steel and Timber Structures

,/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as p':acticable.
,/ Attempt any Four questions.
,/ The figures in thi iargin indtcate Fult Marks.
{ B 800-1984; IS 883-Ig7A or 1995; IS 875-1g87 and structural and steel section book are
allowed to use.
/ Assttme suitable data if necessary.
l. a) Differentiate the riveted joint in cornparison to welded joint. State the rypes of failure
of riveted joints with sketch. [5+5]
b) Bracket plate shown in figure consists of pair of mild steel plates fy 250 MPa riveted
to both flanges of a ISLB 300 column. If 20mm dia. power driven shop rivets are
used; calculate the ma:<imum load 'P' the bracket can support. The thickness of each
bracket plate is l0mm. t10l
P
25cm -150mm. Bracket Plate
i
60mm
-4 Load
8Omm rl Point
80mm l1
t
I
ll
I
25cm
5Omm Sectional Plan
Elevation
2. a) Design an unstiffened seated connection for a beam MB 400 transmitting and reaction
of 150 KN to the flange of a column section SC 250. AIso explain web crippling.
[9+4]
b) A tie member of length l.6m long in a roof truss has to carry an a:<ial tensile load qf
130KN. Design an unequal angle section transferring the load through a joint with the
longer leg. (Design of connection not required.) t7]
3. Design a bridge compression member consisting of trvo channels placed toe-to-toe. The
length of member is 8m. It carries a load of 1350KN. Channels are connected by battens.
Design the batten system also. [20]
4. a) Critically explain various types of simple beam end connections with sketches. t6l
I
I
i
L
b) Design the follorving elements of a plate girder of span 20m Gf fective) under an I
uniformly distributed load of 60I(N/m including self weight. Elemenb to be designed:

I
web plate, flange plates, connections between flung. and web. Also specify whether i
stiffeners are required. Adopt steel with iy 250 MPa. (CompressroQ flange of the
I
beam is laterallv restrained) u4l

.l
i
s. a) Design a purlin for a trussed roof from the following data using steel rolled section
witl fy =250 MPa. t8l
;t i
span of roof : 10m;

1. i
truss spacing = 4.0m; -l,I

I
spacing of purlins along the slope = 2.6m; r

I
slope of the roof = 20"; i
:
wind load on roof surface 800 N/m2; I
vertical load (dead + Iive) :600 N/m2.

I
b) Teak wood floor beams are used at spacing of 3m centres. The s

n of the beam is I
5m. The dead load of span is 3 KN/m/and live load2KN/m2. Des : the beam if end
I
bearings are 25cm at both ends. Assume necessary data if required. [12] l
{'**
;i
i
t
\,.'
I
!
OI/2.I7 TRIBHUV.{NUNIVERSITY Exam. Back

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERiNG Level B.E. Full Marks 80
a
2062 Baishakh Year / Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Design of Steel and Timber Structure

'/ Attempt any Four questions.
'/ Thefigtres in the margin indicate Full Marks. ,
'/ IS 800-1984, IS 875-1987, IS 883-1970 and structural sreel section book are allowed
to use.
1. a) Calculate the safe load P to connect a bracket plate to the flange of a column as
shown in figure. Weld size is 6mm. 1121
/' 7
i
j!, l5cm
I
l vl2cm t, 7L
i 4 4
l'r
)
b) Explain laterally unrestrained peam and method of calculation of permissible

compressive stress in bending (os"). l8l
2. a) Design tension member using t'wo angle sections to carry a load of 250kN. Both
angles are connected on the same side of the gusset plate. [1 0]
b) Design frame connection between a beam section MB 400 and column section
SC 250 if the beam is to transmit end reaction of 180 ktl. n0l
3. Design a built up column to carry an axial load of 1500KN. The column is built up of
I-sections and battened together. The effective lengrh is 8m. [20]
4. Design the main section (i.e. web plate, flange plate and their connections and
stiffeners) of a plate girder to following data: [20]
Span of girder: 16m
External Dead load = 50kl.{/m
and live load:45 kN/m
5. a) Determine the safe axial load of a timber column having diameter 25cm and
length 4m. [1 0]
Permissible compressive stress = 1.06 kN/cm2

Young's modulus of elasticity :1270 KN/cm3
b) Explain method of calculating wind load in roof truss. u0l
{. *t
\ I
1
0'l TRIBHWAITIUNIVERSITY Exam. l{ rg tr l;r r
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE fdll}lrrlg IiID
Examination Control Division Pnogramme
BCE, BEL, BEX
mTfJlrtTlr! 32
BCT,BGE
2072 Ashwin Year/Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Engineering Economics (cE6s5)

{ Aui:mpt All question$.
r' Thefrgses inthe mwgi4 indicue Full Marls.
{ Asswne suitable daa if necessory.
fr
L Explain wtry the subject of engineering economics is important to Civil Engineer. t4l
2. What is difference betwee,n nominal and effective interest rate?
You deposit Rs. 1000 in your bank account. If the bank pays 4% simple interest, how
much will you accumulate in yorn account after l0 years? What if the bank pays
compound interest? Howmuch of your earnings will be interest on interest? t2+41
3. a) Calculate IRR fmm the cash flowand draw investnent diagram. t6I
Year 0 I 2 3 4 5
Cash Flow -800 250 300 400 -150 600
ofBCR ofa wittl details. I{ARR = 12Va t6I

Initial Investnent Annual Income Annual Cost UCenl fife Salvaee Value
Rs. 100000 Rs. 20000 at the Rs. 3000 at the l2 years 25000
end offirst year end offirst year
and increase by and increase by
5olo Oer Vear Rs. 500 Der vear
4. Select the best ERR method. Take MARR : l0Yo and e = ZV/o t6I
'-.'EOY+ 0 I 2 3 4 5 6
PROJECTA -64.000 29.000 30.200 31,000 31.000 26,000
PROJECTB -68.000 -4.000 39.200 38.000 38.000 38.000 38.000
PROJECTC -75.500 20.500 40.600 40.000 39.000 39.000 32.404
b)Co-terminating both at5 years and select the best project by modified BCR
(using AW formulation). Take Salvage Value of each project = l0%o of First Cost,
MARR = lSYo t6I
PROJECT First Cost Annual Benefits AnnualO&MCosts Useful Life
A Rs. I Rs. 6
5. a) An existing machine has market value of Rs. l000O and decreeses by Rs. 2000 fer .
year. Its operating eest Rs-2500 tr yea' I anrl increases by ^Qoy' e' h vear fo'4.
i'
)Ears. New machine costs Rs. 20000 now and its market value will decreases by
Rs.20% psr year for 4 years. Operating cost is Rs.l500 in first year and increase by
30Yo each year. Calculate equivalent uniform annual cost ofboth existing and new
machines. N{ARR = l|Yu Formulate the best replacement strategy if we need the
machiueforfouryersonly. [4+4+41
b) Define mutually exclusive projecl independent project and contige,nt project with
propercombinations. t41
6. a) A company produces an electronics timing switch that is used in consumer and
commercial products made by several other manufactr.uing firms. The fixed cost and
total cost re Rs. 40,000 and Rs. 85,000 respectively. The total sales are Rs. l;05,000
and sales vohmre is 15,000 for this situation. r t4I
i) Find the breakeven points in terms of nmrber of units
ii) What should be the output if the profit desired is Rs. 50,000?
l) Pnw sensitivity'chart using PW formulation of the following cash informations. It is
J desirdto evaluate tlre sensitivity of PW tot3}Yochanges on: t8I
l) Interest
ii) lnvestment
6000
5s00
4s00
2 3 4
7. a) Explain the general procedure for after tax economic analysis with suitable orarrple. t4l
b) Considering the foltofrng inftifrration, compute the annual depreciation and book
value of each year by (i) SL method (ii) DB method (iii) SOYD method and (iv)
Sinking fundmethod. u+2+3+21
Cost basis Salvase Value Useful Life MARR
$ 7.000 $ 2.000 5 years l0o/o
8. Choose the best fromthe altematives. t6l

I
Proiect Machine Machine
x Y
First Cost 15,00000 20.00000
Life 7 years 7 years
Salvaee Value 200000 300000
Annual oDerating and maintenance cost 300000 2s0000
Assume an average inflation of 5% for the next five years and interest rate is 15% lyexrr,
**t ru .l 1
I
!t,
U TRIBHWANTJNIVERSITY Exam. \cl llacli (2(166 & l.rttcr llrrtch)
INSTITUTE O-F ENGINEERING LeVel BE tr'ull Mrrks 80
BCE, BEL, BEX,
Examination Control Division Programme BCT. BGE
Pass llrlarks 32
2A72 Magh Year / Part m/u Time 3 hrs.
Subiect: - Engineering Economics (C8655)

! Thefigures in the margin indicate Fr4I Marks.
{ Assttme suitable data ifnecessry.
1. Define Engineering economics. Explain any three principles.of engineering economic

analysis. U+4I
2. . a) Define nominal and effective interest rates. If you deposit Rs 2000 per month for two
years, what will be the arnount at the end of five years if bank interest ruk 3o/o rn
every six month? [l+3]
b) Find the value of X if i : l0o/o t4I
1.
2000
I 7
3. a) What is MARR? E:<plain the factors affecting its determination. t3I

b) Cash flows of a project are as follows: Take MARR = IAYo
EOY--r 0 I 2 3 4 5
Cash inflory 0 500,000 560,000 620,000 680,000 740,000

Cash outflow -1000,000 100,000 200,000 300,000 400,000 500,000
D Evaluate tlre period = 3years). I l+2]

ii) Evaluate IRR (PW formulation) using linear interpolation and pEpare Uts both
in table & diagram. ls+z+zl
c._ Expldin the financial and economic analysis. lrl
4. a) Choose the best project among these alternatives using IR& if MARR = l2o/o and
study l0 l6l
Proiect A B D E
First Cost Rs. 20a0 r500 4000 3000
Annual Revenue Rs. 390 276 925 500
b) Determine both types of B/C ratio for the given project if interest rate is I l%. t7l
Investment: 10000
Amual benefit=4600
Annual cost: 3000
Salvage value = 2500
Life of proiect: 8 years
lA-
5. a) Explain the required assumption and decision framework for replacement analysis
when required service life is long. t41
b) An old machine can sell it now for $5,000. If repaired now, can be used for another 6
years. It will require an immediate $1,200 for overhaul to restore it to operable
condition. Futuxe market values are expected to decline by 25% each year over the
previous year's value. Operating costs are estimated at $2,000 dudng the first year and
these are expected to increase by $1,500 per year thereafter. Determine economic
service life of this machine. I8l
6. Perform sensitivity analysis by IRR using FW formulation (with increment of l07o) over
a of t30% in useful life and MARR. Take MARR= l0%. t8I
PROJECT First Cost Annual Annual Salvage Value Useful Life
Benefits Expenses
A Rs.3,00,000 Rs.1,50,000 Rs.25,000 I0% of First l0 years

Cost
7. a) What are the purpose of depreciation calculation? Compute the annual depreciation
allowances and the resulting book value using the double declining balance method
with Switch over to sEaight line method. Cost of asset: Rs 1,00,000, Useful life = 5
years, Salvage Value : 20,000. [1+s]
b) A machine is expected to cost Rs. 5,00,000 and will generate revenue of Rs 1,50,000
p€r year for five years. Its salvage value is Rs 2,00,000. Calculate after tax cash flow
and corresponding NPV if tax rate is 30% and depreciation is on sum of year digit
method. MARR: l5Yo t6l
8. Explain any two reasons for inflation and compute the equivalent present worth using
deflation method. 12+41
EOY-+ 0 I 2 3 4 5
Castr inflow 7
Cash outflow -1
Given cash flow are in Actual Dollars. Take f = 5o/o andi= l}Yo
*!t*
r
) t-
II4 TRIBHWA}.II.'NTVERSITY Erem. l{ t'g tt I rr l'

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level l3Ig X'ull llflerks EO
BCE, BEL, BEX
Examination Control Division Programme BCT.BGE
Pass Merks 32
2072 Ashwin Year/Part il/II fime 3 hrs.
Sabject: Economics (CE655)

{ Attimpt&,questions.
/ Thefigres in the margin indicate Full Marks.
l. wtry the subject of engineering economics is important to Civil Engineer. t4l

is difference between nominal and effective interest rate?
You deposit Rs. 1000 in your bank account. If the bank pays 4% simple interest, how
much will you accumulate in your account after l0 years? What if the bank pays
of your earnings will be interest on interest? t2+41
cash flow and draw investnent balance diagram. t6I
Year 0 I 2 3 4 5
Cash Flow -800 250 300 400 -150 500
both ofBCR ofa with details.I\{ARR = l2%o t6l

kiltial Investnent Annual Income Annual Cost vase Value
Rs.100000 Rs.20000 at'the Rs. 3000 at the t2 yeani 25000
end offirst year end offirst year
and increase by and increase by L
5o/o Rs.500
l
4. ERRmethod- Take = l0%o ande =2U/o t6I
EOY+ 0 I 2 3 4 5 6
PROJECTA -64.000 26,200 29.000 30,200 31.000 31.000 26,000
PROJECTB -4.000 38.000 38.000 4
I
PROJECTC -75.500 20.s00 40,600 40,000 39.000 32.4W
Co-terminating both project at 5 years and select the best project by modified BCR
(using AW formulation). Take Salv4ge Value of each project -
l09/o of First Cost,
= l1Yo t6I
PROIECT First Cost Annual Benefits AnnualO&MCosts Usefirl Life
A Rs.4.00.000 Rs. 175.000 Rs.25.000 6 vears
B Rs.7-00.000 Rs.250,000 Rs.35,000 8 years
5. a) An existing machine has market value of Rs. 10000 and decreases by Rs. 2000 per
year. Its operating cost is Rs. 2500 in year I and increasesby ZV/o each year for 4
years. New machine costs Rs. 20000 now and its market value will decreases by
Rs.20% per year for 4 years. Operating cost is Rs.1500 in first year and inoease by
30% each year. Calculate equivalent uniform annual cost ofboth existing and new
machines. MARR = lSVo. Forrrulate the best replacement stategy if we need the
FacAke
for four years only. t4+4+41
.\'// Define muttrally exclusive projecl independent project and contigent project with
proper combinations t4l
Ju
6. a) A company pmduces an electonics timing $ilitch that is used in consumet and

'
commercial products made by several other manufacuring firms. The lixed cost and
total cost are Rs. 40,000 and Rs. 85,000 respectively. The total sales are Rs. 1;05,000
and sales volume is 15,000 for this situation. ' o t4I
i) Find the breakeven points in terrrs of number of units
ii) What should be the output if the profit desired is Rs. 50,000?
b) Draw sensitivity chart using PW formulation of &e following castr informations. It is
desired to evaluate ttre sensitivity of PW to t30% changes on: tS]
i) Interest
ii) trnvestment
6000
5500
4500
23 4
7 . a) the general procedure for after ta:r economic analysis with suitable orample. t4l
\Xn
-vQzConsidering the following information, compute the annual depreciation and book
vahe of each year bV (D SL method (ii) DB method (iii) SOYD mettrod and (iv)
Sinking fund method. u+2+3+21
Cost basis Salvase Value Useful Life MARR
$ 7.000 $ 2.000 5 years lV/o
the best from the alternatives. t6l
Proiect Machine Machine
x Y
First Cost 15.00000 20.00000
Life 7 years 7 years
Salvage Value 200000 300000
Annual operating and maintenance cost 300000 250000
Assume an average inflation of 5% for the next five years and interest rate is l1Yo I yea.
'**+
I
07 TRIBHW{I{I.JNryERSITY L Exam. Nor Ilrrcli (2{16(r.t l-uttr I}ate lr)
1 INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Morks 80
. 1
Examination Control Division Programme BCE PasgMarlg 32
2072 Magh Year / Part m/u Time 3 hn.
Subject: - Irrigation and Drainage Engineering (C8654)

{ TheJigl)res in the mmgin indicate Fult Marks.
l. A farmer with his 40 m x 40 m plot plans to irrigate his field using 4 sprinklers having a
throw distance as 10 m and each placed 20 mapart. Prepare a sketch of wetting pattem of l
I
these sprinklers. Write your conrments on the moishue pattem and suggest measure to l
required.
. improve it if t5I
I
2. a) How to determine the design capacity of a canal. t3]

i
b) Wittr the following data: FC = 3504, PWP : lTYo root depth = 70 'crn,
I
i
I
i
Soil density 1.4 gmlc*, ET.:9 mrn/day, RAM: 70%o ANIC, application efficiency t
:85o/o, conveyance loss and distribution loss 20% where the abbreviations have their
usuel meanings. Calculate:
(i) Available moisture content (ii) Readily available moishue content (iii) Depth of
inigation at the outlet of the field (iv) Inigation interval and (v) Depth of inigation
water required at the headwork. tsl
3. Drawing a neat sketctq show the major components of an inigation systern from
headworks to comrnand area. [51
4. a) A eanal is to be designed to carry a diScharge of32 cumecs. The beds slope is kept I
in 1500. The soil is coume alluvium having a grain size of 30 mm. Assuming the
canal is trapezoidal and to be unlined with unprotected banks. Determine a suitable
section for the canal. Assume 0 = 37" tsl
b) Using Lacey's regime equations prove that R = 1.35 (q'lD'o' Where, R: hydraulic
mean radius, q: discharge per unit wetted perimeter and f : silt factor. ts]
5. a) Drawing a neat skach of an inigation headworks, draw a longitudinal section through
a head regulator showing upsfream floor, regulator gates; energy dissipaters and
protection works. [3+3J
b) A section of a hydraulic structrue is shown in figrre below, calculate the average
hydraulic gradient. Also find the uplift pressunes at points A, B, C, and D. Find the
thickness of the floor at these points. Take G:2.24 t6I
t
5m
8m r+ D T
t 10m
m
I
m
m
30m 4
L
6. Write various methods of river tainings. Discuss with necessary sketch, the types of
spurs used for river haining works. [3+s]
7. a) Making a suitable sketch compute the minimum water level required in the
distributary to convey a flow as 50 lps through a -10 m long, free-discharging pipe
ouflet (n : 0.016) of 20 cm dia to a water course with FSL at 100.0m [1+4]
b) Drawing a definition sketch, desjgn a vertical drop in a 10 m wide canal (side slope
l:l) discharging a flow as 20 m3is. The canal bed level upstream and downstream is
102 m and 100 m respectively, whereas the FSL upstream and downsfieam is 105 m
nd )}fuespectively. Determine design leve1, length of cistem and upstearn
floor lenglh using Bligh's safe hydraulic gradient as ll8. [1+6]
8. Wh"lD# B" ,*io* types of cross drainage works? Draw the section of canal
") syphon. 12+21
b) Design a suitable cross drainage (water way, bed levels of different section and design
of uansitions) works if the following data at the crossing of a canal and drainage are
given. t6I
Canal
Q = 40 m3ls, Bed width: 30 m, FSD of canal : 1.6 m, Bed level :206.4 m, Side
slope = I %H:\Y
Drainagg
Q = 45 m3/s, HFL =207 m,Bed level =204.5 m, General ground level = 206.50 m
9. Explain all steps required to arrive design dischmge of a drainage canal in irrig'ated paddy
field. ll0l
rr**
,l
I
VI TRIBTIUVA}.ITJMVERSITY Exem. l{e urr l:r r'
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING LeVel BE Fulllt&rla 80
Examination Control Division Programme BCE PqEEMrrks 32

2072 Ashwin Year/Part m/u Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Irrigation and Drainage Engineering (C8654)

r'
I
I
Candidates are required to give tlreir answers in their own words as frr as practicable.
r' AttemptALquestions. t
.i
{ Theligwes intlrc marginindicate FullMarks.

{ Assume suitable data tf rccessary.
I
I
l
1. Nepal.
Discuss the status of irrigation in t5I
I
2. a) Explain about soil-moisture-inigation relationship.

!
t3l
I
b) Tlrre€ disributories are used for inigation. The details are glven below. Find which I
one is more efficient. tsI I
Distributarv-l Distributarv-2 Distributarv-3

Discharee 15 m'/s 20m'ls 25 m'A
c.c.A 15.000 ha 25.000 ha 30.000 ha
Intensitv of inieation 6ff/o 80o/o SV/o
Base neriod 200 davs (cotton croo) 120 davs fwheat croo) 365 davs (susarcane)
3. An inigationchannel has a bottom width 8 m and side slopes of l.5H: lV in cutting and
2H:lV in filing. The width of the crest of bank is 2 m and its height above th? ground
Ievel is 3m. Compute the balancing depth and draw a neat x-section of the canal
illustrating the various dimensions aud level it. 13+21
4. a) A canal has to be designed to carry a design discharge as 50 m3/s. The slope ofthe
canal is l:1000 and passes through medium with mean particles as 50 rnm. Assuming
a trapezoidal section, determine the stable depth of the canal assuming angle of repose
ofcanal bed/side particles as 36o. t5l
b) Design a stable irrigation canal carrying a discharge of 50 m3/s, which passes tbrough
\i
alluvium (drnean:0.50 mm). fhaw a sketch of the designed
\ \<1a\!1
section. tsl
5. a) An inigation banage hds to Li designed to pass a flood of 10,000 m3ls, through
alluvium media (median dia of particles = 0.33 mm). Ttre flood level, pond level and
downstam floor level arc 207.0 mr2A4 m and 198.0 m respectively. If the safe exit
gradient is 1/6, compute minimum total impervious floor length required to safeguard
the s0ucture from piping. Prepare a conceptual section of the designed structure.
[7+U
b) What are slit ejectors and slit e>rcluders in irrigation sysrem? Write their design
principles. t4I
6. a) Explain with sketch how spur assist in river contol work. t3I
b) Design the length, radius of curved head, length and thickness of launching apron of a
" guide brmd to train a river with the following data t5l
IhsisrFroodDischarse;l;fdH*'
fJ:,:ffi,flHfrmateriar,;.1t*f,"
I.
-. -/r=-
tl
7. a) Explainthe working pnncrple of non-modular and semi modular outl*. What are the
requirerrents of a good module? 12+21
b) Desjgn the crest and cistern of a vertical drop structure for tbe data given below. tSl
Eisch$ge -4S 'outrrcc, Bcd lcvcl u/s 105.O0, side slopi of channel = I:i, bcd tarei alq
- ! 16.5, FSL n/s =.106.5'
'Uea wiaqr rrl,s rqd d/s 3.0m Top witlth of cresl10,?5m (fq initid,assmption), cd
= , = 0.41 , ' _
8. Follor*ing data are obtained at the qossing of a canal and drainage tl0]
Cd[d Dria
.DisqliaBp:'50curircc, Full supply depth : l6m,' Bcd wi.&h: 35m; Bed level : 210.3rr, Side slope : I.SII:IV
f,hainacc Data
ffiffi[ffi+*UtW;,rffiL ':r3t"I';0*n, Eed level i 2pE.5m, Ger-reral.,g$p$"lgy.gk*2lpfm

Dasipi thc &ainage watcrway, canal wat€rstry urd find thc botl lcvcls'ard FSL d ftnn.dfuent scctions dthG
9. Explain in details the procedures of designing drainage canals in inigated paddy fields. t10l
t+*
3.-+-' i .--h-*:l
-*'
t=
-'* ln' t \, L
d.*)
-.rl.
t
U2 TRIBHWA}.IUMVERSITY t9 Exam. llt tlrr Irr r'
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING LeVel BE FullMarls t:fil
BCE" BME, BIE
Examination Control Division Programne BGE Pass lUsrki'' 32
2072 Ashwin Year / Part m/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Communication English (SH6;I)

{ Theligpres in the margin indicate Full Marks
l. Editthe followingtext: tsl

A husband and wife were having problems and decided to end their union after a very
short time together. After a brief attempt to reconcile, the couple went to court to finalize
theirbreakup. t.
The judge asked the husband, what had brought you to this point, where you're unable to
keep this maniage together.
The husband replied,

uln the six weeks we have been together, we have not been able
to
agree on a single ttlink"
seven weeks ihe wife said.
2. Read the following text and interpret its meaning in your own language: t5l
For half of the day we are slave to necessities rl&ich we cannot shirk, whether we ane
monarchs with a thousiurd servantior humbF hborers with no savants but their wives.
And the wiveiTrust undertake the additional heavy slavery of child-bearing if the world
is still to be peopled. These naturaljobs cannot be shirked. Bqt they involve otherjobs
wttich can. As we mrrst eat we must,first provide food; as we must sleep we.rdust have
beds-and bedding in liriuses with fireplaces and coals; now. fodd aild houses and clothes
can 5e produced by human labo#. If you are too-lazy to get about from place to place on
your own legs, you can make a slave of a horse. And what you do to a horse, you can also
do to a man or a woman or a child if you can get the upper hand of them by force or frard
ortickery ofany sort.
3. After reading the test given below carefully, make notes and write summary of it: [5+5]-
'We
can alte5 the. characteristics of. steel. irr't ario.r" wa)ts. I! the first place,
which aontains very little carbon will be niW6 thanstqelwhich coutains
^steel
x higher percentage of car-boa, up to the limit of about 1[o/o. Secoadly, rre can
*eat the steel a 8nd thendlowitfiool at
rates. At to teke place in the
-molegular structure of the 1[c heat
thesteel ternPerahire and Thie
eausei the metal to arad nuth easier to
Annealing'ihas a second. a&antage. It helps. to relieve any interaal stresses
frhich orist in the metal. These stresses are liable to occur through harnnering
6rworLingthe metal, or.through rapid cooling. Metal whichwe causeto cool
;apidly contracts ,norc ro?idly oo the outside that on theinside. This produces
pnequal corltractions, which may give rise to distortion or cracking. Met I
fhich cools slowly is less lifrle to have these internal stresses tlwt a*alwhich
pools quickly.
.$}+Dt
vP
. On the other hand, we can *I!Ir., k$""!v.qprd cooling. Wp hqt g up. '
. [eyond the critical temperature, and thea quench it in water or some ot]her
't!q,ria. The rapid tempera&ire drop fixes the stntctural.change in the steel
which occtrrred at the critical temperattire, aad makes it very hard. But a ber
5t tt is hardened steel is more liabte to frarlure-llultt-rnrotma! steel We therefore
beat it agai4 to a temperatute bilow the critical temperaturg and cool it
stowly. This treatment is called It helps to relieve the intern"el
ptresses, and makes the steel less btittki thqt before, The'properties of tem-.
pered steel eaable us to use it in the manufacture of tools which need a fairly
(@
bardsteel. Highcarboosteelis lrudcrthot.tenperedsteel, butitis rarchnorc.
diftait to work.
These heat trp+@ents take place druiAg the nariorrs sheping operations. ( @xf
We can obtqin hars arrd sheets of sleel by rolling &e rnetal thrquSh hugerolls
in a rolling-mill. The roll pressures must be mtuhgreater for cold to.fritgtlrun
tlp
for hot rolling, but cold rolling eaables the operatois to produee rolls of}r_*t
4.
scpuracy and uniformitn and with a better surface finish- Othec shaping
operations include drawine iato wire. casting in rnoulds, and forgins
Answer any two of the following question:
%
[2xs]
a) How are the cables for a suspension bridge constructed? (Suspension Bridges)
b) What do you mean by 'a sense of proportion'? (Knowledge and Wisdom)
c) What lesson can we learn from the text 'How much land does a man need'?
5. Choosethe correct words from the bracketi: [0.5x10]
i) lvlanyaflower bomtoblushunseen. Gx ure)
ii) Every boy and every girl ........ given swcets. 62rrye1
iii) He is absent .......... the class. (from, in)
iv) Steel ismade........ iron. (of, from)
v) I saw him ....... the race. (win, to win)
vi) If he comes to me, I ..... him. (help, would help)
vii)If one buys a car, it ...... money (cost, costs)
viii) New houses ......... up every where. (go, are going)
t
ix) His words are strongly .......... on my memory. (impressed impr_essing)
to)
x) I should be ......... (listened at, list€ned '-'? c'z
6. Put the following information into APA and MLA styles of citation. t41
Name of the book - Reading Through the Language Arts
Authoy's name - Angela M.Ridsdale
Publistrer * Thomas Nelson (Austalia) Limited
Publishing place - Austalia
Year ofpublication - 1973
7. Investing all the necessary deails, draft a notice with a foru point agelrda for the 206
meeting of a local youth club regarding establishment of library for thelocality. ts]
8. As the chief contractor of a hydro-power project launched in one of the remote sites, write
the second quarterly progress report in memo format. t6]
9. \4'rite a to be submitted to the Chief Engineer, Deparfrnent of Roads on
proposal*
contolling the pund pollution of the Kathmandu valley. Prepare only the title page,
abstractand conclusion parts ofthe proposal. [0]
10. Write a short research article in about 500 words on the importance of English for the
engineering students in our country, Nepal. tl0]
&. I L Supposing that you are the chief Engineer of a suspension bridge constnrction project in
your local area which is nearing completion, write abstract, discussion, conclusion and
recornmendatioa of your report. [0]
/'-
Erem. [{t'gtrlrtr
INSTTTUTE OF ENGINEERING / IJvGI BE FdlMrda [t0
Examination Control Division Pnogrrnme BCE PrsE nf,lrlrr 12
2072 Ashwin Yerr /Prrt m/II Tiue 3 hrs.
Subject :' Sanitary Engineering (CE6 5 6)

{ AnemptAllquestions.
{ Thefigms inthe margtn indicate Fall Mails.
{ Assune suitable data if necessary.
,/
v/ fn"environment is getting wome day by day due to insanitation ispecially in some urban
area of Nepat. In this'context ctrplain the imporlance of wastewater and solid waste
fanagement to solve these environment problers. t4l
Calculare the desigr discharge for a sewer from the following data: l4I
-)/
Projected population = 75,000
Area= Skmz
Rate of Ws = 100 lpcd
Permeability factor = 60%
Rainfall dr:ration = 15 minutes
Time of flow = 15 minutes
Time of entry = 5 minutes
Assurae that 80e/o supplied water converted as wastewater and maximum demand is 3
times average demand.
various types of pipe materials used in sewer line. Describe them with merits and
\'/TAi"tthe
demerits. t8I
-v4./\litha neat sketch, describe the purpose, features and constnrction of Automatic flustring
device used in sewerage system. t41
S.3Ytrpl $eexamination of wastewater is necessary? How wastewater sampling is done? t4I
foltowing observations werp made on 5% dilution of a sewage sample. The DO
\-/,Y"m"
of blank is 5 mg/L. The DO of diluted sarnple after 5 days and incubation at.20"C is I
mg/L. Calculate BODs and ultimate BOD of sample. Assume the DO of original
/ wryle 0.5 mg/L. t4l
y' A town is discharging sewage of 300 literVsecond in the river having discharge of 1300
V liters/second and a velocity of 48 knlday. The BODs of sewage and river water arc
400mgfi and 4mgA respectively. The DO of sewage sample is nit. D.O. in the river water
is 80% of the saturation value. Temperatr:re of both sewage and river water is 20'C. The
safuration DO at 20oC is 9.17 mg,I.. Assume K1 = 0.1/day and Kz = O.4lday (both with
ba.se Calculate the critical DO deficit. t8I
7. a) do you understand by suspended growth and attached growth process in
treatnent? Explain in detail &e principles of biologicaf wastewater
t8l
effluent &om PST is applied to a standard rate tickling filter at the rate of 4 MLD
having a settled sewage BOD of 180 mg/L. Determine the depth and volume of the
filter considenqg Gydraulic) surface loading of 2000 liter/m2 day and organic loading
of 150 garr/noi day. Also determine the efficiency of the filter using NRC equation t8l
c) A activated sludge system is to be used for secondary treatnent of 10,000 m3/day of
municipal wastewater. After primary clarification, the BOD is 250mgn and is desired
to have not more than 50 mgll of soluble BOD in the effluent. A completely mixed
reactor is to be used. MLSS concentration is of 3000 mg/I. Determine: t8I
i) The volume of reactor
ii) Detention time
iii) The recycle ratio
(
8. a) Describethevariousstagesofsludgedigestion. t4]
b) Determine the volume of sludge produced in a sewage sedimentation tank fiom the
following data: t4].
Flow rate: 10 million literVday
Suspended solids content in raw sevvage =250mgll
Sedimentation tank rcmove.s 60% of suspended solids
Specific gravity of sludge = 1.02
Moisture content of sludge = 95Vo
,/
9.4desigl a se,ptic tank and soak pit for 10 number of users of a house at a place where
t/ innfation capacity of soil is 85 liters'per square meter per day. The peak sewage flow
rate 80 and the septic tank is cleaned at an interval of 2 years. The gromd water
6m belowthe groud level. t8l
incineration of solid waste with its merits and demerits. t4I
+*+
i
07 TRIBHUVAN TJNIVERSITY Exam llucli
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Msrks ir,l
Exsmination Control Division P+ogramnre BCE PassMarks 32

2075 Baisakh Year / Part III /II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Irrigation and Drainage Engirceing (CE654)

r' Candidales are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
/ Attempt 4!! questions.
/ The figures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
l. a) Explain GCA, CCA, NCA, Cropping Intensity and Cropping Pattem. tsl
b) Write down the steps for calculating irrigation requirement for Rice crop. [4 l
c) The field capacity of soil is 4002, Permanent wilting point is 20%, Density of soil is
l.2gmlcc, effective root depth is 90cm, ET crop is l0mm/day. Calculate the irrigation
interval (IR) if the readily available moisture (RAM) is 75% of available soil moisture
capacity and show AMC, RAM and irrigation interval on graph of Available moisture
and time. [s+21
i. a) Write down the concept of Keruredy arrd Lacey'i Sih Theory. t8l
b) Proofusing Lacey's Theory that p = 4.75 (Q)0 5
t4I
c) Design a canal using Lacey's Theory carrying a discharge of 20 cumec, silt factor =
1.5 and side slope is 0.5:1(H:V) t4l
3. a) Write down the cause and effects of water logging. Also explain method of
reclamation of water logged area. t61
b) Derive the expression for subsurface drainage spacing. t5I
c) Explain different types ofoutlets used in irrigation projects. t5I
4. a) Neatly sketch a guide bund-and design the following components ofa guide bund for
a river discharge of4000 m'ls and silt factor l l. t8l
(i) length of guide bund
(ii) thickness of pitching
(iii)width of launching apron
(iv)depth of launching apron
b) Explain different level of plannilg in irrigation projects, also explain different types
of maintenance in inigation projects. t8l
5. Write short noles: l4x4l
a) Irrigalion Developmentin Nepal
b) Types of Irrigation Method
c) Different types ofcross Drainage works
d) Differenllypes.of Fall structures
*'t'*
; :i.
t
JB
06 TRIBHUVAN T',NIVERSITY Erlm I lrrrl.
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEFRING, kvel BE Full Markr l0
2075 Baisrkh Year / Part III/T Tlme 3 hrs.
(cE6s6)
r' Candidates are rgqxired tp giyg thpir 4rlswgts !n thpir own words as far as pragtipable,
r' A empt All, queitions,
{ Theligtres tn the m$sin lndicate fl!l!!Eb.
{ Assume suilable data i/necessary-
l Describe the methods used in the managemenl of wastewater and solid waste producing
from a locality. t5l
2. Describe the method of estimating quantity of scwage for a city in Nepal in detail. t6l
3. Determine the size of combined circular sewer for a discharge of 1.5 m3/s running half
full. Assume a gradient of I in 2000 and Manning's mgosity coefficient N = 0.013
(Constant for all Flows). In the dry season if the flow drops to 0.50 m3/sec; does the flow
maintain desired selfcleaning velocity of 0.60n:/sec. t8l
4. Define marfiole. Explain the constructibn ofrnanhole with the help ofneat sketch. lr +41
5.5mI ofa sewage sample taken under the Thapathali bridge of Bagmati river was pipened
into a 300 ml capacity BOD bottle which was then completely filled with dilution water.
The DO concentration of this mixture is tested and found lobe9.2 mgfl. Now it is kept in
the incubator maintained at 25oC for a period of 7 days. The DO concentration afler
incubation is found to bc 5.3 mg/!. Adopting base l0 value of K as 0.1/d, delermine the 4
day BOD of sewage at 30'C in Bagrnati river at thal pa icular location. t8l
6. A city discharges sewage at the rate of 1200 Vs, inlo a str€arn whose minimum flow is
5000 liters/sec, the temperature of both being 20"C. The 5 day BOD at 20oC for sewage
is 160rng/t and that of river water is 2mf. The DO Content of sewage is zero while that
of stream is 90% of the saturation DO. Find out the degree of treatment required if the
minimum DO to be maintained in the stream is 4 mgllit. Aszume deoxygenation
coefficient as 0.10 ftase l0) and re-oxygenation coefficient as 0.30 ftase l0). Given
saturation DO at 20"C as 9.17 mg/lit. t8l
7. What is a grit chamber? Why do a sewage t eatment plant need grit chamber? Enlist the
considerations adopted in the design ofgrit chamber. [+2+5]
8. Determine the size a high rate trickling filter for the following data: tl0]
Sewage flow=5 Mld
BOD of raw sewa ge = 250 mgll
BOD removal in primary clarifier = 30%
Final effluent BOD desired = 30 mg/l
9. Design a sludge digestion tank 10 treat siudge of primary sedimentation tank ftom the
following data: tSl
a) Average flow ofthe sewage = 6.5 MLD
b) Total suspended solids in raw sewage = 250 mg/l
c) Water content of fresh sludge = 95%
d) Water content ofdigested sludge = 85%
e) Specific gravity ofsludge = L02
f) :
Digestion period 2 months
g) Primary settling rank removes 55oZ ofsuspended solids
10. Design vlP latrine and septic tan-k for a family of l0 users. The detenlion time for sepric
tank is 24 hr. Sludge is cleared in every three yeaff. tgl
ll. Explain sanitary land fillins methnd fnr rlic-^"-t ^tn^li)"--'''
--i-
06 TRJBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Eram. Ilrrt l.
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level lili if,lTil
Examination Control Division Progr4mme BCE Pasr Mrrkr 12

2075 Bgisakh Yesr / Part u/II. Tlmc 3 h$.
r' Casdidstgs are rgqrired ta giye thsir e4swp-rs in lhe! olvn wor.ds as far ac pnqtiaeble.
r' Aflempt All gue$ions,
r'
.
IheJigures tn the margin lndlcate *l$gfu.

{ Assume sultable data {necessary.
l. Describe the methods used in the management of wastewato and solid waste producing
from a locality. ts]
2. Describe the method of estimating quantity of seruage for a city in Nepal in detail. t6I
3. Detemtine the size of combined circular scwer for a discharge of 1.5 m3/s running half
I
full. Assume a gpadient of in 2000 and Manning's rugosity coefficient N = 0.013
(Constant for all FIOws). In the dry season ifthe flow drops to 0.50 mlsec, does the flow
maintain desired self cleaning velocity of 0.60m/sec. t81
4. Define manhole. Explain the constructibn of manholewith the help of neat sketch. II +4]
5. 5 ml of a sewage sample taken under the Thapathali bridge of Bagmati river was pipefled
into a 300 ml capacity BOD bottle which was then completely filled with dilution warcr.
The DO concentration of this mixtue is tested and found to be 92 mfl. Now it is kept in
the inoubator maintained at 25oC for a period of 7 days. The DO concenbatior afler-
incubation is found tobe 5.3 mgA-,4'doptirCbase t0value of K as 0.1/d, determine the 4
day BOD of sewage at 30oC in Bagrnati river at that particular location. I8l
6. A city discharges sewage at the rate of 1200 Vs, into a strearn whose minimum flow is
5000 liters/sec, the temperature of both being 20"C. Tht 5 day BOD at 20oC for sewage
is l6&nl and Orat of river water is 2ml. The DO Conteot of sewage is zero while that
of stream is 90% of the saturation DG Find out the degee of heatnent required if the
minimum DO to be maintained in the stream is 4 mgnit. Assume deoxygenation
coefficient as 0.10 (base l0) and re-oxygenatioo coellicient as 0.30 ftase l0). Given
satuation DO at 20"C as 9.17 mg/lit.
tgl
7' what is a grit chamber? why do a sewage teatnent plaut need grit chamber? Enlist lhe
considerations adopted in the design of git chamber.
U+2+5I
8. Determine the size a high rate trickling filter for the folowing data: tlOl
Sewageflow=5Mld
BOD of raw sewageF 250 rr'g/,
BOD rernoval in primary clarifier = 30%
Final eIlluent BOD desired = 30 mg/l
9. P::igl a sludge digestion tank ro treat siudge of primary sed.imentation rank
fiom the
a) Average flow of the sewage = 6.5 MLD

b) Total suspended solids in raw sewage = 250 ml
c) Water contenl of fresh sludge = 95%
d) Water content ofdigested sludge = 85%
e) Specific gravity of sludge = L02
f)
Digestion period = 2 months
g)
Primary settling tank removes 55% ofsuspended solids
- 10. Design_vlP latdne and seplic rank for a family of l0 users. The detention
time for septic
taak is 24 hr. Sludge is cleaned in every tlree years. lgl
I. Explain sanitary land fillins nrethod fnr dicnôor
^J.-^rir .,.--.-
I
02 TRIBHUVANT'NIVERSITY Errm, B:rck
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING L.vcl BE Fnll Mrrk3 In
Examination Control Division. Programme BCE BGE BME. BTE Pf,ts Mrrks 32
2075 Beisekh Yerr/ Prit arm TilnC 3 hrs.
Subjecl: - Communication English (sfl651)

r' Candidates arc requircd lo givc their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
r' A emp, quesrions,
/ The figres in thenargin indicate fg!![gfu
/ Asswne suitable data i/ necessary.
1. tditthe text given below: 151
]f you donot aclnowledge weakness on the Iace o, troubles and irrou retuse to worry aboul
your problems, you will tind on how much more successlul, peacelul, and happy you are. Daily
malethis atlirmatioo. I willbe neither lazy nor feverishly a ctive in everychallenge ol lite I shall
do my best withour worry about the luture.
2. Read tbE ,ollowing text carefully and interpret it so as to make themeanlng clear: t5l
The planet on which man lives is the third closist to the sun, withthe third shortest orbit. tt also
hassomething none ofthe others ha5. analmosphere that can support lif€ in allthe manifold
lormsthat erist on our planet. There maybe satellites circling other stars in other pans otthe
universe, whlch have the right ingredients for some son of life to evolve, but lhe eanh i5 the
olly one in the solarsystem.
3. Study the tolowing text carefully. Prepare itr note and then wtite a summary. 15+51
Men haw never Jucceeded in keeplng free Irom war in the past. Nor are they likeVto do so in
lhe future; as lont as they are organlzed in separale nation statet each of which is h conlrol ot
its own army, navy and air force and each of which is, theretore, to conlrolthe government
believes, however, wrongly that he can obtain an advantaEe lor himselt and his colntry, Only
some lorm ot world Bovernment, which controls all the world's armed forres .nd against which
nosintle nation or Broup of nations could wate war since they would not have the wherewithal
to do so, can finally save the wo.ld from war.
Secondly, science, by accelerating man3Jpeed of morement, has made the world a single
whole. Hence any war which breaks out anywhere wllldestroythe whgle qf civilization ,nd not
merevlhe pa.t arfected by the war, as has been the case in lh€ past- That is why the new
powers conferred upon man by science incteaslngly demand iworld government if they are not
to result ln man s destructlon.
4. Ansr,yer any lwo o, the following: [5+51
a, Can lhe problem be sol../ed by killing the leader o, any terrorisl group? Justiry your answet
with reference toihe texl Mother of a Traitor. {The Mother of a Traitor)
b. ls love always limited to husband and wife? Answer with r€ference to the ten 'The tady
with the Pet DoB'.
c, What is chain rea(tion andhow does it rupport the Einstein's theory? (Chain Reaction)
5. Choose the correct words from lhe bnckels: I0.5xf0--51

a. Two third of our workers -....-.in the suburbs. (live/lives)
b. The number ol board members ...-...very small. (is/are)
c. fhe chief competitor, ai well as ourselves......prices this summer- (are obliged to raise/is
obliged to nise)
d. We met him immediately after the session in which he .-.....-. a nice speech. lhad been
given/had given)
e. lI neither of them ............it is not at all advisable to invest further. (is to be trusted/are to be
trusted)
,*q
f. Don't touch that door as it ;.......(had lust been painted/has rust bean piintedl
. g. The distfct collector ......... the priz'es to the winners at rhe end of the functlon. (gave uP/
tave awayl
. h; --.:; realized tfie narw3otthejolearsf++fvould nothave acciptid it. (ifl wouldJrrve/
hadlI
' i. The passlve ol "Your honesty has pleased me.' ls-,-..,. (l have been pleased with your
honesty. / I have been pleased by yout honesty.)
J. The passive of "8ut, I will meet her." ls -,,. (But, she will be met by me. / k ls reasoned that
- she will meet me.)
5. Compose the tollowint biblioltaphlc ref€/€nces r'nto MLA and APA 141
a. Berlin:/oldham publishers/201?/Muller, G./Grdb traphlc analysis and diagnojis
technlques/
b. Pathalr R. /2010 / Mumbai:/tortune publuirers/Biomediol CFD/ :
7. lnventint neces3ary deiail! write a notice with four point a8enda for the forthcoming sirth
meeting ofyos organlzatlon. t5l
8. Suppose you are the chief consultant oI (ulekhanl hydropower maintenance prorect. Write a
. progtess report ln mcmo format. t5l
9. Assume that you arb asled to prepare a final report of Tribhuvan Highway expansion project
' that you have handled. Write lntroduction, obiectives, methodology, and conclusion parts of
. yourrepod [10] .
10. fusumethat you are requested to write a proposal on Resdrve Water Tank ln Mahalaxmi
. Municipatity. Write the title paBe, abstract, stateme$ ofproblem and cost maiatemeht irarts
of your pri:posal. [10]
-- lf; Wdte a short researcharticlrirabout500 wudsan the 'Efriciency ln English forleclmical
writiry and Presentation.' llol .
)o
05 TRIBHUVAN TJNIVERSITY Exam. l:tr'
IN STITUTE OF ENG INEERIN G +E Full Marks 60
2074 Bhadra Year / Part ut/!t Time 3 hrs
Subject: - Building Teclnology (CE652)

r' Candidates are required to give their answers in their ou,n rvords as far as practicable.
/ Artempt 4!questioru.
/ Thefigures i*the margin indicate Mar*s.
l. a) Explain moisture movement through Building Cornponent. Describe the methods ro

stop moisture entering to a building? t8l
b) What do you mean by thermal comlort for the building purpose? Explain its
classification with appropriate examples. t8l
OR
Illusrrate the requirements of lighting in the building. What are rhe principle for the
site selection and planning?
2. a) Describe the faclor affecting the design of foundarion. How can we improve rhe
bearing capacity of soil? t8l
b) What kind of member is queen post truss? Draw a queen post truss explaining their
elemenl's funclion. t8I
OR
Define the terms scaffolding, underpinning and shoring. Explain the methods to carry
out underpinning work.
3. a) Explain the general parts and terms used in door and rvindorv with necessary diagram.
Define casement, awning and hopper window. t8l
b) Design a suitable staircase for public building in a hall of size 5.50 m + 7.50 m. The
vertical clear distance belween floor is 3.5 m and the RCC slab thickness in I50 mm.
(assume any necessary criteria, ifrequired). t81
4. a) How earthquake protection can be achieved for a load bearing masonry building?
What are the factors to be considered for improving Building for seismic safety? t8l
b) What are the various techniques ofretrofitting? Why retrofitting in existing building
is important? t8l
5. Write short noles on: (Any four) [4x4]
a) Form works
b) Causes ofcracks in Building
c) Cladding materials for wall
d) Ran water harvesting
e) Floor and wall tiles
1) Mortars used in plastering w'ones
I
Eram. llarl.
INSTITUIE OF ENGINEERING. - -Levci BE Full Mar-ks 80
-Examination Control Division Programme BCE PessMsrks 32

2075 Baisakh Yetr / Prrt III/u Tlme 3 hrs.
-Technology (CE652)
Subject: - Building
r' Attempt All questioru.
/ The figtres in the margin indicate fullSg7ks.
/ Assume witable data if necessary-
l. Define principles of orientation and planning of a building briefly. What are the main
factors to be considered for best orientation ofbuilding? [7+3]
2. What is damp proofing? Describe general methods ofdamp proofing. [2+6]
3. Define foundation. What are the basic requirement of foundation? Explain different tlAes
ofshallow foundation with necessary sketches. [l+3+6]
4. Define mortars. Find out the quantities of cement and sand for 100 m2 plastering area in
l2rm.
l:6 ratio if the thickness of plaster is 12+6)
5. What-do you mearrtyrainwater harvesting? Describ,b the fundamental requirements of
Electrhal wiring. [3+3]
6. Define single./double/multiple timber roofs. Draw neat sketch of king post truss.labeling
wilh corresponding elements. [3+5]
7. Define stair. Design a quader tum staircase for a residential building in a lobby of size
5.5m i 4.0 m. The height of floor to floor is 3.0 m. Assume necessary data if required,
Draw neat plan tojustiS your desigr.
[l+6+l]
8. Explain shoring, list out its types. Describe flying shoring witb necessary sketches. {l+3+4I
9. How do you define retrofitting? Explain RCC and sreel jacketing witLneal sketches. [2+6]
10. Write short notes on: (any two) t2r3l
a) Construction method ofterrazzo flooring
b) Differentiate between plastering and pointing
c) Retaining wal l
t+*
.L
03 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. llegrr lir r
IN STITI'TE.OFENGR{EERIN G, Level BE Fullfvlaiks 80
.
2074 Bhadra Year / Part l/tl Time 3 hrs.
S ubject: - Transponation Engineering (CE65 3)
/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their ou,n words as far as practicable.
r' A questions carry equal marl<s.
y' Assume suitable data dnecessary.
l. Explain the relevancy of road transportation in the context ofNepal.

2. Explain the engineering surveys to be canied out for a highway alignmenl.
3. What are the importance of highway geometric design? Critically discuss various factors
that affecl geometric design of road.
4. Define super elevation. Explain the methods of introducing super elevation with neat
sketches.
5. Calculate the minimum sight distance required to avoid a head=on collision of vehicles
approaching form the opposite directions speed at 60 kmph. Use the total perception
reaction time of 2.5 seconds, coefficient of l'riction 0.40 and brake efficiency of 50%. The
seclion of the road under consideration has a grade of l0ol0.
6. A vertical curve connects a - 3.0Yo gtade with + 4.5% grade on a rural highway al stalion
6+525 and elevation 4ll.6m. The curve should be designed at least to provide the
visibility of the road surface to a distance of 250 m at night time. Locate the starting,
lowest, and end point of vertical curve. Calculate the elevation of road at all these points
along the curve and at a distance of 50m leli and right from the point of vertical
intersection. Assume the head light beam angle and heighls of the heail light from the
road surface for the design vehicle are 29 and 0-6m respectively.
7. Define cross-drainage structure- Explain it rypes with neat sketches.

8. What are various problems in hill road construction? Lisr out different characteristics for
ridge route ard river route location.
9. Explain the desirable properties of aggregate to be used in different types of pavement
conslruction.
10. What are the different.types of bilumen? Write dorvn the laboratory procedure of duclility
test of bitumen.
03 TRIBHUVAN I'NIVERSITY Eram. Ila e ii,
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Lcvel BE X'ulIMerlc JO
Eiimination Control Programme BCE Pasr Mrrks 32
2075 Baisakh Year / Part m/u Time 3 hrs-
Subject: - Transportati on Engineering (C8653)

/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their ou,n words as far as practicable,
{ All questions carry equal morks.
/ Assume suitable data d necessary.
l. Write down lhe scope of highway engineering. What are the characteristics of road
tanspo in comparison with oiher modes oftransportation?
2. Enlist the requirements of highway alignment. Write the process qFdetailed engineering
survey of highway alignment.
3. Define stopping sight distance. Explain the factors affecting stopping sight disance.
Derive lhe expression forstopping sight distance.
4. A horizontal curve of 625 m radius is to be set out to connect two straight of a national
highway. The spged of the vehicle is restricted to 90 KmphJelculate
a) length of transition curve
b) the chainage ofbeginning and end ofthe curve given that,
,ngle of intersection : 130"24'
rate ofchange of contrifugal acceleration = 0.25 rr/s3
c) chainage ofpoint of inlersection = 1092.500m
5 . Design the total length of the valley curve at the junction of the descending gradient of I
ir40 and an ascending gradient of I in 30 if the design speed is 100 kmph. So as fo firlfill
both comfod condition and head light sight distmce for night driving. Locare the lowest
point and the end of curve point too. Calculate their elevations if the elevation of the
beginning of the curve is 3I2.56m above sea level. Assurne other necessary data
' reasonably.
6. Explain the different types ofgradient and factors lo be considered in its selection.
7. Explain how lhe surface water is collected and disposed-off in rural and urban roads.
Wbat are the special problems in drainage of surface u,ater in hill roads?
8. Explair: the special considerations and challenges ofhill road construction?
9- Explain the desirable properties of sub-grade soil? Also explain the impact tesl of
aggregate.
10. Defrne bitumen premixes. Explain the laboratory test procedue of Marshall stability
along wirh its significance.
,t ,l +
t1
06 TRIBHUVANUNIVERSITY Eranr.
INSTITUTE OT ENGINEERING , BII FUEMa*s 80,
Examination Control Division Prgqlllnme j BCE Pass Mrrks 32
2074 Bhadra Ya rlPart ,llllll Time i 3 hrs.
- Sanitary Engineering (C8656)

r' Candidates are required to give their [irswers in their oq'n rvords as far as practicable.
/ Attenpt 4!!questions-
/ The.figtres in the murgin indicate Full Markl
/ Assunre suitable dato if necessory.
l. What do you mean by sanirarion? How it is related rvith our human life? Why water-
ca[iage syslem ofsanitation is popular than conservancy system nowadays. l4l
2. As a saDitation engineer how would you determine thc quantity of storm water for a
highly populated urban area? What type of linritations cxists in storm water quantity
determination for such area? Discuss in detail- t4l
3. What would be your preferable combined sewer section for an 85-hectare residential area
having average runoffcoeflicienl of0.45 for serving altogcther 1500 population? average
rainfall duration is 26-min. Self-cleansing velocity is 0-98 m/sec. residential' area have
average elevalion differcnce of 22m in horizontal 5 km longiludinal dislance. Assume any
other appropriate data if required. t8l
4. Briefly describe drop-manhole wilh neal sketch mentioniD! its imponance and discuss its
alternative stnrclural option rvith applicability. l4l
5. BOD1.22.c of a seu,age sarnple is 310 mg/|. What will bc its BODI36.6? Assume reaction
rale K2o = 0.1? per day. l8I
6. You are assigned by an industry as a Sanitary Engireel to recommend lhe degree of
lrealment required for their industrial waste $,aler. l'he cinuenl from lhe treatnent planl
is to be discharged into a river with a minimunr flor'' o1 5000 lps, a dissolved oxygen
ctrntenl of 'l.4mgfl and BOD of zero- In order Io thrivc aquatic life, it is necessary to
maintai,r a minimum DO contenl of 4mg/l in llrc liver. A sanirary reveals thc
characteristics ofinduslrial wasle waler as follos,s: t8I
Discharge = 21 106 l/day
BOD = 5000 mg/l
DO=0
Recommend the degree of lrealment required for lhe planr. Assu,ne saturalion DO of 9-2
mg/l in the river after mixing rvith waslewatcr. It is equal to DO content of river before
mixing. Assume any olher appropdate dala ifrcquired.
7. a) Wilh neat skelches, describe the purpose and consrructiL)n ofa skimming tahk. {41
b) If the effluent BOD is to be equal to or less than i5 ng./I, what wiJi he rhe
recirculation ratio required of a single high rate trickliDg lilter having volume of 510
m' uhich receives a flow of 2.8 MLD. The ra\l' sewale has UOD of 210 mg/I. Thc
primary treatment removes 20% BOD. t8I
-',,,.-,,1,-,: l'
c) Whal will be lhe suitable dimensions ofa ciicular sewage sedimentation tank for sn
: industdal area having population of 5500? :Ihe average waler demand is I80 lpid.
: Asslme that 75% watei reaches thqtreatment plant and maximum demand is 2.4
' 1imes average,dcmand. Dimension of the suspcnded silica particles available in
in0uent water are larger than 0.14 mm t8l
d) Whal arc the advantages in using the do[co aeralor in activated sludge process
method; briefly describe its operation with neat sketch. t4]
8. The biological proccss occurs in trickling filter. PST removes 600Z suspended solids and
3096-of BOD- Delermine the volume of sludge produced by PST as well as SST with lhe
following data. 181
solids =2.65,
Sp. gr. of inorganic solid
Sp. gr. oforganic = 1.02
Flowofsewage =20.t06yd BOD5 ofsewage = 229 mgfl
Suspended solids in the sewage= 280mg/l Water contenl of the sludge = 95%
9. What +ould be fie intemal dimension of a septic rank and numbers of soak pits for an
isolated hotel situated at mid-southern zone of Nepal having average 80 numbers of
averagc users? Rate of sewage discharge is 210 lpcd. Cleaning pcriod of septic tank is
]Jears. Assume other necessary data ifrcquired. t8I
10. Discuss about the solid waste composting and its melhods?
141
6
Ot TRIBHUVANI.AIVERSIry Exam.
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marlc EO
BCE. BEr.. r'X.
Examinaiion Control Division Prograrnme gslDqr Pass Marks 32
2074 Bhadra Year / Part Il/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Engineering Economics (CE

r' Candidates are required to give their answers in tlteir own rvord: far as practicablc
/ Auempr L!!qwitions.
/ The figures in the margin indicate Full Marks.
r' Assume suitoble datu if necessary.
l. Define term Engineering economy. Explain principles ol enginr ,|lp economy.

! +31
2. a) If you make equal monthly deposits of Rs. 5000 into the .:k for l0 years, saving
accounts that pays inlerest rate of 6%o compounded n:t: .i,. wlrat would be the
amount at the end of I 5 years? t4l
b) How rmrch rupees should you deposil now so that you u,ill . rble to draw Rs.5000 al
the end of this month which increases by 2 percent per' : rrth for 15 years. Bank
interest Iale is 5olo per year. 14l
3. a) Explain any two drawbacks of IRR with example. Differ,. lie betu,ccn Economic
analysis and financial analysis. [3+3]
b) Evaluate the-prdject by using AW foflnulation of the proju.r i: t2%. t4l
EOY
Cash flow
0
-3000
I
800
2
1000
l
I 100
4
1210
l
,(rL)
c) Calculate the EltR of the following cash flow. MARR = r'llo, reinvestment mte =
l4o/o. t6I
EOY
Cash flow
0
000
I
25,000
2
40,000
3
-10,000
4
50.00i]
I
..ooo
I
4. a) Choose thc best project among these altematives using i if MARR = l5Yo znd
study period is l0 years. Salvage value is 207o. I6l
Proiect B C
First Cost Rs. 900 1500 2500
Annual Revenue Rs. 150 276 400 'lI
b) Considcr the following two mutually exclusive ulte-nrr,; ., recornDrend the best
alternatives using repeatability assumptions. MARR = 151. ll6l
Proiect X (Rs.) ect ll
Inilial Cost 100,000 ,50
Annual Cost 25,000 i 2,000
Salvage Value 40000 50000
Useful Life 6 years t0
.1 t
5, Dehnc defcnder and challenger and Explain economic serr:ice life. Company X is going
to purchsse a router having initial cosr Rs-t 8,000 having sai'.'rge value of IG.12000 ril the
- , d=of firsFyear and decreases bylO% eachJear thcn a:ir: for remaining useftl lifc.
Annual operation and rnaintenance mst is Ri. 5000 in first . ,ri!r and increases by Rll-z000
each year. Its uscful life is 6 years. Calculate economic sen i, -- life of the router. [2+2+8]
6. a) A Foject costs Rs. 125,000 with annual revenue of J:1s.55,000 and annual cost of
Rs.35,000- Salvage value will be 870 of the initial in'.,:stment. Perform Sensitivity
analysis using PW formulation over a range of t40",i, in i) Initial Investment ii)
Annual Revenue iii) Usefin Life and iv) MARR. Dra',. the sensitivity diagram and
indicate the most sensitive and l€ast sensitive parametcr
' l@21
b) Define brealeven point and breakeven volume. I'lou :r rr interest rate change affect
.
the project? 1212)

7. a) Compute the annual depreciation allowancis and thc ;ulting book value using the
double declining balance method with Switch over lo sr. :ight line method.
Cost ofasset = Rs. 100,000, Usefi, lifc = 5 years, Salvr,.:,: Value = 20000 16l
b) A company bought a machinc at Rs 25000 wlrich is t..:r,:cted to produce benefit of
Rs 8000 per year for five years. Its salvage value at thr. ,,nd
offiveTears is Rs 10000.
Calculate after tax cashflow if Tax rate is 40% and C,-,,r'cciation is on Sinking fund
method. I = 20olo t6l
8. Define inflatiop. Calculate IRR if MARR = t2% and inflai,. j, rate is 8oZ- ll+3I
Ycar 0 4
Constant Dollar -6000 1500 2000 ? .:'.t 3000
r2-
r
07 TRIBHUVANUNIVERSITY Eram. lar

INSTITUTE OF ENCINEERING
' 2074 Bhadre
s q1d D1ai1 1g9 E1 C i l99l,llg (c8654)

"!ir 9 li-: 1" le9tl 9!
/ Candidates are required to give thcir answers in their orvn rvords as far as praclicab)e.
/ Altempr 4!!questions.
/ The frEures in the morgin indicute fg!!!91!p.
/ Assume suitable dqra ifnecessory.
-1. Why is irrigation development imporlant for Nepal? Define cropping pXllem and
cropping intensity. 13+21
2. a) Ifdaily consumptive use of the crop is 5 mm and the canal may operates from 6 AM
to 5 PM only. Available moisture for the given soil is 220 mm per m and maximum
depth of root zone for thc crop is 1.2 m. Assume that only 50% of soil moisture is
available to the cro!). Application efficiency is 65%. Calculate the required discharge
if CCA is 450 ha. Calculatc Inigation interval and oullel discharge. t6l
b) Define irrigation water requirement for rice crop. 12)
3. a) With a neat sketch, explain the canal distribution system suitable in Terai region of
Ncpal. t2l
b) A canal has bed width of 8m. Full supply deprh of u,ater is I .5m, side slopc in culring
l:l and filling I.5:1. Top width of the bank is L8nr and service bank is 5.0 m. Frce
board is kept 0.6m. Calculate balancing depth so as to ger lhe most economical
section. [4]
4. a) Describe briefly the semi theoretical approach in canal design. t3]
b) Design an economical trapezoidal lined channel to carry a discharge of 20 cumecs at a
slspc of 30 cmAm. The side slope of thc chame l is 1.5:l . The valrre of Manning's
rugosity coeflicie nt is 0-017 and limiting velocity in the channel is I .5 m/s. t6l
5. a) What are the ways of controllinS entry of sedinrenrs into canal from headworks?
Dirlerentiate belween silt ejector and silt excludcr in irrigalion syst€m. 14]
b) A canal canying 150 m3/s is to take offfrom ths hrarhvork. l'he HFL aud average bed
level of river is 257m and 250m respecrively. Thc can?l bed level. full supply levcl
and pond level are 249.5m.253.0m ard 254.0m respcctively and Lacc1,'s silt factor is
cqual to unity. Fix the crcst level and r,vatel u'av of canal head regulator and also
determine the length of impervious floor if sali' exit gradicnt Gr = l/6. Draw lhe
coDccptual skelch ofcanal head regrlator. I8l
6. a) Why river training rvorks are required? Explain l\,irh neal skclch, the layoul of spurs
lo lrain the river in bend. l3l
b) A bridge isto be conslructed across a river hating the Ibllorving hydraulic dara:
Maximum flood Discharge : 5000 mlis
Highest flood level :254.0 m
River bed level : 250 m
Average diameter ofriver sand : 0.25m
Design and sketch a guide bank including launching aproD to lrain the river. 15]
?. a) Desdibe briefly the different types ofcanal.ortlet. What is flexibility ofoutlet?- 12+21
b) Write the stepwise design procedure ofcross qegulalor and dist{butary head reBulator
with supporting sketcbis. t8l
8. Design a Siphon aqueafuct \ ith the dau given bblo*:
Full supply dischargc of canal = 3 Oml/s
Bed width of canal = 24 m
Full supply depth = 1.25 m
Sidc slope ofcanal s€ction = I %: I (H:V)
Bed level ofthe canal = 100.00 m
Max- flood discharge of dnin = 500 ml/s
High flood level = 100.50
Bed level ofdrainage = 98.00 m
Normal ground level = 100.00 m
Lacey's silt factor = 1.0
Rogosity coefficient (w) = 9.916
Make suitable assumptions where necessary. It0]
9. a) Write down lhe effects and preventive measures of water logging. t4l
b) Delermine lhe drainagc ratc rcquircd to meet the following condition. Maximum
yearly precipitation for three consecutive days = 300mm. The design rainfall is to be
lakcn as l0 year relum periods. Initial water level irr field = 40mm. Maximum water
level is 300mm, which may persist for up lo one day and depth in excess of200 mm
may persist for up to 3 days. Take groMh factor to one day and depth in cxcess of
200 mm may persisl for up lo 3 days. Take groMh factor for l0 year return period as
1.5. Assume other suitable date ifDqcessary. t6l
16
Oi. TRIBHIJVAI.I TJMVERSITY Enm. l{t g rr lrr r
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Marks Eil
Examination Control Division BCE BEL, BEX, Mrrks

Programme Pass 32
BCT, BGE
2073 Bhadra Year / Part /n Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Economics r'C8655)

r' Candidates are requireil to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
r' fiompt All questions.
r' Tle ligw* in the msrgin indicate FuIl Mark.
r' Asswne suitable dqta ifnecessary-
l. Define Enginesing Economics. Write down the principles of Engineering Emnomic

Analysis. t4l
2. What is nominal and effective intenest rate? Evaluate FW at the end of l0 years with 12%
int€rest rate compounded monthly of a cash flow of Rs. 40,000 at the beginning of each
year for 5 years. 12+41
3. a).Use IRR method to evaluate following project when MARR is l5%. Make also
unrecovered balance graph. t5]
EOY 0 I 2 3 4 5
Cash flow 20.000 40,000 40.000 50.000 70.000
b) Your college is considering to purchase a vehicle of Rs. 3,00,ffi0 a<pecting salvage
valuc Rs 50,000 at the end of lOs year. The use ofvehicle saves Rs. 80,0fi) prr year.
When it needs Rs. 20,000 operating cost for each year. Find: (i) Both type of B/C
ralio by FW fonnulation (ii) both gpes ofpayback period. t4+41
c) Distinguish between financial and economic analysis. 121
4. a) C,ompare the following two muEally exclusive projecls by using (i) Co-terminated
(ii) Repeatability aszumption tating MARR = 8% 14+41
Proiect A Proiect B
Initial cost 1.50.000 2.00.000
Annual rwenue I
Operatins cost
Life year 4 6
Salvage value 80,000 1.20.000
b) Dcfine mutually exclusive, contingent and independent projects with suitable
example. t3l
5. What are the procedure for rcplacement analysis when planning horizon is infinite? [4+8]
Find economic service life from the following information.
Initial cost : Bs 50,000
Otrieration mst = Rs 10,0fi) for the ls year and inereases by 15% thereafter
Salvage value = Deoline each successive yefi by 2fflo over previous year.
Usefirllife=8years
MARR= 15%
6. Explain about the decision tee analysis. Perform s€nsitivity analysis of Se following
project over range oft30% at an interval oftl0% in (i) Initial Inveshnent (ii) Net Aanual
Revenue and (iii) Usefirl life. Use PW formulation. [2+10]
Ilitial Investnent Gs) 1.00.000
Net Aonual Revenue (Rs) 40,000
Salvage Value (Rs) 15,000
Usefi.rl life (vears) 6
MARR(7o) 10
7. Write down the causes for depreciation of assets. Ifa machine costing ofRs. 1,00,000 is
puchased by expecting salvage value ofRs 20,000 at &e end of6m years. Calculate the
deprociation amount for each years by SOYD and staight line method. [2+5+5]
8. Define constant dollar and achral dollar amormt. Suppose you borrowed Rs.110,000 fiom
a bank to buy a bike and you have promised to pay Rs.6000 per month for two years.
What is the inflation free interest mte you are supposed to pay if avemge inflation rate is
0.75%permonth. 14+41
+
'if
05 TRIBHUYAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Regular
. INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE FUII Marks 80

2073 Bhadra Year / Part rU tl Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Building Technology (C8652)

r' Auempt All questiorrs..
r' Ail questions carry equol marks.
y' Assume suitable data if necessary-
1. a) Explain various t)?es of moisture movements in different components of building

structures.
b) What do you understand by orientation of building? Discuss the factors to be

considered for the best orientation of a building.
2. a) Explain different tlpes of shallow foundation with neat sketches.
b) Explain various types of stone masonry. Draw typical sketches to illustrate them.
3.a) With the help of neat sketches, list and explain the terms used in pitched roof.
b) Desigr a dog legged RCC stair for a residential building with a staircase of intemal
dimension of 4.6 mx2.6 m and 3.0 m floor to floor height. Draw both plan and section
to justiS your desigl
4. a) Give a lisf of materials which are commonly used as floorings and give a brief
description of each.
OR
Discuss purpose and sizing of doors and windows. List different terms used in panelled
doors.
b) Defrne shoring with the help of neat sketches. Explain single flying shore.
OR
Explain methods ofpointing and types ofpointing.
5. a) How do you define retrofitting of building stucture? Explain conventional jacketing
with necessary sketches.
b) Explain rainwater harvesting, write down process of heatrnent.
,t {.1.
03 TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam. Regular'
Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marla 32
2073 Bhadra Year / Part III/[ Time 3 hrs.
S ubj ect : - Transportation Engineerin g (C E6 5 3)
r' The figares in the margin indicate Full Markl
{ Assume suitable data ifnecessary.
l. Discuss the classification of roads as per Nepal road standard (NRS 2070). Why road
transportation is considered the most feasible in Nepal? t8]
2. Describe the requirements and factors affecting the highway alignment. t8]
3. Discuss about PIEV theory with example. Define Stopping Sight distance and enumerate
the various factors affecting the stopping sight distance. [3+5]
4. The angle of intersection between two straights is 145.37'. The spiral angle for each
transition curve is 10.320. Calculate the length of transition curve, combined length of
curve and the length oftangent if the radius ofthe curve is 350 m. t8I
5. Define superelevation. Derive an expression for superelevation.
6. An ascending gradient of 2.75% meets with descending gradient of 2.25Yo. The radius of
curve is 5000 m. If the reduced level of the curve at a distance of 60 m from BVC is
312.12 m" find the reduced level ofBVC, EVC and highest point ofthe curve. t8I
7. Describe the causes of moisture variation in subsurface soil. Explain with neat sketches
how the sub surface drainage is provided to lower the water table and control of seepage
flow. [l+3{"4]
8. Explain briefly the special consideration to be taken in hill road design. Draw neat
sketches of different types of cross section ofhill road. t8I
9. What are the desirable properties of road aggregates? Explain the crushing value test of
aggregate? 14+41
10. Describe the procedure of Marshall Stability test in laboratory. t8l
***
.r't) '07 . 'tRrBHl,vAN LrNrvERsIrY lleguh r I
rl . ] ., INSTITUTE oF ENGINEERING
.
t ev. el 80
'' Examination Contrbl'Division mme- BCE' ' Prss'IVhrks 32

2073 Bhadra Year / Part III / II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - on and
/ Candidates a-re required to give their answers in their own words as far as practicable.
/ '4ltempt &questions-
r' The figyres in the margin indicbte fy!!Sg!g.
/ Assume suitable data lf necessary.
I. Explain the importance of irrigation development in NeFl. What are the problems and
challenges of irrigation development in Nepal? t4l
2. A sheam of 150 liter per secon(fwas diverted ftom canal and ll0 liter per second was
delivered to the field. An arca of 2.2 heclares was inigated in 8 hrs. Effective depth of
root zone was 1.5 m. The runoff loss in the field was ,145 m3. The depth of water
penetration varied linearly frorrfi m at the head end ofthe field to l.l m althe tail end.
Available moistrue holding capacity of the soil-is 200 mm per meter depth of soil.
Determine the water oorrveyance efliciency, water application efficiency, waler storage
efficiency and water distribution efficiency. Irrigation was started at a moistue extraction
level of 50%. t8l
3- Descrjbe in what way you can align an irrigation canal for an ag$cultural land? Also
write about canal standards and balancing depth. [3+21
4. a) .A canal is to be designed to carry a discharge of40curnecs. The bed slope is kept I in
1200. The soii is course alluvium having a grain si?E of 5 cm. Assuming the canal is
trapezoidal and to t c ur ined with unprotect€d banks. Detdrmine a suitable s€ctio{r for
the canal. Assume g 37- t4I
b) allwium is l/4000, laccy\silflactc isO9 and.sideslepes
The slope of a channel in
are 0.5:l (H:V). Find the channel section and mirximum discharge which can be
dlowed to flow in it. t6l
5. a) A river carries a high flood discharge of 16000 m3/s with its average b€d level at
200.0 m. A canal carrying 200 m1h is to take off from the headyorks. The full supply
level of the canal at its head is 203.0 m. The high flood level before constructi;; i;
205.7 m and Lacey's silt factor is eqllal to unity.Iix suitable values for the waterway
and crest levels of weir, undersluices and canal head regulator, Assume suitably any
olher data if required. t61
b) Calculate the uplift pressure at key points of tht?ile ofthe structure shown in figure
below. Draw HGL and also clreck the lhickness provided and safe exit gradient
GE = l/5. t81
I
2m
l.rs.
t
6. Explain with sketch four different methods of river training works. lzx4l
7, a) Why drop srructures arc required in canat inigation systefn? Explain rhe rypes ofdrop
structures with neat sketches. IZ+21
b) Design a crest width, cistem lenglh and its level of a wrtical drop struclure for the
. data given below. t8l
Ful@y disciarye u/s rldd : l-.55 cumecs
Drop height = 0.75 m

FSL u/s and d/s = I 05 .997 and 105 .247
Full supply depth u/s and d/s = 0.929 m
- B€d levels u/s and d,/s = 105.068 and 104.318
Bed width u/s and d/s = l.l m
Top width of crest = 0.5 m for inirial assumption Cd = 0.415 for rectangufar crest. The
&op structue is of masonry with spe.cific gravity 2.0 side slope of the canal is l:1.
' The Bligh's coefficienl as 7.0 for sandy loam soil at foundation.
8. Following data are obtained at the crossing of a canal and drainage. t10l
Canal Data
Dischfige: 25cumec, Full supply dqrth: 2.0 m, Bed widtL 30m, Bed level: 210.3 m, Side
slope:
.ffittlV
Drainage Data:
Discharge: 360 cumcc, HFL: 2l 1.0 m, Bed level: 208.5 m, General ground level: 210.5 m
Design the drainage waterway, canal waterway and find the bed levels and FSL at four
different sectionrofrhe canalTrough-
9. a) What are the preventive measurcs of water logging of agricultunl land? t3l
b) How many days the field will be innundated above 200 mm depth if a drainage mte of
3 #s per ha is mainrained by constmAing internal drainage system? Will sucltssystem
cause the d€pth to exceedj!00 mm? [4+21
P'Fe>
J
06 TRIBHI.IVAN TINiVERSITY E;ram.
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING I*vel Full Merkr in
Examination Control Division BCE PassMarks 32
2073 Bhadra Year / Part III/II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Sanitary Engineering (C8656)

{ Auempt AA questions.
r' The Jigures in the margin indicate FuIl Mar*s.
l. Why scieotific rranagement is necessary for urastewater and solid waste pmduced in
community? Enlist the objectives of the sewage disposal [+3]
2. What are various factors affecting the discharge of sanitary sewage? How do you
calculate sanitary sewage discharge? I4l
3. What will be the diameter of a circular concrete sewer carrying 2Rd depth at the peak
discharge of 0.70 m3ls laid in a gradient of I in 1000? AIso check whether it is safi for
non-scouring velocity or not. Assume Manning's 'n'as 0.012. t8]
4. Explain the necessity of providing manhole in sewer line with a neat skerch. I4I
5. How do you determine the Total Solid, Total Volatile Solid, Total Fixed Solid, Settable
Solid and Non-settable Solids contained in a sewage sample? t8I
6. A city is discharging sewage of 100 //s in the river having discharge of 1000 l/s and a
velocity of 60 km/day. The BODs of sewage and river water are 450 mg/l and 4mg/L
respectively. The DO of sewage is zero. The DO in river is 70% of saturaticn DO value.
And, the sahration DO at 20'C is 9.17m1. Take deoxygenation constance
(K1) : O.liday (base l0) and reaeration constant (k) = 0.5/day (base l0). Calculate the
value ofcritical DO deficit. I8l
7. a) Propose the dimensions of grit chamber for a sewage treattrent plant with 50 MLD of
sewage flow at 25oC to remove 0.2 mm size of grit having specific gravity of 2.65.
The Specific gravity of organic matter is 1.02. Assume k = 0.06 and f = 0.03. t8l
b) Desigrr a conventional activated sludge heatnent plant to treat the domestic sewage
*Tfi',ffi::110,,00,
with diffirsed air aeration with the following data. (Design up to dimensions of
Isl
. Per capita sewage flow = 96 literVday

Settled sewage BODs = 200 mg/L
Food/micro-organisms = 0.3
Concentration of microorganism (MLSS) = 2000 mg/L
c) What is an oxidation Pond? Explain the theory of oxidation pond with a neat sketch.
Explain its commissioning methbds. fl +3+41
8. A raw sewage having suspended solids content of .220 mgllit is passed ttrough primary
sedimentation tank at a flow of 4 MLD. The PST removes 55% suspended solids.
Determine the volume of sludge produced per day if moisture content and specific gravity
of sludge are 95Yo and 1.02 respectively. What will be the volume if its moisturc content
redtces to 80% after digestion? Alsq desigr a digester for sludge digestion period of 80
days. t8I
9. a) With a neat sketch, describe the suitable septik tank elfluent disposal mahod for the
area ofhigh ground water table and for the rocky area. [4]
b) Design a VIP latrine for a household with l0 numberS of people. Assume necessary
datasuitably. t4I
10. Explain the solid waste disposal by compositing with its merits and demerits. I4I
OIRE TRIBHIJVAN I'MVERSITY Erem, l{egrrllr'
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING Level BE Full Merks 80
Examination Control Division BCE Pars Marks 32

2073 Bhadra Yeer / Psrt m/II Time 3 hrs.
Sabject: - Design of Steel and Timber Stucture (cE65l)

r' Attempt AU questbtts.
r' The figures in the margtn indicate Fall Marks.
r' Use of B 800-2007, IS 883-1 994, IS 87 5 and steel tables are allowed
y' Asswne suitable data if necessary.
l. a) Describe different methods of design with their basic assumptions. t8I

b) How the steel sections are classified according t their local bucking behaviors? t41
c) A single angle ISA 100x75x8 mm is connected to 12 mm thick gusset plate at the
ends with six bolts of M20 in one row to transfer tension. Determine the design tensile
shength of the angle if gusset is connected to the 100 mm leg. Take ff:250 MPa,
and Fu = 410 MPa" pr.c1.4.6. t8I
2. a) Explain the method of wind load calculation in the sloped roof as per IS875. tsl
b) A 7.5m long built-up and laced column hds to cary a factored axial load of l250KN.
The column is restrained in position but not in direction at each end. Desigr the
column with single lacing systern. Connection shall consist of two channels placed
back to back at a suitable spacing. tlsl
3.a) Design a built up beam having laterally unsupported span of4 m, support width 300
mm. Beam is subjected to desigrr imposed load of 40 KN/m and 100 KN at mid span.
Depth of beam is limited to 350 mm. llsl
b) Describe use of stiffirers in plate girder with their types and their function. t5I
4. a) Design a single bolted doubte cover butt joint to colnect boiler plates of thickness
12mm for ma:<imum efficiency. Use Ml6 bolts of grade 4.6. Boiler plates are of
Fe410. Find the efticiency of the joiat. tl0l
b) Design a timber beam of sal wood having clear span 2.5 m, support width 300 mm
and subjectcd to imposed load of 20 KN/m. u0l
l' {.
'l
0x TfdtjH{ i., LNtvuRst-fy F]*Lg,
^tr,
iNS.lllt.,TE OF E\lClr.'iEERrNc Le.,'el BE f'ull Marks 80
Exanrination Control Division --

l'rogrrmme
, BCE. B|VE. Bt
Pms ['[*rkr : 32
ilf,l-'
2073 llhadra car / Part i III r' ll 'fiare :s tr.
- Communication 1 6H:65 i)
/ Candidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as practieable.
r' Attetryt 4!! questiow.
/ fhe.ligures in the morgin intlicate Ful! Murks.
/ Assume suittble data ifnecessary.
l. Edit the following text: t5l

How perfectly sweet said Christine when Sarah confessed that Adit's decision
had been made in the war with Pakistan. Now if my Simon was to find himself
in such a spot hed funk he would my Simon. When there was such a flap in
Cuba and Russia and darling Kennedy was ever so brave Simon wanted to flee
to Breenland.
2. Read tle given text and interpret its neaning in about 150 words: l5l
This technical term has a wider meaning than the "culture" of history and
Iiterature. A humble cooking pot is as much a cultural product as is Beethoven
sonata. ln ordinary speech a man of culture is a man who can speak languages
other than his own, urho is familiar with history, liteGlur-e,+hilosophy or the
fineaes- l{l seme dieu€ethaedefinition is still nanower,T$eeulture*percoeis
one who can talk about James Joyce, Scarlatti, and Picasso. To the
antfiropologist, however, to be human is to be cultured. There is.culture in
general and then there are the specific cultures such as Russian, American,
British, Hottento, lnca. The general abstract notion serves to remind us that we
cannot explain acts solely in terms of the biological properties of the people
concerned, their individual past experience and the immediate situation. The
past experience of other men in the form of culture enteB intoaltnost every
event. Each specific culture constitutes a kind of blueprint for all of life's
!
activities.
,i
i
3. Read the following passage caretully, makq notcs and write a surnmary of it: [5+5J
!
. The valley of
Kathmandu is onc of the most coocentrated reposiliories of art and
design that exis in thq wolld; it is cne ofthe geratest living art sbots imaginabie.
Nepal has long'been famous for qi.ralily work. In the past beautiful bronzes were
rrade, dot only for the llome market, but for export or sale to polgrim tourists. Today, .
exquisite bronzes images of gods arifiEpddes;ses of *fuu and'Buddhist pantheons ar€ -

still fashioned a-nd sold.
The Nepalses wood-eawer lms always excelled in omately carved uindows and roof
supports fashioned in the elegant fornrs ofdeities. It is known that the Ncpalses arthitect,
&oiko, took the pagoda style of architecture to neighbouring Tibet and from thence to
China in the ninth cenrury.
The arts ofNepal, with the exception of stone carving ae still very much alive and in
rhe cities of the valley, master crafumen, artisans and artists are still fashioning
masterpieces, following traditions and using techiniques that in many cases stretch back
' well over a thousdnd years.
:
Large areas of the city of Patan are given over to the production of art rvorks. and for I
the advenfJrous visitor wih ard interesl in arts and crafls, therc is always an extellent
opportunity to see artists and carft.smen at work in their houses.
:
The advert of tourism in lhe late fifties acted as a stimulus to Nepalese arts and crafts
I
as it bought with it not only a demand for small souvenirs, but also for high quality items
produced by laborintensive methods tlat could not be copied by machines anywhere in :
lhe world. A fine scroll painting, wood-carv-ing or brass image made in Nepal is
something unique and exciusive and bulers can feel that thcy have purchased one of a :
- kind or atleastone a limited edition. I
To preserve the ruttional heritage of Nepal, His Majesty's Govemment has bannerl the i
expon of antiques of all kinds, but for those with tastc and interest, there are many ,
l
beautiful oUects and treasur€s lo buy in the bazars of Kathman&r, +atan and Bhaktaptrr.
Many new bronzrs and scroll paintings have been "antiqued" and in such cases it if better i
to get a mrrsem clearance from the department ofArcieology, near themain gate ofSingh I
Durbar in Kathmandu.
:
Oliithe
past twenty years ,the hands-woven carpet industry has growu and flourished
in Nepal. The art of carpet weaving was broughl from Tibet.
The mighty peaks of Himalayan ranges are what call manv visitors ro Nepal in the
first place but nevertheless lhe beauty of the kingdorn's art and architecture will linger in
the minds ofmany for long after a vist to th€ \'alle.v of Kathmandu.
4. Answer any two ofthe follorving question: [5x2]
a. P-oint out the differences between knowledge and wisdom. (Knowledgeand
Wisdom)
b. How did MonnaMarrinna prove herselfto be an ideal character? (the
Mother of a I raitor)
c. What is the importaoce of suspension bridges in Nepal? Explain it lvith
reference to the text "suspension Bridges".
l'i .o.
O] TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSII'Y . , Exanr. Nerv Back (2066 & Latcr Batch)
Level BE Full Marks .l 80 .
2073 Magh Year / Part t / II Time 3 hrs.
Subject: - Designrcf Steel and Tirnber Structure (CE651)

/ Anenpt All quest iot1s.
/ The rtgwes in the ntargin indicate Full Marks.
{ Use ofIS 800-2007, IS883-1994, IS875 and steel tables are allowed.
/ Assume suitable data ifnecessory.
l. a) Why limit state method is better than w-orking stress method. Explain in brief. t5l
b) Design a built up colurrrn 10 m long to carry a factored axial compressive load of
1080 kN. The column is restrained in position but not in direction at both ends.
Design the column wilh connecting system as battens with bolted connection. Use
two charurel back to back assume steel ofgrade Fe 410, E250A and bolts grade 4.6. ll sl
2. a) Write design procedure of steel purlin in roof truss. t5l
b) Design a simply supported I-section bearn of span 6 m supports a RCC slab. The
compression flange bean.r is restrained due to ils connection with the slab. The beam
is subjected to a dead load of 25 kN/m and an imposed load of 20 kN/m. Design the
beam. Assume the beam is sufficiently stiff agaiust bearing. lr sl
3.a) A shaft transnrits load of 100 kN at an eccentricity of 500 mm across a bracket plate
bolted to a stanchion. Two rows of bolts 100 n'rm apart are provided with five bolts
per row. The pitch of bolts in eaih row is 60 rnm. Find the greatest force induced in
bolt. t8l
IOO KN
60
60
60
60
I
50 50
b) Explain the design concepts of plug and slot weld and its requirernent for the
connection of members. t5I
c) Design a solid sal (Select grade) u,ood column 10 resist an axial load of 500 KN and
mom€nt of 50 KN-m. The length of column is 2 m. tll
4 a) The High Rise building at Sundhara Kathrnandu is to be constructed for a 50 years
life, the size of the building is 40,30112. The height of the building is 50 m.
Determine tlre lvind pressure at lhe site and force on tl')e truss. Where basic rvind
speed of Kathn.randu i.s 47 rrr./sec. tt 0l
b) Design a slab base for a colnnrn ISHB 350 @ ?1!2 N/n.r subjected to an factored
axial cornpressive load ol'1000 kN. Conclele pedeslal ofgrade 1\420. t6l
c) What is effect of later:alll reshajred and unrestrained conrpressior.r flange in bending
moment carri,ing capacilr' of bcanr? t4l
; -*
OI TRIBHUVAN UNIVERSITY Exam, l{cgulir r
Examination Cont6fDi?ision Programme BCE Psss IirErLF -32

2O74Bhaitru Year I Pail l|l/tI Time 3 hri.
Subjecl: - Desigrr ofsteel and Timber Structure (CE651)

r' {andidates are required to give their answers in their own words as far as praclicable. -
/ Attempt All q estions.
/ The Jigares in the mmgin indicate fullAg2ks.
/ IS 801L2N7. IS 875-1987. IS 883-199{and Structurat steel Section Books are aUowed
lo use
/ Assume suitable data dnecessary-
L Design a tension rnernber of double angle section corurected on the both sides of gusset
plate. Member is suhiected to an axial tension of 300 KN. t8l
2. Design a simply supported beam with an effCbtive span of 6m for bending, shear and
lateral stability. Beam caries a uniformly distributed load of 60 KN/m inclusive of self-
weight. The beam is laterally supported. tl4l
3. A timber beam of Sal of select grade carries an udl of 15 KN/m inclusive of its self-
weight. The clear span of beam is 4m. Design the timber beam. Take bearing length of
support = 230 mm. lt2I
4. A bracket plate 12 mm thick transults a load of 100 KN at an electricity of25 cm to a
column seclion SC 250 tfuough l4-16 mm diameter. Product grade C and property class
4.6 bolts aranged in two vertical rows l0 cm aparl. The pitch of the.bolt is 8 cm and load
Iies in the plane of the bolts. Check the saffy of the bolted joints. The grade of steel is
Fe4io tl0l
5. Design a buitt up column to carry an axial load of I100 KN. The length of column is 8m-
and is effectively held in position at both ends but rrot restrained against rotation. Use
single lacing system with bolted connection. Grade of steel E250, Ml0 Bolt, 4.6 grade.
The built up column should be consists ofdouble chanel back ro back. u2t
6. Define the terms structural steel, factor of safety and partial safety factor. Explain briefly,
how structural steel can resist loads even after local yielding. [3+3]
7. An ISHB 250 @ 536 N/m column carrying a factored axial load of 900KN. The column
ends of machined. Design the splice connection. Use MI6 bolrs.
l8I
8. Explain the method of calculalion of wind load on roof truss. t4l
9. Design a solid wood column to resist a factored axial load of ?5 KN and Factored
moment of 12 KNm. The column is made of Sal wood and is 2m long. 161
+++
\1

Civil II II Part

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Civil II II Part

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

{

05 TRTBHUVAI.TUNiVERSITY Exam. Nett' Bueli (21\66 r.t I-:tfcl' Iittch)

Sabject: Geology ll (C8553)

05 TRIBHUVAN LNIVERSITY Exam.

ci* Mention conditions for wedge failure rock.mass. t21

Subject: - Engineering Geology II (cE553)

Examination Control Division Programme BCE PassMarks t6

Subject: - Engineering Geology II (C8553)

l. Describe the engineering significance ofthe rock forming minerals. t3l

Borehole Top (m) Bottom (m)

Calculate the true thickness of the limestone bed. t4l

2070 Magh Year / Part il/II Time l%hrs.

Subiect: - Engineering Geology II (CE553)

Examination Control Programme BCE PassMarks l6

Subiect: Geology (CE553)

t. Describe the engineering significance of the rock forming minerals. t3l

Hill slope: N45oE/70o Bending: N 55"E/45o Joint l:N47"W31" Joint 2:N77"8/36"

2068 Bhadra Year / Part II /iI Time 1 % hrs.

C 8. What is engineering geological maps? Describe the importance of engineering geological :

-.il maps in selection of burrow area.

Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass }Iarks t2

l. a) List down different building elemeirts in sub-stnrcture and zuper-stnrcture. tzl

ii) Wood in section

Floor Height :2450 DI _- -- 1000

Flan Section at A-A

04, TRIBHUVANIJNIVI]RSITY Exam. Nerv Back 066 & L:rter

Examination Control Division Programrne BCE Pass Marla t2

Assurne anl,otler dimensions are required.

Stairwidth: 1000 Lintel Beam size :230 x 100

Figure 1.: Ground Floor Plan

ffitaircase detail (Plan & section)

Examination Control Division Programme BCE Pass Marls t2

Subject: - Building Drawing (CE556)

{ Assume suitable data if necessary.

t. Draw the hatching symbols in the box of 4Ox40 mm I2l

06 TRTBHUVAIIUNWERSmY Exsm. Ite gu ll l'

Candidates are to give their answers in own words as far as practicable.

/ Assutne suitable data

1. Draw the hatching symbols in box mm 12I

Subject: - Buiiding Dr.rvuing (cEss6)

/ Assume suitable data ifnecessary.

-%I&E-H:oSd&cfBq".synrbol cfnrbble.$to-flp.iriasonry..arrd:biick,rnasBrgy.ia.tho box'qizq.scurxsenr:-t05x2JI;

tu Ground Floor Plan

i) Elevation: (scale 1" = 2'0')

06 TRTBHUVAN I.'NIVERSITY Eram. Ri:gular Q066 & Later Batch)

Subject: - Drawing (CEs56)

r645 1000 n5 am 705

iExiiiriination Controi Divisioii Progriimrne ' BCE

r' - Buiidi v.rliig

l. a) Mention building types, baseci on structural system. t2j

3. Plinth height- 2' 2 D2 J

4- Floor helght - 4" 3l D3 2',6" '1,

Ground floor details:

"n Marble floor finish

. .75 thk PCC .,

. Marble floor finish

n Cement filaster: 12mm

l0'-6' lt,'-9" -rdnifim*

Examination Control Division Programme BCE ) Pass Marks 12

2068 Bhadra Year / Part tr/II Time 3 hrs.

Subjec't: - Building Drawing

/ Neceisarv drawing sheet are attached'herewith.

' t2r B{ C/C

ilat ltrct t(lilG